zztex (17jul20)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@55862 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

53 files changed, 18185 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzart.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzart.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..52b40814269
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzart.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,611 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Art Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides facilities to deal with external art.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   7 June 1991
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Art File Root & Placing Control
+%                       --- ---- ---- - ------- -------
+
+
+\def \zartroot {}
+\setflag \zplaceart = \true
+
+
+\def \setartroot #1{%                                   {root/}
+  \gdef \zartroot {#1}}
+
+\def \zprependartroot #1#2{%                            {\name}{filespec}
+  \edef #1{\zartroot#2}}
+
+\def \placeart #1{%
+  \setflag \zplaceart = #1}
+
+%                       Imported Art
+%                       -------- ---
+
+
+\defineblock{\art}{\endart}{\false}{}
+
+%~block art Type
+% \abovepenalty = integer               % Penalty above block.
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above block.
+% \belowpenalty = integer               % Penalty below block.
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Space b/b below block.
+% \setflag \cliptobb = flag             % Clip art to its bounding box?
+% \hfuzz = dimen                        % Horizontal fuzz.
+% \hscale = dimen                       % Horizontal scale (in points).
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+% \vscale = dimen                       % Vertical scale (in points).
+% \vshift = dimen                       % Vertical shift.
+%~end
+
+\definedimen{\artwidth}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\artheight}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\hscale}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\vscale}{0pt}
+
+
+%~ The format of the *file-info* argument is:
+%~ *file*,*width*,*height*,*scale*[,*gutter*,*file*,...]&/
+%~ The *file* is a file name preceded by |!| or |=|.
+
+\def \art #1#2{%                                {type}{file-info}
+  \beginblockscope{art}%
+  \global\increment \artdepth
+  \abovepenalty = \breakgood                    %~default hard
+  \belowpenalty = \breakgood                    %~default hard
+  \setflag \cliptobb = \false                   %~default soft
+  \hfuzz = 1pt                                  %~default soft
+  \hscale = 1.0pt                               %~default hard
+  \vscale = 1.0pt                               %~default hard
+  \vshift = \mindimen                           %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\art}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \artnumber
+  \global\artwidth = 0pt
+  \global\artheight = 0pt
+  \artformat{#2}%
+  \endart}
+
+\def \endart {%
+  \global\decrement \artdepth
+  \endblockscope{art}}
+
+\def \artformat #1{%                            {info}
+  \endgraf
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}%
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+  \noindent \zbldartline 0pt,#1,\zmark \endgraf
+  \prevdepth = 0pt                              % Nothing better to do.
+  \bbskipbelow{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}}
+
+\def \zbldartline #1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\zmark{%     gutter,file,width,height,scale,...,\zmark
+  \zbuildartlineb{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+  \zwriteartinfo{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#6}}\zbldartline #6\zmark \fi}
+
+%                       Place Art File
+%                       ----- --- ----
+
+
+\definedimen{\zleftslop}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zrightslop}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\ztopslop}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zbottomslop}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zartwidth}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zartheight}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zartscale}{0pt}
+
+
+\def \zbuildartlineb #1#2#3#4#5{%       {gutter}{file}{width}{height}{scale}
+  \kern #1\relax
+  \zparseartfile #2,0pt,0pt,0pt,0pt,\zmark
+  \zchkartfile{\zgotart}%
+  \zcalcartdimens{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+  \zbuildartlinec{\zartfile}%
+  \gcalculate \artwidth = {\artwidth,+,#1,+,\zartwidth}%
+  \if \dimgtrp{\zartheight}{\artheight}\global\artheight = \zartheight \fi}
+
+\def \zparseartfile #1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\zmark{% spec,left,right,top,bottom\zmark
+  \zparseartspec #1.eps.\zmark
+  \zleftslop = #2%
+  \zrightslop = #3%
+  \ztopslop = #4%
+  \zbottomslop = #5\relax}
+
+\def \zcalcartdimens #1#2#3{%                           {width}{height}{scale}
+  \if \orp{\andp{\dimzerop{#1}}{\dimzerop{#2}}}
+          {\forceepsbb}%
+    \if \zgotart
+      \zreadepsbb{\zartwidth}{\zartheight}{\zartfile}%
+    \else
+      \zartwidth = 20pc \zartheight = 10pc
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \calculate \zartwidth = {#1,-,\zleftslop,-,\zrightslop}%
+    \calculate \zartheight = {#2,-,\ztopslop,-,\zbottomslop}%
+  \fi
+  \zcalcartscale #3\zmark
+  \calculate \zartwidth = {\zartwidth,S,\zartscale,S,\hscale}%
+  \calculate \zartheight = {\zartheight,S,\zartscale,S,\vscale}%
+  \calculate \zleftslop = {\zleftslop,S,\zartscale,S,\hscale}%
+  \calculate \zbottomslop = {\zbottomslop,S,\zartscale,S,\vscale}%
+  \if \forceepsbb
+    \advance \zleftslop by \zbbxorigin
+    \advance \zbottomslop by \zbbyorigin
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zcalcartscale #1#2\zmark{%                        scale\zmark
+  \if \codeeqlp{#1}{=}%
+    \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+      \calculate \zartscale = {\hsize,R,\zartwidth}%
+    \else
+      \calculate \zartscale = {#2,R,\zartwidth}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \calculate \zartscale = {#1#2pt,/,100}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zbuildartlinec #1{%                                         {title}
+  \if \dimeqlp{\vshift}{\mindimen}%
+    \measureascenderheight{\vshift}%
+  \fi
+  \vtop {%                                      % Place art in a vbox.
+    \offinterlineskip
+    \rule{height \vshift width 0pt}%            % Force the height of the
+    \kern -\vshift                              % box to match ascenders.
+    \rule{height 0pt width \zartwidth}%         % Force the width of the box.
+    \if \andp{\zplaceart}{\zgotart}%
+      \rule{height 0pt depth \zartheight width 0pt}%    % Force its depth.
+      \zplaceartfile
+      \vss
+    \else
+      \vbox to \zartheight{%                            % Force its depth.
+        \topcornermarks{\zartwidth}{.5pc}{.25pt}%
+        \vss
+        \hbox to \zartwidth {\hss \zannofont #1\hss}%
+        \hbox to \zartwidth {\hss \zannofont
+          \if \notp{\zplaceart}[not placing]\fi
+          \if \notp{\zgotart}[to come]\fi
+          \hss}%
+        \vss
+        \bottomcornermarks{\zartwidth}{.5pc}{.25pt}}%
+    \fi}}
+
+\def \zplaceartfile {%
+  \kern \zbottomslop
+  \moveleft \zleftslop \vbox{%
+    \special{CTM: push}%
+    \special{CTM: scale \thefactor\hscale \space \thefactor\vscale}%
+    \specialplaceepsfile{\zartfile}{\zartscale}{\cliptobb}%
+    \special{CTM: pop}}%
+  \kern -\zbottomslop}
+
+%                       Duplicates and Missing Art
+%                       ---------- --- ------- ---
+
+
+% Write an art entry into the cross-reference file.
+
+\def \zwriteartinfo #1#2#3#4{%                  {file}{width}{height}{scale}
+  \zbeginhidewrite
+    \edef \znext {\noexpand\xref{art}{\noexpand\folio}%
+                                     {#1}%
+                                     {#2,#3}
+                                     {#4}}%
+    \znext
+   \zendhidewrite}
+
+% This macro is invoked by \xref. In copy mode, it checks to make sure
+% that no art file is used twice.
+
+\def \xrefart #1#2#3#4{%                        {page}{number}{title}{tag}
+  \ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefcopymode
+    \zxrefarta #2,\zmark
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zxrefarta #1#2,#3\zmark{%
+  \if \notp{\orp{\codeeqlp{#1}{!}}{\codeeqlp{#1}{=}}}%
+    \if \definedp{\zart:#1#2}%
+      \warning{dupart}{Art file `#1#2' is used more than once in the book}%
+    \fi
+    \withname\gdef{\zart:#1#2}{}%
+  \fi}
+
+% This macro is invoked at the end of the run.
+
+\def \zmissingartmsg {%
+  \if \posp{\zmissingart}%
+    \remark{Number of missing art files in this run: \number\zmissingart.}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Built-In Art Blocks
+%                       -------- --- ------
+
+\def \fullpagegraphic #1{%                              {art-spec}
+  \vsinkfromtrim{-\standardbleed}
+  \smashbox{%
+    \with{\hfuzz=99pc%
+       \leftindent=\if \evenpagep \evenbleedshift \else \oddbleedshift \fi}  
+    \art{graphic}{#1}}}
+        
+\def \artgraphicdesign {%
+  \aboveskip = \noskip
+  \belowskip = \noskip
+  \setflag \cliptobb = \false
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+  \leftindent = 0pt
+  \rightindent = 0pt
+  \vshift = 0pt}
+
+%                       Glyph Definitions
+%                       ----- -----------
+
+
+% This macro allows the user to define a "glyph," which is an EPS file
+% that is treated like a fancy character.  The bounding box must be
+% perfect. 
+
+\def \defineglyph #1#2#3{%            {\name}{spec,width,height,scale}{raise}
+  \gdef #1{\zglyph #2,#3\zmark}}
+
+\def \zglyph #1,#2,#3,#4,#5\zmark{%     spec,width,height,scale,raise\zmark
+  {\zparseartspec #1.eps.\zmark
+   \zchkartfile{\zgotart}%
+   \zartwidth = #2%
+   \zartheight = #3%
+   \tdimena = #4\typesize               % \tdimena = final scale in points.
+   \divide \tdimena by 10
+   \calculate \zartwidth = {\zartwidth,P,\thefactor\tdimena}%
+   \calculate \zartheight = {\zartheight,P,\thefactor\tdimena}%
+   \raise #5 \hbox to \zartwidth{%
+     \rule{height \zartheight depth 0pt width 0pt}%
+     \if \zgotart
+       \specialplaceglyph{\zartfile}{\tdimena}{\false}%
+     \fi
+     \hfil}}}
+
+\defineglyph{\acidfree}{!acidfree,2pc,2pc,35}{-1.5pt}
+
+%                       Panel Label Block
+%                       ----- ----- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\panellabel}{\endpanellabel}{\false}{}
+
+%~block panellabel Type
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above block.
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Space b/b below block.
+% \bodyfont = {...}                     % Font for text.
+% \style = {...}                        % Label style.
+% \vshift = dimen                       % Vertical shift.
+%~end
+
+\def \panellabel #1#2{%                         {type}{label-list}
+  \beginblockscope{panellabel}%
+  \global\increment \panellabeldepth
+  \style = {letter in parens}%                  %~default soft
+  \vshift = 0pt                                 %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\panellabel}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \panellabelnumber
+  \panellabelformat{#2}%
+  \endpanellabel}
+
+\def \endpanellabel {%
+  \global\decrement \panellabeldepth
+  \endblockscope{panellabel}}
+
+\def \panellabelformat #1{%                     {panel-list}
+  \endgraf
+  \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{\aboveskip}%
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \noindent
+  \zdolabel #1,\zmark
+  \endgraf
+  \bbskipbelow{\breakallowed}{\belowskip}}
+
+\def \zdolabel #1,#2,#3\zmark{%                         shift,label,...
+  \rlap{%
+    \hspace{#1}%
+    \smash{\lower \vshift \hbox{#2}}}%
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#3}}\zdolabel #3\zmark \fi}
+
+%                       Frames
+%                       ------
+
+
+\defineblock{\frame}{\endframe}{\false}{}
+
+%~block frame Type
+% \abovepenalty = integer               % Penalty above block.
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above block.
+% \def \backgroundformat ##1{...}       % Background formatter.
+% \belowpenalty = integer               % Penalty below block.
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Space b/b below block.
+% \deferredparams = {...}               % Deferred parameter calculations.
+% \framecolor = {color}                 % Color of frame.
+% \framewidths = {left,right,top,bot}   % Widths of frame segments.
+% \framegaps = {left,right,top,bot}     % Gaps between frame and material.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation of enclosed material.
+% \screencolor = {color}                % Background screen color.
+% \width = dimen                        % Width of enclosed material.
+%~end
+
+% Together, \leftindent and \width specify the position of the enclosed
+% text within the text box, not of the frame itself.
+
+
+\definetoks{\deferredparams}
+\definetoks{\framecolor}
+\definetoks{\framewidths}
+\definetoks{\framegaps}
+\definetoks{\screencolor}
+
+\definecount{\framepage}{0}
+
+\definecount{\zdivframecounter}{0}
+
+\def \frame #1{%                                {type}
+  \beginblockscope{frame}%
+  \global\increment \framedepth
+  \global\increment \zdivframecounter
+  \whichpage{\framepage}{zE:\the\divisionname-\the\zdivframecounter}%
+  \abovepenalty = \breakgood                    %~default hard
+  \def \backgroundformat ##1{}%                 %~default soft
+  \belowpenalty = \breakgood                    %~default hard
+  \deferredparams = {}%                         %~default soft
+  \framecolor = {black}%                        %~default soft
+  \leftindent = 0pt                             %~default soft
+  \screencolor = {}%                            %~default soft
+  \width = \naturalwidth                        %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\frame}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \framenumber
+  \setbox\zboxa = \vtop \bgroup
+    \zpushvcontext}
+
+\def \endframe {%
+    \endgraf
+    \unskip
+    \zpopvcontext
+    \egroup % \vtop
+  \the\deferredparams
+  \setbox\zboxb = \hbox to \width{%
+    \hspace{-\leftindent}\box\zboxa \hss}%
+  \edef \zcolorrule {\noexpand\colorrule{\the\framecolor}}%
+  \def \zarga ##1,##2,##3,##4\zmark{##1\relax}%
+  \def \zargb ##1,##2,##3,##4\zmark{##2\relax}%
+  \def \zargc ##1,##2,##3,##4\zmark{##3\relax}%
+  \def \zargd ##1,##2,##3,##4\zmark{##4\relax}%
+  \tdimenc = \expandafter\zargc\the\framegaps\zmark
+  \advance \tdimenc by \ht\zboxb
+  \advance \tdimenc by \dp\zboxb
+  \advance \tdimenc by \expandafter\zargd\the\framegaps\zmark
+  \setbox\zboxa = \vtop {%
+    \offinterlineskip
+    \measureascenderheight{\tdimena}%           % Force the height of the
+    \rule{width 0pt height \tdimena}%           % box to match ascenders.
+    \kern -\tdimena
+    \smashbox{\backgroundformat{\tdimenc}}%
+    \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\screencolor}}%
+      \tdimend = \expandafter\zarga\the\framegaps\zmark
+      \advance \tdimend by \wd\zboxb
+      \advance \tdimend by \expandafter\zargb\the\framegaps\zmark
+      \smashbox{%
+%%%      \moveright \expandafter\zarga\the\framewidths\zmark \smashbox{%
+        \colorrule{\the\screencolor}{width \tdimend height \tdimenc}}%
+    \fi
+    \zcolorrule{height \expandafter\zargc\the\framewidths\zmark}%
+    \kern -\expandafter\zargc\the\framewidths\zmark
+    \hbox {%
+      \rlap{\zcolorrule{height \tdimenc
+                        width \expandafter\zarga\the\framewidths\zmark}}%
+      \hskip \expandafter\zarga\the\framegaps\zmark
+      \vbox {%
+        \vskip \expandafter\zargc\the\framegaps\zmark
+        \box\zboxb
+        \vskip \expandafter\zargd\the\framegaps\zmark}%
+      \hskip \expandafter\zargb\the\framegaps\zmark
+      \llap{\zcolorrule{height \tdimenc
+                        width \expandafter\zargb\the\framewidths\zmark}}}%
+    \kern -\expandafter\zargd\the\framewidths\zmark
+    \zcolorrule{height \expandafter\zargd\the\framewidths\zmark}%
+    \tagpageonly{\uniquetag{zE}{\the\zdivframecounter}}}%
+  \advance \leftindent by -\expandafter\zarga\the\framewidths\zmark
+  \advance \leftindent by -\expandafter\zarga\the\framegaps\zmark
+  \frameformat
+  \global\decrement \framedepth
+  \endblockscope{frame}}
+
+\def \frameformat {%
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}%
+  \hindent{\leftindent} \rlap{\box\zboxa}\par
+  \prevdepth = 0pt                              % Last thing in box is rule.
+  \bbskipbelow{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}}
+
+% This macro is invoked at the beginning of each division.
+
+\def \zframedivinit {%
+  \global\zdivframecounter = 0\relax}
+
+%                       Margin Rules
+%                       ------ -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\marginrule}{\endmarginrule}{\false}{}
+
+%~block marginrule Type
+% \artspec = {...}                      % Art spec for graphic above rule.
+% \leftshift = dimen                    % Horizontal shift for rule in left margin.
+% \position = {...}                     % Position options.
+% \rightshift = dimen                   % Horizonal shift for rule in right margin.
+% \rulecolor = {...}                    % Color of rule.
+% \rulewidth = dimen                    % Width of rule.
+% \vshift = dimen                       % Vertical shift for note.
+%~end
+
+\definetoks{\artspec}
+\definedimen{\leftshift}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\rightshift}{0pt}
+
+\definecount{\marginrulepage}{0}
+
+\definecount{\zdivmrcounter}{0}
+\definedimen{\zmrshift}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zmrprevdepth}{0pt}
+
+\def \marginrule #1#2{%                                 {type}{height,depth}
+  \blockcantbein{\marginrule}{\marginrule}%
+  \beginblockscope{marginrule}%
+  \global\increment \marginruledepth
+  \global\increment \zdivmrcounter
+  \whichpage{\marginrulepage}{zR:\the\divisionname-\the\zdivmrcounter}%
+  \rulecolor = {black}                                  %~default soft
+  \vshift = 0pt                                         %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\marginrule}{#1}%
+  \zparsemrpos{\the\position}%
+  \marginruleformat{#2}%
+  \endmarginrule}
+
+\def \endmarginrule {%
+  \global\decrement \marginruledepth
+  \endblockscope{marginrule}}
+
+\def \marginruleformat #1{%                             {height,depth}
+  \if \vmodep
+    \zmrprevdepth = \prevdepth
+    \nointerlineskip
+  \else
+    \vadjust
+  \fi
+  \bgroup
+    \topskip = 0pt
+    \moveright \zmrshift \vtop to 0pt{%
+      \vskip \vshift
+      \zmrgraphic
+      \zmrrule #1\zmark
+      \vss
+      \tagpageonly{\uniquetag{zR}{\the\zdivmrcounter}}}%
+  \egroup
+  \if \vmodep \prevdepth = \zmrprevdepth \fi}
+
+% This macro sets up variables that specify the position of a margin rule
+% according to the \position design parameter:
+%
+%   \ifevenpage         Use next position only on even page.
+%   \ifoddpage          Use next position only on odd page.
+%   \leftmargin         Shift note to left margin.
+%   \outsidemargin      Shift note to outside margin.
+%   \rightmargin        Shift note to right margin.
+
+\definecount{\zmrhpos}{0}
+
+\def \zparsemrpos #1{%                                 {options...}
+  \global\zmrhpos = 0
+  {\def \ifevenpage   ##1{\if \evenp{\marginrulepage}##1\fi}%
+   \def \ifoddpage    ##1{\if \oddp{\marginrulepage}##1\fi}%
+   \def \leftmargin   {\global\zmrhpos=1\relax}%
+   \def \outsidemargin{\ifevenpage{\leftmargin}\ifoddpage{\rightmargin}}%
+   \def \rightmargin  {\global\zmrhpos=2\relax}%
+   #1\relax}%
+  \ifcase \zmrhpos
+    \error{nomrpos}
+          {No horizontal position has been specified for a margin rule}%
+  \or
+    \if \negp{\leftshift}%
+      \zmrshift = \leftshift 
+    \else
+      \if \evenp{\marginrulepage}%
+        \calculate \zmrshift = {-\evenlefttextmargin,+,\leftshift}%
+      \else
+        \calculate \zmrshift = {-\oddlefttextmargin,+,\leftshift}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \or
+    \calculate \zmrshift = {\textmeasure,+,\rightshift}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zmrgraphic {%
+  \if \emptytoksp{\artspec}%
+    \artheight = 0pt
+  \else
+    \xdef \znext {\noexpand\art{zmarginrule}{\the\artspec}}%
+    \znext
+    \kern -1pt
+  \fi}
+
+\definedimen{\zmrdepth}{0pt}
+
+\def \zmrrule #1,#2\zmark{%                             height,depth\zmark
+  \calculate \zmrdepth = {#2,-,\artheight}%
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{\vrule width 0pt height #1 depth \zmrdepth}%
+  \vskip -\ht\zboxa
+  \colorrule{\the\rulecolor}{width \rulewidth height #1 depth \zmrdepth}}
+
+\def \artzmarginruledesign {%
+  \aboveskip = \noskip
+  \belowskip = \noskip
+  \setflag \cliptobb = \false
+  \hfuzz = 999pc
+  \leftindent = 0pt
+  \rightindent = 0pt
+  \vshift = \mindimen}
+
+% This macro is invoked at the beginning of each division.
+
+\def \zmrdivinit {%
+  \global\zdivmrcounter = 0\relax}
+
+%                       Corner Marks
+%                       ------ -----
+
+
+\def \topcornermarks #1#2#3{%           {box-width}{length}{thickness} 
+  \hbox to #1{\vrule height #3 depth 0pt width #2 \hss
+              \vrule height #3 depth 0pt width #2}%
+  \nointerlineskip
+  \hbox to #1{\vrule height #2 depth 0pt width #3 \hss
+              \vrule height #2 depth 0pt width #3}}
+
+\def \bottomcornermarks #1#2#3{%        {box-width}{length}{thickness}
+  \hbox to #1{\vrule height #2 depth 0pt width #3 \hss
+              \vrule height #2 depth 0pt width #3}%
+  \nointerlineskip
+  \hbox to #1{\vrule height #3 depth 0pt width #2 \hss
+              \vrule height #3 depth 0pt width #2}}
+
+%                       Utilities
+%                       ---------
+
+
+\definecount{\zmissingart}{0}           % Count of missing art files.
+
+
+% Check that the art file exists and issue remark if not.
+
+\def \zchkartfile #1{%                                  {\flag}
+  \setflag #1= \true
+  \checkfile{\znext}{\zartfile}%
+  \if \notp{\znext}%
+    \remark{Art file `\zartfile' is missing; ignored for now}%
+    \global\increment \zmissingart
+    \setflag #1= \false
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zparseartspec #1#2.#3.#4\zmark{%                    name.ext.\zmark
+  \def \zartfile {???}%                                 % Why do this?
+  \if \codeeqlp{#1}{!}%
+    \def \zartfile{#2.#3}%
+  \else\if \codeeqlp{#1}{=}%
+    \zprependartroot{\zartfile}{#2.#3}%
+  \else
+    \zprependartroot{\zartfile}{#1#2.#3}%
+  \fi\fi}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzbiblio.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzbiblio.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cc834e4109e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzbiblio.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,427 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Bibliography Facility
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides a new bibliography facility to replace
+%            zzbibtex. It is more flexible so that it can handle numeric,
+%            key, and author/year citations.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   1 December 2016
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Initialization
+%                       --------------
+
+
+\def \zbiblioinit {%
+  \if \definedp{\bibliodesign}%
+    \begingroup
+      \bibliodesign
+      \globaldefs = 1
+      \citestyle = \citestyle
+    \endgroup
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Bibliography Cross-Reference
+%                       ------------ ---------------
+
+
+% When tags are loaded, define the name \=zB:tag to contain the
+% bibliographic info in this format:
+%   folio\zmark key\zmark {author}{year}{full-author}
+
+\def \xrefbib #1#2#3#4{%                {folio}{key}{{author}{year}{full-author}}{tag}
+  \ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefloadtagmode
+    \if \definedp{\=zB:#4}\zduptag{#4}\fi
+    \withname\gdef{\=zB:#4}{#1\zmark#2\zmark#3}%
+  \fi}
+
+% This macro loads the cite cross-reference entries and invokes the
+% specified macro for each one.
+
+\def \mapxrefcites #1{%                                         {\macro}
+  {\let \zmapcitemacro = #1\relax
+  \zxloadcomp{\xrefloadcitemode}}}
+
+\def \xrefcite #1#2#3#4{%                                       {page}{}{}{tag}
+  \ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefloadcitemode
+    \zmapcitemacro{#1}{#4}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Biblio Block
+%                       ------ -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\biblio}{\endbiblio}{\false}{}
+
+%~block biblio
+% \citestyle = integer                  % Citation style.
+% \setflag \indexcites = boolean        % If true, index each cite (not implemented).
+% \setflag \citeself = boolean          % If true, \bibitem cites itself (not implemented).
+%~end
+
+\definecount{\citestyle}{-1}
+
+\chardef \citebynumber     = 0
+\chardef \citebykey        = 1
+\chardef \citebyauthoryear = 2
+
+
+\def \biblio {%
+  \blockcantbein{\biblio}{\biblio}%
+  \blockmustbein{\biblio}{\list}%
+  \beginblockscope{biblio}%
+  \global\increment \bibliodepth
+  \setflag \citeself = \false                   %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\biblio}{}%
+  \global\increment \biblionumber}
+
+\def \endbiblio {%
+  \endgraf
+  \fakepar                                      % In case biblio is empty.
+  \global\decrement \bibliodepth
+  \endblockscope{biblio}}
+
+%                       Bibliography Items
+%                       ------------ -----
+
+
+\definecount{\zbibitemnumber}{0}
+\definetoks{\zbibauthor}
+\definetoks{\zbibyear}
+\definetoks{\zbibfullauthor}
+\definetoks{\bibitemtag}                        % Tag of current \bibitem.
+
+
+%~ The |\bibitem| command is used in a |\biblio| block to start
+%~ each entry in the bibliography. It takes two arguments; the
+%~ format of the first argument depends on the citation style.
+%~ * Cited by number: |\bibitem{}{*tag*}|
+%~ * Cited by key: |\bibitem{*key*}{*tag*}|
+%~ * Cited by author/year: |\bibitem{*author*;*year*;*full-author*}{*tag*}|
+%~ *.
+%~ In the author/year format, the second semicolon and *full-author* are
+%~ optional.
+
+\def \bibitem #1#2{%                            {[info]}{tag}
+  \blockmustbein{\bibitem}{\biblio}%
+  \zbibitemnumber = \itemnumber
+  \increment \zbibitemnumber
+  \ifcase \citestyle
+    \edef \zbibkey {\the\zbibitemnumber}%
+    \zbibauthor = {}%
+    \zbibyear = {}%
+    \zbibfullauthor = {}%
+  \or
+    \def \zbibkey {#1}%
+    \zbibauthor = {}%
+    \zbibyear = {}%
+    \zbibfullauthor = {}%
+  \or
+    \def \zbibkey {}%
+    \zparseauthoryear #1;;;\zmark
+  \else
+    \error{invalidcitestyle}{The \string\citestyle parameter is invalid: \the\citestyle}%
+  \fi
+  \bibitemtag = {#2}%
+  \item{\zbibkey}%
+  \if \PDFhyperlinks \PDFmark{T:#2}\fi
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}%
+    \edef \znext {%
+      \noexpand\xref{bib}{\noexpand\folio}
+                         {\zbibkey}
+                         {{\the\zbibauthor}{\the\zbibyear}{\the\zbibfullauthor}}
+                         {#2}}%
+    \znext
+  \fi
+%%%  \if \indexcites
+%%%    \edef \znext {\noexpand\xbiblio1{\the\zbibauthor}}%
+%%%    \znext
+%%%  \fi
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \zparseauthoryear #1;#2;#3;#4\zmark{%
+  \if \orp{\emptyargp{#1}}{\emptyargp{#2}}%
+    \error{nocitetags}{The author and/or year are missing}%
+  \fi
+  \zbibauthor = {#1}%
+  \zbibyear = {#2}%
+  \zbibfullauthor = {#3}}
+
+%                       Bibliography Citation Page List
+%                       ------------ -------- ---- ----
+
+
+\setflag \zcitexrefsloaded = \false
+
+
+%~ If this macro is specified as the |\endpartext| of a bibliography
+%~ |\list|, then each entry in the bibliography will include a list
+%~ of the pages citing that entry. The argument determines whether
+%~ each page is made into a hyperlinked PDF button.
+%~
+%~ In order for the citation information to be available, the
+%~ |\xrefcites| document parameter must be set to 1.
+
+\def \citepagelist #1{%                                 {button?}
+  \if \notp{\zcitexrefsloaded}%
+    \mapxrefcites{\zbibcitelist}%
+    \global\setflag \zcitexrefsloaded = \true
+  \fi
+  \setflag \zbibfirstpage = \true
+  \def \zbibprevpage {}%
+  \withname\maplistlf {\=citetag:\the\bibitemtag}
+                      {\zbibcitepage{##1}{#1}}}
+
+\def \zbibcitelist #1#2{%                               {page}{tag}
+  \if \withname\undefinedp {\=citetag:#2}%
+    \withname\setlist {\=citetag:#2}={}%
+  \fi
+  \withname\appendlf {\=citetag:#2}{#1}}
+
+\def \zbibcitepage #1#2{%                               {page}{button?}
+  \stringeql{\zsamepage}{#1}{\zbibprevpage}%
+  \if \notp{\zsamepage}%
+    \if \notp{\emptydefp{\zbibprevpage}},\space \fi
+    \if #2%
+      \pagebutton{#1}{#1}%
+    \else
+      #1%
+    \fi
+    \def \zbibprevpage {#1}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Low-Level Citation Commands
+%                       --------- -------- --------
+
+
+%~ This command produces the key of the bibliography entry specified
+%~ by the *tag*. The command makes sense only for the numbered or
+%~ keyed citation styles.
+
+\def \citekey #1{%                                      {tag} %^citation
+  \if \eqlp{\citestyle}{\citebyauthoryear}%
+    \warning{badcitekey}{The \noexpand\citekey command doesn't make sense
+                         when citing by author/year}%
+  \fi
+  \zcitetaginfo{#1}%
+  \zcitetext{#1}{\zcitekey}%
+  \zxrefcite{\true}{#1}}
+%%%  \if \indexcites \zciteindex{\zcitekey}\fi}
+
+%~ This command produces the author of the bibliography entry specified
+%~ by the *tag*. The command makes sense only for the author/year
+%~ citation style.
+
+\def \citeauthor #1{%                                      {tag} %^citation
+  \if \neqlp{\citestyle}{\citebyauthoryear}%
+    \warning{badciteauthor}{The \noexpand\citeauthor command only makes sense
+                            when citing by author/year}%
+  \fi
+  \zcitetaginfo{#1}%
+  \zcitetext{#1}{\zciteauthor}%
+  \zxrefcite{\true}{#1}}
+
+%~ This command produces the year of the bibliography entry specified
+%~ by the *tag*. The command makes sense only for the author/year
+%~ citation style.
+
+\def \citeyear #1{%                                      {tag} %^citation
+  \if \neqlp{\citestyle}{\citebyauthoryear}%
+    \warning{badciteyear}{The \noexpand\citeyear command only makes sense
+                          when citing by author/year}%
+  \fi
+  \zcitetaginfo{#1}%
+  \zcitetext{#1}{\zciteyear}%
+  \zxrefcite{\true}{#1}}
+
+%~ This command produces the full author of the bibliography entry specified
+%~ by the *tag*. The command makes sense only for the author/year
+%~ citation style.
+
+\def \citefullauthor #1{%                                      {tag} %^citation
+  \if \neqlp{\citestyle}{\citebyauthoryear}%
+    \warning{badcitefullauthor}{The \noexpand\citefullauthor command only makes sense
+                                when citing by author/year}%
+  \fi
+  \zcitetaginfo{#1}%
+  \zcitetext{#1}{\zcitefullauthor}%
+  \zxrefcite{\true}{#1}}
+
+\def \zcitetaginfo #1{%                                 {tag}
+  \zcitenoinfo
+  \if \definedp{\=zB:#1}%
+    \expandafterthrice\zcitetaginfoa \name{\=zB:#1}%
+  \else
+    \writelog{ZzTeX citation: undefined tag `#1'.}%
+    \zxwriteinfo{\false}{undef-tag}{#1}{}%
+    \global\increment \zuntagrefs
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zcitetaginfoa #1\zmark#2\zmark#3#4#5{% folio\zmark key\zmark
+                                           % {author}{year}{full-author}
+  \if \eqlp{\citestyle}{\citebyauthoryear}%
+    \def \zciteauthor     {#3}%
+    \def \zciteyear       {#4}%
+    \def \zcitefullauthor {#5}%
+  \else
+    \def \zcitekey        {#2}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zcitenoinfo {%
+  \def \zcitekey        {???}%
+  \def \zciteauthor     {???author???}%
+  \def \zciteyear       {???}%
+  \def \zcitefullauthor {???full-author???}}
+
+\def \zcitetext #1#2{%                                  {tag}{text}
+  \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color push rgb .5 .22 .24}\fi
+  \if \PDFhyperlinks
+    \tagbutton{#1}{#2}%
+  \else
+    #2%
+  \fi
+  \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color pop}\fi}
+
+\def \zxrefcite #1#2{%                                  {defined?}{tag}
+  \ifcase \xrefcites
+    \relax
+  \or
+    \xref{cite}{\folio}{}{}{#2}%
+  \else
+    \customcitexref{#1}{#2}%                            {boolean}{tag}
+  \fi}
+
+%%%\def \zciteindex #1{%                           {\zcitemacro}
+%%%  \expandafter\xcite\expandafter1\expandafter{#1}}
+
+%                       High-Level Citation Commands
+%                       ---------- -------- --------
+
+
+%~ This high-level citation command produces the key or author/year
+%~ of the bibliography entry specified by the *tag*. The text
+%~ is formatted in the style appropriate for a noun in a sentence.
+%~ There are two formats for the command:
+%~ * |\citenoun{*tag*}| accepts a tag and produces the key or author/year.
+%~ * |\citenoun{*tag*;*info*}| accepts a tag and additional 
+%~ information such as a page number or section reference.
+%~ *.
+%~ The format of the text produced is controlled by the |\citenounformat|,
+%~ |\citenouninfoformat|, and |\citepunct| macros in the design file.
+
+\def \citenoun #1{%                             {tag[;info]} %^citation
+  \expandafter\zsetcitepunc \citepunct
+  \zcitetagsinfo #1;;\zmark
+  \def \zcitenounsep {}%
+  \expandafter\zcitenoun \zcitetags,\zmark}
+
+\def \zcitenoun #1,#2\zmark {%                  tag,other-tags\zmark
+  \zcitenounsep
+  \edef \zcitenounsep {\zcitesep}%
+  \if \eqlp{\citestyle}{\citebyauthoryear}%
+    \if \emptydefp{\zciteinfo}%
+      \zciteonetag{\citenounformat}#1!!\zmark
+    \else
+      \citenouninfoformat{\citeauthor{#1}}{\citeyear{#1}}{\zciteinfo}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \if \emptydefp{\zciteinfo}%
+      \citenounformat{\citekey{#1}}%
+    \else
+      \citenouninfoformat{\citekey{#1}}{\zciteinfo}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}\zcitenoun #2\zmark \fi}
+
+%~ This high-level citation command produces the key or author/year
+%~ of the bibliography entry specified by the *tag*. The text
+%~ is formatted in the style appropriate for a parenthetical
+%~ citation list. There are two formats for the command:
+%~ * |\citeparen{*tag-list*}| accepts one or more tags separated
+%~ by commas and produces a parenthetical list of keys or author/years.
+%~ * |\citeparen{*tag*;*info*}| accepts a tag and additional 
+%~ information such as a page number or section reference.
+%~ *.
+%~ The format of the text produced is controlled by the |\citeparenformat|,
+%~ |\citepareninfoformat|, and |\citepunct| macros in the design file.
+
+\def \citeparen #1{%                            {tags[;info]} %^citation
+  \expandafter\zsetcitepunc \citepunct
+  \zcitetagsinfo #1;;\zmark
+  \expandafter\zciteparen \zcitetags,\zmark
+  \zcitecfence}
+
+\def \zciteparen #1,#2\zmark {%                 tag,other-tags\zmark
+  \zciteofence
+  \edef \zciteofence {\zcitesep}%
+  \if \eqlp{\citestyle}{\citebyauthoryear}%
+    \if \emptydefp{\zciteinfo}%
+      \zciteonetag{\citeparenformat}#1!!\zmark
+    \else
+      \citepareninfoformat{\citeauthor{#1}}{\citeyear{#1}}{\zciteinfo}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \if \emptydefp{\zciteinfo}%
+      \citeparenformat{\citekey{#1}}%
+    \else
+      \citepareninfoformat{\citekey{#1}}{\zciteinfo}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}\zciteparen #2\zmark \fi}
+
+%~ This high-level citation command produces the key or author/year
+%~ of the bibliography entry specified by the *tag*. The text
+%~ is formatted in the style appropriate for a citation that is part
+%~ of a surrounding parenthetical sentence.
+%~ There are two formats for the command:
+%~ * |\citeplain{*tag*}| accepts a tag and produces the key or author/year.
+%~ * |\citeplain{*tag*;*info*}| accepts a tag and additional 
+%~ information such as a page number or section reference.
+%~ *.
+%~ The format of the text produced is controlled by the |\citeplainformat|
+%~ and |\citeplaininfoformat| macros in the design file.
+
+\def \citeplain #1{%                            {tag[;info]} %^citation
+  \zcitetagsinfo #1;;\zmark
+  \expandafter\zciteplain \zcitetags,\zmark}
+
+\def \zciteplain #1,#2\zmark {%                 tag,other-tags\zmark
+  \if \eqlp{\citestyle}{\citebyauthoryear}%
+    \if \emptydefp{\zciteinfo}%
+      \zciteonetag{\citeparenformat}#1!!\zmark
+    \else
+      \citepareninfoformat{\citeauthor{#1}}{\citeyear{#1}}{\zciteinfo}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \if \emptydefp{\zciteinfo}%
+      \citeparenformat{\citekey{#1}}%
+    \else
+      \citepareninfoformat{\citekey{#1}}{\zciteinfo}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}\zciteplain #2\zmark \fi}
+
+\def \zsetcitepunc #1#2#3{%
+  \def \zciteofence {#1}%
+  \def \zcitecfence {#2}%
+  \def \zcitesep    {#3}}
+
+\def \zcitetagsinfo #1;#2;#3\zmark {%           {tags[;info]}
+  \if \emptyargp{#1}%
+    \warning{nocitetags}{No bibliography entry tags were specified}%
+  \fi
+  \def \zcitetags {#1}%
+  \def \zciteinfo {#2}}
+
+\def \zciteonetag #1#2!#3!#4\zmark {%
+  \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+    \citeyear{#3}%
+  \else
+    #1{\citeauthor{#2}}{\citeyear{#2}}%
+  \fi}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzbibtex.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzbibtex.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a6179133f80
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzbibtex.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,290 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Interface to BibTeX
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides the definitions necessary for ZzTeX to
+%            interface to BibTeX.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   21 July 1992
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Bibliography Preparation
+%                       ------------ -----------
+
+
+\def \zbiblioinit {}
+
+\ignore
+\setflag \zbiblioing = \false
+
+\def \preparebiblio {%
+  \setflag \zbiblioing = \true}
+
+\def \zbibfinal {%
+  \if \zbiblioing
+    \remark{[Generating auxiliary file for BibTeX.}%
+    {\immediate\openout \zwritea = \jobname.aux\relax
+     \immediate\write \zwritea
+       {\zcomment BibTeX auxiliary file for book `\jobname'.}%
+     \processdesign{\biblio}{}%
+     \immediate\write \zwritea {\string\bibstyle{\the\bibliostyle}}%
+     \immediate\write \zwritea {\string\bibdata{\the\bibliofiles}}%
+     \let \zxmodesave = \xrefmode
+     \let \xrefmode = \xrefloadauxmode
+     \input \jobname.zzc\relax
+     \let \xrefmode = \zxmodesave
+     \immediate\write \zwritea {\zcomment [end]}%
+     \immediate\closeout \zwritea}
+    \remark{Auxiliary file complete.]}%
+  \fi}
+
+\endignore
+
+%                       Citations
+%                       ---------
+
+
+%~ This citation command produces the key associated with 
+%~ the specified tag. The key is usually the bibliography
+%~ entry number or the author/year combination.&/
+%~ *Note:* Some books do not allow this command to be used.
+
+\def \cite #1{%                                         {tag} %^citation
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \definedp{\=zB:#1}%
+    \zcitetext{#1}{\expandafterthrice\zbibdata \name{\=zB:#1}0}%
+  \else
+    \zuncite{#1}%
+  \fi
+  \zxrefcite{\true}{#1}}
+
+%~ This citation command produces the author associated with
+%~ the specified tag.
+
+\def \citeauthor #1{%                                   {tag} %^citation
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \definedp{\=zB:#1}%
+    \zcitetext{#1}{\expandafterthrice\zbibdata \name{\=zB:#1}1}%
+  \else
+    \zuncite{#1}%
+  \fi
+  \zxrefcite{\true}{#1}}
+
+%~ This citation command produces the year associated with
+%~ the specified tag.
+
+\def \citeyear #1{%                                     {tag} %^citation
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \definedp{\=zB:#1}%
+    \zcitetext{#1}{\expandafterthrice\zbibdata \name{\=zB:#1}2}%
+  \else
+    \zuncite{#1}%
+  \fi
+  \zxrefcite{\true}{#1}}
+
+\def \nocite #1{%                                       {tag}
+  \zxrefcite{\false}{#1}}
+
+\def \zcitetext #1#2{%                                  {tag}{text}
+  \if \PDFhyperlinks
+    \tagbutton{#1}{#2}%
+  \else
+    #2%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zxrefcite #1#2{%
+  \ifcase \xrefcites
+    \relax
+  \or
+    \xref{cite}{\folio}{}{}{#2}%
+  \else
+    \customcitexref{#1}{#2}%                            {boolean}{tag}
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zbibdata #1\zmark#2\zmark#3#4#5#6{%         folio\zmark xxx\zmark
+                                        %         {label}{author}{year}n
+  \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color push rgb .75 .35 0}\fi
+  \ifcase #6 #3\or #4\or #5\fi
+  \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color pop}\fi
+  \if \indexcites \xcite1{#4}\fi}
+
+\def \zuncite #1{%
+  \writelog{ZzTeX citation: undefined tag `#1'.}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\false}{undef-tag}{#1}{}%
+  \global\increment \zuntagrefs
+  \zbibdata -\zmark-\zmark{???}--0}
+
+%                       Bibliography Cross-Reference
+%                       ------------ ---------------
+
+
+% When tags are loaded, define the name \=zB:tag to contain the
+% bibliographic info.
+
+\def \xrefbib #1#2#3#4{%                {page}{???}{{label}{author}{year}}{tag}
+  \ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefloadtagmode
+    \if \definedp{\=zB:#4}\zduptag{#4}\fi
+    \withname\gdef{\=zB:#4}{#1\zmark#2\zmark#3}%
+  \fi}
+
+% This macro loads the cite cross-reference entries and invokes the
+% specified macro for each one.
+
+\def \mapxrefcites #1{%                                         {\macro}
+  {\let \zmapcitemacro = #1\relax
+  \zxloadcomp{\xrefloadcitemode}}}
+
+\def \xrefcite #1#2#3#4{%                                       {page}{}{}{tag}
+  \ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefloadcitemode
+    \zmapcitemacro{#1}{#4}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Biblio Block
+%                       ------ -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\biblio}{\endbiblio}{\false}{}
+
+%~block biblio
+% \bibliofiles = {file,...}             % List of biblio database files. 
+% \bibliostyle = {name}                 % Name of biblio style.
+% \setflag \citeself = boolean          % If true, \bibitem cites itself.
+%~end
+
+\definetoks{\bibliofiles}
+\definetoks{\bibliostyle}
+
+\definecount{\zbiblionum}{0}
+
+
+\def \biblio {%
+  \blockcantbein{\biblio}{\biblio}%
+  \blockmustbein{\biblio}{\list}%
+  \beginblockscope{biblio}%
+  \global\increment \bibliodepth
+  \setflag \citeself = \false                   %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\biblio}{}%
+  \global\increment \biblionumber
+  \def \begin ##1##2{}%
+  \def \end ##1{}%
+  \let \bibitem = \zbibitem
+  \let \newblock = \relax
+  \let \em = \it
+  \zbiblionum = 0\relax}
+
+\def \endbiblio {%
+  \endgraf
+  \fakepar                                      % In case biblio is empty.
+  \global\decrement \bibliodepth
+  \endblockscope{biblio}}
+
+%                       Bibliography Item
+%                       ------------ ----
+
+
+\definetoks{\zbibtoksa}
+\definetoks{\zbibtoksb}
+\definetoks{\zbibtoksc}
+\definetoks{\bibitemtag}                        % Tag of current \bibitem.
+
+
+% This supports items of the form `\bibitem[label][author][year]{tag}'.
+
+\def \zbibitem {%
+  \futurelet\znext \zbibitema}
+
+\def \zbibitema {%
+  \ifx \znext[%
+    \let \znext = \zbibitemb
+  \else
+    \increment \zbiblionum
+    % Expand \number\zbiblionum by hand.
+    \edef \znext {\noexpand\zbibitemb[\number\zbiblionum]}%
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zbibitemb[#1]{%                                   [label]
+  \zbibtoksa = {#1}%
+  \futurelet\znext \zbibitemc}
+
+\def \zbibitemc {%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{[}%
+    \let \znext = \zbibitemd
+  \else
+    \def \znext {\zbibitemd[???]}%
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zbibitemd[#1]{%                                   [author]
+  \zbibtoksb = {#1}%
+  \futurelet\znext \zbibiteme}
+
+\def \zbibiteme {%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{[}%
+    \let \znext = \zbibitemf
+  \else
+    \def \znext {\zbibitemf[???]}%
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zbibitemf[#1]#2{%                                   [year]{tag}
+  \zbibtoksc = {#1}%
+  \bibitemtag = {#2}%
+  \item{\the\zbibtoksa}%
+  \if \PDFhyperlinks \PDFmark{T:#2}\fi
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}%
+    \edef \znext{\noexpand\xref{bib}{\noexpand\folio}
+                            {???}
+                            {{\the\zbibtoksa}{\the\zbibtoksb}{\the\zbibtoksc}}
+                            {#2}}%
+    \znext
+    \if \citeself \nocite{#2}\fi
+  \fi
+  \if \indexcites
+    \edef \znext {\noexpand\xbiblio1{\the\zbibtoksb}}%
+    \znext
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+%                       Bibliography Citation Page List
+%                       ------------ -------- ---- ----
+
+
+\setflag \zcitexrefsloaded = \false
+
+
+% If this macro is specified as the \endpartext of a bibliography
+% list, it will append a list of the citation pages to each entry.
+
+\def \citepagelist #1{%                                 {button?}
+  \if \notp{\zcitexrefsloaded}%
+    \mapxrefcites{\zbibcitelist}%
+    \global\setflag \zcitexrefsloaded = \true
+  \fi
+  \setflag \zbibfirstpage = \true
+  \def \zbibprevpage {}%
+  \withname\maplistlf {\=citetag:\the\bibitemtag}
+                      {\zbibcitepage{##1}{#1}}}
+
+\def \zbibcitelist #1#2{%                               {page}{tag}
+  \if \withname\undefinedp {\=citetag:#2}%
+    \withname\setlist {\=citetag:#2}={}%
+  \fi
+  \withname\appendlf {\=citetag:#2}{#1}}
+
+\def \zbibcitepage #1#2{%                               {page}{button?}
+  \stringeql{\zsamepage}{#1}{\zbibprevpage}%
+  \if \notp{\zsamepage}%
+    \if \notp{\emptydefp{\zbibprevpage}},\space \fi
+    \if #2%
+      \pagebutton{#1}{#1}%
+    \else
+      #1%
+    \fi
+    \def \zbibprevpage {#1}%
+  \fi}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzblock.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzblock.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..989bb4363bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzblock.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,327 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Blocks
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides facilities for defining and creating
+%            element blocks.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   23 August 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Block Definition
+%                       ----- ----------
+
+
+\setlist \zblocklist = {}
+
+\def \defineblock #1#2#3#4{%            {\name}{\endname}{snap?}{redefine}
+  \if \emptyargp{#4}%
+    \withname\definecount{#1depth}{0}%
+    \withname\definecount{#1number}{0}%
+    \withname\definetoks{#1comptext}%
+    \withname\gdef{#1varinit}{}%
+    \if #3\withname\declaresnapitem{#1number}\fi
+    \append{#1}{\zblocklist}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \resetinvcontext #1{%                              {\name}
+  \zdeclareeveryvcontext{\zblockvcontext{#1}}}
+
+\def \zblockvcontext #1{%                               {\name}
+  \zsavevcontext{\name{#1depth}=\the\name{#1depth}%
+                 \name{#1number}=\the\name{#1number}%
+                 \name{#1comptext}={\the\name{#1comptext}}}%
+  \global\name{#1depth}= 0\relax
+  \global\name{#1number}= 0\relax}
+
+%                       Block Utilities
+%                       ----- ---------
+
+
+\defineskip{\enclosingbaselineskip}{0pt}
+\defineskip{\enclosingleftss}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\enclosingparindent}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\enclosingparrag}{0pt}
+\defineskip{\enclosingparskip}{0pt}
+\defineskip{\enclosingrightss}{0pt}
+
+
+\def \beginblockscope #1{%
+  \begingroup
+    \zpushblock{#1}%
+    \enclosingbaselineskip = \baselineskip
+    \enclosingleftss = \leftskip
+    \tdimena = \leftskip
+    \advance \enclosingleftss by -\tdimena
+    \enclosingparindent = \parindent
+    \enclosingparrag = \parrag
+    \enclosingparskip = \parskip
+    \enclosingrightss = \rightskip
+    \tdimena = \rightskip
+    \advance \enclosingrightss by -\tdimena}
+
+\def \endblockscope #1{%
+  \zpopblock{#1}%
+  \endgroup}
+
+\def \processdesign #1#2{%                              {\block}{type etc.}
+  \zprocessvariant{#1}%
+  \resetnumber = {}%
+  \if \definedp{#1#2design}%
+    \name{#1#2design}\relax             % \relax terminates numbers and such.
+  \else
+    \error{nodesign}{No design has been defined for the `\string#1#2' block}%
+  \fi
+  \zprocesswith
+  {\globaldefs = 1 \the\resetnumber}}
+
+\def \inblockp #1{%                                     {\block-name}
+  \if \posp{\name{#1depth}}\true \else \false \fi}
+
+\def \setcomptext #1{%                          {\xxxcomptext}
+  \edef \znext {\comptextformat}%
+  #1= \expandafter{\znext}}%
+
+\def \blockmustbein #1#2{%                      {\inner}{\outer}
+  \if \zerop{\name{#2depth}}%
+    \error{blkmustnest}{A `\string#1' must be nested in a `\string#2'}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \blockcantbein #1#2{%                      {\inner}{\outer}
+  \if \posp{\name{#2depth}}%
+    \error{blkcantnest}
+          {A `\string#1' cannot be nested inside a `\string#2'}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \closeifinblock #1#2{%                     {\block}{\endblock}
+  \if \inblockp{#1}#2\fi}
+
+%                       Block Stack
+%                       ----- -----
+
+
+\setlist \zblockstack = {}
+\setlist \zlinestack = {}
+
+\def \zpushblock #1{%
+  \push{#1}{\zblockstack}%
+  \edef \znext {\noexpand\push{\the\inputlineno}}%
+  \znext{\zlinestack}}
+
+\def \zpopblock #1{%
+  \pop{\zblk}{\zblockstack}%
+  \pop{\zline}{\zlinestack}%
+  \stringeql{\znext}{\zblk}{#1}%
+  \if \notp{\znext}%
+    \error{blkinvnest}{The `\string\end#1' command does not match the
+                       `\zblk' block that was started on line \zline}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zemptyblockstackp {\emptylistp{\zblockstack}}
+
+%                       Block Variants
+%                       ----- --------
+
+
+\def \definevariant #1#2#3{% {\block}{\style}{\modifier0,\modifier1,...}
+  \if \emptyargp{#3}%
+    \error{varmod}{Between 1 and 8 modifier commands must be specified}%
+  \fi
+  \withname\definecount{#2variant}{0}%
+  \withname\xdef{#1varinit}{\name{#1varinit}\name{#2variant}=0}%
+  {\tcounta = 0
+   \zdefvarpre #2#3,\zmark
+   \if \gtrp{\tcounta}{8}%
+     \error{varmod}{Between 1 and 8 modifier commands must be specified}%
+   \fi
+   \ztoksa = \expandaftertwice{\name{\zvarcase\lcromannumeral\tcounta}}%
+   \edef \znext {\global\let \name{#2varcase}=\the\ztoksa}%
+   \znext}}
+
+\def \zdefvarpre #1#2,#3\zmark{%        \style\modifier,\modifier,...,\zmark
+  \xdef #2{\noexpand\variant{\name{#1variant}=\the\tcounta}}%
+  \increment \tcounta
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#3}}\zdefvarpre #1#3\zmark \fi}
+
+\gdef \zvariant {}                      % Holds \stylevariant assignments.
+
+\def \variant #1{%                      {\stylevariant assignment}
+  {\ztoksa = \expandafter{\zvariant}%
+   \ztoksb = {#1}%
+   \xdef \zvariant {\the\ztoksa \the\ztoksb}}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \zprocessvariant #1{%              {\block}
+  \name{#1varinit}%
+  \zvariant \relax                      % \relax terminates numbers and such.
+  \gdef \zvariant {}}
+
+\def \varcase #1{%                      \style
+  \name{#1varcase}#1}
+
+\long\def \zvarcasei #1#2{%                             \style {var1 code}
+  \ifcase \name{#1variant}#2\else\zbadvar\fi\relax}
+\long\def \zvarcaseii #1#2#3{%                          \style {var1 code}{var2 code}
+  \ifcase \name{#1variant}#2\or#3\else\zbadvar\fi\relax}
+\long\def \zvarcaseiii #1#2#3#4{%
+  \ifcase \name{#1variant}#2\or#3\or#4\else\zbadvar\fi\relax}
+\long\def \zvarcaseiv #1#2#3#4#5{%
+  \ifcase \name{#1variant}#2\or#3\or#4\or#5\else\zbadvar\fi\relax}
+\long\def \zvarcasev #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \ifcase \name{#1variant}#2\or#3\or#4\or#5\or#6\else\zbadvar\fi\relax}
+\long\def \zvarcasevi #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
+  \ifcase \name{#1variant}#2\or#3\or#4\or#5\or#6\or#7\else\zbadvar\fi\relax}
+\long\def \zvarcasevii #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+  \ifcase \name{#1variant}#2\or#3\or#4\or#5\or#6\or#7\or#8\else\zbadvar\fi\relax}
+\long\def \zvarcaseviii #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9{%
+  \ifcase\name{#1variant}#2\or#3\or#4\or#5\or#6\or#7\or#8\or#9\else\zbadvar\fi\relax}
+
+\def \setvariant #1{%                   \modifier
+  #1%
+  \zvariant \relax
+  \gdef \zvariant {}}
+
+\def \zbadvar {%
+  \zzerror{Invalid value for variant}}
+
+%                       Block Options
+%                       ----- -------
+
+
+\gdef \zwith {}                                 % Holds \with parameters.
+
+
+%~ The |\with| modifier can be used to modify specific design
+%~ parameters for the following block. It only makes sense
+%~ preceding block commands. Sometimes it is used with parameters
+%~ that are specifically intended for |\with|:
+%~   \with{\itemnumber=4} \list{number}
+%~ Other times it is used with a parameter that needs to be
+%~ changed for one particular block.
+%~   \with{\advance\belowskip by -8pt} \float{figure}
+%~ Again, be careful to use |\with| only on block commands.
+
+\long\def \with #1{%                            {parameter-assignments} %^modifier
+  {\ztoksa = \expandafter{\zwith}%
+   \ztoksb = {#1}%
+   \xdef \zwith {\the\ztoksa \the\ztoksb}}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \zprocesswith {%
+  \zwith \relax                                 % \relax terminates numbers and such.
+  \gdef \zwith {}}
+
+%~ This block modifier forces a page break above the block.
+
+\def \breakabove {%                                     %^modifier
+  \with{\abovepenalty=\breakalways}}
+
+%~ This block modifier forces a page break below the block.
+
+\def \breakbelow {%                                     %^modifier
+  \with{\belowpenalty=\breakalways}}
+
+%                       Common Design Parameters
+%                       ------ ------ ----------
+
+
+% These design parameters are used by a variety of ZZTeX's blocks, so
+% they are defined here.
+
+% Integer parameters:
+
+\definecount{\abovepenalty}{0}          % Penalty above block.
+\definecount{\authorlevel}{0}           % Author ToC entry level.
+\definecount{\belowpenalty}{0}          % Penalty below block.
+\definecount{\continue}{0}              % Block is continued (bit 0) and/or continuation (bit 1).
+\definecount{\difficulty}{0}            % Level of difficulty of the block.
+
+% Flag parameters:
+
+\setflag \allowbreaks = \false          % Allow page breaks in block?
+\setflag \allowintoc = \false           % Allow section in ToC?
+
+% Dimension parameters:
+
+\definedimen{\height}{0pt}              % Height of text.
+\definedimen{\ruleshift}{0pt}           % Horizontal shift for rule.
+\definedimen{\ruleheight}{0pt}          % Height (thickness) of rule.
+\definedimen{\rulewidth}{0pt}           % Width of rule.
+\definedimen{\topadjust}{\mindimen}     % Adjustment for head at top of page.
+\definedimen{\vshift}{0pt}              % Vertical shift.
+\definedimen{\width}{0pt}               % Width of text.
+
+% Skip (glue) parameters:
+
+\defineskip{\aboveskip}{0pt}            % Base/base skip above block.
+\defineskip{\belowskip}{0pt}            % Base/base skip below block.
+\defineskip{\columngutter}{0pt}         % Width of gutter between columns.
+\defineskip{\interrowskip}{0pt}         % Extra space between rows.
+\defineskip{\leftindent}{0pt}           % Left indentation glue.
+\defineskip{\numbersink}{0pt}           % Sinkage to section number, or 
+\defineskip{\numberskip}{0pt}           % Space b/b to section number.
+\defineskip{\parhang}{0pt}              % Hanging indent for paragraph.
+\defineskip{\rightindent}{0pt}          % Right indentation glue.
+\defineskip{\ruleskip}{0pt}             % Vskip for rule.
+\defineskip{\textsink}{0pt}             % Vsink for text.
+\defineskip{\textskip}{0pt}             % Base/base skip for text.
+\defineskip{\titlesink}{0pt}            % Sinkage to section title, or  
+\defineskip{\titleskip}{0pt}            % Space b/b to section title.
+
+% Token list parameters:
+
+\definetoks{\authortext}                % Part/chapter author text.
+\definetoks{\bodyfont}                  % Font for body of block.
+\definetoks{\divisions}                 % List of division names.
+\definetoks{\numberfont}                % Font for block number.
+\definetoks{\numberwordfont}            % Font for block word like "chapter".
+\definetoks{\openertext}                % Part/chapter opener text.
+\definetoks{\position}                  % Position of the block.
+\definetoks{\resetnumber}               % List of sequence numbers to reset.
+\definetoks{\rulecolor}                 % Color of a rule.
+\definetoks{\runners}                   % Running head/foot macros.
+\definetoks{\style}                     % Heading style.
+\definetoks{\textcolor}                 % Color of text.
+\definetoks{\titlefont}                 % Font for title.
+
+% Macro parameters:
+
+\def \numberformat #1{}                 % {code} %~ Formatter for block number.
+\def \paging {}                         % {code} %~ Page control commands.
+\def \providemark #1{}                  % {code} %~ Provide marks for the block.
+\def \titleformat {}                    % {code} %~ Formatter for title.
+
+%                       The \continue Parameter
+%                       --- --------- ---------
+
+
+% The \continue parameter is set as follows:
+%   0: neither continued nor continuation
+%   1: continued
+%   2: continuation
+%   3: both continuation and continued
+
+
+\def \continuedp {\oddp{\continue}}
+
+\def \continuationp {\gtrp{\continue}{1}}
+
+\def \zsetcontinue {%
+  \if \andp{\zerop{\continue}}{\continuation}%
+    \continue = 2\relax
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Break Element
+%                       ----- -------
+
+
+\long\def \breakelement #1{%
+  \global\setflag \zinpar = {\hmodep}%
+  \if \zinpar \flushendpar \fi
+  #1%
+  \if \zinpar \noindent \ignorespaces \fi}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzcmmath.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzcmmath.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a7c3f9f24bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzcmmath.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    Computer Modern math font support
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% Not really much to do.
+
+\setstyleskewchar{\mit}{"7F}
+\setstyleskewchar{\msy}{"30}
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzcomenc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzcomenc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..4fecdcdfebe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzcomenc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    Redefinitions for Common Encoding
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+% Redefine accents.
+
+\def \"#1{{\accent 8 #1}}               %~ Umlaut accent. %^accent
+
+\def \.#1{{\accent 11 #1}}              %~ Dot accent. %^accent
+
+\def \H #1{{\accent 12 #1}}             %~ Long Hungarian umlaut accent. %^accent
+
+\def \^#1{{\accent 7 #1}}               %~ Circumflex accent. %^accent
+
+\def \g #1{%                            %~ Ogonek accent. %^accent
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{#1}%
+  \if \dimeqlp{\ht\zboxa}{1ex}%
+    \accent 14 #1%
+  \else
+    {\ooalign{\hidewidth \char 14 \hidewidth \cr
+              \unhbox \zboxa}}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \~#1{{\accent 15 #1}}              %~ Tilde accent. %^accent
+
+
+% Redefine standard ASCII characters.
+
+\def \udquote {%                        %~ Undirected double quote. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \char "22\relax}
+
+\def \dollar {%                         %~ Dollar sign. %^named_char
+  \zprehyph{\dollarhyph}%
+  \char "24\relax
+  \zposthyph{\dollarhyph}}
+
+\let \$ = \dollar
+
+\def \less {%                           %~ Less-than sign. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \char "3C\relax}
+
+\let \< = \relax
+
+\def \greater {%                        %~ Greater-than sign. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \char "3E\relax}
+
+\let \> = \relax
+
+\def \backslash {%                      %~ Backslash. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zmbackslash
+  \else
+    \char "5C\relax
+  \fi}
+
+\let \\ = \backslash
+
+\def \underscore {%                     %~ Underscore. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \zprehyph{\underscorehyph}%
+  \char "5F\relax
+  \zposthyph{\underscorehyph}}
+
+\let \_ = \underscore
+
+\def \lbrace {%                         %~ Left brace. %^named_char
+  \relax
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zmlbrace
+  \else
+    \char "7B\relax
+  \fi}
+
+\let \{ = \lbrace
+
+\def \verticalbar {%                    %~ Vertical bar. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \char "7C\relax}
+
+\def \rbrace {%                         %~ Right brace. %^named_char
+  \relax
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zmrbrace
+  \else
+    \char "7D\relax
+  \fi}
+
+\let \} = \rbrace
+
+
+% Define additional special characters.
+
+\def \specialchar #1#2{%                                {text-char}{math-char}
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+      \error{scinmath}{Cannot use that special character in math mode}%
+    \else
+      #2\relax
+    \fi
+  \else
+    #1\relax
+  \fi}
+
+% Decided not to make these two characters pseudo-ligatures.
+
+\def \exclamdown   {\specialchar{\char 142}{}}          %~ Upside-down exclamation.
+\def \questiondown {\specialchar{\char 143}{}}          %~ Upside-down question mark.
+
+\def \bullet       {\specialchar{\char 150}{\zmbullet}} %~ Bullet.
+\def \cent         {\specialchar{\char 151}{}}          %~ Cent sign.
+\let \cents = \cent
+\def \copyright    {\specialchar{\char 152}{}}          %~ Copyright symbol.
+\def \currency     {\specialchar{\char 153}{}}          %~ Currency symbol.
+\def \dagger       {\specialchar{\char 154}{\zmdagger}} %~ Dagger.
+\def \ddagger      {\specialchar{\char 155}{\zmddagger}}%~ Double dagger.
+\def \degree       {\specialchar{\char 156}{^\circ}}    %~ Degree sign.
+\let \degrees = \degree
+\def \Edh          {\specialchar{\char 157}{}}          %~ Uppercase Edh.
+\def \edh          {\specialchar{\char 158}{}}          %~ Lowercase edh.
+\def \euro         {\specialchar{\char 159}{}}          %~ Euro symbol.
+\def \florin       {\specialchar{\char 160}{}}          %~ Florin.
+\def \lguill       {\specialchar{\char 161}{}}          %~ Left guillemot.
+\def \rguill       {\specialchar{\char 162}{}}          %~ Right guillemot.
+\def \L            {\specialchar{\char 163}{}}          %~ Uppercase Polish L.
+\def \l            {\specialchar{\char 164}{}}          %~ Lowercase Polish l.
+\def \minus        {\specialchar{\char 165}{}}          %~ Minus sign.
+\def \P            {\specialchar{\char 166}{}}          %~ Paragraph symbol (pilcrow).
+\def \perthousand  {\specialchar{\char 167}{}}          %~ Per thousand symbol.
+\def \usquote      {\specialchar{\char 168}{}}          %~ Undirected single quote.
+\def \registered   {\specialchar{$^\roman{\char 169}$}{}} %~ Registered symbol.
+\def \S            {\specialchar{\char 170}{}}          %~ Section sign.
+\def \SS           {\specialchar{\char 170\kern -.1em\char 170}{}} %~ Double section sign.
+\def \sterling     {\specialchar{\char 171}{}}          %~ Pound sterling symbol.
+\def \Thorn        {\specialchar{\char 172}{}}          %~ Uppercase Thorn.
+\def \thorn        {\specialchar{\char 173}{}}          %~ Lowercase thorn.
+\def \trademark    {\specialchar{$^\roman{\char 174}$}{}} %~ Trademark symbol.
+\def \yen          {\specialchar{\char 175}{}}          %~ Yen symbol.
+
+% Redefine a few math things.
+
+\definemathchar{\zmdagger}{\classbinop}{\rmfam}{9A}
+\definemathchar{\zmddagger}{\classbinop}{\rmfam}{9B}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzdiv.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzdiv.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..509fd4910c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzdiv.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Division Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains the macros to support divisions, which
+%            allow a book to be processed in pieces.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   24 September 1990
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Divisions
+%                       ---------
+
+
+\def \zdivext {tex}
+
+\definetoks{\divisionname}      % Name of current division.
+\definetoks{\zdivreq}           % Divisions requested with \setdivisions.
+\zdivreq = {\all}
+\definetoks{\zdivset}           % Divisions set.
+\setlist \zdivset = {}
+
+
+%~ This command is used in the book's root file to specify
+%~ the list of divisions that should be processed by ZzTeX.
+%~ All other divisions are not processed. If the command
+%~ does not appear in the root file, all divisions are processed.
+
+\def \setdivisions #1{%                         {division,...}
+  \if \emptyargp{#1}%
+    \warning{nodivs}{The \noexpand\setdivisions command does not specify any divisions} 
+  \else
+    \global\zdivreq = {#1}%
+  \fi}
+
+%~ This command is used in the book's root file to specify the
+%~ name of a book division file (e.g., |chap01|, |appa|). The order
+%~ of these commands determines the order of the divisions.
+
+\def \division #1{%                             {division}
+  \global\divisionname = {#1}%
+  \edef \znext {\noexpand\inclusionlist\noexpand\zset{#1}{\the\zdivreq}}%
+  \znext
+  \if \zset
+    \remark{Starting division `\the\divisionname'.}%
+    \push{#1}{\zdivset}%
+    \freshpage{\short\floats\any}%
+    \setcolumnnumber{1}%
+    \zxdivinit{#1}{\true}%
+    \zindexdivinit{#1}%
+    \zmndivinit
+    \zpndivinit
+    \zframedivinit
+    \zmrdivinit
+    \zfltdivinit
+    \include{#1.\zdivext}%
+    \endgraf
+    \freshpage{\short\floats\any}%
+    \zortahdivfinal
+    \zindexdivfinal
+    \zxdivfinal{#1}%
+  \else
+    \zxdivinit{#1}{\false}%
+    {\globaldefs = 1 \name{\=zS:#1}}%          % Invoke snapshot.
+  \fi
+  \global\divisionname = \expandafter{\jobname}}
+
+% This macro is invoked at the end of the document.
+
+\def \zdivmsg {%
+  \edef \znext {\the\zdivreq}%
+  \edef \znextfirst {\expandafter\zdivmsga \znext\zmark}%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{\zallname}%
+    \remark{The entire book was processed.}%
+  \else\if \tokeqlp{\znextfirst}{\zallbutname}%
+    \relax
+  \else
+    \commalist{\zreqlist}{\the\zdivreq}%
+    \maplist{\zdivmsgb{##1}}{\zreqlist}%
+  \fi\fi}
+
+\def \zdivmsga #1#2\zmark{#1}
+
+\def \zdivmsgb #1{%
+  \member{\zexists}{#1}{\zdivset}%
+  \if \notp{\zexists}%
+    \warning{divnotexist}{The requested division `#1' does not exist}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Division Snapshots
+%                       -------- ---------
+
+
+\setlist \zsnaplist = {}        % List of registers to be snapshot.
+
+
+\def \declaresnapitem #1{%                              {\name}
+  \append{#1}{\zsnaplist}}
+
+
+\def \ztakesnap {%
+  \let \zmodesave = \xrefmode
+  \let \xrefmode = \xrefsnapmode
+  \def \znext {}%
+  \maplist{\zsnapone{##1}}{\zsnaplist}%
+  \ztoksa = \expandafter{\znext}%
+  \edef \znext {\noexpand\xref{snap}{\noexpand\folio}{}%
+                                    {\the\ztoksa}{\the\divisionname}}%
+  \znext
+  \let \xrefmode = \zmodesave}
+
+\def \zsnapone #1{%                             {\register}
+  \ztoksa = \expandafter{\znext}%
+  \edef \znext {\the\ztoksa \noexpand#1\the#1}}
+
+
+% Store division snapshot information in a special name in the tag namespace.
+
+\def \xrefsnap #1#2#3#4{%                       {}{}{code}{division}
+  \ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefloadtagmode
+    \if \undefinedp{\=zS:#4}\withname{\gdef}{\=zS:#4}{}\fi
+    \withname\xdef{\=zS:#4}{\name{\=zS:#4}#3}%
+  \fi}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzdoc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzdoc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..072436a43ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzdoc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,500 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Document Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   9 September 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Loading Design Files
+%                       ------- ------ -----
+
+
+\def \bookauthor {}
+\def \booktitle {}
+\def \bookpublisher {}
+\def \bookISBN {}
+
+
+\def \loaddesign #1{%                                   {file-list}
+  \zdtinit
+  \zloadinifile
+  \global\divisionname = \expandafter{\jobname}%
+  \setfoliostyle{\arabic}%              % Initialize various options that
+  \setsentencespacing{\false}%          $ might be set in the design file.
+  \setmathspaces{4mu plus .4mu minus .75mu}
+                {4mu plus .4mu minus .75mu}
+                {4mu plus .4mu minus .75mu}%
+  \protectcitecommands
+  \commalist{\zdeslist}{#1}%
+  \maplist{\zinputdes{##1}}{\zdeslist}%
+  \textsize\rm                          % In case \documentdesign resets
+                                        % \normallineskip[limit].
+  \if \DVIWindorules \setflag \DVIWindoinuse = \true \fi %%% Temporary.
+  \if \newbiblio \input zzbiblio \else \input zzbibtex \fi
+  \if \rangep{\newmath}{1}{2}\input zznewmath\relax \fi
+  \if \newrunners \input zzrunner\relax \fi
+  \if \zerop{\tabularversion}%
+    \tabularversion = \if \newtabular 2\else 1\fi\relax
+  \fi
+  \if \neqlp{\tabularversion}{3}\input zztabularv\the\tabularversion\relax \fi
+  \if \newtitleadjustment \input zzttladj\relax \fi}
+
+\def \zinputdes #1{%                            {design-file}
+  \checkfile{\znext}{#1.zzd}%
+  \if \znext
+    \input #1.zzd\relax
+  \else
+    \error{nodesfile}{The design file `#1.zzd' is missing}
+    \zend
+  \fi
+  \if \orp{\hmodep}{\posp{\pagetotal}}
+    \error{desjunk}
+          {The design file `#1.zzd' has some spurious junk in it}
+  \fi
+  \textsize\rm                  % So \documentdesign macro can use it.
+  \documentdesign}
+
+\def \announcedesign #1{%                       {title}
+  \remark{Loading design file `#1'._}}
+
+\def \bookdata #1#2#3#4{%                       {author}{title}{publisher}{ISBN}
+  \gdef \bookauthor {#1}%
+  \gdef \booktitle {#2}%
+  \gdef \bookpublisher {#3}%
+  \gdef \bookISBN {#4}}
+
+%~ Deprecated in favor of |\bookdata|.
+
+\def \bookinfo #1#2#3{%                         {author}{title}{publisher}
+  \gdef \bookauthor {#1}%
+  \gdef \booktitle {#2}%
+  \gdef \bookpublisher {#3}}
+
+\def \commonencoding {%
+  \input zzcomenc\relax
+  \global\setflag \zcommonencoding = \true}
+
+\def \protectcitecommands {%
+  \let \cite      = \citeleterror
+  \let \citeauthr = \citeleterror
+  \let \citeyear  = \citeleterror
+  \let \nocite    = \citeleterror}
+
+\def \citeleterror {%
+  \error{citelet}{Cannot use \noexpand\let to define \noexpand\cite commands}}
+
+%                       Design Alternatives
+%                       ------ ------------
+
+
+% Design alternatives are deprecated.
+
+\def \designalternative #1#2{%                  {\name}{choice}
+  \withname\gdef{\=zA:\string#1}{#2}}
+
+\def \definedesignalternative #1#2#3{%          {\name}{required?}{choice1,...}
+  \definecount{#1}{-1}%
+  \if \undefinedp{\=zA:\string#1}%
+    \if #2%
+      \error{altreq}{The design alternative `\string#1' must be specified}%
+    \else
+      \zdefalt{#1}#3,\zmark
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \commalist{\zaltlist}{#3}%
+  \tcounta = -1\relax
+  \maplist{\zcompalt{#1}{##1}}{\zaltlist}%
+  \if \negp{#1}%
+    \error{altinv}{The design alternative `\string#1' is invalid}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zdefalt #1#2,#3\zmark{%                   {\name}choice1,...\zmark
+  \designalternative{#1}{#2}}
+
+\def \zcompalt #1#2{%                           {\name}{choice}
+  \increment \tcounta
+  \stringeql{\znext}{\name{\=zA:\string#1}}{#2}%
+  \if \znext \global#1 = \tcounta \fi \relax}
+
+\let \altcase = \ifcase
+
+%                       Document Parameters
+%                       -------- ----------
+
+
+% The following PDF document information options are available.
+
+\chardef \PDFinfodefault = 0
+\chardef \PDFinfofull    = 1
+\chardef \PDFinfocomp    = 2
+\chardef \PDFinfonone    = 3
+
+
+% Integer parameters:
+
+\adjdemerits = 10000            % Adjacent incompatible lines.
+\binoppenalty = 700             % Line break after binary operator.
+%\brokenpenalty = 0             % See \even and \oddbrokenpenalty.
+\clubpenalty = 500              % Club line at bottom of page.
+\defaulthyphenchar = `\-        % Default hyphen character.
+\defaultskewchar = -1           % Default skew character.
+\delimiterfactor = 941          % Math delimiter size factor.
+\displaywidowpenalty = 500      % Widow line above math display.
+\definecount{\dollarhyph}{0}    % 0: no hyphenation after dollar signs;
+                                % 1: hyphenate after, but nowhere else;
+                                % 2: hyphenate after and other places.
+\doublehyphendemerits = 80000   % Consecutive hyphenated lines.
+\errorcontextlines = 8          % Maximum error context line pairs.
+\definecount{\evenbrokenpenalty}{3000}  % Column breaks after hyphenated
+                                        % line, but on same spread.
+\exhyphenpenalty = 0            % Line break after explicit hyphen.
+\finalhyphendemerits = 10000    % Penultimate hyphenated line.
+\hbadness = 1000                % Above which bad hboxes are shown.
+\hyphenpenalty = 50             % Line break after discretionary hyphen.
+\interlinepenalty = 0           % Between lines of a paragraph.
+\language = 0                   % Current set of hyphenation rules.
+\lefthyphenmin = 2              % Shortest fragment at beginning of
+                                % hyphenated word.
+\linepenalty = 10               % Increment at each line break.
+\definecount{\lineslong}{0}     % Number of lines page can go long.
+\definecount{\linesperpage}{0}  % Number of lines per page.
+\definecount{\linesshort}{0}    % Number of lines page can go short.
+\definecount{\maxbottomcolumnfloats}{1} % Floats at column bottom.
+\definecount{\maxbottompagefloats}{1}   % Floats at page bottom.
+\definecount{\maxtopcolumnfloats}{1}    % Floats at column top.
+\definecount{\maxtoppagefloats}{1}      % Floats at page top.
+\definecount{\mintextpercent}{10} % Percent of page that must have text.
+\newlinechar = -1               % Newline character for \write.
+\definecount{\newmath}{0}       % Revision level of math---DEPRECATED.
+\definecount{\oddbrokenpenalty}{10000}  % Spread breaks after
+                                        % hyphenated line.
+\definecount{\PDFinfo}{\PDFinfodefault} % Include document info in final PDF file.
+\pretolerance = 400             % Badness tolerated before hyphenation.
+\relpenalty = 500               % Line break after relation operator.
+\righthyphenmin = 3             % Shortest fragment at end of hypenated word.
+\definecount{\shrinkpercent}{10}        % Percentage shrink is of nominal.
+\definecount{\stretchpercent}{25}       % Percentage of the maximum stretch.
+\definecount{\tabularversion}{0}        % Version of tabular facility.
+\tolerance = \pretolerance      % Badness tolerated after hyphenation.
+\tracinglostchars = 1           % Positive to trace lost characters.
+\definecount{\tracingpagemakeup}{0}     % Positive to trace page makeup.
+\tracingstats = 1               % Positive to trace memory statistics.
+\uchyph = 1                     % Positive to hyphenate Capitalized words.
+\definecount{\underscorehyph}{1}        % See \dollarhyph.
+\vbadness = 2000                % Above which bad vboxes are shown.
+\widowpenalty = 10000           % Widow line at top of page.
+\definecount{\xrefcites}{0}     % Cross-reference \cite's:
+                                %   0: no
+                                %   1: simple xref entry
+                                %   2: custom xref entry
+
+% Flag Parameters:
+
+\setflag \allowcolor = \true            % Allow color specials?
+\setflag \allowreftitle = \false        % Allow use of \reftitle?
+\setflag \baselinetoprules = \true      % Rules at page top sit on baseline?
+\setflag \DVIWindoinuse = \false        % Generate DVIWindo-specific goodies?
+\setflag \DVIWindorules = \false        % Display page makeup rules? [deprecated]
+\setflag \forceepsbb = \false           % Force reading of EPS bounding box?
+\setflag \indexcites = \false           % \cite generates indexing command?
+\setflag \newbiblio = \false            % Use new biblio facility?
+\setflag \newdots = \false              % Use new \xdots commands?
+\setflag \newrunners = \false           % Use new runners scheme?
+\setflag \newtabular = \false           % Use new tabular module? [deprecated]
+\setflag \newtitleadjustment = \false   % Use new title adjustment scheme?
+\setflag \PDFhyperlinks = \false        % Generate PDF hyperlinks?
+\setflag \raggedbottom = \false         % Ragged-bottom pages?
+\setflag \risingbottomfloats = \false   % Bottom floats rise up on page?
+\setflag \risingfootnotes = \false      % Footnotes rise up on page?
+\setflag \topdeltaadjustment = \false   % Use \topdelta?
+\setflag \zcommonencoding = \false      % Set with \commonencoding command.
+
+% Dimension Parameters:
+
+\boxmaxdepth = \maxdimen        % Maximum depth of explicit vboxes.
+\delimitershortfall = 4pt       % Maximum math delimiter shortfall.
+\emergencystretch = 4pt         % Emergency stretchability of each line.
+\definedimen{\evenbleedshift}{0pt}      % Bleed shift for versos.
+\definedimen{\eveninnermargin}{0pt}     % Inner margin (gutter) for versos.
+\definedimen{\evenlefttextmargin}{0pt}  % Left text margin for versos.
+\definedimen{\evenoutermargin}{0pt}     % Outer margin for versos.
+\definedimen{\evenrighttextmargin}{0pt} % Right text margin for versos.
+\definedimen{\footerheight}{0pt}        % Height of footer box.
+\definedimen{\headerheight}{0pt}        % Height of running head.
+\definedimen{\headmargin}{0in}          % Head (top) margin.
+\hfuzz = 0.33pt                 % Overrun before overfull hbox messages.
+\hoffset = 0pt                  % Overall horizontal offset.
+\zremovePlaindef \jot
+\definedimen{\jot}{3pt}         % Increment for opening up math displays.
+\lineskiplimit = 0pt            % Threshold where \lineskip is used
+                                % instead of \baselineskip.
+\let \linewidth = \hsize        % Alternate name for \hsize.
+\maxdepth = 4pt                 % Maximum depth of boxes on main pages.
+\zremovePlaindef \normallineskiplimit
+\definedimen{\normallineskiplimit}{0pt} % Normal line skip limit.
+\nulldelimiterspace = 1.2pt             % Width of a null delimiter.
+\definedimen{\oddbleedshift}{0pt}       % Bleed shift for rectos.
+\definedimen{\oddinnermargin}{0pt}      % Inner margin (gutter) for rectos.
+\definedimen{\oddlefttextmargin}{0pt}   % Left text margin for rectos.
+\definedimen{\oddoutermargin}{0pt}      % Outer margin for rectos.
+\definedimen{\oddrighttextmargin}{0pt}  % Right text margin for rectos.
+\overfullrule = 6pt             % Width of rule appended to overfull boxes.
+\parindent = 0pt                % Width of paragraph indent.
+\definedimen{\parrag}{0pt}      % Raggedness of paragraph lines.
+\scriptspace = .25pt            % Extra space after a sub/superscript.
+\splitmaxdepth = \maxdimen      % Maximum depth of boxes on split pages.
+\definedimen{\standardbleed}{.125in}    % Standard bleed required by press.
+\definedimen{\standardindent}{0pt}      % Standard indentation amount.
+\definedimen{\textareaheight}{\mindimen}% Height of text area.
+\definedimen{\textmeasure}{0pc}         % Width of text area.
+\let \textareawidth = \textmeasure
+\definedimen{\topdelta}{0pt}            % \topskip - height(first line).
+\definedimen{\trimheight}{0in}          % Trimmed paper height.
+\definedimen{\trimwidth}{0in}           % Trimmed paper width.
+\definedimen{\trimplusbleedheight}{0in} % Trim plus bleed top and bottom.
+\definedimen{\trimplusbleedwidth}{0in}  % Trim plus bleed both sides.
+\definedimen{\typeareaheight}{\mindimen}% Height of type area.
+\definedimen{\typeareawidth}{0pt}       % Width of type area.
+\vfuzz = 0.5pt                  % Overrun before overfull vbox messages.
+\voffset = 0pt                  % Overall vertical offset.
+
+% Skip (glue) Parameters:
+
+\leftskip = 0pt                 % At left end of paragraph lines.
+\lineskip = 0pt                 % When \baselineskip isn't possible.
+\zremovePlaindef \normalbaselineskip
+\defineskip{\normalbaselineskip}{0pt}   % Normal baseline distance.
+\zremovePlaindef \normallineskip
+\defineskip{\normallineskip}{0pt}       % Normal line skip limit.
+\parfillskip = 0pt plus 1fil    % Additional \rightskip at paragraph end.
+\parskip = 0pt                  % Above paragraphs.
+\rightskip = 0pt                % At right end of lines.
+\spaceskip = 0pt                % Between words (if nonzero).
+\splittopskip = 10pt            % At top of split pages.
+\defineskip{\standardskip}{0pt} % Standard skip above/below elements.
+\topskip = \mindimen            % At top of main pages.
+\xspaceskip = 0pt               % Between sentences (if nonzero).
+
+% Muskip (mu glue) Parameters:
+
+\definemuskip{\fracbarhang}{0mu}        % Fraction bar overhang.
+\thinmuskip = 0mu               % Math space after punctuation.
+\medmuskip = 0mu                % Math space around binary operators.
+\thickmuskip = 0mu              % Math space around relational operators.
+
+% Token list parameters:
+
+\definetoks{\annotationfont}    % Font for annotations (e.g., proof identification).
+\annotationfont = {cmssi10 at 7pt}
+\definetoks{\baselinemultiplier}% Multiplier for baselines.
+\baselinemultiplier = {1}
+\definetoks{\decimalpoint}      % Decimal point character.
+\decimalpoint = {.}
+\definetoks{\PDFbuttoncolor}    % Color of hyperlinked text.
+\definetoks{\matrixspread}      % Baseline multiplier for matrices.
+\matrixspread = {1.0}
+
+% The following parameters are fixed and hidden from the user.
+
+\mathsurround = 0pt             % Space around a math formula in text.
+
+%                       Parameter Calculation
+%                       --------- -----------
+
+
+\def \calculatetextareaheight #1{%                              {lines}
+  \relax
+  \if \dimnegp{\topskip}%
+    \error{misstopskip}{The value of \string\topskip must be set}%
+  \fi
+  {\global\linesperpage = #1\relax
+   \tcounta = #1\relax
+   \decrement \tcounta
+   \textareaheight = \the\tcounta\baselineskip
+   \global\advance \textareaheight by \topskip
+   \measurecapheight{\topdelta}%
+   \measureascenderheight{\tdimena}%
+   \if \dimgtrp{\tdimena}{\topdelta}\topdelta = \tdimena \fi
+   \advance \topdelta by -\topskip
+   \global\negate \topdelta}}
+
+\def \calculatetypeareaheight #1#2{%                    {head-height}{head-b/b}
+  \relax
+  \if \dimnegp{\textareaheight}%
+    \error{misstah}{The value of \string\textareaheight must be set}%   
+  \fi
+  {\typeareaheight = \textareaheight
+   \advance \typeareaheight by -\topskip
+   \advance \typeareaheight by #1\relax
+   \advance \typeareaheight by #2\relax
+   \global\advance \typeareaheight by \footerheight
+   \headerheight = #1\relax
+   \advance \headerheight by #2\relax
+   \global\advance \headerheight by -\topskip}}
+
+\def \calculateoffsets #1#2{%                   {sheet-width}{sheet-height}
+  \relax
+  \if \andp{\dimposp{\trimwidth}}{\dimposp{\trimheight}}%
+    \hoffset = #1\relax
+    \advance \hoffset by -\trimwidth
+    \divide \hoffset by 2
+    \advance \hoffset by -1in
+    \voffset = #2\relax
+    \advance \voffset by -\trimheight
+    \divide \voffset by 2
+    \advance \voffset by -1in\relax
+  \else
+    \error{misstrim}{The values of \string\trimwidth and
+                     \string\trimheight must be set}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \calculatepdfoffsets #1#2#3{%      {virtual-width}{virtual-height}{bleeds?}
+  \relax
+  \if \andp{\dimposp{\trimwidth}}{\dimposp{\trimheight}}%
+    \hoffset = -1in
+    \if #3\advance \hoffset by \standardbleed \fi
+    \calculate \voffset = {#2,-,\trimheight,-,1in}%
+    \if #3\advance \voffset by -\standardbleed \fi
+  \else
+    \error{misstrim}{The values of \string\trimwidth and
+                     \string\trimheight must be set}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \setskip #1=#2#3#4{%        \parameter = {nominal}{max-stretch}{[shrink]}
+  \tdimena = #2\relax
+  \calculate \tdimenb = {#3,P,\stretchpercent}%
+  \if \emptyargp{#4}%
+    \calculate \tdimenc = {\tdimena,P,\shrinkpercent}%
+  \else
+    \tdimenc = #4\relax
+  \fi
+  #1 = \the\tdimena plus \the\tdimenb minus \the\tdimenc\relax}
+
+\def \fromtrim #1{%                             \setskip or \register
+  \if \tokeqlp{#1}{\setskip}%
+    \let \znext = \zfromtrima
+  \else
+    \def \zfromtrimreg {#1}%
+    \let \znext = \zfromtrimb
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zfromtrima #1=#2#3#4{%
+  \setskip #1={#2}{#3}{#4}%
+  \advance #1 by -\headmargin}
+  
+\def \zfromtrimb {%
+  \afterassignment\zfromtrimc \zfromtrimreg}
+
+\def \zfromtrimc {%
+  \advance \zfromtrimreg by -\headmargin}
+
+%                       Document Block
+%                       -------- -----
+
+
+\def \document {%
+  % There is no point to embedding the entire document in a group.
+  % \documentdesign was already invoked by \loaddesign.
+  \zpushblock{document}%
+  \xdef \znext {%
+    \noexpand\definefont \noexpand\zannofont{\the\annotationfont}}
+  \znext
+  \zfontsummary{\false}%
+  \zopentfmlist
+  \zwritePDFinfo
+  \zpageinit
+  \zpushvcontext
+  \setparrag{\parrag}%
+  \zxrefinit
+  \zbiblioinit
+  \zindexinit
+  \zfloatinit
+  \setpagecolumns{}{1}{0pt}%
+  \if \definedp{\documentprolog}\documentprolog \fi}
+
+\def \enddocument {%
+  \endgraf
+  \if \definedp{\documentepilog}\documentepilog \fi
+  \closeanychapter
+  \closeanysection
+  \zpopblock{document}%
+  \freshpage{\short\floats\any}%
+  \zindexfinal
+  \zxreffinal
+%%%  \zbibfinal
+  \zmissingartmsg
+  \ztagsummary
+  \zpopvcontext
+  \zlayoutsummary
+  \zfontsummary{\true}%
+  \zwritetfmlist
+  \if \posp{\tracingstats}\zregstats \fi
+  \zfeaturewarns
+  \ztodomsg
+  \zdivmsg
+  \zproofidfile
+  \zend}
+
+\def \zfeaturewarns {%
+  \messagenl{_}%
+  \if \zoverlayset
+    \remark{Overlays are present on each page.}%
+  \fi
+  \zproofident}
+
+\def \zproofident {%
+  \zproofidentline
+  \if \emptytoksp{\zproofid}%
+    \messagenl{|  No proof identification.}%
+  \else
+    \messagenl{|  \the\zproofid\space\space
+                  \number\year/\number\month/\number\day\space
+                  \formattime\space\space\space
+                  \inicompositor}%
+  \fi
+  \zproofidentline}
+
+\def \zproofidentline {%
+  \messagenl{+-----------------------------------------------------------------------------_}}
+
+%                       Write PDF Document Information
+%                       ----- --- -------- -----------
+
+
+\def \zwritePDFinfo {%
+  \ifcase \PDFinfo
+    \relax
+  \or
+    \special{PDF: Title \booktitle}%
+    \special{PDF: Author \bookauthor}%
+    \special{PDF: Subject}%
+    \special{PDF: Keywords Publisher: \bookpublisher,
+                           Compositor: \inicompositor}%
+  \or
+    \special{PDF: Title}%
+    \special{PDF: Author}%
+    \special{PDF: Subject}%
+    \special{PDF: Keywords Compositor: \inicompositor}%
+  \or
+    \special{PDF: Title}%
+    \special{PDF: Author}%
+    \special{PDF: Subject}%
+    \special{PDF: Keywords}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Disable \end
+%                       ------- ----
+
+
+\let \zend = \end
+
+\def \end {%
+  \error{noend}{Do not use the TeX \string\end\space command}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzerror.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzerror.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..693451b2c3b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzerror.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Error Handling
+%
+% Synopsis:
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   13 August 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Remarks & Errors
+%                       ------- - ------
+
+
+\def \remark #1{%                               {text}
+  \messagenl{_ZzTeX: #1_}}
+
+\def \warning #1#2{%                            {help-id}{text}
+  \zsethelp{#1}%
+  \zerrmsg{warning}{#2}}
+
+\def \error #1#2{%                              {help-id}{text}
+  \zsethelp{#1}%
+  \zerrmsg{error}{#2}%
+  \remark{Continuing from an error may cause unpredictable results.}}
+
+\def \zzerror #1{%                              {text}
+  \zerrmsg{internal error}{#1}%
+  \remark{Continuing from an internal error will cause erroneous results.}}
+
+\def \zerrmsg #1#2{%                            {prefix}{text}
+  {\newlinechar = `\_%
+   \errmessage{ZzTeX #1: #2}}}
+
+%%%\def \zerrcontext #1{%
+%%%  \listtop{\znext}{\zblockstack}%
+%%%  \writelog{ZzTeX context: #1 \znext\space \the\typesizename
+%%%                           \the\typestyle \the\typeencoding.}}
+%%%
+%%%\def \context {%
+%%%  \zerrcontext{???}%
+%%%  \zend}
+
+%                       To-Do Facility
+%                       ----- --------
+
+
+\definecount{\ztodocount}{0}
+
+
+%~ The |\todo| command accepts a note that is stored in the composite
+%~ cross-reference file as a reminder of something that needs to
+%~ be done later. ZzExplore can display a list of the outstanding
+%~ to-dos.
+
+\long\def \todo #1{%                                    {note}
+  \zwritetodo{#1}%
+  \ztodo #1\zmark
+  \global\increment \ztodocount}
+
+\long\def \ztodo #1#2\zmark{%                           {char1}{rest of message}
+  \if \codeeqlp{#1}{!}%
+    {\errorcontextlines = 0
+     \def \znext {#2}%
+     \zerrmsg{to-do}{\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\znext\zmark\space
+                     [\the\divisionname]}}%
+  \else\if \codeeqlp{#1}{.}%
+    \def \znext {#2}%
+    \writelog{ZzTeX to-do: \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\znext\zmark\space
+                           [\the\divisionname]}%
+  \else\if \codeeqlp{#1}{?}%
+    \def \znext {#2}%
+    \messagenl{_ZzTeX to-do: To come: \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\znext\zmark\space 
+                             [\the\divisionname]_}%
+    \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color push rgb 1 0 0}\fi
+    ???%
+    \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color pop}\fi
+  \else
+    \def \znext {#1#2}%
+    \messagenl{_ZzTeX to-do: \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\znext\zmark\space
+                             [\the\divisionname]_}%
+  \fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Write a todo entry into the cross-reference file.
+
+\long\def \zwritetodo #1{%                      {message}
+  \zbeginhidewrite
+    \def \znext {#1}%
+    \edef \znext {\noexpand\xref{todo}{\noexpand\folio}{}
+                                {\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\znext\zmark}
+                                {\the\divisionname}}%
+    \znext
+   \zendhidewrite}
+
+% There is nothing to do with each entry in the cross-reference file
+% when it is loaded.
+
+\long\def \xreftodo #1#2#3#4{}
+
+% This macro is invoked at the end of the run.
+
+\def \ztodomsg {%
+  \if \posp{\ztodocount}%
+    \remark{Number of to-do reminders encountered: \the\ztodocount}%
+  \fi}
+
+
+%                       Help Text
+%                       ---- ----
+
+
+\def \zsethelp #1{%
+  \if \definedp{\=zH:#1}%
+    \global\errhelp = \expandafterthrice{\name{\=zH:#1}}%
+  \else
+    \global\errhelp = {No additional help is available.}%
+  \fi}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzfloat.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzfloat.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b6e3e082462
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzfloat.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1164 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Float Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains the float and caption blocks, as well as
+%            all the code required to support the scheduling of floats.
+%
+% Notes:     The broadside capability was implemented by Richard A. Wells and
+%            integrated into ZzTeX on 9/7/94.
+%
+% Author:    Richard A. Wells & Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   7 March 1990
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Data Structures
+%                       ---- ----------
+
+
+\definecount{\zfltcount}{0}
+\def \zfloatfreeq {}
+\def \zfloatpendq {}
+
+
+\def \zdeffloat #1#2{%                          {\float}{\float-box}
+  \definebox{#2}%
+  \zfreefloat{#1}{#2}%
+  \global\increment \zfltcount}
+
+\def \zgetfloat #1{%                            {\float}
+  \if \emptydefp{\zfloatfreeq}%
+    \error{toomanyflt}
+          {More than `\the\zfltcount' floats remain for page makeup}%
+  \else
+    \pop{#1}{\zfloatfreeq}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zfreefloat #1#2{%                         {\float}{\float-box}
+  \gdef #1{\def \zcurfloatbox {#2}}%
+  \append{#1}{\zfloatfreeq}}
+
+\zdeffloat{\zflta}{\zfltboxa}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltb}{\zfltboxb}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltc}{\zfltboxc}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltd}{\zfltboxd}
+\zdeffloat{\zflte}{\zfltboxe}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltf}{\zfltboxf}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltg}{\zfltboxg}
+\zdeffloat{\zflth}{\zfltboxh}
+\zdeffloat{\zflti}{\zfltboxi}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltj}{\zfltboxj}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltk}{\zfltboxk}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltl}{\zfltboxl}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltm}{\zfltboxm}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltn}{\zfltboxn}
+\zdeffloat{\zflto}{\zfltboxo}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltp}{\zfltboxp}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltq}{\zfltboxq}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltr}{\zfltboxr}
+\zdeffloat{\zflts}{\zfltboxs}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltt}{\zfltboxt}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltu}{\zfltboxu}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltv}{\zfltboxv}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltw}{\zfltboxw}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltx}{\zfltboxx}
+\zdeffloat{\zflty}{\zfltboxy}
+\zdeffloat{\zfltz}{\zfltboxz}
+
+% There is an insert class for each of the two places where floats
+% can go.  
+
+\defineinsert{\ztopcolinsert}           % Floats at top of column.
+\count\ztopcolinsert = 1000
+\dimen\ztopcolinsert = \maxdimen
+\skip\ztopcolinsert = 0pt
+\defineinsert{\zbotcolinsert}           % Floats at bottom of column.
+\count\zbotcolinsert = 1000
+\dimen\zbotcolinsert = \maxdimen
+\skip\zbotcolinsert = 0pt
+
+
+% We need a dimension register to capture box depths.
+
+\definedimen{\zfloatdp}{0pt}
+
+%                       Float Types
+%                       ----- -----
+
+
+\setlist \zfloattypelist = {}
+
+
+\def \definefloattype #1#2#3{%                  {type}{toc-level}{association}
+  \if \emptyargp{#3}%
+    \withname\definecount{\float#1number}{0}%
+    \withname\declaresnapitem{\float#1number}%
+  \else
+    \edef \znext {%
+      \global\withname\let{\float#1number}=\name{\float#3number}}%
+    \znext
+  \fi
+  \withname\gdef{\zflt#1lvl}{#2}%
+  \append{#1}{\zfloattypelist}}
+
+
+\def \resetfloatnumbers {%
+  \maplist{\global\name{\float##1number}=0\relax}{\zfloattypelist}}
+
+
+% Predefined float types (don't forget an index locator for each one).
+
+\definefloattype{algorithm}{101}{}
+\definefloattype{figure}{102}{}
+\definefloattype{table}{103}{}
+\definefloattype{listing}{104}{}
+\definefloattype{sidebar}{105}{}
+
+%                       Float Block
+%                       ----- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\float}{\endfloat}{\false}{}
+
+%~block float Type
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above float.
+% \def \beginformat {...}               % Beginning of float formatter.
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Space b/b below float.
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \continue = integer                   % Continued or continuation.
+% \def \endformat {...}                 % End of float formatter.
+% \leftindent = dimen                   % Horizontal fudge for all floats.
+% \pageplacement = {...}                % Overriding page placement.
+% \position = {...}                     % Position (see below).
+% \runners = {style}                    % Runners for a page of floats.
+% \topfloatfudge = dimen                % Vertical fudge for topmost float.
+% \width = dimen                        % Explicit width for float.
+%~end
+
+\definetoks{\pageplacement}
+\definedimen{\topfloatfudge}{0pt}
+
+% These derived parameters are needed here and by \caption.  They may
+% also be useful to the user.
+
+\definecount{\floatpage}{0}
+\definedimen{\floatshift}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\floatwidth}{0pt}
+
+\definecount{\zdivfltcounter}{0}        % Count floats in each division.
+\definebox{\zfltbroadbox}
+
+
+% Floats are packaged up in a vbox using \vtop, so that the float box
+% has the same height as the first thing inside.  This improves the
+% chances that a float at the top of a page will be positioned correctly.
+
+\def \float #1{%                        {type}
+  \if \undefinedp{\float#1number}%
+    \error{undefflt}{Float type `#1' has not been defined}%
+  \fi
+  \endgraf
+  \blockcantbein{\float}{\float}%
+  \blockcantbein{\float}{\multicolumn}%
+  \beginblockscope{float}%
+  \global\increment \floatdepth
+  \global\increment \zdivfltcounter
+  \whichpage{\floatpage}{zF:\the\divisionname-\the\zdivfltcounter}%
+  \def \beginformat {}%                         %~default soft
+  \continue = 0                                 %~default with
+  \def \comptextformat {}%                      %~default soft
+  \setflag \continuation = \false               % Deprecated
+  \def \endformat {}%                           %~default soft
+  \leftindent = 0pt                             %~default soft
+  \pageplacement = {}%                          %~default with
+  \runners = {normal}%                          %~default soft
+  \zoldrunners{\normalheader\normalfooter}%
+  \width = \naturalwidth                        %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\float}{#1}%
+  \zsetcontinue                                 % Handle old \continuation.
+  \if \notp{\continuationp}\global\withname\increment{\float#1number}\fi
+  \global\withname\floatnumber{\float#1number}%
+  \setcomptext{\floatcomptext}%
+  \def \zcurflttype {#1}%
+  \edef \zcurfltlvl {\name{\zflt\zcurflttype lvl}}%
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \parrag = 0pt
+  \parskip = 0pt
+  \zparsefltpos{\the\position}%
+  \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\pageplacement}}%
+    \zparsefltpagepos{\the\pageplacement}%
+  \fi
+  \if \zfltposhere
+    \penalty \breakallowed                      % Synchronize main list.
+    \zparsefltpos{\the\position}%               % Recalculate global stuff.
+    \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\pageplacement}}
+      \zparsefltpagepos{\the\pageplacement}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \zcalcfltparams
+  \zgetfloat{\zcurfloat}%
+  \zcurfloat
+  \global\setbox \zcurfloatbox = \vtop \bgroup
+    \zpushvcontext
+    \setindentation{0pt}{0pt}%
+    \settextwidth{\floatwidth}%
+    \settaginfo{\the\floatcomptext}{}%          % Set tag info without title.
+    \setsubtagnumber{0}%
+    \beginformat}
+
+\def \endfloat {%
+    \endgraf
+    \endformat
+    \global\zfloatdp = \prevdepth
+    \tagpageonly{\uniquetag{zF}{\the\zdivfltcounter}}%
+    \zpopvcontext
+  \egroup % \vtop
+  \expandafter\xdef \zcurfloat {%
+    \def \noexpand\zcurfloatid {\zcurflttype\space \the\floatnumber}%
+    \def \noexpand\zcurfloatbox {\zcurfloatbox}%
+    \zfloatdp = \the\zfloatdp
+    \aboveskip = \the\aboveskip
+    \belowskip = \the\belowskip
+    \leftindent = \the\leftindent
+    \position = {\the\position}%
+    \pageplacement = {\the\pageplacement}%
+    \runners = {\the\runners}%
+    \floatshift = \the\floatshift
+    \topfloatfudge = \the\topfloatfudge}%
+  \expandafter\append \zcurfloat{\zfloatpendq}%
+  \zschedulefloats{\znext}{\false}{\false}%
+  \if \gtrp{\znext}{99}%
+    \zfltpage{\zpenfloatpage}%
+  \fi
+  \global\decrement \floatdepth
+  \endblockscope{float}}
+
+%~ This |\float| modifier forces an alone float.
+
+\def \alonefloat {%                                     %^modifier
+  \with{\pageplacement={\alone}}}
+
+%~ This |\float| modifier forces a bottom float.
+
+\def \bottomfloat {%                                    %^modifier
+  \with{\pageplacement={\bottom}}}
+
+%~ This |\float| modifier forces a broadside float.
+
+\def \broadsidefloat {%                                 %^modifier
+  \with{\pageplacement={\broadside}}}
+
+%~ This |\float| modifier forces a here float.
+
+\def \herefloat {%                                      %^modifier
+  \with{\pageplacement={\here}}}
+
+%~ This |\float| modifier forces a separate float.
+
+\def \separatefloat {%                                  %^modifier
+  \with{\pageplacement={\separate}}}
+
+%~ This |\float| modifier allows the float to occupy the
+%~ running head area. Any running head is deleted.
+
+\def \userharea {%                                      %^modifier
+  \with{\runners={blind}%
+        \advance \topfloatfudge by -\headerheight}}
+
+\def \adjusttopfloatfudge #1{%
+  \global\advance \topfloatfudge by #1\relax}
+
+\def \piggybackfloat {%
+  \edef \znext {\noexpand\global\noexpand\increment
+                  \name{\float\zcurflttype number}}%
+  \znext
+  \edef \znext {\floatnumber = \name{\float\zcurflttype number}}%
+  \znext}
+
+%                       Controlling Floats
+%                       ----------- ------
+
+
+% This macro is invoked at the beginning of each division.
+
+\def \zfltdivinit {%
+  \global\zdivfltcounter = 0\relax}
+
+
+\setflag \zschedflts = \true
+
+\def \deferfloats #1{%                                  {boolean}
+  \global\setflag \zschedflts = {\notp{#1}}}
+
+
+%                       Scheduling Tools
+%                       ---------- -----
+
+
+% These counters keep track of the number of floats scheduled for the
+% current page.
+
+\definecount{\ztopcolfloats}{0}         % Number of top column floats.
+\definecount{\zbotcolfloats}{0}         % Number of bottom column floats.
+\definecount{\zfloatsinserted}{0}       % Total number of floats.
+\definetoks{\zfltrunners}               % Runners for first float on page.
+
+% This macro initializes for handling floats on a new page.
+
+\def \zfloatinit {%
+  \global\setflag \zschedflts = \true
+  \global\ztopcolfloats = 0
+  \global\zbotcolfloats = 0
+  \zfltrunners = {}}
+
+% These macros simply hide some of the details to make the \zsched*
+% macros easier to read.
+
+\def \ztallytopfloat {%
+  \if \orp{\notp{\zfltposmargonly}}{\posp{\ztopcolfloats}}%
+    \global\increment \ztopcolfloats
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zforcenewpage{%
+  \global\zfloatsinserted = 101\relax}
+
+\let \zquitscheding = \exitmaplist
+
+\def \zsetfloattall{%
+  \zmakefloatalone
+  \setflag \zfloattall = \true
+  \tracepagemakeup{Float is too tall for column; positioning `alone'.}}
+
+\def \zmakefloatalone{%
+  \setflag \zfltposalone = \true
+  \setflag \zfltposbottom = \false
+  \setflag \zfltposhereonly = \false
+  \setflag \zfltposhere = \false
+  \setflag \zfltposseparate = \false
+  \setflag \zfltpostop = \false}
+
+\def \zmakefloattop{%
+  \setflag \zfltposalone = \false
+  \setflag \zfltposbottom = \false
+  \setflag \zfltposhereonly = \false
+  \setflag \zfltposhere = \false
+  \setflag \zfltposseparate = \false
+  \setflag \zfltpostop = \true}
+
+%                       Float Scheduler
+%                       ----- ---------
+
+
+% return-count  is a counter passed in by the caller that we should
+%               set at the end of \zschedulefloats to indicate how
+%               many floats were emitted during this call.  A value
+%               greater than 99 indicates that a new page should be
+%               FORCED (e.g. for alone floats) by the output routine.
+% during-output?  is a flag indicating that the caller is
+%                 part of the output routine.
+% flushing?       A flag indicating whether we are flushing floats.
+
+\def \zschedulefloats #1#2#3{%      {return-count}{during-output?}{flushing?}
+  \tracepagemakeup{[Scheduling \if #2floats during output%
+                               \else float when encountered\fi.}%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Page total: \the\pagetotal; goal: \the\pagegoal.}%
+  % Reset our counter
+  \global\zfloatsinserted = 0
+  \if \zschedflts
+    \if \emptydefp{\zfloatpendq}%
+      \tracepagemakeup{There are no floats to be scheduled.}%
+    \else
+      \endgraf
+      \zinitfloatfit{#2}%
+      {\setflag \zschedfirstseparate = \true
+       \setflag \zschedseparateloop = \false
+       \maplist{\zschedone{#2}{#3}{##1}}{\zfloatpendq}}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \tracepagemakeup{Floats are deferred now.}%
+  \fi
+  \tracepagemakeup{Float scheduling complete;
+                   floats inserted: \the\zfloatsinserted.]}%
+  \xdef #1{\the\zfloatsinserted}}
+
+
+\def \zschedone #1#2#3{%                {during-output?}{flushing?}{\float}
+  #3%
+  \zparsefltpos{\the\position}%
+  \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\pageplacement}}
+    \zparsefltpagepos{\the\pageplacement}%
+  \fi
+  \if #2%                               % If flushing floats, force float
+    \setflag \zfltposbottom = \false    % to a `separate'.
+    \setflag \zfltpostop = \false
+    \setflag \zfltposseparate = \true
+  \fi
+  \tracepagemakeup{Trying to schedule \zcurfloatid;
+                   size: \the\ht\zcurfloatbox+\the\dp\zcurfloatbox.}%
+  \if \orp{\andp{\zfltposeven}{\oddpagep}}%
+          {\andp{\zfltposodd}{\evenpagep}}%
+    \tracepagemakeup{Float is deferred until appropriate even/odd page.}%
+    \zquitscheding
+  \else
+    \setflag \zfloatunsched = \true
+    \setflag \zfloattall = \false
+    % The following macros attempt, in order of priority, to schedule
+    % the current float.  Each macro may set up state that causes
+    % the subsequent macro(s) to do nothing.
+    \zschedhereonly{#1}%
+    \zschedhere{#1}%
+    \zschedalone{#1}%
+    \zschedbroadside{#1}%
+    \zschedseparate{#1}%
+    \zschedtop{#1}%
+    \zschedbottom{#1}%
+    \if \zfloattall % Schedule as `alone'.
+      \zschedalone{#1}%
+    \fi
+    \if \zfloatunsched
+      \tracepagemakeup{Float could not be scheduled.}%
+      % This exits a \maplist call to \zschedone.
+      \zquitscheding
+    \else
+      % Remove the current float from the queue...
+      \pop{\zcurfloat}{\zfloatpendq}%
+      % ...and free up the associated data structures.
+      \expandaftertwice\zfreefloat \expandafter\zcurfloat\zcurfloatbox 
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Fitting a Float
+%                       ------- - -----
+
+
+% These registers are used in float fitting.  They contain,
+% respectively, the amount of vertical space used up by floats for
+% the current page and the maximum space available for floats.
+
+\definedimen{\zfloatpageused}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zfloatmaxavail}{0pt}
+
+
+% Macro to initialize the above parameters (called in \zschedulefloats). 
+
+\def\zinitfloatfit #1{%                         {during-output?}
+  \if #1
+    \zfloatpageused = 0pt
+    % Effectively: zfloatmaxavail = (100-mintextpercent) * vsize
+    \calculate \tcounta = {100,-,\mintextpercent}%
+    \calculate \zfloatmaxavail = {\vsize,P,\tcounta}%
+  \else
+    % Effectively: zfloatpageused = max(pagetotal, vsize * mintextpercent)
+    \calculate \zfloatpageused = {\vsize,P,\mintextpercent,X,\pagetotal}%
+    \zfloatmaxavail = \pagegoal
+  \fi}
+
+
+% The spacing above and below a float is fairly complicated.
+% In this table, h is the height of the float, d is the depth.
+%
+%   Position    Sequence     Above                  Below
+%
+%   \alone      only         \topskip - h +         none
+%                              \topfloatfudge
+%   \bottom     first        \aboveskip - h         none
+%               rest         min(\aboveskip,        none
+%                                \belowskip) - h
+%
+%   \separate   first        \topskip - h +         none
+%                              \topfloatfudge
+%               rest         min(\aboveskip,        none
+%                                \belowskip) - h
+%   \top        first        \topskip - h +         \belowskip - \topskip - d
+%                              \topfloatfudge
+%               rest         min(\aboveskip,        \belowskip - \topskip - d
+%                                \belowskip) - h
+
+
+% Here and broadside floats are handled differently, below in \zfitfloathere
+% and \zfitfloatbroadside
+
+\def \zfitfloat #1#2#3#4#5{%    {result-flag}{top?}{aboveskip-first}
+                           %    {aboveskip-rest}{belowskip}
+  {\if \zfltposmargonly
+     \tcounta = 0               % Margin float should act as first one.
+   \else
+     \tcounta = \if #2\ztopcolfloats \else \zbotcolfloats \fi
+   \fi
+   \zskipa = \if \zerop{\tcounta}#3\else #4\fi
+   \advance \zskipa by -\ht\zcurfloatbox
+   \if \andp{#2}{\zerop{\tcounta}}\advance \zskipa by \topfloatfudge \fi 
+   \tdimena = \zskipa
+   \advance \tdimena by \ht\zcurfloatbox
+   \advance \tdimena by \dp\zcurfloatbox
+   \tdimenb = #5\advance \tdimena by \tdimenb
+   \tdimenc = \zfloatpageused
+   \if \notp{\zfltposmargonly}\advance \tdimenc by \tdimena \fi
+   \tracepagemakeup{Requires: \the\tdimena;
+                    available: \the\zfloatmaxavail;
+                    used: \the\zfloatpageused.}%
+   \if \dimlssp{\tdimenc}{\zfloatmaxavail}%
+     \if \andp{\notp{#2}}{\zfltposmargonly}%
+       \insert \zbotcolinsert {%
+         \vbox to 0pt{%
+           \vss
+           \moveright \floatshift \box\zcurfloatbox
+           \vskip -\dp\zcurfloatbox}}%
+     \else
+       \insert \if #2\ztopcolinsert \else \zbotcolinsert \fi {%
+         \vskip \zskipa
+         \moveright \floatshift \box\zcurfloatbox
+         \nobreak
+         \if \zfltposmargonly
+           \vskip \tdimenb
+           \nobreak
+           \vskip -\tdimena
+         \else
+           \vskip #5\relax
+         \fi}%
+     \fi
+     \if \emptytoksp{\zfltrunners}%
+       \global\zfltrunners = \expandafter{\the\runners}%
+     \fi
+     \global\increment \zfloatsinserted
+     \global\zfloatpageused = \tdimenc
+     \global\setflag #1= \true
+   \else
+     \global\setflag #1= \false
+   \fi}}
+
+\def \zfitfloathere #1#2#3{%            {result-flag}{aboveskip}{belowskip}
+  {\tdimena = #2\relax
+   \advance \tdimena by \dp\zcurfloatbox
+   \advance \tdimena by #3\relax
+   \tracepagemakeup{Requires: \the\tdimena;
+                    page total: \the\pagetotal;
+                    page goal: \the\pagegoal.}%
+   \advance \tdimena by \pagetotal
+   \if \dimlssp{\tdimena}{\pagegoal}%
+     \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{#2}%
+     \fakepar
+     \moveright \floatshift \box\zcurfloatbox
+     \prevdepth = \zfloatdp
+     \bbskipbelow{\breakallowed}{#3}%
+     \global\increment \zfloatsinserted
+     \global\setflag #1= \true
+   \else
+     \global\setflag #1= \false
+   \fi}}
+
+\def \zfitfloatbroadside {%
+  {% We know there are no other floats on the the topcolumn when
+   % this is called (by \zschedbroadside only) and we don't have to
+   % worry about fixing up the vertical position at the end of the
+   % page.
+   %
+   % Compute the space required
+   %   Start with the topskip
+   \tdimena = \topfloatfudge
+   %   Add the *width* (since the box will be rotated)
+   \advance \tdimena by \wd\zcurfloatbox
+   \tracepagemakeup{Requires: \the\tdimena;
+                    broadside floats always fit.}%
+   \insert \ztopcolinsert {%
+     % vskip the top float fudge
+     \vskip \topfloatfudge
+     % save the width for unskipping later
+     \tdimenb = \wd\zcurfloatbox
+     % vskip the *width* of the box to do the position translation
+     % that we can't do with PostScript
+     \vskip \tdimenb
+     % Put our hbox in a vbox, so we can "lower" it rather than move
+     % it right (since it will be rotated)
+     \global\setbox\zfltbroadbox = \vbox{%
+       \vskip\floatshift % replaces \moveright in other floats
+       \box\zcurfloatbox}%
+     \rotatebox{\zfltbroadbox}{90}%
+     % Undo vertical skip so that insert doesn't cause additional page
+     \vskip -\tdimenb}%
+   \if \emptytoksp{\zfltrunners}%
+     \global\zfltrunners = \expandafter{\the\runners}%
+   \fi
+   \global\increment \zfloatsinserted
+   \global\zfloatpageused = \tdimena}}
+
+%                       Individual Schedulers
+%                       ---------- ----------
+
+
+% This is a temporary register used in calls to \zfitfloat where the
+% fit needs to take into account more than one skip value (such as
+% both the \aboveskip and \belowskip).  In that case this dimen is
+% used as a temp to hold the sum of the skip values.
+
+\defineskip{\zfloatabove}{0pt}
+\defineskip{\zfloatbelow}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zfloatextraskip}{0pt}
+
+
+% This scheduler is called for floats with position `here' and no others.
+
+\def\zschedhereonly #1{%                        {during-output?}
+  \if \andp{\zfloatunsched}{\zfltposhereonly}%
+    \tracepagemakeup{Float is to be positioned `here' only.}%
+    \if \zschedseparateloop
+      \tracepagemakeup{Making up a page of separates; quit.}%
+      \zforcenewpage
+      \zquitscheding
+    \else
+      \if #1% during output:
+        \tracepagemakeup{Float moved to top of this page.}%
+        \zmakefloattop
+      \else % when encountered:
+        \if \posp{\zbotcolfloats}%
+          \error{hereonlybot}{Cannot position float `here'; already floats
+                              at bottom.}%
+        \else\if \dimzerop{\pagetotal}%
+          \tracepagemakeup{Float at top of column: schedule as `top' float.}%
+          \zmakefloattop
+        \else
+          \zfitfloathere{\zfloatfits}{\aboveskip}{\belowskip}%
+          \if \zfloatfits
+            \tracepagemakeup{Float inserted here.}%
+            \setflag \zfloatunsched = \false
+          \else
+            \tracepagemakeup{Float does not fit here.}%
+            \zforcenewpage
+            \zquitscheding
+          \fi
+        \fi\fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+
+% This scheduler is called for floats with position `here' along with at
+% least one other page position.
+
+\def\zschedhere #1{%                            {during-output?}
+  \if \andp{\zfloatunsched}{\zfltposhere}%
+    \tracepagemakeup{Float can be positioned `here'.}%
+    \if \zschedseparateloop
+      \tracepagemakeup{Making up a page of separates; quit.}%
+      \zforcenewpage
+      \zquitscheding
+    \else
+      \if #1% during output:
+        \relax
+      \else % when encountered:
+        \if \posp{\zbotcolfloats}%
+          \tracepagemakeup{There are already floats positioned `bottom'.}%
+        \else\if \dimzerop{\pagetotal}%
+          \tracepagemakeup{Float at top of column: schedule as `top' float.}%
+          \zmakefloattop
+        \else
+          \zfitfloathere{\zfloatfits}{\aboveskip}{\belowskip}%
+          \if \zfloatfits
+            \tracepagemakeup{Float inserted here.}%
+            \setflag \zfloatunsched = \false
+          \else
+            \tracepagemakeup{Float does not fit here.}%
+          \fi
+        \fi\fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+
+\def \zschedalone #1{%                          {during-output?}
+  \if \andp{\zfloatunsched}{\zfltposalone}%
+    \tracepagemakeup{Float can be positioned `alone'.}%
+    \if \zschedseparateloop
+      \tracepagemakeup{Making up a page of separates; quit.}%
+      \zforcenewpage
+      \zquitscheding
+    \else
+      \if \orp{#1}{\dimzerop{\pagetotal}}%
+        \if \firstcolumnp % building new page
+          \if \zerop{\zfloatsinserted}% no floats on this page, yet
+            \dp\zcurfloatbox = 0pt      % Make it fit.
+            \zfitfloat{\zfloatfits}{\true}{\topskip}{999pt}{0pt}%
+            \if \zfloatfits
+              \ztallytopfloat
+              \tracepagemakeup{Inserted on a page by itself.}%
+              \zforcenewpage
+              \setflag \zfloatunsched = \false
+              \zquitscheding
+            \fi
+          \else % wait for next time
+            \tracepagemakeup{Already floats in this column; quit.}%
+            \zquitscheding
+          \fi
+        \else% still in the middle of a page
+          \tracepagemakeup{Not in first column of page; quit.}%
+          \zquitscheding
+        \fi
+      \else % As encountered, and page not empty.
+        \tracepagemakeup{Must wait for new page; quit.}%
+        \zquitscheding
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zschedbroadside #1{%                          {during-output?}
+  \if \andp{\zfloatunsched}{\zfltposbroadside}%
+    \tracepagemakeup{Float can be positioned `broadside'.}%
+    \if \zschedseparateloop
+      \tracepagemakeup{Making up a page of separates; quit.}%
+      \zforcenewpage
+      \zquitscheding
+    \else
+      \if \orp{#1}{\dimzerop{\pagetotal}}%
+        \if \firstcolumnp % building new page
+          \if \zerop{\zfloatsinserted}% no floats on this page, yet
+            % Broadside floats "always" fit.  The output will have to be
+            % inspected.
+            \zfitfloatbroadside
+            \ztallytopfloat
+            \tracepagemakeup{Inserted on a page by itself.}%
+            \zforcenewpage
+            \setflag \zfloatunsched = \false
+            \zquitscheding
+          \else % wait for next time
+            \tracepagemakeup{Already floats on this page; quit.}%
+            \zquitscheding
+          \fi
+        \else% still in the middle of a page
+          \tracepagemakeup{Not in first column of page; quit.}%
+          \zquitscheding
+        \fi
+      \else % As encountered, and page not empty.
+        \tracepagemakeup{Must wait for new page; quit.}%
+        \zquitscheding
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+
+\def\zschedseparate #1{%                        {during-output?}
+  \if \andp{\zfloatunsched}{\zfltposseparate}%
+    \tracepagemakeup{Float can be positioned `separate'.}%
+    % If a separate float is called when encountered, we don't do anything.
+    \if #1% during output
+      \if \firstcolumnp % building a new page
+        \if \zschedfirstseparate
+          \if \zerop{\zfloatsinserted}% no floats on this page, yet
+            \zfloatmaxavail = \vsize % Entire page is available now.
+            \zfitfloat{\zfloatfits}{\true}{\topskip}{999pt}{0pt}%
+            \if \zfloatfits
+              \ztallytopfloat
+              \setflag \zfloatunsched = \false
+              \zforcenewpage % This is a page of separates now.
+              \tracepagemakeup{Inserted at the top of a new page.}%
+              \setflag \zschedfirstseparate = \false
+              \setflag \zschedseparateloop = \true
+            \else
+              \zsetfloattall
+            \fi
+          \else % wait for next time
+            \tracepagemakeup{Page already has other floats on it.}%
+            \zquitscheding
+          \fi
+        \else % Subsequent separates.
+          \zfloatabove = \if \dimlssp{\aboveskip}{\belowskip}\aboveskip
+                                                       \else \belowskip \fi
+          \zfitfloat{\zfloatfits}{\true}{999pt}{\zfloatabove}{0pt}%
+          \if \zfloatfits
+            \ztallytopfloat
+            \setflag \zfloatunsched = \false
+            \tracepagemakeup{Inserted on a page with other separates.}%
+          \else
+            \zquitscheding
+            \tracepagemakeup{Does not fit on this page; start new page.}%
+          \fi
+        \fi
+      \else% still in the middle of a page
+        \tracepagemakeup{Must wait for new page; quit;}%
+        \zquitscheding
+      \fi
+    \else% when encountered
+      \tracepagemakeup{Must wait for new page; quit.}%
+      \zquitscheding
+    \fi 
+  \fi}
+
+
+\def\zschedtop#1{%                      {during-output?}
+  \if \andp{\andp{\zfloatunsched}{\zfltpostop}}
+           {\orp{\notp{\zfltposfollow}}{#1}}%
+    \tracepagemakeup{Float can be positioned `top'.}%
+    \if \zschedseparateloop
+      \tracepagemakeup{Making up a page of separates; quit.}%
+      \zforcenewpage
+      \zquitscheding
+    \else
+      \if \lssp{\ztopcolfloats}{\maxtopcolumnfloats}%
+        \zfloatabove = \if \dimlssp{\aboveskip}{\belowskip}\aboveskip
+                                                     \else \belowskip \fi
+        \advance \zfloatabove by -\belowskip
+        \advance \zfloatabove by \topskip
+        \zfloatbelow = \belowskip
+        \tdimena = \topskip
+        \advance \zfloatbelow by -\tdimena
+        \advance \zfloatbelow by -\zfloatdp
+        \zfitfloat{\zfloatfits}{\true}{\topskip}{\zfloatabove}{\zfloatbelow}%
+        \if \zfloatfits
+          \ztallytopfloat
+          \tracepagemakeup{Inserted at top of column.}%
+          \setflag \zfloatunsched = \false
+        \else
+          \if \andp{#1}{\zerop{\zfloatsinserted}}\zsetfloattall \fi
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zschedbottom#1{%                          {during-output?}
+  \if \andp{\zfloatunsched}{\zfltposbottom}%
+    \tracepagemakeup{Float can be positioned `bottom'.}%
+    \if \zschedseparateloop
+      \tracepagemakeup{Making up a page of separates; quit.}%
+      \zforcenewpage
+      \zquitscheding
+    \else
+      \if \lssp{\zbotcolfloats}{\maxbottomcolumnfloats}%
+        \zfloatbelow = \if \dimlssp{\aboveskip}{\belowskip}\aboveskip
+                                                     \else \belowskip \fi
+        \zfitfloat{\zfloatfits}{\false}{\aboveskip}{\zfloatbelow}{0pt}%
+        \if \zfloatfits
+          \if \notp{\zfltpostopafterbot}%
+            \global\ztopcolfloats = \maxtopcolumnfloats
+          \fi
+          \global\increment \zbotcolfloats
+          \tracepagemakeup{Inserted at bottom of column.}%
+          \setflag \zfloatunsched = \false
+        \else
+          \if \andp{#1}{\zerop{\zfloatsinserted}}\zsetfloattall \fi
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Captions
+%                       --------
+
+
+\defineblock{\caption}{\endcaption}{\false}{}
+
+%~block caption Type
+% \aboveskip = glue             % Space b/b above caption.
+% \setflag \allowintoc = flag   % Allow caption in ToC.
+% \belowskip = glue             % Space b/b below caption.
+% \captionfudge = dimen         % Fudge for \aboveskip.
+% \def \comptextformat {...}    % (No longer used with captions.)
+% \difficulty = integer         % Level of difficulty.
+% \leftindent = glue            % Left indentation.
+% \legendfont = {...}           % Font for optional legend.
+% \def \legendformat ##1{...}   % Legend formatter.
+% \numberfont = {...}           % Font for float number.
+% \parindent = dimen            % Paragraph indent.
+% \parrag = dimen               % Paragraph raggedness.
+% \parskip = glue               % Paragraph skip.
+% \position = {...}             % Position (see below).
+% \rightindent = glue           % Right indentation.
+% \style = {...}                % Heading style.
+% \titlefont = {...}            % Font for caption title.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}    % Title formatter.
+% \width = dimen                % Width of caption text.
+%~end
+
+\definedimen{\captionfudge}{0pt}
+\definetoks{\legendfont}
+
+\definebox{\zcapbox}
+\definedimen{\zcapshift}{0pt}
+
+%~ This marker indicates that the following text is the legend or
+%~ credit for the caption.
+
+\definemarker{\legend}
+
+
+\def \caption #1{%                              {title with optional \legend}
+  \blockmustbein{\caption}{\float}%
+  \blockcantbein{\caption}{\caption}%
+  \beginblockscope{caption}%
+  \global\increment \captiondepth
+  \captionfudge = 0pt                           %~default with
+  \def \comptextformat {}%                      %~default hard
+  \style = {Initial cap/lowercase}%             %~default soft
+  \difficulty = 0                               %~default with
+  \processdesign{\caption}{\zcurflttype}%
+  \global\increment \captionnumber
+  \if \notp{\emptydefp{\comptextformat}}%
+    \error{capcomptext}{The \string\comptextformat\space parameter is no
+                        longer used in captions}
+  \fi
+  \captionformat #1\legend\zmark
+  \if \andp{\allowintoc}{\notp{\continuationp}}\zcaptoc #1\legend\zmark \fi
+  \endcaption
+  \zcaptag #1\legend\zmark}%                    % Reset tag info with title.
+
+\def \endcaption {%
+  \global\decrement \captiondepth
+  \endblockscope{caption}}
+
+\def \captionformat #1\legend#2\zmark{%
+  \the\numberfont
+  \setbox\zcapbox = \vtop{%
+    \zpushvcontext
+    \setindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+    \settextwidth{\width}%
+    \setparrag{\parrag}%
+    \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+      \titleformat{#1}%
+    \else
+      \let \legend = \relax           % So it won't interfere with formatting.
+      \titleformat{#1\the\legendfont \legendformat{#2}}%
+    \fi       
+    \endgraf
+    \global\zfloatdp = \prevdepth
+    \zpopvcontext}%
+  \zparsecappos{\the\position}%
+  \zcalccapitems
+  \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{\aboveskip}%
+  \noindent \kern \zcapshift \box\zcapbox \par
+  \prevdepth = \zfloatdp
+  \bbskipbelow{\breaknever}{\belowskip}}
+
+\def \zcaptoc #1\legend#2\zmark{%
+  \tocentry{\the\floatcomptext}{#1}{\zcurfltlvl}}
+
+\def \zcaptag #1\legend#2\zmark{%
+  \settaginfo{\the\floatcomptext}{#1}}
+
+%                       Position Handling
+%                       -------- --------
+
+
+% This macro sets up variables that specify the position of a float,
+% according to the \position design parameter:
+%
+%   \alone              Place float on a page by itself.
+%   \anypage            Place float on any page.
+%   \any                (synonym for \anypage)
+%   \bottom             Place float at the bottom of a page.
+%   \broadside          Place float broadside (alone, rotated 90 degrees).
+%   \evenpage           Place float on an even page.
+%   \follow             Float must follow its position in the text.
+%   \here               Place float exactly where it appears.
+%   \ifevenpage         Use next position only on even page.
+%   \ifoddpage          Use next position only on odd page.
+%   \leftmargin         Shift float to left margin.
+%   \margin             Same as \leftmargin.
+%   \marginonly         Float fits in the margin and does not occupy any
+%                         vertical space on the page.
+%   \nofollow           Float need not follow its position in the text.
+%   \oddpage            Place float on an odd page.
+%   \outsidemargin      Shift float to outside margin.
+%   \rightmargin        Shift float to right margin.
+%   \separate           Place float on a page with floats only.
+%   \textarea           Leave float at left edge of text area.
+%   \text               (synonym for \textarea)
+%   \top                Place float at the top of a page.
+%   \topafterbottom     Okay to schedule \top float after \bottom.
+
+
+\definecount{\zfltposshift}{0}
+
+
+\def \zparsefltpos #1{%                                 {options...}
+  {\zclearfltpagepos
+   \global\setflag \zfltposmargonly = \false
+   \global\zfltposshift = 0\relax
+   \zsetupfltpageopts
+   \def \ifevenpage   ##1{\if \evenp{\floatpage}##1\fi}%
+   \def \ifoddpage    ##1{\if \oddp{\floatpage}##1\fi}%
+   \def \leftmargin   {\global\zfltposshift=1\relax}%
+   \let \margin       = \leftmargin
+   \def \marginonly   {\global\setflag\zfltposmargonly=\true}%
+   \def \outsidemargin{\ifevenpage{\leftmargin}\ifoddpage{\rightmargin}}%
+   \def \rightmargin  {\global\zfltposshift=2\relax}%
+   \def \textarea     {\global\zfltposshift=0\relax}%
+   \let \text         = \textarea
+   \global\floatpage = \floatpage
+   #1%
+   \global\setflag \zfltposhereonly = \zfltposhere
+   \global\setflag \zfltposok = \zfltposhere
+   \if \orp{\zfltposalone}
+           {\orp{\zfltposbottom}
+                {\orp{\zfltposbroadside}
+                     {\orp{\zfltposseparate}
+                          {\zfltpostop}}}}%
+     \global\setflag \zfltposhereonly = \false
+     \global\setflag \zfltposok = \true
+   \fi
+   \if \zfltposhereonly \setflag \zfltposhere = \false \fi
+   \if \notp{\zfltposok}%
+     \warning{nofloatpos}{No page position has been specified for a float}%
+     \global\setflag \zfltposalone = \true
+   \fi}}
+
+\def \zparsefltpagepos #1{%                             {options...}
+  {\zclearfltpagepos
+   \zsetupfltpageopts
+   #1%
+   \global\setflag \zfltposhereonly = \zfltposhere
+   \if \orp{\zfltposalone}
+           {\orp{\zfltposbottom}{\orp{\zfltposseparate}{\zfltpostop}}}%
+     \global\setflag \zfltposhereonly = \false
+   \fi
+   \if \zfltposhereonly \global\setflag \zfltposhere = \false \fi}}
+
+\def \zclearfltpagepos {%
+  \global\setflag \zfltposalone = \false
+  \global\setflag \zfltposbottom = \false
+  \global\setflag \zfltposbroadside = \false
+  \global\setflag \zfltposeven = \false
+  \global\setflag \zfltposfollow = \false
+  \global\setflag \zfltposhere = \false
+  \global\setflag \zfltposodd = \false
+  \global\setflag \zfltposseparate = \false
+  \global\setflag \zfltpostop = \false
+  \global\setflag \zfltpostopafterbot = \false}
+
+\def \zsetupfltpageopts {%
+  \def \alone          {\global\setflag\zfltposalone=\true}%
+  \def \anypage        {\global\setflag\zfltposeven=\false
+                        \global\setflag\zfltposodd=\false}%
+  \let \any            = \anypage
+  \def \bottom         {\global\setflag\zfltposbottom=\true}%
+  \def \broadside      {\global\setflag\zfltposbroadside=\true}%
+  \def \evenpage       {\global\setflag\zfltposeven=\true}%
+  \def \follow         {\global\setflag\zfltposfollow=\true}%
+  \def \here           {\global\setflag\zfltposhere=\true}%
+  \def \nofollow       {\global\setflag\zfltposfollow=\false}%
+  \def \oddpage        {\global\setflag\zfltposodd=\true}%
+  \def \separate       {\global\setflag\zfltposseparate=\true}%
+  \def \top            {\global\setflag\zfltpostop=\true}%
+  \def \topafterbottom {\global\setflag\zfltpostopafterbot=\true}}
+
+\def \zcalcfltparams {%
+  \floatshift = 0pt\relax
+  % Set \floatshift
+  \ifcase \zfltposshift
+    \relax
+  \or
+    \floatshift = \if \evenp{\floatpage}-\evenlefttextmargin
+                                  \else -\oddlefttextmargin \fi \relax
+  \or
+    \floatshift = \textmeasure
+  \else
+    \zzerror{Invalid value for float `\string\zfltposshift'}%
+  \fi
+  \advance \floatshift by \leftindent
+
+  % Set \floatwidth.  Default of \naturalwidth is handled differently
+  % for broadsides than for non-broadsides.  If \width not default, use
+  % it without modification.
+
+  \if \dimeqlp{\width}{\naturalwidth}%
+    \if \zfltposbroadside
+      \floatwidth = \textareaheight \relax
+    \else
+      \floatwidth = \textmeasure \relax
+      \ifcase \zfltposshift
+        \relax
+      \or
+        \advance \floatwidth by -\floatshift
+      \or
+        \floatwidth = \if \evenp{\floatpage}\evenrighttextmargin
+                                      \else \oddrighttextmargin \fi \relax
+      \else
+        \zzerror{Invalid value for float `\string\zfltposshift'}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \floatwidth = \width \relax
+  \fi}
+
+
+% This macro sets up variables that specify the position of a caption,
+% according to the \position design parameter:
+%
+%   \above              Caption is placed above the figure.
+%   \below              Caption is placed below the figure.
+%   \follow             Caption follows left edge of float.
+%   \ifevenpage         Use next position only on even page.
+%   \ifoddpage          Use next position only on odd page.
+%   \leftmargin         Force caption in left margin.
+%   \margin             Same as \leftmargin
+%   \outsidemargin      Shift caption to outside margin.
+%   \rightmargin        Force caption in right margin.
+%   \rise               Caption rises up from bottom of figure.
+%   \separate           Caption is separate from figure.
+%   \sink               Caption sinks down from top of figure.
+%   \textarea           Force caption at left edge of text area.
+%   \text               (synonym for \textarea)
+%   \textarearight      Force caption at right edge of text area.
+%   \textright          (synonym for \textarearight)
+
+
+\definecount{\zcapposshift}{0}
+\definecount{\zcapposvflow}{0}
+
+\def \zparsecappos #1{%                                 {options...}
+  {\global\setflag \zcapposabove = \true
+   \global\zcapposvflow = 0\relax
+   \global\zcapposshift = 0\relax
+   \def \above           {\global\setflag\zcapposabove=\true}%
+   \def \below           {\global\setflag\zcapposabove=\false}%
+   \def \follow          {\global\zcapposshift=4\relax}%
+   \def \ifevenpage      ##1{\if \evenp{\floatpage}##1\fi}%
+   \def \ifoddpage       ##1{\if \oddp{\floatpage}##1\fi}%
+   \def \leftmargin      {\global\zcapposshift=1\relax}%
+   \let \margin          = \leftmargin
+   \def \outsidemargin   {\ifevenpage{\leftmargin}\ifoddpage{\rightmargin}}%
+   \def \rightmargin     {\global\zcapposshift=2\relax}%
+   \def \rise            {\global\zcapposvflow=1\relax}%
+   \def \separate        {\global\zcapposvflow=0\relax}%
+   \def \sink            {\global\zcapposvflow=2\relax}%
+   \def \textarea        {\global\zcapposshift=0\relax}%
+   \let \text            = \textarea
+   \def \textarearight   {\global\zcapposshift=3\relax}%
+   \let \textright       = \textarearight
+   #1}}
+
+\def \zcalccapitems {%
+  \ifcase \zcapposshift
+    \zcapshift = 0pt
+  \or
+    \zcapshift = \if \evenp{\floatpage}-\evenlefttextmargin
+                                 \else -\oddlefttextmargin \fi \relax
+  \or
+    \zcapshift = \textmeasure
+  \or
+    \zcapshift = \textmeasure
+    \advance \zcapshift by -\wd\zcapbox
+  \or
+    \zcapshift = \floatshift
+  \else
+    \zzerror{Invalid value for caption `\string\zcapposshift'}%
+  \fi
+  \advance \zcapshift by -\floatshift
+  % Captions in broadsides *always* follow, i.e. \zcapshift is 0pt
+  \if \zfltposbroadside
+    \zcapshift = 0pt\relax
+  \fi
+  \ifcase \zcapposvflow
+    \relax
+  \or
+    \forcenextbbskip
+    \aboveskip = -\dp\zcapbox
+    \advance \aboveskip by \zfloatdp
+    \advance \aboveskip by \captionfudge
+  \or
+    \advance \belowskip by -\dp\zcapbox
+    \advance \belowskip by -\captionfudge
+  \else
+    \zzerror{Invalid value for caption `\string\zcapposvflow'}%
+  \fi}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzfont.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzfont.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f2b15f37752
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzfont.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Font Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains all the macros necessary to define type
+%            sizes, styles, and fonts.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   28 August 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Baselines & Struts
+%                       --------- - ------
+
+
+\zremovePlaindef \strutbox
+\definebox{\strutbox}           % Strut for current type size.
+
+\def \strut {%
+  \relax
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \copy \strutbox
+  \else
+    \unhcopy \strutbox
+  \fi}
+
+\def \normalbaselines {%
+  \baselineskip = \the\baselinemultiplier\normalbaselineskip
+  \lineskiplimit = \normallineskiplimit
+  \lineskip = \normallineskip}
+
+%                       Type Style & Size Definition
+%                       ---- ----- - ---- ----------
+
+
+% The following character set encodings are available. Odd numbers
+% indicate italic; numbers > 20 indicate monospaced.
+
+\chardef \encoderoman         =  0      % Roman. %^encoding
+\chardef \encodeitalic        =  1      % Italic. %^encoding
+\chardef \encodemathitalic    =  3      % Math italic. %^encoding
+\chardef \encodemathsymbol    =  4      % Math symbols. %^encoding
+\chardef \encodemathextended  =  6      % Math extended symbols. %^encoding
+\chardef \encodematharrow     =  8      % Math arrows. %^encoding
+\chardef \encodeother         = 10      % Generic. %^encoding
+\chardef \encodemono          = 22      % Monospaced. %^encoding
+\chardef \encodemonoitalic    = 23      % Monospaced italic. %^encoding
+
+\setlist \zfsizelist = {}
+\setlist \zfstylelist = {}
+
+
+\def \definetypestyle #1#2{%                    {\name}{\encoding}
+  \append{#1}{\zfstylelist}%
+  \zfwithfam{\zdeffam}{#1}%
+  \zfwithmat{\def}{#1}{\zfl}{}%
+  \zfwithmat{\xdef}{#1}{\zen}{#2}}
+
+\def \definetypesize #1#2{%                     {\name}{size/baseline}
+  \append{#1}{\zfsizelist}%
+  \zdefsize #1#2/%
+  \zdefstrut #1#2/%
+  \zfbldsize{#1}}
+
+\def \zdefsize #1#2/#3/{%                       \name size/baseline/
+  \zfwithmat{\xdef}{#1}{\zsz}{#2pt}}
+
+\def \zdefstrut #1#2/#3/{%                      \name size/baseline/
+  {\calculate \tdimena = {#3pt,P,70}%
+   \tdimenb = #3pt\relax
+   \advance \tdimenb by -\tdimena
+   \zfwithmat{\xdef}{#1}{\zst}{height \the\tdimena\space depth \the\tdimenb}}}
+
+
+% A few useful predicates.
+
+\def \typestylep #1{%                                   {\style}
+  \xtokeqlp{\the\typestyle}{#1}}
+
+\def \italicencodingp {%
+  \oddp{\typeencoding}}
+
+\def \monoencodingp {%
+  \gtrp{\typeencoding}{20}}
+
+% Commands to set font parameters.
+
+\def \setstylefontparam #1#2#3{%                {\style}{param}{value}
+  \zfwithmat\maplistlf {#1}{\zfl}{%
+    \zfsetfp{##1}{#2}{#3}}}
+
+\def \setstylehyphenchar #1#2{%                 {\style}{number}
+  \setstylefontparam{#1}{-2}{#2}}
+
+\def \setstyleskewchar #1#2{%                   {\style}{number}
+  \setstylefontparam{#1}{-1}{#2}}
+
+\def \zfsetfp #1#2#3{%                          {font}{param}{value}
+  \if \eqlp{#2}{-2}%
+    \hyphenchar #1=#3\relax
+  \else\if \eqlp{#2}{-1}%
+    \skewchar #1=#3\relax
+  \else
+    \fontdimen#2#1=#3\relax
+  \fi\fi}
+
+%                       Style Relations
+%                       ----- ---------
+
+
+\def \definestylerelation #1#2#3{%              {\style}{\relation}{\style}
+  \zfwithmat{\gdef}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+  \gdef #2{\bgroup \zfrelstyle{#2}%
+                   \if \italicencodingp \aftergroup \/\fi
+                   \let \znext}}
+
+\def \zfrelstyle #1{%                           {\relation}
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \ztoksa = \expandaftertwice{\zfmat\math#1}%
+    \expandafter\ifx \the\ztoksa\relax
+      \zfnorelstyle{math}{#1}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \ztoksa = \expandafterthrice{\expandafter\zfmat\the\typestyle#1}%
+    \expandafter\ifx \the\ztoksa\relax
+      \zfnorelstyle{\the\typestyle}{#1}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \the\ztoksa}
+
+\def \zfnorelstyle #1#2{%
+  \error{norelstyle}
+        {The current `#1' style has no related style for `\string#2'}}
+
+%                       Font Definition
+%                       ---- ----------
+
+
+\setlist \ztfmlist = {}%
+
+
+\def \definefont #1#2{%                         {\name}{tfm at size}
+  \global\font #1 = #2\relax
+  \zregistertfm #2\zmark
+  \if \zcommonencoding
+    \if \andp{\dimposp{\fontdimen7#1}}{\dimlssp{\fontdimen7#1}{.1pt}}%
+      \fontdimen7#1 = \fontdimen2#1\relax       % Unlock it.
+    \else\if \dimeqlp{\fontdimen7#1}{\fontdimen2#1}
+      \relax                                    % Already unlocked.
+    \else
+      \error{lockedfont}{The TFM for font `#2' is locked}%
+    \fi\fi
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zregistertfm #1 #2\zmark{%                tfm at size\zmark
+  \member{\ztfmreg}{#1}{\ztfmlist}%
+  \if \notp{\ztfmreg}\append{#1}{\ztfmlist}\fi}  
+
+\def \fontinterwordspacing #1#2{%               {font}{factor}
+  \fontdimen2#1= #2\fontdimen2#1%
+  \fontdimen3#1= #2\fontdimen3#1%
+  \fontdimen4#1= #2\fontdimen4#1%
+  \fontdimen7#1= #2\fontdimen7#1}
+
+%                       Font Selection
+%                       ---- ---------
+
+
+\definetoks{\typesizename}              % Current type size name.
+\definedimen{\typesize}{0pt}            % Current type size in points.
+\definetoks{\typestyle}                 % Current type style.
+\definecount{\typeencoding}{0}          % Current type encoding.
+
+
+% Equal signs and by's have been omitted for the sake of efficiency.
+
+\def \setfont #1#2#3{%                          {\size}{\style}{\font}
+  \setfontmath{#1}{#2}{#3}{\nullfont}{\nullfont}}
+  
+\def \setfontmath #1#2#3#4#5{%  {\size}{\style}{\text}{\script}{\scriptscript}
+  \edef \zfam {\zffam{#2}}%
+  \zfwithmat{\xdef}{#1}{#2}{%
+    \textfont \zfam #3%
+    \scriptfont \zfam #4%
+    \scriptscriptfont \zfam #5%
+    \def \noexpand#2{%
+      \typestyle {\noexpand#2}%
+      \typeencoding \zfmat{#2}{\zen}%
+      #3%
+      \fam \zfam}}%
+  \zfbldsize{#1}%
+  \zfaddfont{#2}{#3}%
+  \zfaddfont{#2}{#4}%
+  \zfaddfont{#2}{#5}}
+
+\def \zfbldsize #1{%                            {\size}
+  {\gdef #1{}
+   \maplist{\zfaddstyle{#1}{##1}}{\zfstylelist}%
+   \ztoksa \expandafter{#1}%
+   \xdef #1{%
+     \typesizename {\noexpand#1}%
+     \typesize \zfmat{#1}{\zsz}%
+     \the\ztoksa
+     \setbox\strutbox \hbox{\vrule \zfmat{#1}{\zst} width 0pt}%
+     \normalbaselineskip \ht\strutbox
+     \advance \normalbaselineskip \dp\strutbox
+     \noexpand\normalbaselines
+     \typestyle {none}\nullfont \fam -1\relax}}}
+
+\def \zfaddstyle #1#2{%                                 {\size}{\style}
+  \ztoksa \expandafter{#1}%
+  \ztoksb \expandaftertwice{\zfmat{#1}{#2}}%
+  \expandafter\ifx \the\ztoksb\relax
+    \xdef #1{\the\ztoksa
+             \noexpand\zclearfam{\zffam{#2}}%
+             \def \noexpand#2{\noexpand\zfundef{\noexpand#1}{\noexpand#2}}}%
+  \else
+    \xdef #1{\the\ztoksa \the\ztoksb}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zfaddfont #1#2{%                                  {\style}{font}
+  \zfwithmat{\appendlf}{#1}{\zfl}{#2}}
+
+
+% This macro clears out a family so TeX can't set math in it.
+
+\def \zclearfam #1{%                                    {family}
+  \textfont #1 \nullfont
+  \scriptfont #1 \nullfont
+  \scriptscriptfont #1 \nullfont}
+
+% This macro is called if the user selects a type style that has no font
+% in the current size.
+
+\def \zfundef #1#2{%                                    {\size}{\style}
+  \error{nofontset}
+        {No font has been set for size `\string#1' style `\string#2'}}
+
+%                       Miscellaneous
+%                       -------------
+
+
+% The following definition allows the user to write:
+%   \withfont{\bf Hi there}
+
+\let \withfont = \relax
+
+% This macro helps with defining math fonts.
+
+\def \definemathfonts #1#2#3#4#5#6{%    {prefix}{rm-font}{mit}{msy}{mex}{size}
+  \edef \znext {%
+    \noexpand\definefont{\name{#1rm}}{#2 at #6}%
+    \noexpand\definefont{\name{#1mit}}{#3 at #6}%
+    \noexpand\definefont{\name{#1msy}}{#4 at #6}%
+    \noexpand\definefont{\name{#1mex}}{#5 at #6}}%
+  \znext}
+
+% This macro helps with setting math fonts.
+
+\def \setmathfonts #1#2#3#4{%           {\size}{\text}{\script}{\scriptscript}
+  \edef \znext {%
+    \noexpand\setfontmath{\noexpand#1}{\noexpand\rm}%
+                         {\name{#2rm}}{\name{#3rm}}{\name{#4rm}}%
+    \noexpand\setfontmath{\noexpand#1}{\noexpand\mit}%
+                         {\name{#2mit}}{\name{#3mit}}{\name{#4mit}}%
+    \noexpand\setfontmath{\noexpand#1}{\noexpand\msy}%
+                         {\name{#2msy}}{\name{#3msy}}{\name{#4msy}}%
+    \noexpand\setfontmath{\noexpand#1}{\noexpand\mex}%
+                         {\name{#2mex}}{\name{#2mex}}{\name{#2mex}}}%
+  \znext}
+
+%                       Measuring Things
+%                       --------- ------
+
+
+\definebox{\zmeasbox}
+
+
+\def \measureascenderheight #1{%                        {\dimen}
+  \zsetmeasbox{bdfhijklt}%
+  #1 = \ht\zmeasbox}
+
+\def \measurecapheight #1{%                             {\dimen}
+  \zsetmeasbox{ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ}%
+  #1 = \ht\zmeasbox}
+
+\def \measuredescenderdepth #1{%                        {\dimen}
+  \zsetmeasbox{gjpqy}%
+  #1 = \dp\zmeasbox}
+
+\def \measuredigitheight #1{%                           {\dimen}
+  \zsetmeasbox{0123456789}%
+  #1 = \ht\zmeasbox}
+
+\def \measuredigitwidth #1{%                            {\dimen}
+  \zsetmeasbox{0}%
+  #1 = \wd\zmeasbox}
+
+\def \measureemwidth #1{%                               {\dimen}
+  #1 = 1em}
+
+\def \measurespacewidth #1{%                            {\dimen}
+  #1 = \fontdimen2\font}
+
+\def \measurexheight #1{%                               {\dimen}
+  #1 = 1ex}
+
+\def \measuretextwidth #1#2{%                           {\dimen}{text}
+  \zsetmeasbox{#2}%
+  #1 = \wd\zmeasbox}
+
+\def \measuretextheight #1#2{%                          {\dimen}{text}
+  \zsetmeasbox{#2}%
+  #1 = \ht\zmeasbox}
+
+\def \measuretextdepth #1#2{%                           {\dimen}{text}
+  \zsetmeasbox{#2}%
+  #1 = \dp\zmeasbox}
+
+\def \zsetmeasbox #1{\setbox\zmeasbox = \hbox{#1}}
+
+\def \definewidthdimen #1#2{%                           {\dimen}{text}
+  \definedimen{#1}{0pt}%
+  \measuretextwidth{#1}{#2}}
+
+%                       Utilities
+%                       ---------
+
+
+\def \zfmat #1#2{%                              {\size}{\style}
+  \csname zf\expandafter\discardtok \string#1%
+            \expandafter\discardtok \string#2\endcsname}
+
+\def \zfwithmat #1#2#3{%                        {\command}{\size}{\style}
+  \expandafter#1\csname zf\expandafter\discardtok \string#2%
+                          \expandafter\discardtok \string#3\endcsname}
+
+
+\def \zffam #1{%                                {\style}
+  \csname \expandafter\discardtok \string#1fam\endcsname}
+
+\def \zfwithfam #1#2{%                          {\command}{\style}
+  \expandafter#1\csname \expandafter\discardtok \string#2fam\endcsname}
+
+%                       Built-in Styles
+%                       -------- ------
+
+
+\zremovePlaindef \itfam
+\zremovePlaindef \bffam
+\zremovePlaindef \ttfam
+
+                                             % Family  Name
+\definetypestyle{\rm}{\encoderoman}          %   0     RoMan
+\definetypestyle{\mit}{\encodemathitalic}    %   1     Math ITalic
+\definetypestyle{\msy}{\encodemathsymbol}    %   2     Math SYmbol
+\definetypestyle{\mex}{\encodemathextended}  %   3     Math EXtended symbol
+\definetypestyle{\cal}{\encoderoman}         %   4     CALigraphic letters
+\definetypestyle{\bbb}{\encoderoman}         %   5     BlackBoard Bold
+\definetypestyle{\it}{\encodeitalic}         %   6     ITalic
+\definetypestyle{\bf}{\encoderoman}          %   7     Bold Face
+\definetypestyle{\bi}{\encodeitalic}         %   8     Bold Italic
+\definetypestyle{\tt}{\encodemono}           %   9     monospaced (TypewriTer)
+
+% Note: style \math is reserved for math mode.
+
+\definestylerelation{\math}{\bbbold}{\bbb}
+\definestylerelation{\math}{\bold}{\bf}
+\definestylerelation{\rm}{\bold}{\bf}
+\definestylerelation{\it}{\bold}{\bi}
+\definestylerelation{\math}{\callig}{\cal}
+\definestylerelation{\rm}{\callig}{\cal}
+\definestylerelation{\rm}{\emph}{\it}
+\definestylerelation{\it}{\emph}{\rm}
+\definestylerelation{\bf}{\emph}{\bi}
+\definestylerelation{\bi}{\emph}{\bf}
+\definestylerelation{\math}{\fraktur}{\frk}
+\definestylerelation{\tt}{\meta}{\it}
+\definestylerelation{\math}{\roman}{\rm}
+\definestylerelation{\rm}{\roman}{\rm}
+\definestylerelation{\it}{\roman}{\rm}
+\definestylerelation{\bf}{\roman}{\rm}
+\definestylerelation{\tt}{\roman}{\rm}
+\definestylerelation{\rm}{\smallcaps}{\sc}
+
+% We do not define any sizes or fonts.  They just take up memory.
+
+%                       Doodad Font
+%                       ------ ----
+
+
+\def \zrequiredoodad #1#2{%                             {\name}{size}
+  \if \undefinedp{\zfdoodad#2}%
+    \withname\definefont {\zfdoodad#2}{zztexorn at #2}%
+  \fi
+  \edef \znext {\let \noexpand#1\name{\zfdoodad#2}}%
+  \znext}
+
+%                       Font Style Summary
+%                       ---- ----- -------
+
+
+{\catcode`\_ = \catactive
+
+\gdef \zfontsummary #1{%                                {font-list?}
+  {\def _{\space}%
+   \writelog{}%
+   \writelog{Type Styles:}%
+   \writelog{}%
+   \writelog{Name_____Math Family}%
+   \writelog{----_____-----------}%
+   \maplist{\zfsone{##1}}{\zfstylelist}%
+   \if #1%
+     \writelog{}%
+     \maplist{\writelog{ZzTeX: Font used: ##1}}{\ztfmlist}%
+   \fi
+   \writelog{}}}
+
+\gdef \zfsone #1{%
+  \tcounta = \name{#1fam}%
+  \writelog{\string #1______%
+            \if \lssp{\tcounta}{10}%
+              _\number\tcounta
+            \else\if \lssp{\tcounta}{15}%
+              \number\tcounta
+            \else
+              ---%
+            \fi\fi}}
+
+}% \catcode
+
+%                       TFM List File
+%                       --- ---- ----
+
+
+\definewrite{\ztfmlistfile}
+
+
+\def \zopentfmlist {%
+  \if \zcommonencoding
+    \immediate\openout \ztfmlistfile = tfmlist.zzz\relax
+    \immediate\write \ztfmlistfile {\jobname}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zwritetfmlist {%
+  \if \zcommonencoding
+    \maplist{\immediate\write \ztfmlistfile {##1}}{\ztfmlist}%
+    \immediate\closeout \ztfmlistfile
+  \fi}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzfront.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzfront.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f0f281a9fc7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzfront.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Front Matter Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This file provides facilities for typesetting the front
+%            matter of a book.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   24 September 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Copyright Page
+%                       --------- ----
+
+
+\def \copyrightline #1#2{%                              {year}{publisher}
+  \noindent Copyright \copyright\ #1 by #2\par}
+
+\def \concisecopyrightline #1#2{%                       {year}{publisher}
+  \noindent \copyright\ #1 by #2\par}
+
+\def \superconcisecopyrightline #1#2{%                  {year}{publisher}
+  \noindent \copyright\ #1 #2\par}
+
+\def \copyrightnotice {%
+  All rights reserved.  No part of this publication may be reproduced,
+  stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted, in any form or by any
+  means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
+  without the prior written permission of the publisher.}
+
+
+% We provide a standard text design for the Library of Congress
+% Cataloging-in-Publication data.
+
+\def \textcipdataidesign {%
+  \aboveskip = \noskip
+  \belowskip = \noskip
+  \bodyfont = {}%
+  \setflag \enabletabbing = \false
+  \leftindent = 0pt
+  \parindent = \enclosingparindent
+  \parrag = \enclosingparrag
+  \parskip = 0pt
+  \rightindent = 0pt
+  \setflag \verbatimlines = \true
+  \width = \naturalwidth}
+
+\def \textcipdataiidesign {%
+  \textcipdataidesign}
+
+%                       Table of Contents Entries
+%                       ----- -- -------- -------
+
+
+% This macro is used to write a ToC entry in the cross-reference file.
+
+\def \ztocentry #1#2#3#4{%              {number}{title}{level}{allow?}
+  {\ztoksa = {#2}%
+   \tcounta = #3\relax
+   \edef \znext {\noexpand\xref{toc}{\noexpand\folio}{#1}{\the\ztoksa}
+                                    {\the\divisionname,\the\tcounta,%
+                                     \the\difficulty,\if #41\else 0\fi}}% 
+   \znext}}
+
+% This is the public command for writing ToC entries.
+
+\def \tocentry #1#2#3{%                         {number}{title}{level}
+  \ztocentry{#1}{#2}{#3}{\true}}
+
+% This macro allows the compositor to adjust pages in the ToC.
+
+\setlist \ztocadjlist = {}
+
+\long\def \tocadjustment #1#2#3{%               {toc-type}{number}{commands}
+  \append{{#1}{#2}{#3}}{\ztocadjlist}}
+
+%                       Table of Contents Block
+%                       ----- -- -------- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\toc}{\endtoc}{\false}{}
+
+%~block toc Type
+% \abovepenalty = integer               % Penalty above text.
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above text.
+% \belowpenalty = integer               % Penalty below text.
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Space b/b below text.
+% \bodyfont = {\size\style}             % Default font for body.
+% \divisions = {...}                    % List of divisions to include.
+% \foliofont = {\size\style}            % Default font for folio.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \levels = {...}                       % List of levels to include.
+% \setflag \minitoc = boolean           % Is this a miniToC?
+% \parindent = dimen                    % Paragraph indentation.
+% \parrag = dimen                       % Paragraph raggedness.
+% \parskip = glue                       % Paragraph skip.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+% \tocwidtha = dimen                    % General width a.
+% \tocwidthb = dimen                    % General width b.
+% \tocwidthc = dimen                    % General width c.
+% \width = dimen                        % Line width
+% \xreffile = {...}                     % Name of composite xref file to use.
+%~end
+
+\definetoks{\foliofont}
+\definetoks{\levels}
+\definedimen{\tocwidtha}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\tocwidthb}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\tocwidthc}{0pt}
+\definetoks{\xreffile}
+
+\definecount{\prevtocprimarylevel}{-1}          % Previous level >= 70.
+
+
+\def \toc #1{%                                          {type}
+  \beginblockscope{toc}%
+  \def \ztoctype {#1}%
+  \global\increment \tocdepth
+  \abovepenalty = \breaknever                   %~default hard
+  \belowpenalty = \breakbest                    %~default hard
+  \bodyfont = {}%                               %~default soft
+  \divisions = {\all}%                          %~default soft
+  \setflag \minitoc = \false                    %~default soft
+  \tocwidtha = 0pt                              %~default soft
+  \tocwidthb = 0pt                              %~default soft
+  \tocwidthc = 0pt                              %~default soft
+  \xreffile = {}%                               %~default hard
+  \processdesign{\toc}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \tocnumber
+  \commalist{\zlevlist}{\the\levels}%
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \tocformat
+  \endtoc}
+
+\def \endtoc {%
+  \endgraf
+  \endtocformat
+  \global\decrement \tocdepth
+  \endblockscope{toc}}
+
+\def \tocformat {%
+  \endgraf
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}%
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+  \settextwidth{\width}%
+  \setparrag{\parrag}%
+  \zadjtitle = \if \minitoc \zadjtitleminitoc \else \zadjtitletoc \fi
+                            % \adjusttitle should adjust appropriate ToC.
+  \def \zadjloc {\toc}%
+  \if \emptytoksp{\xreffile}%
+    \zxloadcomp{\xrefloadtocmode}%
+  \else
+    \zxloadothercomp{\the\xreffile}{\xrefloadtocmode}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \endtocformat {%
+  \fakepar                                      % In case the ToC is empty.
+  \setlist \ztocadjlist = {}%
+  \bbskipbelowblock{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}}
+
+
+% The following macro is called for each entry in the cross-reference file.
+% Each entry must NOT be in a group.
+
+\def \xreftoc #1#2#3#4{%
+  \ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefloadtocmode
+    \xreftocb{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+  \fi}
+
+\definecount{\ztoclevel}{0}
+
+\def \xreftocb #1#2#3#4{%               {page}{number}{title}
+                        %               {division,level,difficulty,allow}
+  \def \znext ##1,##2,##3,##4,##5\zmark{%
+    \ztoksa={##1}\ztoclevel=##2\difficulty=##3\tcounta=##4\relax}%
+  \znext #4,1,\zmark%
+  \if \posp{\tcounta}%
+    \edef \znext {\noexpand\inclusionlist\noexpand\ztoctest
+                                         {\the\ztoksa}{\the\divisions}}%
+    \znext
+    \if \ztoctest
+      \ztesttoclev{\ztoclevel}%
+      \if \ztoctest
+        \zchktocadj{#2}{#3}%
+        \the\bodyfont
+        \name{\toc\ztoctype\romannumeral\ztoclevel format}{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+        \if \gtrp{\ztoclevel}{69}%
+          \prevtocprimarylevel = \ztoclevel     % Save ToC level.
+          \global\authortext = {}%              % Clear author text.
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+\def \ztesttoclev #1{%                                  {level}
+  \setflag \ztoctest = \false
+  \maplist{\ztesttoca{#1}##1-\zmark}{\zlevlist}}
+
+\def \ztesttoca #1#2-#3\zmark{%                         {n}low-high\zmark
+  \if \emptyargp{#3}%
+    \setflag \ztoctest = {\eqlp{#1}{#2}}%
+  \else
+    \ztesttocb{#1}{#2}#3%
+  \fi
+  \if \ztoctest \exitmaplist \fi}
+  
+\def \ztesttocb #1#2#3-{%                               {n}{low}high-
+  \setflag \ztoctest = {\andp{\notp{\lssp{#1}{#2}}}
+                             {\notp{\gtrp{#1}{#3}}}}}
+
+\long\def \zchktocadj #1#2{%                            {number}{title}  
+  \maplist{\zchktocadjb##1{#1}{#2}}{\ztocadjlist}}
+
+\long\def \zchktocadjb #1#2#3#4#5{%     {type}{number}{commands}{number}{title}
+  {\stringeql{\znext}{#1}{\ztoctype}%
+   \if \znext
+     \stringeql{\znext}{#2}{#4}%
+     \if \znext
+       #3\relax
+     \else
+       \def \tempa {#2}%                % Don't expand titles.
+       \def \tempb {#5}%
+       \if \tokeqlp{\tempa}{\tempb}%
+         #3\relax
+       \fi
+     \fi
+   \fi}}
+
+\def \bbskipabovetochead #1#2#3#4#5{%   {level}{penalty}{skip}{penalty}{skip} 
+  \if \eqlp{\prevtocprimarylevel}{#1}%
+    \bbskipabove{#2}{#3}%
+  \else
+    \bbskipabove{#4}{#5}%
+  \fi}
+
+\definetoks{\zdelaytoc}
+
+\def \delaytocformatter #1{%
+  \global\zdelaytoc = \expandafter{\the\zdelaytoc #1}}
+
+\def \dodelayedtocformatter {%
+  \the\zdelaytoc
+  \global\zdelaytoc = {}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhelp.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhelp.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6d947fbf6bd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhelp.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Help Text
+%
+% Synopsis:  This file contains the help text for each error and
+%            warning signaled by ZzTeX.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   3 July 1990
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\long\def \definehelp #1#2{%                    {help-id}{text}
+  \withname\gdef{\=zH:#1}{#2}}
+
+
+\definehelp{adjheads}{
+  You must eliminate the inter-row space between two adjacent rows_
+  of column heads. This is done with the \closeuprows command.}
+
+\definehelp{altinv}{
+  The design alternative named above was specified with an_
+  invalid value in a \designalternative command.}
+
+\definehelp{altreq}{
+  The design alternative named above must be specifed with a_
+  \designalternative command preceding the \loaddesign in_
+  your root file. There is no default.}
+
+\definehelp{artpos}{
+  The \art command is in the wrong position relative to the_
+  \caption command.}
+
+\definehelp{blkcantnest}{
+  The file contains an occurence of the first block mentioned above_
+  nested inside the second block. This is not allowed.}
+
+\definehelp{blkinvnest}{
+  A command to end a block is not properly associated with the command_
+  to begin the block. For example, an \endtext is matched with a \list._
+  All blocks must be properly nested.}
+
+\definehelp{blkmustend}{
+  The file contains an occurence of the block ending command_
+  mentioned first, but it is not preceded by the block starting_
+  command mentioned second. Each block must have a starting command.}
+
+\definehelp{blkmustnest}{
+  The file contains an occurence of the first block mentioned above,_
+  but it is not nested inside the second block. The first block_
+  must be nested in the second.}
+
+\definehelp{cananchor}{
+  The object anchor specified mentioned above is invalid._
+  Valid anchors are 'a' -- 'h'.}
+
+\definehelp{celldecpt}{
+  The picutre for this decimal-aligned cell did not include a decimal_
+  point, but the number to be typeset does. You must include a_
+  decimal point in the template or remove it from the number.}
+
+\definehelp{citelet}{
+  It appears that you have used \let to define a \citexxx command_
+  in the design file. This done not work; use \def instead.}
+
+\definehelp{desjunk}{
+  The design file named above contains some paragraph (horizontal mode)_
+  text that should not be there.__
+  You probably left a percent sign off a comment.}
+
+\definehelp{divnotexist}{
+  The division specified in the message is not included with a_
+  \division command in the root file.}
+
+\definehelp{dupart}{
+  The art file named above is used more than once in the book.__
+  If a figure really is used more than once, you must copy it with
+  another name and change one of the \art commands.}
+
+\definehelp{dupreg}{
+  The register named above has already been defined with another_
+  \definexxx command.}
+
+\definehelp{divortah}{
+  The \overridetextareaheight command has been used to override the_
+  text area height, but the override crosses from one division to the next.__
+  If you continue from the warning, the override will be cancelled.}
+
+\definehelp{empshape}{
+  The \shapepar command must be specified with at least one pair of_
+  indent/width arguments. You have specified one with no arguments.}
+
+\definehelp{hereonlybot}{
+  ZzTeX cannot position the float `here' because there is already_
+  a float positioned at the bottom of the page. Floats must be_
+  positioned in order.}
+
+\definehelp{invindexlvl}{
+  The level specified in an indexing command must be 1, 2, or 3.}
+
+\definehelp{invoper}{
+  The operator shown above is not valid in the expression argument_
+  of the \calculate command.}
+
+\definehelp{invsubpart}{
+  The subpart argument to \markinfo(upcased) must be 1 or 2._
+  You have specified the invalid subpart number shown above.}
+
+\definehelp{locattr}{
+  The attributes of the index locator are not valid. You must specify_
+  at least one of \page or \text.}
+
+\definehelp{missbb}{
+  The specified art file does not have a bounding box comment, so_
+  ZzTeX cannot determine the size of the art.}
+
+\definehelp{misset}{
+  A tabular column template must begin with \set, so that the column
+  type will be correctly interpreted.}
+
+\definehelp{misstah}{
+  The value of \textareaheight must be established by the document_
+  design macro before \calculatetypeareaheight can be used.__
+  You can set it directly or calculate it with \calculatetextareaheight.}
+
+\definehelp{misstopskip}{
+  The value of \topskip must be established by the document design_
+  macro before \calculatetextareaheight can be used.}
+
+\definehelp{misstrim}{
+  The values of \trimwidth and \trimheight must be established by the_
+  document design macro before \calculateoffsets can be used}
+
+\definehelp{needheads}{
+  The \tabheadrule and \skipbelowcolhead commands require that the_
+  previous row is a row of heads.}
+
+\definehelp{negtabvsp}{
+  A negative \tabvspace will not work; it produces no spacing at all._
+  You must use \tabcloseup.}
+
+\definehelp{noartfile}{
+  You have requested the art file named above for an \art block,_
+  but the file does not exist.__
+  If you continue from this warning, the art space will be framed_
+  with corner marks and contain the name of the missing file.}
+
+\definehelp{nobblfile}{
+  You have requested a bibliography list with the \biblio command,_
+  but there is no bibliography item file.__
+  If you continue from this warning, the bibliography list will not_
+  be typeset. You must first run BibTeX to produce the item file.}
+  
+\definehelp{nodesfile}{
+  The design file named above is required for this book, but it_
+  does not exist.__
+  You may have misspelled the name of the design file in the_
+  \loaddesign command. If not, the design file must be created.}
+
+\definehelp{nodesign}{
+  The file contains a use of the block named above, but the_
+  book's design file does not contain a design macro_
+  for the block.__
+  It's possible you have misspelled the name of the block_
+  or its type (if any). If not, a design macro must be_
+  added to the design file.}
+
+\definehelp{nodivs}{
+  The \setdivisions command must specify one or more divisions to set.}
+
+\definehelp{noend}{
+  Do not use the \end command in ZzTeX. The root file is terminated_
+  with the \enddocument command.__
+  If you are trying to end a block, such as a \list block, you must_
+  use the corresponding ending command, such as \endlist.}
+
+\definehelp{nofloatpos}{
+  The \position parameter for a float does not specify any_
+  page positions for the float. The page positions are \alone,_
+  \bottom, \here, \separate, and \top. Without a page_
+  position, the float cannot be placed on the page.__
+  This error could be due to a missing position in the design file._
+  Or, you may have specified the \position parameter in a \with_
+  command on the float block and forgotten to include any of the_
+  page positions.__
+  If you continue, the float will be placed alone on a page. This_
+  message may appear again for the same float.}
+
+\definehelp{nofontset}{
+  The file has requested a font of the size and style mentioned above._
+  No font has been set for this size/style in the book's design file.__
+  You may have misspelled the name of the size or style. If not,_
+  the appropriate font must be established in the design file.}
+
+\definehelp{noheadfoot}{
+  The design file does not contain a definition for the header_
+  or footer format specified in the message. These definitions_
+  must be included in the design file.}
+
+\definehelp{noinclfile}{
+  The file mentioned above has been requested with an \include or_
+  \division command, but it does not exist.__
+  You may have misspelled the name of the file. If not, you must_
+  create it before processing the book again.__
+  If you continue from this error, ZzTeX will prompt you for another_
+  file name.}
+
+\definehelp{nomarks}{
+  The \markinfo command is being used to format a running head_
+  or foot, but no mark information has been provided for the_
+  current page.__
+  This only happens at the beginning of a book, before the first_
+  chapter or quasichapter. You may have set running heads and_
+  feet with \setrunners before the first chapter or quasichapter.}
+
+\definehelp{nomnpos}{
+  The \position parameter for a margin note does not specify any_
+  horizontal position for the float. The positions are \leftmargin,_
+  \rightmargin, and \outsidemargin.}
+
+\definehelp{noreftitle}{
+  The use of the \reftitle command has been disabled in the_
+  design file with the \allowreftitle document parameter.__
+  If you did not intend to use the \reftitle command, you must_
+  remove it from the file. If you need to use it, then modify_
+  the design file appropriately.}
+
+\definehelp{noregsleft}{
+  All of the available registers of the type specified in the_
+  message have been allocated for use, but a request for another_
+  such register has been made.}
+
+\definehelp{norelstyle}{
+  You have requested a type style related to the current style,_
+  but no such relation has been established. For example, the_
+  current style is \tt and you want to emphasize text with the_
+  \emph command, but no style for emphasizing monospaced text_
+  has been established.__
+  Use the \definestylerelation command to establish the appropriate_
+  relationship.}
+
+\definehelp{notaginfo}{
+  A \tag command has been specified in the current block, but_
+  the composite number and title has not been established yet.}
+
+\definehelp{notindexing}{
+  ZzTeX has encountered an indexing command (e.g., \xpage), but_
+  you have not included a \produceindex command in the root file._
+  At least one \produceindex command is required if the files contain_
+  indexing commands.__
+  If you continue from the warning, the index entries will be written_
+  to the log file.}
+
+\definehelp{notps}{
+  The feature show above is only available when you are producing_
+  PostScript output. It requires PostScript capabilities.}
+
+\definehelp{nowith}{
+  The \with modifier is not allowed on the command specified in the_
+  message. You must remove the \with modifier.__
+  If you continue from this warning, the \with will be ignored._
+  If you used \with on an \item command, use it on the \list_
+  command instead (it will apply to the entire list).}
+
+\definehelp{obsolete}{
+  The command named above is obsolete in this version of ZzTeX.}
+
+\definehelp{openblock}{
+  One or more blocks are in progress at the end of a chapter,_
+  appendix, or quasichapter. The names of the blocks are listed_
+  in messages preceding this warning.__
+  The problem is caused by missing \endxxx commands. For example,_
+  you have coded a list but forgotten the \endlist command. You_
+  will probably see the message `(\end occurred inside a group at_
+  level 1)' at the end of the log.}
+
+\definehelp{overortah}{
+  The \overridetextareaheight command has been used to override the_
+  text area height, but a previous override is still in progress.__
+  If you continue from the warning, the first command will be cancelled_
+  and the second one will take effect. However, the height of the current_
+  page may be incorrect.}
+
+\definehelp{pagepar}{
+  A command has been used to request a page break in the middle of_
+  a paragraph.__
+  You must terminate the paragraph before using the command.}
+
+\definehelp{plaintex}{
+  The Plain TeX command shown below cannot be used in ZzTeX.}
+
+\definehelp{scinmath}{
+  You have tried to use a special character that is not available_
+  in math mode.__
+  If you need it, use it in a \text command.}
+
+\definehelp{setminus}{
+  When using the MathTime fonts, it is better to use \setdiff than_
+  \setminus. If you really want to use \setminus, you will need_
+  to define it in the design file.}
+
+\definehelp{spectah}{
+  The design spec's text area height, as specified by \spectextareaheight,_
+  differs from the calculated text area height by more than 3 points._
+  You should contact the designer about this.}
+
+\definehelp{skipab}{
+  A sequence of elements in the book has resulted in a request_
+  for a `skip below an element' followed immediately by a_
+  `skip above an element'. Such a sequence is invalid.__
+  There is probably an error in the design file.}
+
+\definehelp{toomanyflt}{
+  There are more than the specified number of floats pending for_
+  page makeup. A float is pending for makeup when it has been_
+  encountered in a file but not yet placed on a page of the book.__
+  You must reorganize the file so that the floats are more spread_
+  out in the text, this giving ZzTeX an opportunity to place the_
+  floats on pages as soon as they are encountered.}
+
+\definehelp{undefat}{
+  The atsign command sequence specified above has not been defined_
+  in this block. It must be defined before you can use it.__
+  Use the \defineatsigncommand command to define the command.}
+
+\definehelp{undefflt}{
+  The float type specified above has not been defined. It must be_
+  defined before you can use it.__
+  Use the \definefloattype command to define the float.}
+
+\definehelp{unimpl}{
+  The ZzTeX feature mentioned above is not yet implemented.__
+  Please contact Windfall Software if you need the feature.}
+
+\definehelp{lockedfont}{
+  The font specified above is locked, which means it was not correctly_
+  installed with ZzTFM.__
+  Please contact Windfall Software to determine a remedy.}
+
+\definehelp{varmod}{
+  A variant definition must include between 1 and 8 modifier commands.__
+  Modifier commands are specified as a comma-separated list in the third_
+  argument to \definevariant.}
+
+\definehelp{xtran}{
+  An error flag from the XTran H converter is still present in this_
+  file. The flag message is shown in the above error message.__
+  You should fix the error flagged by XTran and remove the flag_
+  message from the source file.}
+
+\definehelp{zztran}{
+  An error flag from the ZzTran converter is still present in this_
+  file. The flag message is shown in the above error message.__
+  You should fix the error flagged by ZzTran and remove the flag_
+  message from the source file.}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhmode.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhmode.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e9553e8ac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhmode.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,924 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Horizontal Mode Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides various facilities that operate in
+%            horizontal mode, within a paragraph.  See also ZZHMODEB.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   21 September 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Starting Paragraphs
+%                       -------- ----------
+
+
+% The following token register is executed at the beginning of
+% every paragraph.
+
+\definetoks{\everyparagraph}
+\everyparagraph = {}
+
+% This is what we have to do at the beginning of every paragraph:
+
+\everypar = {\requiredeverypar \the\everyparagraph}
+
+% The following command ensures that we are in horizontal mode,
+% without doing anything if we already are.
+
+\def \ensurepar {\unhbox \voidbox}
+
+% The following command fakes up the start of a paragraph while
+% leaving us in vertical mode.
+
+\def \fakepar {%
+  \endgraf
+  \vspace{\parskip}%
+  \requiredeverypar}
+
+%                       Paragraph Penalties
+%                       --------- ---------
+
+
+\definecount{\zclubsv}{-100000}         % Overridden \clubpenalty.
+\definecount{\zclubct}{1}               % Overridden paragraph count.
+
+
+\def \overrideclubpenalty #1{%                          {penalty}
+  \if \eqlp{\zclubsv}{-100000}\global\zclubsv = \clubpenalty \fi
+  \global\clubpenalty = #1\relax
+  \global\zclubct = \if \vmodep -1\else 0\fi \relax}
+
+\declareeverypar{\zclubpar}
+
+\def \zclubpar {%
+  \ifnum \zclubct=0
+    \global\clubpenalty=\zclubsv
+    \global\zclubsv=-100000\relax
+  \fi
+  \global\advance \zclubct 1\relax}
+
+%                       Single-Character Commands
+%                       ---------------- --------
+
+
+%  Name         Description
+
+%  \<space>     Control space
+%  \!           Negative sixth space; negative thin space in math;
+%                 callout in code
+%  \"           Dieresis (umlaut) accent
+%  \#           Pound sign
+%  \$           Dollar sign
+%  \%           Percent sign
+%  \&           Ampersand
+%  \'           Acute accent
+%  \(           (reserved 
+%  \)            for user)
+%  \*           \discretionary{}{}{}
+%  \+           Hair space
+%  \,           Sixth space; thin space in math
+%  \-           Discretionary hyphen
+%  \.           Dot accent
+%  \/           Italic correction
+%  \0           \phantom{0}
+%  \1 -- \9     (reserved for user)
+%  \:           List element separator
+%  \;           Third space; thick space in math
+%  \<           (reserved for user)
+%  \=           Macron accent; prefix for tag namespace
+%  \>           (reserved for user)
+%  \?           (reserved for user)
+%  \@           At-sign
+%  \H           Hungarian umlaut accent
+%  \L           Polish suppressed L
+%  \O           Scandinavian O slash
+%  \P           Paragraph sign (pilcrow)
+%  \S           Section sign
+%  \[           (reserved for user)
+%  \\           Backslash
+%  \]           (reserved for user)
+%  \^           Circumflex accent
+%  \_           Underscore
+%  \`           Grave accent
+%  \b           Bar-under accent
+%  \c           Cedilla accent
+%  \d           Dot-under accent
+%  \g           Ogonek accent
+%  \h           Small horizontal space
+%  \i           Dotless i
+%  \j           Dotless j
+%  \l           Polish suppressed l
+%  \o           Scandinavian o slash
+%  \r           ring accent
+%  \t           Tie-after accent
+%  \u           Breve accent
+%  \v           Hacek accent
+%  \x           \
+%  \y            } (reserved for user, for index command abbreviations)
+%  \z           /
+%  \{           Left brace
+%  \|           Vertical bar; \Vert in math mode
+%  \}           Right brace
+%  \~           Tilde accent
+
+%                       Characters
+%                       ----------
+
+
+% These definitions are in alphabetical order.
+
+\def \AA {%                             %~ Ring A (Angstrom). %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \mtext{\AA}%
+  \else
+    \r{A}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \aa {%                             %~ Ring a. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \mtext{\aa}%
+  \else
+    \r{a}%
+  \fi}
+
+\chardef \AE = "1D                      %~ Scandinavian AE.
+
+\chardef \ae = "1A                      %~ Scandinavian ae.
+
+\chardef \ampersand = `\&               %~ Ampersand.
+
+\let \& = \ampersand
+
+\chardef \atsign = `\@                  %~ At sign.
+
+\let \@ = \atsign
+
+\def \backslash {%                      %~ Backslash. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zmbackslash
+  \else \if \monoencodingp
+    \char "5C\relax
+  \else
+    \PSbackslash
+  \fi\fi}
+
+\let \\=\backslash
+
+\def \baselinebullet #1{%               {size} %~ Bullet set on baseline.
+  \zrequiredoodad{\zdoodadfont}{#1}%
+  \hbox{\zdoodadfont .}}
+
+\def \bullet {%                         %~ Bullet. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zmbullet
+  \else
+    \PSbullet
+  \fi}
+
+\def \cent {%                           %~ Cent sign. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \PScent}
+
+\let \cents = \cent
+
+\def \copyright {%                      %~ Copyright symbol. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \PScopyright}
+
+\def \cdquote {''}                      %~ Close double quote. %^named_char
+
+\def \dagger {%                         %~ Dagger. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zmdagger
+  \else
+    \PSdagger
+  \fi}
+
+\def \ddagger {%                        %~ Double dagger. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zmddagger
+  \else
+    \PSddagger
+  \fi}
+
+\def \dollar {%                         %~ Dollar sign. %^named_char
+  \zprehyph{\dollarhyph}%
+  \if \monoencodingp
+    \char "24\relax
+  \else
+    \PSdollar
+  \fi
+  \zposthyph{\dollarhyph}}
+
+\let \$ = \dollar
+
+\def \ellipsis {%                       %~ Text ellipsis.
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \ldots
+  \else
+    \unbreakable\thickspace 
+    .\unbreakable\thickspace
+    .\unbreakable\thickspace
+    .\thickspace
+    \ignorespaces
+  \fi}
+
+\def \emdash {---}                      %~ Em dash. %^named_char
+
+\def \endash {--}                       %~ En dash. %^named_char
+
+\def \greater {%                        %~ Greater-than sign %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \monoencodingp
+    \char "3E\relax
+  \else
+    \PSgreater
+  \fi}
+
+\def \>{%                               %~ Greater-than sign. %^named_char
+  \relax
+  \if \mathmodep \plainerror \else \greater \fi}
+
+\chardef \hash = `\#                    %~ Pound sign, hash, octothorpe.
+
+\let \# = \hash
+
+\def \hat {%                            %~ Hat symbol. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zmhat
+  \else
+    \char "5E\relax
+  \fi}
+
+\chardef \i = "10                       %~ Dotless i.
+
+\chardef \j = "11                       %~ Dotless j.
+
+\def \L {\PSpolishL}                    %~ Uppercase Polish L. %^named_char
+
+\def \l {\PSpolishl}                    %~ Lowercase Polish l. %^named_char
+
+% \lbrace and \rbrace cannot start with \ensurepar, because that won't
+% work following a \left or \right command.  However, the \relax is required.
+
+\def \lbrace {%                         %~ Left brace. %^named_char
+  \relax
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zmlbrace
+  \else \if \monoencodingp
+    \char "7B\relax
+  \else
+    \PSbraceleft
+  \fi\fi}
+
+\let \{ = \lbrace
+
+\def \less {%                           %~ Less-than sign. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \monoencodingp
+    \char "3C\relax
+  \else
+    \PSless
+  \fi}
+
+\let \< = \less
+
+\chardef \O = "1F                       %~ Slashed O.
+
+\chardef \o = "1C                       %~ Slashed o.
+
+\chardef \OE = "1E                      %~ OE diphthong.
+
+\chardef \oe = "1B                      %~ oe diphthong.
+
+\def \odquote {``}                      %~ Open double quote. %^named_char
+
+\def \P {%                              %~ Paragraph symbol (pilcrow). %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \PSparagraph}
+
+\chardef \percent = `\%                 %~ Percent sign.
+
+\let \% = \percent
+
+\def \perthousand {%                    %~ Per thousand symbol. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \PSperthousand}
+
+\def \prellipsis {%                     %~ Text ellipsis with no left space.
+  .\unbreakable\thickspace
+  .\unbreakable\thickspace
+  .\thickspace
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \rbrace {%                         %~ Right brace. %^named_char
+  \relax
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zmrbrace
+  \else \if \monoencodingp
+    \char "7D\relax
+  \else
+    \PSbraceright
+  \fi\fi}
+
+\let \} = \rbrace
+
+\def \registered {%                     %~ Registered symbol. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \PSregistered}
+
+\def \S {%                              %~ Section sign. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \PSsection}
+
+\def \SS {%                             %~ Double section sign. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \PSsection\PSsection}
+
+\chardef \ss = "19                      %~ German eszett.
+
+\def \sterling {%                       %~ Pound sterling symbol. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \PSsterling}
+
+\def \tilde {%                          %~ Tilde. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zmtilde
+  \else
+    \char "7E\relax
+  \fi}
+
+\def \trademark {%                      %~ Trademark symbol. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \PStrademark}
+
+\def \underscore {%                     %~ Underscore. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \zprehyph{\underscorehyph}%
+  \if \monoencodingp
+    \char "5F\relax
+  \else
+    \PSunderscore
+  \fi
+  \zposthyph{\underscorehyph}}
+
+\let \_ = \underscore
+
+\def \udquote {%                        %~ Undirected double quote. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \monoencodingp
+    \char "22\relax
+  \else
+    \PSudquote
+  \fi}
+
+\def \usquote {%                        %~ Undirected single quote. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \monoencodingp
+    \char "0D\relax
+  \else
+    \PSusquote
+  \fi}
+
+\def \verticalbar {%                    %~ Vertical bar. %^named_char
+  \ensurepar
+  \if \monoencodingp
+    \char "7C\relax
+  \else
+    \PSbar
+  \fi}
+
+\def \|{%                               %~ Vertical bar. %^named_char
+  \relax
+  \if \mathmodep \Vert \else \verticalbar \fi}
+
+%                       Accents
+%                       -------
+
+
+\def \"#1{{\accent "7F #1}}             %~ Umlaut accent. %^accent
+
+\def \'#1{{\accent 19 #1}}              %~ Acute accent. %^accent
+
+\def \.#1{{\accent 95 #1}}              %~ Dot accent. %^accent
+
+\def \=#1{{\accent 22 #1}}              %~ Macron accent. %^accent
+
+\def \^#1{{\accent 94 #1}}              %~ Circumflex accent. %^accent
+
+\def \`#1{{\accent 18 #1}}              %~ Grave accent. %^accent
+
+\def \~#1{{\accent "7E #1}}             %~ Tilde accent. %^accent
+
+\def \b #1{%                            %~ Bar-under accent. %^accent
+  \ozalign{\relax #1\cr
+           \hidewidth \vbox to .2ex {\hbox{\char 22}\vss}\hidewidth}}
+
+\def \c #1{%                            %~ Cedilla accent. %^accent
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{#1}%
+  \if \dimeqlp{\ht\zboxa}{1ex}%
+    \accent 24 #1%
+  \else
+    {\ooalign{\hidewidth \char 24 \hidewidth \cr
+              \unhbox \zboxa}}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \d #1{%                            %~ Dot-under accent. %^accent
+  \ozalign{\relax #1\cr
+           \hidewidth.\hidewidth}}
+
+\def \g #1{%                            %~ Ogonek accent. %^accent
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{#1}%
+  \if \dimeqlp{\ht\zboxa}{1ex}%
+    \accent 154 #1%
+  \else
+    {\ooalign{\hidewidth \char 154 \hidewidth \cr
+              \unhbox \zboxa}}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \H #1{{\accent "7D #1}}            %~ Long Hungarian umlaut accent. %^accent
+
+\def \r #1{{\accent "17 #1}}            %~ Ring accent. %^accent
+
+\def \t #1{%                            %~ Tie-after accent. %^accent
+  {\edef \znext {\the\font}\the\textfont1 \accent "7F \znext #1}}
+
+\def \u #1{{\accent 21 #1}}             %~ Breve accent. %^accent
+
+\def \v #1{{\accent 20 #1}}             %~ Hacek accent. %^accent
+
+%                       Spaces
+%                       ------
+
+
+% TeX space primitives include the following:
+%
+%   <space>     Produce a normal space, obeying \spacefactor.
+%   \<space>    Produce a normal space as if \spacefactor = 1000.
+
+% Here are a set of "space" commands that produce breakable space:
+
+%~ Specified amount of breakable horizontal space.
+
+\def \hspace #1{\ensurepar \hskip #1\relax}%            {amount} %^hspace
+
+%~ Specified amount of unbreakable horizontal space
+%~ measured in tenths of a point.
+
+\def \h #1;{%                                           tenths-points; %^hspace
+  {\tdimena = .1pt
+   \tdimena = #1\tdimena
+   \kern \tdimena}}
+
+\def \fiveemspace {\ensurepar \hskip 5em\relax}         %~ Breakable 5 em space. %^hspace
+
+\def \fouremspace {\ensurepar \hskip 4em\relax}         %~ Breakable 4 em space. %^hspace
+
+\def \threeemspace {\ensurepar \hskip 3em\relax}        %~ Breakable 3 em space. %^hspace
+
+\def \twoemspace {\ensurepar \hskip 2em\relax}          %~ Breakable 2 em space. %^hspace
+
+\def \emspace {\ensurepar \hskip 1em\relax}             %~ Breakable 1 em space. %^hspace
+
+\def \enspace {\ensurepar \hskip .5em\relax}            %~ Breakable 1 en space. %^hspace
+
+\def \digitspace {%                                     %~ Breakable digit space. %^hspace
+  {\measuredigitwidth{\tdimena}%
+   \ensurepar \hskip \tdimena}}
+
+{\catcode`\| = \catactive
+\gdef \digitspacebar {%
+  \catcode`\| = \catactive
+  \def |{\digitspace}}
+}
+
+\def \thirdspace {\ensurepar \hskip .333em\relax}       %~ Breakable 1/3 em space. %^hspace
+\let \thickspace = \thirdspace
+\def \negthickspace {\ensurepar \hskip -.333em\relax}   %~ Breakable negative 1/3 em space. %^hspace
+
+\def \space { }                                         %~ Normal space.
+\def \^^M{\ }                                           %~ Normal space.
+
+\def \fontspace {\ensurepar \hskip \fontdimen2\font}    %~ Breakable font space. %^hspace
+
+\def \visiblespace {%                                   %~ Visible space. %^hspace
+  \ensurepar
+   \hbox {%
+     \measurespacewidth{\tdimena}%
+     \kern .16ex
+     \llap{\rule{width .08ex height .15ex depth .2ex}}%
+     \lower .2ex \hbox{\rule{width \tdimena height .08ex depth 0pt}}%
+     \rlap{\rule{width .08ex height .15ex depth .2ex}}%
+     \kern .16ex}}
+
+\def \fourthspace {\ensurepar \hskip .25em\relax}       %~ Breakable 1/4 em space. %^hspace
+
+\def \fifthspace {\ensurepar \hskip .2em\relax}         %~ Breakable 1/5 em space. %^hspace
+\let \thinspace = \fifthspace
+\def \negfifthspace {\ensurepar \hskip -.2em\relax}     %~ Breakable negative 1/3 em space. %^hspace
+\let \negthinspace = \negfifthspace
+
+\def \sixthspace {\ensurepar \hskip .16667em\relax}     %~ Breakable 1/6 em space. %^hspace
+\def \negsixthspace {\ensurepar \hskip -.16667em\relax} %~ Breakable negative 1/6 em space. %^hspace
+
+\def \seventhspace {\ensurepar \hskip .14286em\relax}   %~ Breakable 1/7 em space. %^hspace
+\let \hairspace = \seventhspace
+\def \negseventhspace {\ensurepar \hskip -.14286em\relax} %~ Breakable negative 1/7 em space. %^hspace
+
+\def \qqqqquad {\unbreakable\fiveemspace}               %~ Unbreakable 5 em space. %^hspace
+\def \qqqquad {\unbreakable\fouremspace}                %~ Unbreakable 4 em space. %^hspace
+\def \qqquad {\unbreakable\threeemspace}                %~ Unbreakable 3 em space. %^hspace
+\def \qquad {\unbreakable\twoemspace}                   %~ Unbreakable 2 em space. %^hspace
+\def \quad {\unbreakable\emspace}                       %~ Unbreakable 1 em space. %^hspace
+\def \nut {\unbreakable\enspace}                        %~ Unbreakable 1 en space. %^hspace
+
+%~ Unbreakable 1/3 em space.
+
+\def \;{\relax\if \mathmodep \mthickspace \else \unbreakable\thickspace \fi} %^hspace
+
+%~ Unbreakable 1/5 em space.
+
+\def \,{\relax\if \mathmodep \mthinspace \else \unbreakable\thinspace \fi}  %^hspace
+
+%~ Unbreakable negative 1/5 em space.
+
+\def \!{\relax\if \mathmodep \mnegthinspace \else \unbreakable\negthinspace\fi}  %^hspace
+
+\def \+{\unbreakable\hairspace}                         %~ Unbreakable 1/7 em space. %^hspace
+
+%~ Specified amount of unbreakable horizontal space
+%~ measured in hundredths of an em.
+
+\def \k #1;{%                                   hundredths-em; %^hspace
+  {\tdimena = .01em
+   \tdimena = #1\tdimena
+   \kern \tdimena}}
+
+%~ This command retains horizontal space at the beginning of a line.
+%~ Such space is normally discarded.
+
+\def \retain {\vrule height 0pt depth 0pt width 0pt\relax} %^hspace
+
+%~ This declaration causes spaces to be "obeyed," so that every space
+%~ in the source is relevent.
+
+\def \obeyspaces {%
+  \catcode`\ =\catactive}
+
+{\obeyspaces
+\global\let =\ %
+}
+
+%                       Space Factors
+%                       ----- -------
+
+
+% IniTeX sets the space factor code of uppercase letters to 999 so
+% periods after them will not end sentences.  That just gives people
+% one more rule to remember.
+
+  \sfcode`\A=1000 \sfcode`\B=1000 \sfcode`\C=1000 \sfcode`\D=1000
+  \sfcode`\E=1000 \sfcode`\F=1000 \sfcode`\G=1000 \sfcode`\H=1000
+  \sfcode`\I=1000 \sfcode`\J=1000 \sfcode`\K=1000 \sfcode`\L=1000
+  \sfcode`\M=1000 \sfcode`\N=1000 \sfcode`\O=1000 \sfcode`\P=1000
+  \sfcode`\Q=1000 \sfcode`\R=1000 \sfcode`\S=1000 \sfcode`\T=1000
+  \sfcode`\U=1000 \sfcode`\V=1000 \sfcode`\W=1000 \sfcode`\X=1000
+  \sfcode`\Y=1000 \sfcode`\Z=1000
+
+% A few characters should not affect the space factor.
+
+  \sfcode`\'=0
+  \sfcode`\)=0
+  \sfcode`\]=0
+
+
+\def \setsentencespacing #1{%                           {flag}
+  \if #1%
+    \sfcode`\. = 2250
+    \sfcode`\? = 2250
+    \sfcode`\! = 2250
+    \sfcode`\: = 2000
+  \else
+    \sfcode`\. = 1000
+    \sfcode`\? = 1000
+    \sfcode`\! = 1000
+    \sfcode`\: = 1000
+  \fi
+  \relax}
+
+%                       Numbers
+%                       -------
+
+
+\let \lcromannumeral = \romannumeral
+
+%~ This command formats an integer as uppercase Roman numerals.
+
+\def \ucromannumeral #1{%                               {number}
+  \uppercase\expandafter{\romannumeral#1}}
+
+%~ This command formats an integer as lowercase letters.
+
+\def \lcletter #1{%                                     {number}
+  \ifcase #1%
+    0\or a\or b\or c\or d\or e\or f\or g\or h\or i\or j\or k\or l\or m\or
+         n\or o\or p\or q\or r\or s\or t\or u\or v\or w\or x\or y\or z\else
+         \number#1\fi}
+
+%~ This command formats an integer as uppercase letters.
+
+\def \ucletter #1{%                                     {number}
+  \ifcase #1%
+    0\or A\or B\or C\or D\or E\or F\or G\or H\or I\or J\or K\or L\or M\or
+         N\or O\or P\or Q\or R\or S\or T\or U\or V\or W\or X\or Y\or Z\else
+         \number#1\fi}
+
+%                       Lines
+%                       -----
+
+
+\long\def \line #1{%                                    {text}
+  \if \vmodep
+    {\parfillskip = 0pt
+     \noindent #1\retain \par}%
+  \else
+    \retain #1\tl
+  \fi}
+
+\long\def \leftline         #1{\line{#1\hfil}}%          {text}
+\long\def \rightline        #1{\line{\hfil#1}}%          {text}
+\long\def \centerline       #1{\line{\hfil#1\hfil}}%     {text}
+\long\def \spreadline       #1#2{\line{{#1}\hfil{#2}}}%  {text1}{text2} 
+\long\def \centerspreadline #1#2#3{%
+  \line{\rlap{#1}\hfil #2\hfil \llap{#3}}}%              {text1}{text2}{text3}
+
+
+% This declaration causes line breaks to be "obeyed," so that each
+% results in a paragraph end.
+
+{\catcode`\^^M = \catactive%
+\gdef \obeylines {\catcode`\^^M = \active \let ^^M = \par}%
+}
+
+%                       Line Breaks
+%                       ---- ------
+
+
+\def \linebreak #1{%                            {penalty}
+  \penalty #1\relax}
+
+\def \tl {\break}
+
+\def \nl {%
+  \gluevaries{\znlvar}{\leftskip}%
+  \if \znlvar \tl \else \hfil \break \fi}
+
+\def \blankline {\ensurepar \nl}
+
+
+% These commands are used to tie text on one line.
+
+\def ~{\nobreak \ }                             % Unbreakable space (tie).
+
+\def \tie {\ensurepar \hbox}
+
+%                       Indentation
+%                       -----------
+
+
+% Note that this macro just sets \leftskip and \rightskip, and so
+% blows away any \parrag.
+
+\def \setindentation #1#2{%                     {left}{right}
+  \leftskip = #1\relax
+  \rightskip = #2\relax}
+
+
+\def \alterindentation #1#2{%                   {left-delta}{right-delta}
+  \leftskip = 1\leftskip
+  \advance \leftskip by #1\relax
+  \rightskip = 1\rightskip
+  \advance \rightskip by #2\relax}
+
+%                       Text Width
+%                       ---- -----
+
+
+% This command must be used AFTER the indentation is established with
+% \setindentation or \alterindentation.
+
+\def \settextwidth #1{%                                 {width}
+  \if \dimneqlp{#1}{\naturalwidth}%
+    \hsize = #1\relax
+    \advance \hsize by \leftskip
+    \advance \hsize by \rightskip
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Paragraph Raggedness
+%                       --------- ----------
+
+
+% This command must be used AFTER the indentation is established with
+% \setindentation or \alterindentation.
+
+\def \setparrag #1{%                                            {rag-dimen}
+  \gluevaries{\zrsvar}{\rightskip}%
+  \if \notp{\zrsvar}%
+    \tdimena = #1\relax
+    \advance \rightskip by 0pt plus \tdimena\relax
+  \fi}
+
+\zdeclareeveryvcontext{\setindentation{0pt}{0pt}\setparrag{0pt}}
+
+%                       Paragraph Shapes
+%                       --------- ------
+
+
+\definecount{\zshparct}{0}
+\definecount{\zshparrep}{0}
+\definedimen{\zshpari}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zshparw}{0pt}
+
+
+\def \nshapepar #1{%                            {[*repeat1,]indent1,width1,...}
+  \if \emptyargp{#1}%
+    \error{empshape}{The argument to \string\shapepar cannot be empty}%
+  \fi
+  \gdef \zshpartoks {}%
+  \global\zshparct = 0
+  {\zshapeparc #1,\zmark}%
+  \parshape = \zshparct\zshpartoks\relax}
+
+\def \zshapeparc #1#2,#3\zmark{%                [*repeat],indent,...
+  \if \codeeqlp{#1}{*}%
+    \global\zshparrep = #2\relax
+    \def \znext {\zshapepare #3\zmark}%
+  \else
+    \global\zshparrep = 1
+    \def \znext {\zshapepare #1#2,#3\zmark}%
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zshapepare #1,#2,#3\zmark{%               indent,width,...
+  \zshapepard #1,\false,\zshpari\zmark
+  \global\zshpari = \tdimena
+  \zshapepard #2,\true,\zshparw\zmark
+  \global\zshparw = \tdimena
+  \loop
+    \if \posp{\zshparrep}%
+      \xdef \zshpartoks {\zshpartoks \space \the\zshpari \space \the\zshparw}%
+      \global\increment \zshparct
+      \global\decrement \zshparrep
+  \repeat
+  \if \emptyargp{#3}%
+    \let \znext = \relax
+  \else
+    \def \znext {\zshapeparc #3\zmark}%
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zshapepard #1#2,#3,#4\zmark{%             dimen1 dimen-rest,width?,prev
+  \if \codeeqlp{#1}{+}%
+    \calculate \tdimena = {#4,+,#2}%
+  \else\if \codeeqlp{#1}{-}%
+    \calculate \tdimena = {#4,-,#2}%
+  \else\if \andp{\codeeqlp{#1}{=}}{#3}%
+    \calculate \tdimena = {\hsize,-,\zshpari}%
+  \else
+    \tdimena = #1#2\relax
+    \if \dimeqlp{\tdimena}{\naturalwidth}%
+      \calculate \tdimena = {\hsize,-,\zshpari}%
+    \fi
+  \fi\fi\fi
+  \if #3%
+    %%% Do we want to adjust the width by \leftskip or \rightskip?
+  \fi}
+
+
+%%%\definecount{\zshparct}{0}
+\definedimen{\zshpard}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zshpare}{0pt}
+
+
+\def \shapepar #1{%                             {indent1,width1,...}
+  \if \emptyargp{#1}%
+    \error{empshape}{The argument to \string\shapepar cannot be empty}%
+  \fi
+  \gdef \zshpartoks {}%
+  \global\zshparct = 0
+  {\zshapepara #1,\zmark}%
+  \parshape = \zshparct\zshpartoks\relax}
+
+\def \zshapepara #1,#2,#3\zmark{%               indent,width,...\zmark
+  \zshpard = #1\relax
+  \xdef \zshpartoks {\zshpartoks \space \the\zshpard}%
+  \zshpare = #2\relax
+  \if \dimeqlp{\zshpare}{\naturalwidth}%
+    \zshpare = \hsize
+    \advance \zshpare by -\zshpard
+  \else
+    \advance \zshpare by \leftskip
+    \advance \zshpare by \rightskip
+  \fi
+  \xdef \zshpartoks {\zshpartoks \space \the\zshpare}%
+  \global\increment \zshparct
+  \if \emptyargp{#3}%
+    \let \znext = \relax
+  \else
+    \def \znext {\zshapepara #3\zmark}%
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+
+\def \hangalign #1#2#3{%                        {indent}{text1}{text2} 
+  \endgraf
+  {\setbox \zboxa = \hbox{#2}%
+   \tdimena = \wd\zboxa
+   \advance \tdimena by #1\relax
+   \shapepar{#1,\naturalwidth,\tdimena,\naturalwidth}%
+   \noindent \box\zboxa #3\par}}
+
+\def \hindent #1{%                              {indent}
+  \noindent \hspace{#1}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+%                       Adjustments
+%                       -----------
+
+
+%~ This page overrides the number of lines in a paragraph. The argument
+%~ specifies the number of lines and should start with a plus or
+%~ minus sign. TeX does not guarantee the change.
+
+\def \overrideparlength #1{%                            {lines} %^page_makeup
+  \looseness = #1\relax}
+
+
+%~ This command is used in the middle of a paragraph, on a line by
+%~ itself, to make an adjustment
+%~ between two lines. A typical use is to force a page break:
+%~   \adjustpar{\fullpagebreak}
+%~ There is no need to put a percent sign (|%|) after the command.
+
+\long\def \adjustpar #1{%                               {command} %^page_makeup
+  \vadjust{#1}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+
+% This command is used to adjust the title of a chapter, section, etc.
+% The argument looks like `\loc{commands}\loc{commands}...'
+% where each \loc is:
+%   \body       To adjust the title in the body of the text.
+%   \mark       To adjust the title in the mark (running heads and feet).
+%   \toc        To adjust the title in the table of contents.
+
+\def \zadjloc {\body}   % Normally, \adjusttitle should adjust body.
+
+\def \adjusttitle #1{%                                  {\loc{commands}...}
+  {\def \body ##1{}%
+   \def \mark ##1{}%
+   \def \toc ##1{}%
+   \expandafter\let \zadjloc = \zadjtitleb
+   #1}}
+
+\def \zadjtitleb #1{%
+  #1%
+  \def \znext {#1}%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{\nl}%
+    \let \znext = \ignorespaces
+  \else
+    \let \znext = \relax
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+% These macros use \lspspace so they do the right thing while letterspacing.
+
+\def \titlenl {\adjusttitle{\body{\nl}}\lspspace}
+\def \titletl {\adjusttitle{\body{\tl}}\lspspace}
+\def \tocnl   {\adjusttitle{\toc{\nl}}\lspspace}
+\def \toctl   {\adjusttitle{\toc{\tl}}\lspspace}
+
+
+% These definitions are used by the new title adjustment scheme,
+% but need to be present even when it is not in use.
+
+\chardef \zadjtitlenone     = 0
+\chardef \zadjtitlebody     = 1
+\chardef \zadjtitlemark     = 2
+\chardef \zadjtitletoc      = 3
+\chardef \zadjtitleminitoc  = 4
+
+\definecount{\zadjtitle}{\zadjtitlebody}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhmodeb.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhmodeb.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..69c92d9c1e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhmodeb.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Horizontal Mode Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides various facilities that operate in
+%            horizontal mode, within a paragraph.  See also ZZHMODE.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   11 January 1994
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Basic Tools
+%                       ----- -----
+
+
+\def \llap #1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss #1}}%                   {text}
+\def \rlap #1{\hbox to 0pt{#1\hss}}%                    {text}
+\def \clap #1{\hbox to 0pt{\hss #1\hss}}%               {text}
+
+\def \minhbox to #1#2#3#4{%             to width{text}{space-in}{space-out}
+  \measuretextwidth{\tdimena}{#2\hspace{#3}}%
+  \if \dimgtrp{\tdimena}{#1}%
+    {#2}\hspace{#4}%
+  \else
+    \hbox to #1{#2\hfil}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Drop Capitals
+%                       ---- --------
+
+
+\def \dropcapital #1#2#3{%                      {height}{lines}{text}
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{#3}%
+  \tdimena = \ht\zboxa
+  \advance \tdimena by -#1\relax
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{\lower \tdimena \box\zboxa}%
+  \dp\zboxa = 0pt
+  \def \zdropshape {0pt,\naturalwidth}%
+  \tcounta = #2\relax
+  \loop
+     \decrement \tcounta
+     \if \posp{\tcounta}%
+       \edef \zdropshape {\zdropshape ,\the\wd\zboxa,\naturalwidth}%
+  \repeat
+  \expandafter\shapepar\expandafter{\zdropshape,0pt,\naturalwidth}%
+  \noindent \box\zboxa}
+
+%                       Enclosing Text
+%                       --------- ----
+
+
+\def \enclose #1#2#3{%                          {thickness}{separation}{text}
+  \ensurepar
+  \hbox{\vrule width #1%
+        \vtop{\vbox{\hrule height #1%
+                    \kern #2%
+                    \hbox{\kern #2#3\kern #2}}%
+              \kern #2%
+              \hrule height #1}%
+        \vrule width #1}}
+
+\def \colorenclose #1#2#3#4{%           {color}{thickness}{separation}{text}
+  \ensurepar
+  \hbox{\color{#1}\vrule width #2 \endcolor
+        \vtop{\vbox{\color{#1}\hrule height #2 \endcolor
+                    \kern #3%
+                    \hbox{\kern #3#4\kern #3}}%
+              \kern #3%
+              \color{#1}\hrule height #2 \endcolor}%
+        \color{#1}\vrule width #2 \endcolor}}
+
+%                       Fractions
+%                       ---------
+
+
+% This macro is specifically designed to work in math mode, too.
+
+\def \piecefraction #1{%
+  \ztfrac #1/}
+
+\def \ztfrac #1/#2/{%
+  \ensurepar
+  {\measuretextwidth{\tdimena}{/}%
+   \raise .5ex \hbox{$\scriptstyle #1$}%
+   \kern -.2\tdimena \raise .3ex \hbox{$\scriptstyle /$}\kern -.2\tdimena%
+   \hbox{$\scriptstyle #2$}}}
+
+\let \textfraction = \piecefraction             % For compatibility.
+
+%                       Leaders
+%                       -------
+
+
+\def \alignedleaders #1{%                       {box-or-rule}
+  \leaders #1\hfill}
+
+\def \dotleaders {%
+  \alignedleaders{\hbox to 1em{\hss.\hss}}}
+
+\def \ruleleaders #1{%                          {rule}
+  \alignedleaders{#1}}
+
+\def \centeredleaders #1{%                      {box-or-rule}
+  \cleaders #1\hfill}
+
+\def \spreadleaders #1{%                        {box-or-rule}
+  \xleaders #1\hfill}
+
+%                       Paragraph Dingbats
+%                       --------- --------
+
+
+\def \pardingbat #1#2{%                         {space}{dingbat}
+  {\unskip \unbreakable\hfil \allowbreak
+   \hspace{#1}\retain\unbreakable\hfill
+   #2%
+   \finalhyphendemerits = 0 \par}}
+
+%                       Rules
+%                       -----
+
+
+\def \rule #1{%                                 {dimensions}
+  \if \vmodep
+    \hrule #1\relax
+  \else
+    \vrule #1\relax
+  \fi}
+
+\def \colorrule #1#2{%                          {color}{dimensions}
+  \if \vmodep
+    \color{#1}
+    \nobreak
+    \hrule #2\relax
+    \endcolor
+  \else
+    \color{#1}\vrule #2\relax\endcolor
+  \fi}
+
+\def \slug #1#2{%                               {width}{height}
+  \rule{height #2 depth 0pt width #1}}
+
+%                       Shapes
+%                       ------
+
+
+\def \rectangle #1#2#3#4{%              {rise}{width}{height}{thickness}
+  {\tdimena = #2\relax
+   \advance \tdimena by -#4\relax
+   \advance \tdimena by -#4\relax
+   \raise #1 \hbox{%
+     \vrule height #3 depth 0pt width #4\relax
+     \vbox to #3{%
+       \hrule height #4 depth 0pt width \tdimena\relax
+       \vfil
+       \hrule height #4 depth 0pt width \tdimena\relax}%
+     \vrule height #3 depth 0pt width #4}}}
+
+%                       Underlining & Overstriking
+%                       ----------- - ------------
+
+
+\def \fakebold #1{%                                     {text}
+  \hbox{\rlap{#1}%
+        \rlap{\lower .009em \hbox{\kern .009em #1}}%
+        \lower .018em \hbox{\kern .018em #1}}}
+
+\def \multiunderline #1#2#3#4#5{%       {count}{drop1}{drop2}{thickness}{text}
+  \ensurepar
+  {\setbox\zboxa = \hbox{#5}%
+   \rlap{\lower #2 \hbox{\vrule height #4 depth 0pt width \the\wd\zboxa}}%
+   \tcounta = #1\relax
+   \tdimena = #2\relax
+   \loop
+     \decrement \tcounta
+     \if \posp{\tcounta}%
+       \advance \tdimena by #3\relax
+       \rlap{\lower \tdimena \hbox{\vrule height #4 depth 0pt
+                                          width \the\wd\zboxa}}%
+   \repeat
+   \box\zboxa}}
+  
+\def \overstrike #1#2{%                                 {text1}{text2} 
+  \ensurepar
+  {\setbox\zboxa = \hbox{#1}%
+   \setbox\zboxb = \hbox{#2}%
+   \tdimena = \wd\zboxa
+   \advance \tdimena by -\wd\zboxb
+   \divide \tdimena by 2
+   \rlap{\kern \tdimena \box\zboxb}\box\zboxa}}
+
+\def \strikethrough #1{%                                    {text}
+  \ensurepar
+  {\setbox\zboxa = \hbox{#1}%
+   \rlap{\raise .45ex \hbox{\vrule height .1ex depth 0pt
+                                   width \the\wd\zboxa}}%
+   \box\zboxa}}
+
+\let \zunline = \underline
+
+\def \underline #1{%                                            {text}
+  \relax
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \zunline{#1}%
+  \else
+    \multiunderline{1}{.4ex}{0pt}{.1ex}{#1}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Vertical Centering
+%                       -------- ---------
+
+
+\def \centeroncapheight #1{%                            {text}
+  \ensurepar
+  {\setbox\zboxa = \hbox{#1}%
+   \measurecapheight{\tdimena}%                 % Calculate ht(CAP) - ht(text)
+   \advance \tdimena by -\ht\zboxa              %           ------------------
+   \divide \tdimena by 2                        %                   2
+   \raise \tdimena \box\zboxa}}
+
+\def \centerondigitheight #1{%                          {text}
+  \ensurepar
+  {\setbox\zboxa = \hbox{#1}%
+   \measuredigitheight{\tdimena}%               % Calculate ht(123) - ht(text)
+   \advance \tdimena by -\ht\zboxa              %           ------------------
+   \divide \tdimena by 2                        %                   2
+   \raise \tdimena \box\zboxa}}
+
+\def \centeronxheight #1{%                              {text}
+  \ensurepar
+  {\setbox\zboxa = \hbox{#1}%
+   \tdimena = 1ex                               % Calculate 1ex - ht(text)
+   \advance \tdimena by -\ht\zboxa              %           --------------
+   \divide \tdimena by 2                        %                  2
+   \raise \tdimena \box\zboxa}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhyper.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhyper.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..cf20d36eb2b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhyper.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    PDF Hyperlink Facility
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides facilities for creating PDF hyperlinks
+%            in the document.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   12 March 2014
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Control Hyperlinking
+%                       ------- ------------
+
+
+% If hyperlinking is turned off, then we also clear the button color.
+
+\def \setPDFhyperlinks #1{%
+  \global\setflag \PDFhyperlinks = #1\relax
+  \if \notp{#1}\PDFbuttoncolor = {}\fi}
+
+%                       Hyperlink Marks
+%                       --------- -----
+
+
+% This macro generates a hyperlink mark that can be used as the target
+% of a button.
+
+\def \PDFmark #1{%
+  \if \PDFhyperlinks
+    \special{mark: #1}%
+    \if \vmodep \repeatpenalty \fi      % In case glue follows \special.
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Hyperlink Buttons
+%                       --------- -------
+
+
+\def \pagebutton #1#2{%                                         {folio}{text}
+  \if \PDFhyperlinks
+    \ztextbutton{P:#1}{#2}%
+    \if \emptytoksp{\PDFbuttoncolor}%
+      #2%
+    \else
+      \colortext{\the\PDFbuttoncolor}{#2}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    #2%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \tagbutton #1#2{%                                          {tag}{text}
+  \if \PDFhyperlinks
+    \ztextbutton{T:#1}{#2}%
+    \if \emptytoksp{\PDFbuttoncolor}%
+      #2%
+    \else
+      \colortext{\the\PDFbuttoncolor}{#2}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    #2%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \URLbutton #1#2{%                                          {URL}{text}
+  \if \PDFhyperlinks
+    \ztextbutton{#1}{#2}%
+    \if \emptytoksp{\PDFbuttoncolor}%
+      #2%
+    \else
+      \colortext{\the\PDFbuttoncolor}{#2}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    #2%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \colorbuttontext {%
+  \if \andp{\PDFhyperlinks}{\notp{\emptytoksp{\PDFbuttoncolor}}}%
+    \color{\the\PDFbuttoncolor}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \endcolorbuttontext {%
+  \if \andp{\PDFhyperlinks}{\notp{\emptytoksp{\PDFbuttoncolor}}}%
+    \endcolor
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Low-Level Button Macros
+%                       --------- ------ ------
+
+
+% These low-level macros do not check \PDFhyperlinks.
+
+
+\def \ztextbutton #1#2{%                                        {mark}{text}
+  \measuretextwidth{\tdimena}{#2}%
+  \zwidthbutton{#1}{\tdimena}}
+
+\def \zwidthbutton #1#2{%                                       {mark}{width-expr}
+  \calculate \tdimena = {#2}%
+  \if \hmodep
+    \smash{\lower .5ex \hbox{%
+      \special{button: \number\tdimena\space
+                       \number\normalbaselineskip\space #1}}}%
+  \else
+      \special{button: \number\tdimena\space
+                       \number\normalbaselineskip\space #1}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zURLbutton #1#2{%                                         {url}{text}
+  \measuretextwidth{\tdimena}{#2}%
+  \def \zurltext {#1}%
+  \smash{\lower .5ex \hbox{%
+    \special{button: \number\tdimena\space
+                     \number\normalbaselineskip\space
+                     \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\zurltext\zmark}}}}
+
+%                       Email Addresses and URLs
+%                       ----- --------- --- ----
+
+
+\def \zurlprefix {}
+
+
+\def \urltext #1#2{%                            {font}{break before .?}{url}
+  \bgroup
+    #1%
+    \setflag \zurldotbreak = #2%
+    \catcode `\& = \catactive
+    \catcode `\. = \catactive
+    \catcode `\/ = \catactive
+    \catcode `\@ = \catactive
+    \catcode `\_ = \catactive
+    \zurltexta}
+
+\def \zurltexta #1{%                            {url}
+  \zurltextb #1\-\-\zmark}
+
+\def \zurltextb #1\-#2\-#3\zmark{%              part1\-part2\-part3\zmark
+  \expandafter\def \expandafter\zfullurl \expandafter{\zurlprefix #1#2}%
+  \zurltextc{#1}%
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}%
+    \break
+    \zurltextc{#2#3}%
+  \fi
+  \egroup
+  \gdef \zurlprefix {}}
+
+{\catcode `\& = \catactive
+ \catcode `\. = \catactive
+ \catcode `\/ = \catactive
+ \catcode `\@ = \catactive
+ \catcode `\_ = \catactive
+
+\gdef \zurltextc #1{%                           {url-text}
+  \def &{\ampersand \discretionary{}{}{}}%      % Break after &
+  \let \& = &%
+  \if \zurldotbreak
+    \def .{\discretionary{}{}{}\char"2E }%      % Break before .
+  \else
+    \def .{\char"2E \discretionary{}{}{}}%      % Break after .
+  \fi
+  \def /{\char"2F \discretionary{}{}{}}%        % Break after /
+  \def @{\atsign \discretionary{}{}{}}%         % Break after @
+  \let \@ = @%
+  \let _ = \underscore                          % Set _
+  \let ~ = \tilde                               % Set ~
+  \def \-{\discretionary{}{}{}}%                % No hyphenation
+  \if \PDFhyperlinks
+    \expandafter\zURLbutton \expandafter{\zfullurl}{#1}%
+  \fi
+  \colorbuttontext
+    #1%
+  \endcolorbuttontext}
+
+} % \catcode
+
+%                       Digital Object Identifiers
+%                       ------- ------ -----------
+
+
+\def \DOI {%                                                    {number}
+  \def \zurlprefix {http://dx.doi.org/}%
+  \ensurepar \url}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhyph.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhyph.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1aea8d1cd82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzhyph.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Hyphenation Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides the extra facilities for dealing with
+%            hyphenation and related matters.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   6 October 1990
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Hyphenating Words
+%                       ----------- -----
+
+
+\def \*{%
+  \discretionary{}{}{}}
+
+\def \hyphen{%
+  \nobreak -\zposthyph{2}}
+
+\def \slash {/\zposthyph{1}}
+
+
+% These macros are used in ZZHMODE to allow special characters to hyphenate.
+
+\def \zprehyph #1{%                                     {\parameter}
+  \ifcase #1%
+    \relax
+  \or
+    \relax
+  \else
+    \nobreak
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zposthyph #1{%                                    {\parameter}
+  \ifcase #1%
+    \relax
+  \or
+    \discretionary{}{}{}%
+  \else
+    \penalty \exhyphenpenalty \hskip 0pt\relax
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Displaying Hyphens
+%                       ---------- -------
+
+
+\def \showhyphens #1{%
+  \setbox\zboxa = \vbox{%
+    \hsize = \maxdimen
+    \parfillskip = 0pt
+    \pretolerance = -1
+    \tolerance = -1
+    \hbadness = 0pt
+    \showboxdepth = 0
+    \ #1}}
+
+%                       Hyphenation Exceptions
+%                       ----------- ----------
+
+
+\hyphenation{%
+ acad-e-my a-mi-no anag-no-sto-pou-los
+ an-a-lyse an-a-lysed an-a-lys-es
+ an-a-lys-ing analy-ses analy-sis a-no-ny-mi-ty
+ ap-pen-dix apple ap-pli-ca-tion ar-chive ar-chiv-ing ar-chiv-ist
+ arity aspect assume asyn-chro-nous asyn-chro-nous-ly
+ au-to-mat-ic au-to-ma-tion au-ton-o-mous
+ back-gam-mon berth-ing bio-che-mist bio-che-mists bio-med-i-cine
+ bio-poly-mer bio-poly-mers bit-map book-reader brows-ers
+ buff-er buff-er-ed buff-er-ing
+ cat-a-stroph-ic chi-ca-go ci-gar cig-a-rette cig-a-rettes
+ co-in-cide co-in-cides
+ co-iso-tro-pic col-umns com-pen-dium cor-vette cor-vettes
+ cross-over crypto-sys-tem crypto-sys-tems cur-vi-linear cy-to-cha-la-sin
+ data-base data-bases data-set data-sets date-stamp de-mon-strate de-mon-strates
+ der-i-va-tion dijk-stra di-lem-ma dis-tinc-tive
+ dump-ling dump-lings
+ eco-nom-ic eco-nom-ics econ-o-mies e-con-o-mist e-con-o-mists ec-ua-dor
+ ei-gen-space ei-gen-spaces elec-tro-dif-fu-sion en-gland
+ en-tre-pre-neur en-tre-pre-neurs en-tre-pre-neur-ship
+ e-pis-te-mol-o-gy e-pis-te-mo-log-i-cal
+ fashion fi-bo-nac-ci frame-work
+ geo-graph-ic ge-om-e-try geo-stro-phic graph-ics
+ he-mo-glo-bin hexa-dec-i-mal horse-rad-ish
+ ide-ol-o-gy ide-ol-o-gies ide-ol-o-gize idiom im-ped-ance im-plic-it
+ keynes-ian
+ leaf-lets li-chen life-style light-weight li-quid-i-ty li-thog-ra-phy lon-gi-tu-di-nal
+ look-ahead
+ ma-caque
+ mac-ro-eco-nom-ic mac-ro-eco-nom-ics mac-ro-eco-nom-ist mac-ro-eco-nom-ists
+ mac-ro-mol-e-cule mac-ro-mol-e-cules
+ man-u-script man-u-scripts mar-gin-al mas-sa-chu-setts
+ me-chan-i-cal me-di-um me-di-ter-ra-ne-an meta-bolic me-tab-o-lism
+ meta-lin-guis-tic met-a-phor met-a-phors met-a-phor-ic met-a-phor-i-cal
+ meth-od-ol-o-gy
+ mic-ro-eco-nom-ic mic-ro-eco-nom-ics mic-ro-eco-nom-ist mic-ro-eco-nom-ists
+ mini-tab mne-mon-ic meth-od-o-log-i-cal mol-ecule mol-ecules
+ mono-chrome mono-pole mono-poles mo-nop-o-ly
+ mono-sac-cha-rides mul-ti-pli-ca-tion mul-ti-pli-ca-tive
+ name-space noisi-ness noisy none-the-less not-with-stand-ing
+ often ol-i-gop-o-ly ol-i-gop-o-list-ic olym-pi-ad olym-pi-ads
+ om-e-lette om-e-lettes
+ op-er-and op-er-ands oper-ator over-view
+ paper pa-rab-o-la par-a-digm para-mag-ne-tic pa-ram-e-trized
+ patho-gen patho-gen-ic patho-gens people pe-ri-od per-suad-ed per-suad-ing
+ phoe-nix pho-neme pho-to-graphs pho-to-mi-cro-graph phys-i-co-chem-i-cal 
+ phys-ics piano pic-to-graph pic-to-graph pic-to-graph-ic poly-sac-cha-rides
+ Post-Script pov-er-ty pow-er prayer pre-dimmed pref-er-a-ble pref-er-a-bly
+ pri-meval pro-cess pro-ces-sor pro-cure-ment
+ pro-gram-ma-ble prop-o-si-tion py-thag-o-re-an
+ qua-drat-ic qua-lia
+ ra-tional real-ly rec-tan-gu-lar re-pack-age re-pack-aged rep-er-toire
+ re-start re-start-ed re-start-able
+ sa-li-ent sched-ul-ing sche-nec-ta-dy scoun-drel scoun-drels ser-geant ser-geants
+ sha-pir-o small-talk so-lo-ist spec-tros-co-py stag-horn ste-reo-spe-cif-ic
+ sto-chas-tic syn-chro-nous syn-chro-nous-ly
+ table tem-po-rar-ily theo-rem time-stamp time-stamps to-ma-to
+ un-pre-dict-able uti-li-za-tion
+ water wave-guide wave-guides weap-on weap-ons which-ever white-space wild-life
+ woman women woman-kind
+ xe-rog-ra-phy
+}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzindexv1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzindexv1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c809d20c9fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzindexv1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,379 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Indexing Facilities, version 1
+%
+% Synopsis:  This file contains the tools for producing an index.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   20 May 2006
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Index Version
+%                       ----- -------
+
+
+\def \indexversion #1{%
+  \input zzindexv#1\relax}
+
+%                       Define Index Locator Types
+%                       ------ ----- ------- -----
+
+
+% This list contains the definition of each locator. New ones must be
+% added to the end, and any program looking at the definitions must assume
+% that duplicates may exist, and that the last one prevails.
+
+\def \zixloclist {}
+
+
+%~ This command is deprecated in favor of |\definelocator|.
+
+\def \definelocatortype #1#2#3#4#5#6{%  {name}{attributes}{precedence}
+                                     %  {beginning-punc}{templates}
+                                     %  {ending-punc}
+  {\setflag \pg = \true
+   \let \page = \relax
+   \def \nopage {\setflag \pg = \false}%
+   \setflag \txt = \false
+   \def \text {\setflag \txt = \true}%
+   \let \notext = \relax
+   #2%
+   \def \bpunc {#4}%
+   \def \temp {#5}%
+   \def \epunc {#6}%
+   \edef \znext {%
+     \noexpand\append{{#1}{\pg}{\txt}{#3}%
+                      {\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\bpunc\zmark}%
+                      {\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\temp\zmark}%
+                      {\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\epunc\zmark}}}%
+   \znext{\zixloclist}%
+   \if \txt
+     \withname\gdef{\x#1}##1##2{\zixindex{#1}{##1}{S}{##2}}%
+     \if \pg
+       \withname\gdef{\x#1begin}##1##2{\zixindex{#1}{##1}{B}{##2}}%
+       \withname\gdef{\x#1end}##1##2{\zixindex{#1}{##1}{E}{##2}}%
+     \fi
+   \else
+     \withname\gdef{\x#1}##1{\zixindex{#1}{##1}{S}{}}%
+     \if \pg
+       \withname\gdef{\x#1begin}##1{\zixindex{#1}{##1}{B}{}}%
+       \withname\gdef{\x#1end}##1{\zixindex{#1}{##1}{E}{}}%
+     \fi
+   \fi}}
+
+
+% This command is deprecated.
+
+\def \defineindexlocator #1#2#3#4#5#6{% {name}{attributes}{precedence}
+                                      % {punctuation}{single-template}
+                                      % {range-template}
+}
+
+%                       Builtin Locator Types
+%                       ------- ------- -----
+
+
+% Precedences 0--1 and 6--9 are reserved for specific books.
+
+\definelocatortype{term}{\page\notext}{2.3}
+                           {, |}{\bold{~P}|\bold{~P--~Q}|, }{. |}
+\definelocatortype{biblio}{\page\notext}{2.5}
+                           {, |}{~P|~P--~Q|, }{. |}
+\definelocatortype{cite}{\page\notext}{2.5}
+                           {, |}{~P|~P--~Q|, }{. |}
+\definelocatortype{page}{\page\notext}{2.5}
+                           {, |}{~P|~P--~Q|, }{. |}
+\definelocatortype{figure}{\page\notext}{2.7}
+                           {, |}{~P\+\emph{f}|~P--~Q\+\emph{f}|, }{. |}
+\definelocatortype{glossary}{\page\notext}{2.7}
+                           {, |}{~P\+\emph{g}|~P--~Q\+\emph{g}|, }{. |}
+\definelocatortype{note}{\page\notext}{2.8}
+                           {, |}{~P\+\emph{n}|~P--~Q\+\emph{n}|, }{. |}
+\definelocatortype{sidebar}{\page\notext}{2.7}
+                           {, |}{~P\+\emph{s}|~P--~Q\+\emph{s}|, }{. |}
+\definelocatortype{table}{\page\notext}{2.7}
+                           {, |}{~P\+\emph{t}|~P--~Q\+\emph{t}|, }{. |}
+\definelocatortype{see}{\nopage\text}{3}
+                           {. |\See\ }{~T||; }{. |}
+\definelocatortype{seealso}{\nopage\text}{4}
+                           {. |\Seealso\ }{~T||; }{. |}
+\definelocatortype{consult}{\nopage\text}{5}
+                           {. |\Consult\ }{~T||; }{. |}
+
+%                       Index Preparation File
+%                       ----- ----------- ----
+
+
+% The \produceindex command must appear before the \document command.
+
+\setflag \zindexing = \false
+
+
+\def \produceindex #1#2{%                               {type}{prep-file}
+  {\processdesign{\index}{#1}%
+   \immediate\openout \zwritea = #2.zzh\relax
+   \immediate\write \zwritea {root \jobname}%
+   \immediate\write \zwritea {type #1}%
+   \immediate\write \zwritea {divisions {\the\divisions}}%
+   \immediate\write \zwritea {locators {\the\locators}}%
+   \immediate\write \zwritea {\the\indexparams}%
+   \maplist{\immediate\write \zwritea {define-locator ##1}}{\zixloclist}%
+   \immediate\closeout \zwritea}%
+  \global\setflag \zindexing = \true}
+
+%                       Index File Handling
+%                       ----- ---- --------
+
+\definewrite{\zixrootfile}
+\definewrite{\zixdivfile}
+\setflag \zixdivopen = \false
+
+
+\def \zindexinit {%
+  \if \zindexing
+    \immediate\openout \zixrootfile = \jobname.zzi\relax
+    \immediate\write \zixrootfile 
+      {\zcomment Raw index entry file for book `\jobname'.}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zindexfinal {%
+  \if \zindexing
+    \immediate\write \zixrootfile {\zcomment [end]}%
+    \immediate\closeout \zixrootfile
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zindexdivinit #1{%                                {division}
+  \if \zindexing
+    \immediate\openout \zixdivfile = #1.zzi\relax
+    \immediate\write \zixdivfile
+      {\zcomment Raw index entry file for book `\jobname', division `#1'.}%
+    \global\setflag \zixdivopen = \true
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zindexdivfinal {%
+  \if \zixdivopen
+    \immediate\write \zixdivfile {\zcomment [end]}%
+    \immediate\closeout \zixdivfile
+    \global\setflag \zixdivopen = \false
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Generate Index Entry
+%                       -------- ----- -----
+
+
+% This macro is called from the indexing macros generated by
+% \definelocatortype.
+
+\def \zixindex #1#2#3#4{%                  {locator}{level}{page-code}{text}
+  \tcounta = #2\relax
+  \if \notp{\rangep{\tcounta}{1}{3}}%
+    \error{invindexlvl}{Invalid index level '#2' specified}%
+    \tcounta = 1
+  \fi
+  \name{\zixindex\romannumeral\tcounta}{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}}
+
+\def \zixindexi #1#2#3#4#5{%
+  \zixindexw{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{}{}{\noexpand\folio}}
+\def \zixindexii #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
+  \zixindexw{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{}{\noexpand\folio}}
+\def \zixindexiii #1#2#3#4#5#6#7{%
+  \zixindexw{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}{#7}{\noexpand\folio}}
+
+\catcode"B8 = \catother
+
+\gdef \zixindexw #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% {locator}{level}{page-code}{text}
+                                  % {heading1}{heading2}{heading3}{page}
+  \if \notp{\zindexing}%
+    \warning{notindexing}{An indexing command was encountered,
+                          but no \string\produceindex}%
+  \fi
+  \zbeginhidewrite
+    \def \zhdx {#5}%
+    \def \zhdy {#6}%
+    \def \zhdz {#7}%
+    \def \ztxt {#4}%
+    \edef \znext {#1^^b8%
+                  #2^^b8%
+                  \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\zhdx\zmark^^b8%
+                  \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\zhdy\zmark^^b8%
+                  \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\zhdz\zmark^^b8%
+                  #3^^b8%
+                  #8^^b8%
+                  \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\ztxt\zmark}%
+    \write \if \zixdivopen \zixdivfile \else \zixrootfile \fi
+      \expandafter{\znext}%
+    \if \vmodep \repeatpenalty \fi      % In case glue follows write.
+  \zendhidewrite}
+
+\catcode"B8 = \catinvalid
+
+%                       Discussion of Index Formatting
+%                       ---------- -- ----- ----------
+
+
+% An index is formatted inside an index block, which is more or less
+% like a text block. Within the index block are occurences of the
+% \indexentry macro, one for each entry. In addition, the
+% \alphabreak macro can be used to produce breaks preceding the `A'
+% entries, `B' entries, etc.
+%
+% In an index block, parts 4 and 5 of the mark are used to remember
+% index entries so they can be carried forward to subsequent columns
+% or pages. The mark is used as follows:
+%
+%   Part  Subpart  Usage
+%     4      1     Boolean, true if in the midst of a first-level entry.
+%     4      2     The first-level entry text.
+%     5      1     Boolean, true if in the midst of a second-level entry.
+%     5      2     The second-level entry text.
+
+%                       Index Block
+%                       ----- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\index}{\endindex}{\false}{}
+
+%~block index Type
+% \def \alphaformat ##1{...}            % Alpha break formatter.
+% \bodyfont = {\size\style}             % Body font.
+% \clubpenalty = penalty                % Club penalty is often different.
+% \columngutter = glue                  % Column gutter.
+% \divisions = {...}                    % Which divisions to include.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \locators = {...}                     % Which locators to include.
+% \indexparams = {...}                  % Parameters for index generator.
+% \parhang = glue                       % Paragraph hang.
+% \parindent = dimen                    % Paragraph indent.
+% \parrag = dimen                       % Paragraph raggedness.
+% \parskip = glue                       % Paragraph skip. 
+% \position = {...}                     % Position and number of columns.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+%~end
+
+\definetoks{\locators}
+\definetoks{\indexparams}
+
+\definecount{\previndexlevel}{0}
+\definecount{\zixcols}{0}
+
+
+\def \index #1{%                                        {type}
+  \blockcantbein{\index}{\index}%
+  \beginblockscope{index}%
+  \global\increment \indexdepth
+  \clubpenalty = \breakallowed          %~default soft
+  \parskip = 0pt                        %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\index}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \indexnumber
+  \def \zixtype {#1}%
+  \zixparsepos
+  \indexformat}
+
+\def \indexformat {%
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+  \setparrag{\parrag}%
+  \setpagecolumns{\zixpageuse}{\the\zixcols}{\columngutter}%
+  \everycolumn = {\zixcarryover}%
+  \begingroup
+    \let \zfullcolumnbreak = \fullcolumnbreak
+    \let \fullcolumnbreak = \indexbreak
+    \let \shortcolumnbreak = \indexbreak
+    \global\previndexlevel = 0\relax}
+
+\def \endindex {%
+    \endgraf                    % End last entry.
+    \vbox{}%                    % Force start of column if not already.
+  \endgroup
+  \clearindexmarks
+  \everycolumn = {}%
+  \setpagecolumns{\usetextmeasure}{1}{0pt}%
+  \global\decrement \indexdepth
+  \endblockscope{index}}
+
+\def \zixparsepos {%
+  \zixcols = 1
+  \let \oneup = \relax
+  \def \twoup {\zixcols = 2}%
+  \def \threeup {\zixcols = 3}%
+  \def \zixpageuse {\usetextmeasure}%
+  \let \textarea = \relax
+  \def \typearea {\def \zixpageuse {\usetypewidth}}%
+  \let \leftmargin = \typearea
+  \the\position}
+
+%                       Index Entries
+%                       ----- -------
+
+
+\setflag \zixbreak = \false
+
+
+\def \indexentry #1#2#3{%                       level{heading}{locators}
+  \endgraf
+  \ifcase #1%
+  \or                                           % Level 1 heading:
+    \clearindexmarks
+    \zixmaybebreak
+    \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+    {\name{\index\zixtype entryiformat}{#2\setmarkinfo{4}{\true}{#2}}{#3}}%
+%%%    \setmarkinfo{4}{\true}{#2}%
+  \or                                           % Level 2 heading:
+    \setmarkinfo{5}{\false}{}%
+    \zixmaybebreak
+    \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+    {\name{\index\zixtype entryiiformat}{#2\setmarkinfo{5}{\true}{#2}}{#3}}%
+%%%    \setmarkinfo{5}{\true}{#2}%
+  \or                                           % Level 3 heading:
+    \zixmaybebreak
+    \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+    {\name{\index\zixtype entryiiiformat}{#2}{#3}}%
+  \fi
+  \global\previndexlevel = #1\relax}
+
+\def \alphabreak #1{%                           {text}
+  \endgraf
+  \clearindexmarks
+  \zixmaybebreak
+  \alphaformat{#1}%
+  \endgraf}
+
+\def \indexbreak {%
+  \setflag \zixbreak = \true}
+
+\def \clearindexmarks {%
+  \setmarkinfo{4}{\false}{}%
+  \setmarkinfo{5}{\false}{}}
+
+\def \zixmaybebreak {%
+  \if \zixbreak
+    \zfullcolumnbreak
+    \setflag \zixbreak = \false
+  \fi}
+
+
+% This macro is invoked at the beginning of each column to perform
+% any first- and second-level entry carryovers. It only includes
+% carryovers on the first column of versos.
+
+\def \zixcarryover {%
+  \if \andp{\evenpagep}{\firstcolumnp}%
+    {\setflag \znext = {\markinfo{\bottommark}{4}{1}}%
+     \if \znext
+       \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+       \name{\index\zixtype carryiformat}{\markinfo{\bottommark}{4}{2}}%
+       \setflag \znext = {\markinfo{\bottommark}{5}{1}}%
+       \if \znext
+         \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+         \name{\index\zixtype carryiiformat}{\markinfo{\bottommark}{5}{2}}%
+       \fi
+       \endgraf
+       \tdimena = \zoutputcoldepth              % Compensate for depth of
+       \advance \tdimena by -\prevdepth         % previous column v. depth
+       \kern \tdimena                           % of carryover line(s).
+     \fi}%
+  \fi}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzindexv2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzindexv2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e17a73102e3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzindexv2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,448 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Indexing Facilities, version 2
+%
+% Synopsis:  This file contains the facilities for generating index
+%            parameter files, raw entry files, and for setting the indexes.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   13 June 2013
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Define Index Locators
+%                       ------ ----- --------
+
+
+% This list contains the definition of each locator. New ones must be
+% added to the end, and any program looking at the definitions must assume
+% that duplicates may exist and that the last one prevails.
+
+\def \zixloclist {}
+
+
+\def \definelocator #1#2#3{%            {type}{attributes}{[format-args]}
+  {\setflag \pg  = \false
+   \setflag \rng = \false
+   \setflag \txt = \false
+   \def \page    {\setflag \pg = \true}%
+   \def \nopage  {\setflag \pg = \false}%
+   \def \range   {\setflag \pg = \true \setflag \rng = \true}%
+   \def \norange {\setflag \rng = \false}%
+   \def \text    {\setflag \txt = \true}%
+   \def \notext  {\setflag \txt = \false}%
+   #2%
+   {\def \attr {#2}%
+    \edef \znext {%
+      \noexpand\append{{#1}{\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\attr\zmark}}}%
+    \znext{\zixloclist}}%
+   \if \andp{\pg}{\notp{\txt}}%
+     \withname\gdef{\x#1}##1{\zixindex{#1}{S}{##1}{}}%
+     \if \rng
+       \withname\gdef{\x#1begin}##1{\zixindex{#1}{B}{##1}{}}%
+       \withname\gdef{\x#1end}##1{\zixindex{#1}{E}{##1}{}}%
+     \fi
+   \else\if \txt
+     \withname\gdef{\x#1}##1##2{\zixindex{#1}{S}{##1}{##2}}%
+     \if \rng
+       \withname\gdef{\x#1begin}##1##2{\zixindex{#1}{B}{##1}{##2}}%
+       \withname\gdef{\x#1end}##1##2{\zixindex{#1}{E}{##1}{##2}}%
+     \fi
+   \else
+    \error{locattr}{Invalid index locator attributes}%
+   \fi\fi
+   \if \notp{\emptyargp{#3}}%
+    \definelocatorformat{#1}#3\relax
+  \fi}}
+
+%                       Define Locator Formats
+%                       ------ ------- -------
+
+
+% This list contains the definition of each locator format. It works like
+% the locator list above.
+
+\def \zixformatlist {}
+
+\def \definelocatorformat #1#2#3#4{%  {name}{rank.order}{level-1-items}{level-2-items}
+  {\def \lvli {#3}%
+   \def \lvlii {#4}%
+   \edef \znext {%
+     \noexpand\append{{#1}{#2}%
+                      {\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\lvli\zmark}%
+                      {\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\lvlii\zmark}}}%
+   \znext{\zixformatlist}}}
+
+%                       Builtin Locator Types
+%                       ------- ------- -----
+
+
+% These locators are built-in for ease of use. Ranks 0, 1, and 5 and higher
+% are reserved for the user. Ranks 10 and higher result in deferred
+% locators.
+
+\definelocator{page}{\page\range}
+              {{2.1}{prefix1:, |tmplt:?P|rtmplt:?P--?Q|sep:, }{}}
+
+\definelocator{figure}{\page\range}
+              {{2.3}{prefix1:, |tmplt:?P\emph{f}|rtmplt:?P--?Q\emph{f}|sep:, }{}}
+
+\definelocator{note}{\page}
+              {{2.5}{prefix1:, |tmplt:?P\emph{n}|sep:, }{}}
+
+\definelocator{table}{\page\range}
+              {{2.7}{prefix1:, |tmplt:?P\emph{t}|rtmplt:?P--?Q\emph{t}|sep:, }{}}
+
+\definelocator{see}{\nopage\text}
+              {{3}{prefix1:. \emph{See} |tmplt:?T|sep:; }{}}
+
+\definelocator{seealso}{\nopage\text}
+              {{4}{prefix1:. \emph{See also} |tmplt:?T|sep:; }{}}
+
+%                       Generate Indexes
+%                       -------- -------
+
+
+\def \zixnamelist {}
+\setflag \zindexing = \false
+
+
+\def \generateindex #1{%                                        {name}
+  \append{#1}{\zixnamelist}%
+  \global\setflag \zindexing = \true}
+
+%                       Index File Handling
+%                       ----- ---- --------
+
+%\definewrite{\zixrootfile}
+%\definewrite{\zixdivfile}
+\setflag \zixdivopen = \false
+
+
+\def \zindexinit {%
+  \if \zindexing
+    \maplist{\zixwritezzp{##1}}{\zixnamelist}%
+    \immediate\openout \zixrootfile = \jobname.zzi\relax
+    \immediate\write \zixrootfile 
+      {\zcomment Raw index entry file for book `\jobname' root.}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zindexfinal {%
+  \if \zindexing
+    \immediate\write \zixrootfile {\zcomment [end]}%
+    \immediate\closeout \zixrootfile
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zindexdivinit #1{%                                {division}
+  \if \zindexing
+    \immediate\openout \zixdivfile = #1.zzi\relax
+    \immediate\write \zixdivfile
+      {\zcomment Raw index entry file for book `\jobname', division `#1'.}%
+    \global\setflag \zixdivopen = \true
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zindexdivfinal {%
+  \if \zixdivopen
+    \immediate\write \zixdivfile {\zcomment [end]}%
+    \immediate\closeout \zixdivfile
+    \global\setflag \zixdivopen = \false
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zixwritezzp #1{%                                  {name}
+  \begingroup
+    \processdesign{\index}{#1}%
+    \immediate\openout \zwritea = #1.zzp\relax
+    \immediate\write \zwritea {root \jobname;}%
+    \immediate\write \zwritea {index #1;}%
+    \immediate\write \zwritea {divisions \the\divisions;}%
+    \maplist{\immediate\write \zwritea {define-locator ##1;}}{\zixloclist}%
+    \maplist{\immediate\write \zwritea {define-format ##1;}}{\zixformatlist}%
+    \immediate\write \zwritea {locators \the\locators;}%
+    \immediate\write \zwritea {\the\indexparams}%
+    \immediate\closeout \zwritea
+  \endgroup}
+
+%                       Write Raw Index Entry
+%                       ----- --- ----- -----
+
+
+% This macro is called from the indexing macros defined by
+% \definelocator.
+
+\def \zixindex #1#2#3#4{%               {locator}{page-code}{headings}{[text]}
+  \zixindexb {#1}{#2}{#4}#3|||\zmark}
+
+\catcode"B8 = \catother
+
+\def \zixindexb #1#2#3#4|#5|#6|#7\zmark{%  {locator}{page-code}{text}
+                                        %  head1|head2|head3|...\zmark
+  \if \zindexing
+    \zbeginhidewrite
+      \def \zhdx {#4}%
+      \def \zhdy {#5}%  
+      \def \zhdz {#6}%  
+      \def \ztxt {#3}%  
+      \edef \znext {#1^^b8%
+                    #2^^b8%
+                    \noexpand\folio^^b8%
+                    \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\zhdx\zmark^^b8%
+                    \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\zhdy\zmark^^b8%
+                    \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\zhdz\zmark^^b8%
+                    \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\ztxt\zmark}%
+      \write \if \zixdivopen \zixdivfile \else \zixrootfile \fi
+           \expandafter{\znext}%
+      \if \vmodep \repeatpenalty \fi      % In case glue follows write.
+    \zendhidewrite
+  \fi}
+
+\catcode"B8 = \catinvalid
+
+%                       Discussion of Index Formatting
+%                       ---------- -- ----- ----------
+
+
+% An index is formatted inside an index block, which is more or less
+% like a text block. Within the index block are occurences of the
+% \indexentry macro, one for each entry. In addition, the
+% \alphabreak macro can be used to produce breaks preceding the 'A'
+% entries, 'B' entries, etc.
+%
+% In an index block, parts 4 and 5 of the mark are used to remember
+% index headings so they can be carried forward to subsequent columns
+% or pages. The mark is used as follows:
+%
+%   Part  Subpart  Usage
+%     4      1     Boolean, true if in the midst of a first-level entry.
+%     4      2     The first-level entry heading.
+%     5      1     Boolean, true if in the midst of a second-level entry.
+%     5      2     The second-level entry heading.
+
+%                       Index Block
+%                       ----- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\index}{\endindex}{\false}{redefine}
+
+%~block index Type
+% \def \alphaformat ##1{...}            % Alphabetic break formatter.
+% \bodyfont = {\size\style}             % Body font.
+% \clubpenalty = penalty                % Club penalty is often different.
+% \columngutter = glue                  % Column gutter.
+% \divisions = {...}                    % Which divisions to include.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \locators = {...}                     % Which locators to include.
+% \indexparams = {...}                  % Parameters for index generator.
+% \parhang = glue                       % Paragraph hang.
+% \parindent = dimen                    % Paragraph indent.
+% \parrag = dimen                       % Paragraph raggedness.
+% \parskip = glue                       % Paragraph skip. 
+% \position = {...}                     % Position and number of columns.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+%~end
+
+%\definetoks{\locators}
+%\definetoks{\indexparams}
+
+%\definecount{\previndexlevel}{0}
+%\definecount{\zixcols}{0}
+
+
+\def \index #1{%                                                {type}
+  \blockcantbein{\index}{\index}%
+  \beginblockscope{index}%
+  \global\increment \indexdepth
+  \clubpenalty = \breakallowed          %~default soft
+  \parskip = 0pt                        %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\index}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \indexnumber
+  \def \zixname {#1}%
+  \zixparsepos
+  \indexformat}
+
+\def \indexformat {%
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+  \setparrag{\parrag}%
+  \setpagecolumns{\zixpageuse}{\the\zixcols}{\columngutter}%
+  \everycolumn = {\zixcarryover}%
+  \begingroup
+    \let \zfullcolumnbreak = \fullcolumnbreak
+    \let \fullcolumnbreak = \zixcolumnbreak
+    \let \shortcolumnbreak = \zixcolumnbreak
+    \global\previndexlevel = 0\relax}
+
+\def \endindex {%
+    \endgraf                    % End last entry.
+    \vbox{}%                    % Force start of column if not already.
+  \endgroup
+  \zclearindexmarks
+  \everycolumn = {}%
+  \setpagecolumns{\usetextmeasure}{1}{0pt}%
+  \global\decrement \indexdepth
+  \endblockscope{index}}
+
+\def \zixparsepos {%
+  \zixcols = 1
+  \def \zixpageuse {\usetextmeasure}%
+  \setflag \zixrunin = \false
+  \let \oneup = \relax
+  \let \outline = \relax
+  \def \runin {\setflag \zixrunin = \true}%
+  \def \threeup {\zixcols = 3}%
+  \def \twoup {\zixcols = 2}%
+  \let \usetextmeasure = \relax
+  \let \usetextwidth = \relax
+  \def \usetypewidth {\def \zixpageuse {\usetypewidth}}%
+  \the\position}
+
+%                       Format Index Entries
+%                       ------ ----- -------
+
+
+\setflag \zixbreak = \false
+
+
+% This macro formats the main portion of an index entry.
+
+\def \indexentry #1#2#3{%                       level{heading}{locators}
+  \ifcase #1%
+  \or                                           % Level 1 heading:
+    \endgraf
+    \zclearindexmarks
+    \zixmaybeforcebreak
+    \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+    {\name{\index\zixname entryiformat}{#2\setmarkinfo{4}{\true}{#2}}{#3}}%
+  \or                                           % Level 2 heading:
+    \if \notp{\zixrunin}%
+      \endgraf
+      \if \eqlp{\previndexlevel}{1}\vpenalty{\breaknever}\fi
+    \fi
+    \setmarkinfo{5}{\false}{}%
+    \zixmaybeforcebreak
+    \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+    {\name{\index\zixname entryiiformat}{#2\setmarkinfo{5}{\true}{#2}}{#3}}%
+  \or                                           % Level 3 heading:
+    \if \notp{\zixrunin}\endgraf \fi
+    \zixmaybeforcebreak
+    \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+    {\name{\index\zixname entryiiiformat}{#2}{#3}}%
+  \fi
+  \global\previndexlevel = #1\relax
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+% This macro format any deferred locators.
+
+\def \indexdeferred #1#2{%                      level{locators}
+  \ifcase #1%
+  \or                                           % Level 1 deferred locators:
+    \if \notp{\zixrunin}\endgraf \fi
+    \setmarkinfo{5}{\false}{}%
+    \zixmaybeforcebreak
+    \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+    {\name{\index\zixname deferrediformat}{#2}}%
+  \or                                           % Level 2 deferred locators:
+    \if \notp{\zixrunin}\endgraf \fi
+    \zixmaybeforcebreak
+    \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+    {\name{\index\zixname deferrediiformat}{#2}}%
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \alphabreak #1{%                           {text}
+  \endgraf
+  \zclearindexmarks
+  \zixmaybeforcebreak
+  \alphaformat{#1}%
+  \endgraf}
+
+\def \zclearindexmarks {%
+  \setmarkinfo{4}{\false}{}%
+  \setmarkinfo{5}{\false}{}}
+
+\def \zixcolumnbreak {%
+  \setflag \zixbreak = \true}
+
+\def \zixmaybeforcebreak {%
+  \if \zixbreak
+    \zfullcolumnbreak
+    \setflag \zixbreak = \false
+  \fi}
+
+
+% This macro is invoked at the beginning of each column to perform
+% any first- and second-level entry carryovers. It only includes
+% carryovers on the first column of versos.
+
+\def \zixcarryover {%
+  \if \andp{\evenpagep}{\firstcolumnp}%
+    {\setflag \znext = {\markinfo{\bottommark}{4}{1}}%
+     \if \znext
+       \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+       \name{\index\zixname carryoveriformat}{\markinfo{\bottommark}{4}{2}}%
+       \setflag \znext = {\markinfo{\bottommark}{5}{1}}%
+       \if \znext
+         \hangindent = \parhang \hangafter = 1
+         \name{\index\zixname carryoveriiformat}{\markinfo{\bottommark}{5}{2}}%
+       \fi
+       \endgraf
+       \tdimena = \zoutputcoldepth              % Compensate for depth of
+       \advance \tdimena by -\prevdepth         % previous column v. depth
+       \kern \tdimena                           % of carryover line(s).
+     \fi}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Built-in Entry Formats
+%                       -------- ----- -------
+
+
+% These entry formats and carryovers are for a typical outliine style index.
+
+\def \indexoutlineentryiformat #1#2{%
+  \noindent #1#2\par}
+
+\def \indexoutlineentryiiformat #1#2{%
+  \indent #1#2\par}
+
+\def \indexoutlineentryiiiformat #1#2{%
+  \indent\indent #1#2\par}
+
+\def \indexoutlinedeferrediformat #1{%
+  \indent #1\par}
+
+\def \indexoutlinedeferrediiformat #1{%
+  \indent\indent #1\par}
+
+\def \indexoutlinecarryoveriformat #1{%
+  \noindent #1 \tie{\emph{(continued)}}\par}
+
+\def \indexoutlinecarryoveriiformat #1{%
+  \indent #1 \tie{\emph{(continued)}}\par}
+
+% These entry formats and carryovers are for a typical run-in style index.
+
+\setflag \zixplain = \false
+
+\def \indexruninentryiformat #1#2{%
+  \noindent #1#2%
+  \global\setflag \zixplain = {\emptyargp{#2}}%
+  \if \zixplain :\space \fi}
+
+\def \indexruninentryiiformat #1#2{%
+  \if \notp{\zixplain};\space \fi
+  \global\setflag \zixplain = \false
+  #1#2}
+
+\def \indexruninentryiiiformat #1#2{%
+  \error{runiniii}{It makes no sense to have level-3 entries in a run-in index}}
+
+\def \indexrunindeferrediformat #1{%
+  . #1}
+
+\def \indexrunincarryoveriformat #1{%
+  \noindent #1 \tie{\emph{(continued)}}\par}
+
+\def \indexrunincarryoveriiformat #1{%
+  \relax}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzio.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzio.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..04a3fbbfac1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzio.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX I/O Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   9 September 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Terminal & Log I/O
+%                       -------- - --- ---
+
+% \message writes to the terminal and the log file, without newlines.
+% This macro adds a newline feature:
+
+\def \messagenl #1{%                                    {text}
+  {\newlinechar = `\_%
+   \message{#1}}}
+
+% This macro writes a line to the log file, with a newline at the end.
+
+\def \writelog {\immediate\write -1}
+
+% \ask combines a prompt using \messagenl with a read from the terminal.
+
+\def \ask #1#2{%                                {\result-macro}{question}
+  {\messagenl{_#2}%
+   \endlinechar = -1
+   \global\read 16 to #1}}
+
+%                       Including Files
+%                       --------- -----
+
+
+\def \include #1{%                                      {file}
+  {\checkfile{\zifile}{#1}%
+   \if \zifile
+     \gdef \znext {\input #1\relax}%
+   \else
+     \warning{noinclfile}{File `#1' does not exist}%
+     \ask{\newfile}{Enter a new file name, or a period (.) to skip it.}%
+     \stringeql{\znext}{\newfile}{.}%
+     \if \znext
+       \xdef \znext {}%
+     \else
+       \xdef \znext {\noexpand\include{\newfile}}%
+     \fi
+   \fi}%
+  \znext
+  \endgraf}
+
+\def \zportionid {}
+
+\def \includeportion #1#2{%                             {file}{portion-id}
+  \gdef \zportionid {#2}%
+  \include{#1}%
+  \gdef \zportionid {}}
+
+\def \portion #1{%                                      {portion-id}
+  \stringeql{\znext}{#1}{\zportionid}%
+  \if \znext}
+
+\let \endportion = \fi
+
+\def \includeifexists #1{%                              {file}
+  \checkfile{\zifile}{#1}%
+  \if \zifile
+    \input #1\relax
+    \endgraf
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Utilities
+%                       ---------
+
+
+\def \checkfile #1#2{%                          {\result-flag}{file}
+  \openin \zreada #2\relax
+  \setflag #1= {\notp{\eofp{\zreada}}}%
+  \closein \zreada}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzlist.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzlist.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..197090d153e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzlist.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX List Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   12 September 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       List Block
+%                       ---- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\list}{\endlist}{\false}{}
+\resetinvcontext{\list}
+
+%~block list Type, Level
+% \abovepenalty = integer               % Penalty above list.
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above list.
+% \setflag \allowitemtag = flag         % Allow \tag command on item.
+% \belowpenalty = integer               % Penalty below list.
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Space b/b below list.
+% \bodyfont = {...}                     % Font for text.
+% \def \endpartext {...}                % Text at end of each paragraph.
+% \interitemskip = skip                 % Extra space between items.
+% \itemnumber = integer                 % Number of first item.
+% \def \labelformat ##1{...}            % Item label formatter.
+% \labelshift = dimen                   % Horizontal shift of label.
+% \def \labeltext {...}                 % Label text or \arg if \item{...}.
+% \labelwidth = dimen                   % Width of label or \naturalwidth.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \parindent = glue                     % Paragraph indent.
+% \parrag = dimen                       % Paragraph raggedness.
+% \parskip = glue                       % Paragraph skip.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+% \def \tagcomptext {...}               % Composite text for tag, if not label.
+% \width = dimen                        % Width of text.
+%~end
+
+\defineskip{\interitemskip}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\labelshift}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\labelwidth}{0pt}
+
+\definecount{\nextitemnumber}{0}
+
+
+\def \list #1{%                         {type}
+  \endgraf
+  \beginblockscope{list}%
+  \global\increment \listdepth
+  \abovepenalty = \breakgood            %~default hard
+  \setflag \allowitemtag = \false       %~default soft
+  \belowpenalty = \breakgood            %~default hard
+  \def \endpartext {}%                  %~default hard
+  \itemnumber = 1                       %~default with
+  \def \tagcomptext {}%                 %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\list}{#1\romannumeral\listdepth}%
+  \global\increment \listnumber
+  \decrement \itemnumber
+  \listformat
+  \def \par {\endpartext \endgraf}%
+  \settaginfo{}{}}                              % No tag info so far.
+
+\def \endlist {%
+  \par
+  \futurelet\nexttoken \zendlist}
+
+\def \zendlist {%
+  \closeifinblock{\item}{\enditem}%
+  \endlistformat
+  \if \onep{\listdepth}%
+    \global\nextitemnumber = \itemnumber
+    \global\increment \nextitemnumber
+  \fi
+  \global\decrement \listdepth
+  \endblockscope{list}%
+  \parnext}
+
+\def \listformat {%
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}%
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+  \settextwidth{\width}%
+  \setparrag{\parrag}%
+  \advance \interitemskip by \baselineskip}
+
+\def \endlistformat{%
+  \bbskipbelowblockpar{\nexttoken}{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}}
+
+
+% This macro helps with a list design that involves measuring some text.
+
+\def \setmeasuredlabel #1#2#3{%         {extra-indent}{template}{formatter}
+  \def \labelformat ##1{#3}%
+  \measuretextwidth{\labelwidth}{#2}%
+  \labelshift = -\labelwidth
+  \leftindent = \labelwidth
+  \advance \leftindent by #1\relax}
+
+\def \adjustinteritemskip #1{%                          {amount} %^modifier
+  \with{\advance\interitemskip by #1}}
+
+%~ This modifier on |\list| is used when a list immediately follows
+%~ an |\item| command; that is, when an item is a sublist.
+%~ It eliminates the vertical space above the sublist.
+
+\def \immediatesublist {%                               %^modifier
+  \with{\abovepenalty = \breaknever
+        \aboveskip = 0pt}}
+
+%                       Item Block
+%                       ---- -----
+
+% The \item block is subordinate to the \list block, and thus inherits all
+% of its design parameters from \list.
+
+
+\defineblock{\item}{\enditem}{\false}{}
+
+%~block item
+% \difficulty = integer                 % Level of difficulty.
+%~end
+
+\def \item {%                                           [{label}]
+  \blockmustbein{\item}{\list}%
+  \closeifinblock{\item}{\enditem}%
+  % Don't bother with block scope.
+  \difficulty = 0                       %~default with
+  \zprocesswith                         % Instead of \processdesign.
+  \increment \itemnumber
+  \bbskipabove{\breakgood}{\interitemskip}%
+  \def \zarg {\arg}%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\labeltext}{\zarg}%
+    \def \znext {\itemformat}%
+  \else
+    \def \znext {\itemformat{\labeltext}}%
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+\def \enditem {%
+  \par}
+
+\def \itemformat #1{%                                   {label}
+  \noindent
+  \kern \labelshift
+  \if \dimeqlp{\labelwidth}{\naturalwidth}%
+    {\labelformat{#1}}%
+  \else
+    \hbox to \labelwidth{\labelformat{#1}}%
+  \fi
+  \if \allowitemtag
+    \if \emptydefp{\tagcomptext}%
+      \settaginfo{#1}{???}%
+    \else
+      \settaginfo{\tagcomptext}{???}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \ignorespaces}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzltrspc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzltrspc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7fcd6e5d72d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzltrspc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    Letterspacing Facility
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides a fairly comprehensive letterspacing
+%            facility for ZzTeX.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   10 July 1997
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Letterspacing Commands
+%                       ------------- --------
+
+
+\defineskip{\zlspamount}{0pt}
+\defineskip{\zlspace}{0pt}
+
+
+\def \letterspace #1#2{%                        {amount[,space]}{text}
+  {\zlspparse #1,,\zmark
+   \zletterspace{#2}}}
+
+\def \eletterspace #1#2{%                       {amount[,space]}{text}
+  \edef \znext {\noexpand\letterspace{#1}{#2}}%
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zlspparse #1,#2,#3\zmark{%
+  \zlspamount = #1\relax
+  \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+    \measurespacewidth{\zlspace}%
+    \advance \zlspace by \zlspamount
+  \else
+    \zlspace = #2\relax
+  \fi}
+
+% These commands can be used in letterspaced text, but must do nothing
+% when letterspacing is not in progress.
+
+\let \lsp = \relax
+\let \nolsp = \relax
+\def \lspspace {\space}%
+\def \zlspoff {\relax}%
+\def \lspoff {\zlspoff}%
+\def \zlspon {\relax}%
+\def \lspon {\zlspon}%
+
+%                       Letterspacing Engine
+%                       ------------- ------
+
+
+\def \zletterspace #1{%                                 {text}
+  \def \lsp {\nobreak\hskip \zlspamount}%
+  \def \lspspace {\hskip \zlspace}%
+  \def \zzlspoff {\zlspoff}%
+  \def \zzlspon {\zlspon}%
+  \setflag \zlsping = \true
+  \let \zlspprev = \relax
+  \setflag \zlspprevchar = \false
+  \let \zmark = \relax
+  {\zlspa #1\zmark}}
+
+\def \zlspa {\futurelet\zlspcur \zlspb}
+
+\def \zlspb {%
+  \let \znext = \zlspc
+  \if \tokeqlp{\zlspcur}{\zmark}%
+    \let \znext = \relax
+  \else\if \cateqlp{\noexpand\zlspcur}{\zspacetoken}%
+    \if \zlsping \aftergroup\lspspace \else \aftergroup\space \fi
+  \else\if \cateqlp{\noexpand\zlspcur}{\bgroup}%
+    \aftergroup{%
+  \else\if \cateqlp{\noexpand\zlspcur}{\egroup}%
+    \aftergroup}%
+  \else\if \tokeqlp{\zlspcur}{\zzlspoff}%
+    \setflag \zlsping = \false
+  \else\if \tokeqlp{\zlspcur}{\zzlspon}%
+    \setflag \zlsping = \true
+  \else
+    \let \znext = \zlspd
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zlspc {%                                  Discard current token.
+  \let \zlspprev = \zlspcur
+  \setflag \zlspprevchar = \false
+  \afterassignment\zlspa \let\zlspcur = }
+
+\long\def \zlspd #1{%                           Process current token.
+  \let \zlspprev = \zlspcur
+  \if \cateqlp{\noexpand#1}{\relax}%
+    \setflag \zlspprevchar = \false
+    \aftergroup#1%
+  \else\if \cateqlp{\noexpand#1}{\noexpand~}%
+    \setflag \zlspprevchar = \false
+    \if \zlsping \aftergroup\lspspace \else \aftergroup\space \fi
+  \else\if \orp{\andp{\codeeqlp{\zlspprev}{-}}{\codeeqlp{\zlspcur}{-}}}
+               {\orp{\andp{\codeeqlp{\zlspprev}{`}}{\codeeqlp{\zlspcur}{`}}}
+                    {\andp{\codeeqlp{\zlspprev}{'}}{\codeeqlp{\zlspcur}{'}}}}%
+    \setflag \zlspprevchar = \true
+    \aftergroup#1%
+  \else
+    \if \andp{\zlspprevchar}{\zlsping}\aftergroup\lsp \fi
+    \setflag \zlspprevchar = \true
+    \aftergroup#1%
+  \fi\fi\fi
+  \zlspa}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzlucida.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzlucida.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6bfc5e55540
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzlucida.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Lucida Math Font Support
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains various definitions and redefinitions
+%            necessary to use the Lucida math fonts.
+%
+% Note:      This module assumes the user is generating PostScript output.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   27 June 1992
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Type Styles
+%                       ---- ------
+
+\setstyleskewchar{\msy}{"7F}
+\setstyleskewchar{\msy}{"30}
+
+%                       Redefine Math Characters
+%                       -------- ---- ----------
+
+
+\zmchar \Gamma                  \classvarfam \mexfam {D0}
+\zmchar \Delta                  \classvarfam \mexfam {D1}
+\zmchar \Theta                  \classvarfam \mexfam {D2}
+\zmchar \Lambda                 \classvarfam \mexfam {D3}
+\zmchar \Xi                     \classvarfam \mexfam {D4}
+\zmchar \Pi                     \classvarfam \mexfam {D5}
+\zmchar \Sigma                  \classvarfam \mexfam {D6}
+\zmchar \Upsilon                \classvarfam \mexfam {D7}
+\zmchar \Phi                    \classvarfam \mexfam {D8}
+\zmchar \Psi                    \classvarfam \mexfam {D9}
+\zmchar \Omega                  \classvarfam \mexfam {DA}
+
+\zmchar {`=}                    \classrel    \msyfam {83}
+\zmchar {`+}                    \classbinop  \msyfam {82}
+
+\definemathdelimiter {`/}       \classord    \mitfam {3D} \mexfam {0E}
+
+\zmchar {`(}                    \classopen   \mitfam {84}
+\definemathdelimiter {`(}       \classord    \mitfam {84} \mexfam {00}
+\zmchar {`)}                    \classclose  \mitfam {85}
+\definemathdelimiter {`)}       \classord    \mitfam {85} \mexfam {01}
+
+\zmchar {`[}                    \classopen   \mitfam {86}
+\definemathdelimiter {`[}       \classord    \mitfam {86} \mexfam {02}
+\zmchar {`]}                    \classclose  \mitfam {87}
+\definemathdelimiter {`]}       \classord    \mitfam {87} \mexfam {03}
+
+\zmchar \angle                  \classord    \msyfam {8B}
+\zmchar \bowtie                 \classrel    \mitfam {F6}
+\zmchar \cong                   \classrel    \msyfam {9B}
+\zmchar \doteq                  \classrel    \msyfam {C9}
+\zmchar \models                 \classrel    \msyfam {EE}
+
+  \if \zusemar
+\zmchar \hbar                   \classord   \mitfam {9D}
+\zmchar \hookleftarrow          \classrel   \marfam {3C}
+\zmchar \hookrightarrow         \classrel   \marfam {3E}
+\zmchar \leftrightharpoons      \classrel   \marfam {79}
+\zmchar \mapsto                 \classrel   \marfam {2C}
+\zmchar \neq                    \classrel   \marfam {94}
+\zmchar \rightleftharpoons      \classrel   \marfam {7A}
+  \fi
+
+%                       New Math Characters
+%                       --- ---- ----------
+
+
+  \if \zusemar
+\zmchar \notapprox              \classrel  \marfam {98}
+\zmchar \notasymp               \classrel  \marfam {F3}
+\zmchar \notcong                \classrel  \marfam {99}
+\zmchar \noteq                  \classrel  \marfam {94}
+\zmchar \notequiv               \classrel  \marfam {95}
+\zmchar \notgeq                 \classrel  \marfam {9D}
+\zmchar \notgreater             \classrel  \marfam {9B}
+\zmchar \notin                  \classrel  \marfam {1D}
+\zmchar \notleq                 \classrel  \marfam {9C}
+\zmchar \notless                \classrel  \marfam {9A}
+\zmchar \notmid                 \classrel  \marfam {F6}
+\zmchar \notmodels              \classrel  \marfam {F9}
+\zmchar \notni                  \classrel  \marfam {1F}
+\zmchar \notparallel            \classrel  \marfam {F7}
+\zmchar \notprec                \classrel  \marfam {E5}
+\zmchar \notpreceq              \classrel  \marfam {E7}
+\zmchar \notsim                 \classrel  \marfam {96}
+\zmchar \notsimeq               \classrel  \marfam {97}
+\zmchar \notsqsubseteq          \classrel  \marfam {D4}
+\zmchar \notsqsupseteq          \classrel  \marfam {D5}
+\zmchar \notsubset              \classrel  \marfam {C6}
+\zmchar \notsubseteq            \classrel  \marfam {C8}
+\zmchar \notsucc                \classrel  \marfam {E6}
+\zmchar \notsucceq              \classrel  \marfam {E8}
+\zmchar \notsupset              \classrel  \marfam {C7}
+\zmchar \notsupseteq            \classrel  \marfam {C9}
+\zmchar \notvdash               \classrel  \marfam {F8}
+  \fi
+
+%                       Redefine General Tools
+%                       -------- ------- -----
+
+
+\def \big #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to 8.2pt{}\right.\zmnosp$}}}
+\def \Big #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to 10.8pt{}\right.\zmnosp$}}}
+\def \bigg #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to 13.42pt{}\right.\zmnosp$}}}
+\def \Bigg #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to 16.03pt{}\right.\zmnosp$}}}
+\def \biggg #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to 17.72pt{}\right.\zmnosp$}}}
+\def \Biggg #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to 21.25pt{}\right.\zmnosp$}}}
+
+\def \bigggl {\mathopen\biggg}
+\def \Bigggl {\mathopen\Biggg}
+\def \bigggr {\mathclose\biggg}
+\def \Bigggr {\mathclose\Biggg}
+
+\def \joinrel {\mathrel{\mkern -4mu}}
+
+\def \mathstrut {\vphantom{f}}
+
+\def \matrix #1{%
+  \null\nonscript\,%
+  \vcenter{\normalbaselines
+           \ialign{\hfil $##$\hfil&& \quad \hfil $##$\hfil \crcr
+                   \mathstrut\crcr
+                   \noalign{\kern -0.9\baselineskip}%
+                   #1\crcr
+                   \mathstrut\crcr
+                   \noalign{\kern -0.9\baselineskip}}}%
+  \nonscript\,}
+
+\def \zroot #1#2{%                                      {\style}{radicand}
+  \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{$#1\sqrt{#2}$}%
+  \tdimena = \ht\zboxa
+  \advance \tdimena by -\dp\zboxa
+  \mkern 5mu \raise .6\tdimena \copy\zrootbox \mkern -8mu \box\zboxa}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmath.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmath.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..9a39dd2f0b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmath.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1919 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Mathematics Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This file provides the mathematics facilities of
+%            ZzTeX.  All of the Plain TeX math stuff is included.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   14 November 1990
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Math Version
+%                       ---- -------
+
+
+\definecount{\zmathver}{0}
+
+
+\def \mathversion #1{%
+  \global\zmathver = #1\relax
+  \input zzmathv#1\relax}
+
+%                       Alternate Math Fonts
+%                       --------- ---- -----
+
+
+\outer\def \ComputerModernmathfonts {%
+  \input zzcmmath\relax}
+
+\outer\def \Lucidamathfonts #1{%                        {arrows?}
+  \setflag \zusemar = #1\relax
+  \input zzlucida\relax}
+
+\outer\def \MathTimefonts {%
+  \input zzmtime\relax}
+
+%                       Spacing
+%                       -------
+
+
+% Note major uses of each kind of space:
+%   thin:   around large operators; after punctuation
+%   medium: around binary operators
+%   thick:  around relational operators
+
+\def \setmathspaces #1#2#3{%                            {thin}{medium}{thick}
+  \global\thinmuskip = #1\relax
+  \global\medmuskip = #2\relax
+  \global\thickmuskip = #3\relax}
+
+\def \mthickspace {\mkern 2\thinmuskip}
+
+\def \mthinspace {\mkern \thinmuskip}
+\def \mnegthinspace {\mkern -\thinmuskip}
+
+\def \mspace #1{\mkern #1\relax}%                       {mu}
+
+% Math mode \, \; \! are in ZZHMODE.
+
+\def \setTeXmathspaces {%
+  \setmathspaces{3mu}{4mu plus 2mu minus 4mu}{5mu plus 5mu}}
+
+%                       Character Definition
+%                       --------- ----------
+
+
+% These are the math character classes:
+
+\chardef \classord     = 0      % An ordinary symbol (\alpha). %^math_class
+\chardef \classlargeop = 1      % A large operator (\sum).. %^math_class
+\chardef \classbinop   = 2      % A binary operator (+). %^math_class
+\chardef \classrel     = 3      % A relation (=). %^math_class
+\chardef \classopen    = 4      % An opening fence ([). %^math_class
+\chardef \classclose   = 5      % A closing fence (]). %^math_class
+\chardef \classpunc    = 6      % A punctuation character (,). %^math_class
+\chardef \classvarfam  = 7      % A character that varies with \fam (\Gamma). %^math_class
+\chardef \classactive  = 8      % An active character ('). %^math_class
+
+
+\def \definemathaccent #1#2#3#4{%         {name}{class}{family}{hex-code}
+  {\zcalcmathcode{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+   \xdef #1{\mathaccent \the\tcounta\relax}}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \definemathchar #1#2#3#4{%         {name}{class}{family}{hex-code}
+  {\zcalcmathcode{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+   \zdefmathch#1\zmark
+   \if \znext
+     \global\mathcode #1= \tcounta
+   \else
+     \global\mathchardef #1= \tcounta
+   \fi}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \definemathdelimiter #1#2#3#4#5#6{% {name}{class}{fam1}{hex1}{fam2}{hex2}
+  {\zcalcmathcode{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+   \multiply \tcounta by 16
+   \advance \tcounta by #5
+   \multiply \tcounta by 256
+   \advance \tcounta by "#6\relax
+   \zdefmathch#1\zmark
+   \if \znext
+     \global\delcode #1= \tcounta
+   \else
+     \xdef #1{\delimiter\the\tcounta\relax}%
+   \fi}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \definemathjoinedsymbol #1#2#3#4#5{% {name}{atom}{char1}{char2}{sep}
+  \gdef #1{#2{{#3}\mspace{#5mu}{#4}}}}
+
+\def \definemathlabeledarrow #1#2#3#4{%         {name}{atom}{label}{arrow}
+  \gdef #1{#2{\mathop{#4}\limits^{#3}}}}
+
+\def \definemathstackedsymbol #1#2#3#4#5{% {name}{atom}{char1}{char2}{sep}
+  \gdef #1{#2{\mathpalette\zstksym{{#3}{#4}{#5}}}}}
+
+
+\def \zcalcmathcode #1#2#3{%                    {class}{family}{hex-code}
+  \tcounta = #1
+  \multiply \tcounta by 16
+  \advance \tcounta by #2
+  \multiply \tcounta by 256
+  \advance \tcounta by "#3\relax}
+
+\def \zdefmathch #1#2\zmark{%
+  \setflag\znext = {\if `\noexpand#1\true \else \false \fi}}
+
+\definedimen{\muwidth}{0pt}
+
+\def \zstksym #1#2{%                            {style}{{char1}{char2}{sep}} 
+  \zstksymb #1#2}
+
+\def \zstksymb #1#2#3#4{%                       {style}{char1}{char2}{sep}
+  \vcenter{\baselineskip = 0pt
+           \lineskiplimit = -\maxdimen
+           \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{$#1\mkern 1mu$}%
+           \muwidth = \wd\zboxa
+           \ialign{\hfil ##\hfil\cr
+                   \raise #4\muwidth \hbox{$#1#2$}\cr
+                   $#1#3$\cr}}}
+
+%                       Character Styles
+%                       --------- ------
+
+
+\definecount{\zmstyfam}{0}
+
+
+\def \setmathdigitstyle #1{%                                    {style}
+  {\tcounta = "\the\classvarfam0
+   \advance \tcounta by \name{#1fam}%
+   \multiply \tcounta by 256
+   \advance \tcounta by `\0%
+   \tcountb = `0
+   \loop
+     \global\mathcode \tcountb = \tcounta
+     \increment \tcounta
+     \increment \tcountb
+   \if \lssp{\tcountb}{`\:}\repeat}}
+
+\def \setmathletterstyle #1{%                           {\style}
+  {\tcounta = "\the\classvarfam0
+   \advance \tcounta by \name{#1fam}%
+   \multiply \tcounta by 256
+   \advance \tcounta by `\A%
+   \tcountb = `A
+   \loop
+     \global\mathcode \tcountb = \tcounta
+     \increment \tcounta
+     \increment \tcountb
+   \if \lssp{\tcountb}{`\[}\repeat
+   \advance \tcounta by 6
+   \tcountb = `\a
+   \loop
+     \global\mathcode \tcountb = \tcounta
+     \increment \tcounta
+     \increment \tcountb
+   \if \lssp{\tcountb}{`\{}\repeat}%
+  \if \zcommonencoding
+    \def \znext {#1}%
+    \def \zit {\it}%
+    \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{\zit}\setstyleskewchar{#1}{7}\fi
+  \fi}
+
+\def \setmathucgreekstyle #1{%                                  {style}
+  {\zmstyfam = \name{#1fam}%
+\definemathchar \Alpha   \classvarfam \rmfam    {41}
+\definemathchar \Beta    \classvarfam \rmfam    {42}
+\definemathchar \Gamma   \classvarfam \zmstyfam {00}
+\definemathchar \Delta   \classvarfam \zmstyfam {01}
+\definemathchar \Epsilon \classvarfam \rmfam    {45}
+\definemathchar \Zeta    \classvarfam \rmfam    {5A}
+\definemathchar \Eta     \classvarfam \rmfam    {48}
+\definemathchar \Theta   \classvarfam \zmstyfam {02}
+\definemathchar \Iota    \classvarfam \rmfam    {49}
+\definemathchar \Kappa   \classvarfam \rmfam    {4B}
+\definemathchar \Lambda  \classvarfam \zmstyfam {03}
+\definemathchar \Mu      \classvarfam \rmfam    {4D}
+\definemathchar \Nu      \classvarfam \rmfam    {4E}
+\definemathchar \Xi      \classvarfam \zmstyfam {04}
+\definemathchar \Omicron \classvarfam \rmfam    {4F}
+\definemathchar \Pi      \classvarfam \zmstyfam {05}
+\definemathchar \Rho     \classvarfam \rmfam    {50}
+\definemathchar \Sigma   \classvarfam \zmstyfam {06}
+\definemathchar \Tau     \classvarfam \rmfam    {54}
+\definemathchar \Upsilon \classvarfam \zmstyfam {07}
+\definemathchar \Phi     \classvarfam \zmstyfam {08}
+\definemathchar \Chi     \classvarfam \rmfam    {58}
+\definemathchar \Psi     \classvarfam \zmstyfam {09}
+\definemathchar \Omega   \classvarfam \zmstyfam {0A}}}
+
+\def \zmtextstyle {\rm}
+\def \zmtextfam   {\rmfam}
+
+\def \setmathtextstyle #1{%                                     {style}
+  \gdef \zmtextstyle {#1}%
+  \xdef \zmtextfam   {\name{#1fam}}}
+
+\def \zmfunstyle {\rm}
+
+\def \setmathfunctionstyle #1{%                                 {style}
+  \gdef \zmfunstyle {#1}}
+
+\def \zmvarstyle {\it}
+
+\def \setmathmvarstyle #1{%                                     {style}
+  \gdef \zmvarstyle {#1}}
+
+\def \setmathpunctuationstyle #1{%                              {style}
+  {\zmstyfam = \name{#1fam}%
+   \definemathchar {`.} \classord  \zmstyfam {2E}
+   \definemathchar {`,} \classpunc \zmstyfam {2C}
+   \definemathchar {`;} \classpunc \zmstyfam {3B}}}
+
+%                       Characters
+%                       ----------
+
+
+\let \zmchar = \definemathchar
+
+
+% Letters:
+
+% INITEX does the following for each letter:
+%
+% \definemathchar{letter}{\classvarfam}{\mit}{xx}
+%
+% This can be changed using the \setmathletterstyle command above.
+
+
+% Figures (digits):
+
+% INITEX does the following for each digit:
+%
+% \definemathchar{digit}{\classvarfam}{\rm}{xx}
+%
+% This can be changed using the \setmathdigitstyle command above.
+
+
+% Uppercase Greek letters:
+
+% This can be changed using the \setmathucgreekstyle command above.
+
+\setmathucgreekstyle{\rm}
+
+
+% Lowercase Greek letters:
+
+\zmchar \alpha                  \classord \mitfam {0B}
+\zmchar \beta                   \classord \mitfam {0C}
+\zmchar \gamma                  \classord \mitfam {0D}
+\zmchar \delta                  \classord \mitfam {0E}
+\zmchar \epsilon                \classord \mitfam {0F}
+\zmchar \zeta                   \classord \mitfam {10}
+\zmchar \eta                    \classord \mitfam {11}
+\zmchar \theta                  \classord \mitfam {12}
+\zmchar \iota                   \classord \mitfam {13}
+\zmchar \kappa                  \classord \mitfam {14}
+\zmchar \lambda                 \classord \mitfam {15}
+\zmchar \mu                     \classord \mitfam {16}
+\zmchar \nu                     \classord \mitfam {17}
+\zmchar \xi                     \classord \mitfam {18}
+\zmchar \omicron                \classord \mitfam {6F}
+\zmchar \pi                     \classord \mitfam {19}
+\zmchar \rho                    \classord \mitfam {1A}
+\zmchar \sigma                  \classord \mitfam {1B}
+\zmchar \tau                    \classord \mitfam {1C}
+\zmchar \upsilon                \classord \mitfam {1D}
+\zmchar \phi                    \classord \mitfam {1E}
+\zmchar \chi                    \classord \mitfam {1F}
+\zmchar \psi                    \classord \mitfam {20}
+\zmchar \omega                  \classord \mitfam {21}
+
+\zmchar \varepsilon             \classord \mitfam {22}
+\zmchar \vartheta               \classord \mitfam {23}
+\zmchar \varpi                  \classord \mitfam {24}
+\zmchar \varrho                 \classord \mitfam {25}
+\zmchar \varsigma               \classord \mitfam {26}
+\zmchar \varphi                 \classord \mitfam {27}
+
+
+% Ordinary symbols:
+
+\zmchar {`.}                    \classord \rmfam  {2E}
+\zmchar {`/}                    \classord \mitfam {3D}
+\zmchar \zmbackslash            \classord \msyfam {6E}
+\zmchar {`|}                    \classord \msyfam {6A}
+\zmchar \aleph                  \classord \msyfam {40}
+\zmchar \bot                    \classord \msyfam {3F}
+\zmchar \clubsuit               \classord \msyfam {7C}
+\zmchar \diamondsuit            \classord \msyfam {7D}
+\zmchar \ell                    \classord \mitfam {60}
+\zmchar \emptyset               \classord \msyfam {3B}
+\zmchar \exists                 \classord \msyfam {39}
+\zmchar \flat                   \classord \mitfam {5B}
+\zmchar \forall                 \classord \msyfam {38}
+\zmchar \heartsuit              \classord \msyfam {7E}
+\zmchar \Im                     \classord \msyfam {3D}
+\zmchar \imath                  \classord \mitfam {7B}
+\zmchar \infinity               \classord \msyfam {31}
+\let    \infty =                \infinity
+\zmchar \jmath                  \classord \mitfam {7C}
+\zmchar \nabla                  \classord \msyfam {72}
+\zmchar \natural                \classord \mitfam {5C}
+\zmchar \neg                    \classord \msyfam {3A}
+\let    \lnot =                 \neg
+\zmchar \partial                \classord \mitfam {40}
+\zmchar \prime                  \classord \msyfam {30}
+\zmchar \Re                     \classord \msyfam {3C}
+\zmchar \sharp                  \classord \mitfam {5D}
+\zmchar \spadesuit              \classord \msyfam {7F}
+\zmchar \surd                   \classord \msyfam {70}
+\zmchar \top                    \classord \msyfam {3E}
+\zmchar \triangle               \classord \msyfam {34}
+\zmchar \wp                     \classord \mitfam {7D}
+
+
+% Large operations:
+
+\zmchar \bigcap                 \classlargeop \mexfam {54}
+\zmchar \bigcup                 \classlargeop \mexfam {53}
+\zmchar \bigodot                \classlargeop \mexfam {4A}
+\zmchar \bigoplus               \classlargeop \mexfam {4C}
+\zmchar \bigotimes              \classlargeop \mexfam {4E}
+\zmchar \bigsqcup               \classlargeop \mexfam {46}
+\zmchar \biguplus               \classlargeop \mexfam {55}
+\zmchar \bigvee                 \classlargeop \mexfam {57}
+\zmchar \bigwedge               \classlargeop \mexfam {56}
+\zmchar \coprod                 \classlargeop \mexfam {60}
+\zmchar \intop                  \classlargeop \mexfam {52}
+\zmchar \ointop                 \classlargeop \mexfam {48}
+\zmchar \prod                   \classlargeop \mexfam {51}
+\zmchar \smallint               \classlargeop \msyfam {73}
+\zmchar \sum                    \classlargeop \mexfam {50}
+
+
+% Binary operations:
+
+\zmchar {`*}                    \classbinop \msyfam {03}
+\zmchar {`+}                    \classbinop \rmfam  {2B}
+\zmchar {`-}                    \classbinop \msyfam {00}
+\zmchar \amalg                  \classbinop \msyfam {71}
+\zmchar \ast                    \classbinop \msyfam {03}
+\zmchar \bigcirc                \classbinop \msyfam {0D}
+\zmchar \bigtriangledown        \classbinop \msyfam {35}
+\zmchar \bigtriangleup          \classbinop \msyfam {34}
+\zmchar \zmbullet               \classbinop \msyfam {0F}
+\zmchar \cap                    \classbinop \msyfam {5C}
+\zmchar \cdot                   \classbinop \msyfam {01}
+\zmchar \circ                   \classbinop \msyfam {0E}
+\let    \compose =              \circ
+\zmchar \cup                    \classbinop \msyfam {5B}
+\zmchar \zmdagger               \classbinop \msyfam {79}
+\zmchar \zmddagger              \classbinop \msyfam {7A}
+\zmchar \diamond                \classbinop \msyfam {05}
+\zmchar \div                    \classbinop \msyfam {04}
+\zmchar \mp                     \classbinop \msyfam {07}
+\zmchar \odot                   \classbinop \msyfam {0C}
+\zmchar \ominus                 \classbinop \msyfam {09}
+\zmchar \oplus                  \classbinop \msyfam {08}
+\zmchar \oslash                 \classbinop \msyfam {0B}
+\zmchar \otimes                 \classbinop \msyfam {0A}
+\zmchar \pm                     \classbinop \msyfam {06}
+\zmchar \setminus               \classbinop \msyfam {6E}
+\zmchar \sqcap                  \classbinop \msyfam {75}
+\zmchar \sqcup                  \classbinop \msyfam {74}
+\zmchar \star                   \classbinop \mitfam {3F}
+\zmchar \times                  \classbinop \msyfam {02}
+\let    \cross =                \times
+\zmchar \triangleleft           \classbinop \mitfam {2F}
+\zmchar \triangleright          \classbinop \mitfam {2E}
+\zmchar \uplus                  \classbinop \msyfam {5D}
+\zmchar \vee                    \classbinop \msyfam {5F}
+\let    \lor =                  \vee
+\zmchar \wedge                  \classbinop \msyfam {5E}
+\let    \land =                 \wedge
+\zmchar \wr                     \classbinop \msyfam {6F}
+
+
+% Relations:
+
+\zmchar {`:}                    \classrel \rmfam {3A}
+\zmchar {`<}                    \classrel \mitfam {3C}
+\zmchar {`=}                    \classrel \rmfam  {3D}
+\zmchar {`>}                    \classrel \mitfam {3E}
+\zmchar \approx                 \classrel \msyfam {19}
+\zmchar \asymp                  \classrel \msyfam {10}
+\zmchar \dashv                  \classrel \msyfam {61}
+\zmchar \equiv                  \classrel \msyfam {11}
+\zmchar \frown                  \classrel \mitfam {5F}
+\zmchar \geq                    \classrel \msyfam {15}
+\let \ge =                      \geq
+\let \gets =                    \leftarrow
+\zmchar \gg                     \classrel \msyfam {1D}
+\zmchar \in                     \classrel \msyfam {32}
+\zmchar \Leftarrow              \classrel \msyfam {28}
+\zmchar \leftarrow              \classrel \msyfam {20}
+\zmchar \leftharpoondown        \classrel \mitfam {29}
+\zmchar \leftharpoonup          \classrel \mitfam {28}
+\zmchar \Leftrightarrow         \classrel \msyfam {2C}
+\zmchar \leftrightarrow         \classrel \msyfam {24}
+\zmchar \leq                    \classrel \msyfam {14}
+\let \le =                      \leq
+\zmchar \lhook                  \classrel \mitfam {2C}
+\zmchar \ll                     \classrel \msyfam {1C}
+\zmchar \mapstochar             \classrel \msyfam {37}
+\zmchar \mid                    \classrel \msyfam {6A}
+\let \given = \mid
+\zmchar \nearrow                \classrel \msyfam {25}
+\zmchar \ni                     \classrel \msyfam {33}
+\zmchar \not                    \classrel \msyfam {36}
+\zmchar \nwarrow                \classrel \msyfam {2D}
+\let \owns =                    \ni
+\zmchar \parallel               \classrel \msyfam {6B}
+\zmchar \perp                   \classrel \msyfam {3F}
+\zmchar \prec                   \classrel \msyfam {1E}
+\zmchar \preceq                 \classrel \msyfam {16}
+\zmchar \propto                 \classrel \msyfam {2F}
+\zmchar \rhook                  \classrel \mitfam {2D}
+\zmchar \Rightarrow             \classrel \msyfam {29}
+\zmchar \rightarrow             \classrel \msyfam {21}
+\zmchar \rightharpoondown       \classrel \mitfam {2B}
+\zmchar \rightharpoonup         \classrel \mitfam {2A}
+\zmchar \searrow                \classrel \msyfam {26}
+\zmchar \sim                    \classrel \msyfam {18}
+\zmchar \simeq                  \classrel \msyfam {27}
+\zmchar \smile                  \classrel \mitfam {5E}
+\zmchar \subset                 \classrel \msyfam {1A}
+\zmchar \subseteq               \classrel \msyfam {12}
+\zmchar \succ                   \classrel \msyfam {1F}
+\zmchar \succeq                 \classrel \msyfam {17}
+\zmchar \supset                 \classrel \msyfam {1B}
+\zmchar \supseteq               \classrel \msyfam {13}
+\zmchar \swarrow                \classrel \msyfam {2E}
+\zmchar \sqsubseteq             \classrel \msyfam {76}
+\zmchar \sqsupseteq             \classrel \msyfam {77}
+\let \to =                      \rightarrow
+\zmchar \vdash                  \classrel \msyfam {60}
+
+
+% Openers:
+
+\zmchar {`(}                    \classopen \rmfam {28}
+\zmchar {`[}                    \classopen \rmfam {5B}
+\zmchar {`\{}                   \classopen \msyfam {66}
+
+
+% Closers:
+
+\zmchar {`!}                    \classclose \rmfam {21}
+\zmchar {`)}                    \classclose \rmfam {29}
+\zmchar {`?}                    \classclose \rmfam {3F}
+\zmchar {`]}                    \classclose \rmfam {5D}
+\zmchar {`\}}                   \classclose \msyfam {67}
+
+
+% Punctuation:
+
+\zmchar {`,}                    \classpunc \rmfam {2C}
+\zmchar {`;}                    \classpunc \rmfam {3B}
+\zmchar \cdotp                  \classpunc \msyfam {01}
+\zmchar \maps                   \classpunc \rmfam {3A}
+\let    \colon =                \maps
+\zmchar \ldotp                  \classpunc \mitfam {3A}
+
+
+% Active characters:
+
+\zmchar {` }                    \classactive \rmfam {00}
+\zmchar {`'}                    \classactive \rmfam {00}
+
+{\catcode`\' = \catactive
+\gdef '{^\bgroup \zmprima}
+} % \catcode
+
+\def \zmprima {\prime \futurelet\znext \zmprimb}
+\def \zmprimb {%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{'}%
+    \let \znext = \zmprimc
+  \else \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{^}%
+    \let \znext = \zmprimd
+  \else
+    \let \znext = \egroup
+  \fi\fi
+  \znext}
+\def \zmprimc #1{\zmprima}
+\def \zmprimd #1#2{#2\egroup}
+
+%                       Delimiters
+%                       ----------
+
+% IniTeX does the following for each character:
+%
+%   \delcode`x = -1
+
+\definemathdelimiter{`(}{\classord}{\rmfam}{28}{\mexfam}{00}
+\definemathdelimiter{`)}{\classord}{\rmfam}{29}{\mexfam}{01}
+\definemathdelimiter{`/}{\classord}{\rmfam}{2F}{\mexfam}{0E}
+\definemathdelimiter{`<}{\classord}{\msyfam}{68}{\mexfam}{0A}
+\definemathdelimiter{`>}{\classord}{\msyfam}{69}{\mexfam}{0B}
+\definemathdelimiter{`[}{\classord}{\rmfam}{5B}{\mexfam}{02}
+\definemathdelimiter{`]}{\classord}{\rmfam}{5D}{\mexfam}{03}
+\definemathdelimiter{`|}{\classord}{\msyfam}{6A}{\mexfam}{0C}
+
+\definemathdelimiter{\Arrowvert}{\classord}{\mexfam}{3D}{\rmfam}{00}
+\definemathdelimiter{\arrowvert}{\classord}{\mexfam}{3C}{\rmfam}{00}
+\definemathdelimiter{\bracevert}{\classord}{\mexfam}{3E}{\rmfam}{00}
+\definemathdelimiter{\Downarrow}{\classrel}{\msyfam}{2B}{\mexfam}{7F}
+\definemathdelimiter{\downarrow}{\classrel}{\msyfam}{23}{\mexfam}{79}
+\definemathdelimiter{\langle}{\classopen}{\msyfam}{68}{\mexfam}{0A}
+\definemathdelimiter{\lceil}{\classopen}{\msyfam}{64}{\mexfam}{06}
+\definemathdelimiter{\lfloor}{\classopen}{\msyfam}{62}{\mexfam}{04}
+\definemathdelimiter{\lgroup}{\classopen}{\rmfam}{00}{\mexfam}{3A}
+\definemathdelimiter{\lmoustache}{\classopen}{\rmfam}{00}{\mexfam}{40}
+\definemathdelimiter{\rangle}{\classclose}{\msyfam}{69}{\mexfam}{0B}
+\definemathdelimiter{\rceil}{\classclose}{\msyfam}{65}{\mexfam}{07}
+\definemathdelimiter{\rfloor}{\classclose}{\msyfam}{63}{\mexfam}{05}
+\definemathdelimiter{\rgroup}{\classclose}{\rmfam}{00}{\mexfam}{3B}
+\definemathdelimiter{\rmoustache}{\classclose}{\rmfam}{00}{\mexfam}{41}
+\definemathdelimiter{\Uparrow}{\classrel}{\msyfam}{2A}{\mexfam}{7E}
+\definemathdelimiter{\uparrow}{\classrel}{\msyfam}{22}{\mexfam}{78}
+\definemathdelimiter{\Updownarrow}{\classrel}{\msyfam}{6D}{\mexfam}{77}
+\definemathdelimiter{\updownarrow}{\classrel}{\msyfam}{6C}{\mexfam}{3F}
+\definemathdelimiter{\Vert}{\classord}{\msyfam}{6B}{\mexfam}{0D}
+\definemathdelimiter{\vert}{\classord}{\msyfam}{6A}{\mexfam}{0C}
+\definemathdelimiter{\zmbackslash}{\classord}{\msyfam}{6E}{\mexfam}{0F}
+\definemathdelimiter{\zmlbrace}{\classopen}{\msyfam}{66}{\mexfam}{08}
+\definemathdelimiter{\zmrbrace}{\classclose}{\msyfam}{67}{\mexfam}{09}
+
+%                       Accents
+%                       -------
+
+
+\definemathaccent{\acute}{\classvarfam}{\rmfam}{13}
+\definemathaccent{\bar}{\classvarfam}{\rmfam}{16}
+\definemathaccent{\breve}{\classvarfam}{\rmfam}{15}
+\definemathaccent{\check}{\classvarfam}{\rmfam}{14}
+\definemathaccent{\ddot}{\classvarfam}{\rmfam}{7F}
+\definemathaccent{\dot}{\classvarfam}{\rmfam}{5F}
+\definemathaccent{\grave}{\classvarfam}{\rmfam}{12}
+\definemathaccent{\zmhat}{\classvarfam}{\rmfam}{5E}
+\definemathaccent{\zmtilde}{\classvarfam}{\rmfam}{7E}
+\definemathaccent{\ring}{\classvarfam}{\rmfam}{17}
+\definemathaccent{\widetilde}{\classord}{\mexfam}{65}
+\definemathaccent{\widehat}{\classord}{\mexfam}{62}
+\definemathaccent{\vec}{\classord}{\mitfam}{7E}
+
+\def \widebar #1{%                              {math} %~ Wide bar accent. %^math_accent
+  \mathpalette\zwidebar{#1}}
+
+\def \zwidebar #1#2{%                           {style}{math}
+  \rlap{\measuretextwidth{\tdimena}{$#1#2$}%
+        \kern .2\tdimena
+        $\overline{\vphantom{#1#2}\kern .6\tdimena}$}%
+  #2}
+
+%                       Defined Characters
+%                       ------- ----------
+
+
+\def \angle {%
+  {\vbox{\ialign{$\scriptstyle##$\cr
+                 \not \mathrel{\mkern 14mu}\cr
+                 \noalign{\nointerlineskip}%
+                 \mkern 2.5mu \leaders \hrule height .34pt \hfill
+                   \mkern 2.5mu\cr}}}}
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\bowtie}{\mathrel}{\triangleright}{\triangleleft}{-3}
+
+\definemathstackedsymbol{\cong}{\mathrel}{\sim}{=}{6}
+
+\def \degree {^\circ}
+
+\let \degrees = \degree
+
+\def \defeq{%
+  \mathrel{\mathop{=}\limits^{\mathscriptscriptstyle{\roman{def}}}}}
+
+\definemathstackedsymbol{\Deltaeq}{\mathrel}{\mathscriptscriptstyle{\Delta}}{=}{9}
+
+\definemathstackedsymbol{\doteq}{\mathrel}{.}{=}{9}
+
+\definemathstackedsymbol{\gel}{\mathrel}{\zge}{<}{11}
+
+\definemathstackedsymbol{\zge}{\mathrel}{>}{=}{7.5}
+
+\definemathstackedsymbol{\gl}{\mathrel}{>}{<}{5.5}
+
+\def \hbar {\mathord{h \llap{$\mathchar"16 \mkern 3.5mu$}}}
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\hookleftarrow}{\mathrel}{\leftarrow}{\rhook}{-3}
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\hookrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\lhook}{\rightarrow}{-3}
+
+\def \int {\intop\nolimits}
+
+\def \iint {\zint2}
+
+\def \iiint {\zint3}
+
+\def \iiiint {\zint4}
+
+\def \idotsint {\zint0}
+
+\def \zint #1{%
+  \mkern -9mu \mathchoice{\mkern -5mu}{}{}{}%
+  \mathop{%
+    \mkern 9mu \mathchoice{\mkern 5mu}{}{}{}%
+    \intop
+    \ifcase #1%
+      \mkern -4mu \cdots \mkern -4mu
+    \or \relax \or
+      \zintkern
+    \or
+       \zintkern \intop \zintkern
+   \or
+       \zintkern \intop \zintkern \intop \zintkern
+    \fi}%
+    \intop\nolimits}
+
+\def \zintkern {\mkern -8mu \mathchoice{\mkern -3mu}{}{}{}}
+
+\let \join = \bowtie
+
+\definemathstackedsymbol{\leftrightarrows}{\mathrel}{\leftarrow}{\rightarrow}{6}
+
+\definemathstackedsymbol{\leftrightharpoons}{\mathrel}{\leftharpoonup}{\rightharpoondown}{4}
+
+\definemathstackedsymbol{\ltgt}{\mathrel}{<}{>}{5.5}
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\Longleftarrow}{\mathrel}{\Leftarrow}{\Relbar}{-3}
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\longleftarrow}{\mathrel}{\leftarrow}{\relbar}{-3}
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\Longleftrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\Leftarrow}{\Rightarrow}{-3}
+\let \iff = \Longleftrightarrow
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\longleftrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\leftarrow}{\rightarrow}{-3}
+
+\def \longmapsto {\mapstochar \longrightarrow}
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\Longrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\Relbar}{\Rightarrow}{-3}
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\longrightarrow}{\mathrel}{\relbar}{\rightarrow}{-3}
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\longrightleftarrow}{\mathrel}{\rightarrow}{\leftarrow}{-3}
+
+\def \oint {\ointop\nolimits}
+
+\def \mapsto {\mapstochar \rightarrow}
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\models}{\mathrel}{|}{=}{-3}
+
+\def \neq {\not=}
+\let \ne = \neq
+
+\def \nexists {\mathord{\raise .2ex \hbox{$\not\mkern 1.5mu$}\exists}}
+
+\def \notin {\not\in}
+\let \nin = \notin
+
+\def \nparallel {\mathrel{\not\mkern 2mu\parallel}}
+
+\definemathstackedsymbol{\rightleftarrows}{\mathrel}{\rightarrow}{\leftarrow}{6}
+
+\definemathstackedsymbol{\rightleftharpoons}{\mathrel}{\rightharpoonup}{\leftharpoondown}{4}
+
+\definemathjoinedsymbol{\semijoin}{\mathrel}{\triangleright}{<}{-4}
+
+%                       Functions
+%                       ---------
+
+
+\def \definemathfunction #1#2#3{%               {\name}{text}{limits}
+  \def #1{\mathop{\zmfunstyle #2}#3}}
+
+\definemathfunction{\ad}{ad}{\nolimits}                 % adjoint
+\definemathfunction{\Ai}{Ai}{\nolimits}                 % Airy function
+\definemathfunction{\arccos}{arccos}{\nolimits}         % arc cosine
+\definemathfunction{\arccosh}{arccosh}{\nolimits}       % hyperbolic arc cosine
+\definemathfunction{\arccot}{arccot}{\nolimits}         % arc cotangent
+\definemathfunction{\arcsec}{arcsec}{\nolimits}         % arc secant
+\definemathfunction{\arcsin}{arcsin}{\nolimits}         % arc sine
+\definemathfunction{\arctan}{arctan}{\nolimits}         % arc tangent
+\definemathfunction{\arg}{arg}{\nolimits}               % argument
+\definemathfunction{\argmax}{arg\,max}{\displaylimits}  % argument maximum
+\definemathfunction{\argmin}{arg\,min}{\displaylimits}  % argument maximum
+\definemathfunction{\Bd}{Bd}{\nolimits}                 % Bound
+\definemathfunction{\cl}{cl}{\nolimits}                 % closure
+\definemathfunction{\codim}{codim}{\nolimits}           % co-dimension
+\definemathfunction{\coker}{coker}{\nolimits}           % cokernel
+\definemathfunction{\conj}{conj}{\nolimits}             % conjugate
+\definemathfunction{\cos}{cos}{\nolimits}               % cosine
+\definemathfunction{\cosec}{cos}{\nolimits}             % cosecant
+\definemathfunction{\cosh}{cosh}{\nolimits}             % hyperbolic cosine
+\definemathfunction{\cot}{cot}{\nolimits}               % cotangent
+\definemathfunction{\coth}{coth}{\nolimits}             % hyperbolic cotangent
+\definemathfunction{\csc}{csc}{\nolimits}               % cosecant
+\definemathfunction{\csch}{csch}{\nolimits}             % hyperbolic cosecant
+\definemathfunction{\curl}{curl}{\nolimits}             % curl
+\definemathfunction{\deg}{deg}{\nolimits}               % degree
+\definemathfunction{\det}{det}{\displaylimits}          % determinant
+\definemathfunction{\diag}{diag}{\nolimits}             % diagonal
+\definemathfunction{\dim}{dim}{\nolimits}               % dimension
+\definemathfunction{\dist}{dist}{\nolimits}             % distance
+\definemathfunction{\erf}{erf}{\nolimits}               % error function
+\definemathfunction{\erfc}{erfc}{\nolimits}             % error function comp.
+\definemathfunction{\exp}{exp}{\nolimits}               % exponential
+\definemathfunction{\gcd}{gcd}{\displaylimits}          % greatest common div.
+\definemathfunction{\GL}{GL}{\nolimits}                 % General Linear
+\definemathfunction{\glb}{glb}{\nolimits}               % greatest lower bound
+\definemathfunction{\gr}{gr}{\nolimits}                 % group
+\definemathfunction{\grad}{grad}{\nolimits}             % gradient
+\definemathfunction{\hom}{hom}{\nolimits}               % homology
+\definemathfunction{\id}{id}{\nolimits}                 % identity
+\definemathfunction{\inf}{inf}{\displaylimits}          % infinum
+\definemathfunction{\injlim}{inj\,lim}{\displaylimits}  % injected limit
+\definemathfunction{\ker}{ker}{\nolimits}               % kernel
+\definemathfunction{\lcm}{lcm}{\displaylimits}          % least common mult.
+\definemathfunction{\length}{length}{\nolimits}         % length
+\definemathfunction{\lg}{lg}{\nolimits}                 % natural logarithm
+\definemathfunction{\lim}{lim}{\displaylimits}          % limit
+\definemathfunction{\liminf}{lim\,inf}{\displaylimits}  % limit infinum
+\definemathfunction{\limsup}{lim\,sup}{\displaylimits}  % limit supremum
+\definemathfunction{\ln}{ln}{\nolimits}                 % natural logarithm
+\definemathfunction{\Log}{Log}{\nolimits}               % principal logarithm
+\definemathfunction{\log}{log}{\nolimits}               % logarithm
+\definemathfunction{\lub}{lub}{\nolimits}               % least upper bound
+\definemathfunction{\max}{max}{\displaylimits}          % maximum
+\definemathfunction{\min}{min}{\displaylimits}          % minimum
+\definemathfunction{\mod}{mod}{\nolimits}               % modulus
+\definemathfunction{\Pr}{Pr}{\displaylimits}            % Probability
+\definemathfunction{\Prob}{Prob}{\displaylimits}        % Probability
+\definemathfunction{\projlim}{proj\,lim}{\displaylimits}% projected limit
+\definemathfunction{\rank}{rank}{\nolimits}             % rank
+\definemathfunction{\sec}{sec}{\nolimits}               % secant
+\definemathfunction{\sech}{sech}{\nolimits}             % hyperbolic secant
+\definemathfunction{\sgn}{sgn}{\nolimits}               % sign
+\definemathfunction{\sign}{sign}{\nolimits}             % sign
+\definemathfunction{\sin}{sin}{\nolimits}               % sine
+\definemathfunction{\sinc}{sinc}{\nolimits}             % cardinal sine
+\definemathfunction{\sinh}{sinh}{\nolimits}             % hyperbolic sine
+\definemathfunction{\SL}{SL}{\nolimits}                 % Special Linear
+\definemathfunction{\sup}{sup}{\displaylimits}          % supremum
+\definemathfunction{\Szg}{Sz(g)}{\nolimits}             % Suzuki group
+\definemathfunction{\tan}{tan}{\nolimits}               % tangent
+\definemathfunction{\tanh}{tanh}{\nolimits}             % hyperbolic tangent
+\definemathfunction{\tr}{tr}{\nolimits}                 % trace
+\definemathfunction{\trace}{trace}{\nolimits}           % trace
+\definemathfunction{\wstar}{w*}{\nolimits}              % weak star
+
+
+% For the occasional one-timer:
+
+\def \mathfunction #1{\mathop{\rm #1}\nolimits}
+
+\let \mfun = \mathfunction
+
+%                       Display/Text/Script Styles
+%                       ------------------- ------
+
+
+\def \mathdisplaystyle #1{{\displaystyle #1}}%          {subequation}
+\def \mathtextstyle #1{{\textstyle #1}}
+\def \mathscriptstyle #1{{\scriptstyle #1}}
+\def \mathscriptscriptstyle #1{{\scriptscriptstyle #1}}
+
+\def \mathpalette #1#2{%                                {\macro}{text}
+  \mathchoice{#1\displaystyle{#2}}%
+             {#1\textstyle{#2}}%
+             {#1\scriptstyle{#2}}%
+             {#1\scriptscriptstyle{#2}}}
+
+\def \mtext #1{%
+  {\mathchoice{\hbox{\zmtextstyle #1}}
+              {\hbox{\zmtextstyle #1}}
+              {\hbox{\the\scriptfont\zmtextfam #1}}
+              {\hbox{\the\scriptscriptfont\zmtextfam #1}}}}
+
+\everymath = {\let\text=\mtext}%
+
+% This is specifically designed to work in math or in text.
+
+\def \mvar #1{{\zmvarstyle #1\if \textmodep \/\fi}}%    {text}
+
+%                       General Tools
+%                       ------- -----
+
+
+\def \aboverule #1{\above #1\relax}%                    {rule-height}
+
+\def \abs #1{\left|#1\right|}%                          {expression}
+
+\def \big #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to 8.5pt{}\right.\zmnosp$}}}
+\def \Big #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to 11.5pt{}\right.\zmnosp$}}}
+\def \bigg #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to 14.5pt{}\right.\zmnosp$}}}
+\def \Bigg #1{{\hbox{$\left#1\vbox to 17.5pt{}\right.\zmnosp$}}}
+\def \zmnosp {\nulldelimiterspace = 0pt}
+
+\def \bigl {\mathopen\big}
+\def \Bigl {\mathopen\Big}
+\def \bigm {\mathrel\big}
+\def \Bigm {\mathrel\Big}
+\def \bigr {\mathclose\big}
+\def \Bigr {\mathclose\Big}
+\def \biggl {\mathopen\bigg}
+\def \Biggl {\mathopen\Bigg}
+\def \biggm {\mathrel\bigg}
+\def \Biggm {\mathrel\Bigg}
+\def \biggr {\mathclose\bigg}
+\def \Biggr {\mathclose\Bigg}
+
+\def \binomial #1#2{{{#1} \atopwithdelims() {#2}}}
+
+\let \binom = \binomial
+
+\def \bmod {\mathbin{\rm mod}}
+
+\def \bordermatrix #1{%
+  {\setbox \zboxa = \hbox{\mex B}%
+   \tdimena = \wd\zboxa
+   \setbox \zboxa = \vbox{%
+     \def \cr {\crcr \noalign{\kern 0pt \global\let \cr = \completerow}}%
+     \ialign{$##$\hfil \kern 2pt \kern \tdimena&
+               \thinspace \hfil $##$\hfil&&
+               \quad \hfil $##$\hfil \crcr
+             \omit \strut \hfil \crcr
+             \noalign{\kern -\baselineskip}%
+             #1\crcr
+             \omit \strut \cr}}%
+   \setbox \zboxc = \vbox{%
+     \unvcopy \zboxa \global\setbox \zboxb = \lastbox}%
+   \setbox \zboxc = \hbox{%
+     \unhbox \zboxb \unskip \global\setbox \zboxb = \lastbox}%
+   \setbox \zboxc = \hbox{%
+     $\kern \wd\zboxb \kern -\tdimena \left(\kern -\wd\zboxb
+     \global\setbox \zboxb = \vbox{\box\zboxb \kern 8pt}%
+     \vcenter{\kern -\ht\zboxb \unvbox\zboxa \kern -\baselineskip}\,%
+     \right)$}%
+   \null\;\vbox{\kern \ht\zboxb \box\zboxc}}}
+
+\def \brace {\atopwithdelims\{\}}
+
+\def \bracematrix #1{%                                          {row...}
+  \left\{ \matrix{#1} \right\}}
+
+\def \brack {\atopwithdelims[]}
+
+\def \bracketmatrix #1{%                                        {row...}
+  \left[ \matrix{#1} \right]}
+
+\def \bracketmatrixfl #1{%                                      {row...}
+  \left[ \matrixfl{#1} \right]}
+
+\def \bracketmatrixfr #1{%                                      {row...}
+  \left[ \matrixfr{#1} \right]}
+
+\def \cases #1{%                                                {row...}
+  \left\{ \,%
+  \vcenter{\matrixbaselines
+    \ialign{$##$\hfil&
+            \quad {\rm ##}\hfil \crcr
+            #1\crcr}}%
+  \right.}
+
+% This version of \cases has math in both columns.
+
+\def \mcases #1{%                                               {row...}
+  \left\{ \,%
+  \vcenter{\matrixbaselines
+    \ialign{$##$\hfil&
+            \quad $##$\hfil \crcr
+            #1\crcr}}%
+  \right.}
+
+\def \cdots {\mathinner{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}}
+
+\def \ddots {%
+  \if \newdots
+    \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+          \hbox{.}
+          \hbox{\kern .4em .}
+          \hbox{\kern .8em .}}%
+  \else
+    \mathinner{\mkern 1mu \raise 7pt \vbox{\kern 7pt \hbox{.}}%
+               \mkern 2mu \raise 4pt \hbox{.}%
+               \mkern 2mu \raise 1pt \hbox{.}%
+               \mkern 1mu}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \detmatrix #1{%                                          {row...}
+  \left| \matrix{#1} \right|}
+
+\def \displayfrac #1#2{%                        {numerator}{denominator}
+  {\displaystyle \frac{#1}{#2}}}
+
+\def \displaylines #1{%                                 {row...}
+  \openup \jot
+  \global\setflag \zdtop = \true
+  \everycr = {\noalign{\if \zdtop
+                         \vskip -\lineskiplimit
+                         \vskip \normallineskiplimit
+                         \global\setflag \zdtop = \false
+                       \else
+                         \penalty \interdisplaylinepenalty
+                       \fi}}%
+  \halign{\hbox to \displaywidth{$\tabskip = 0pt \everycr = {}%
+                                  \hfil \displaystyle ##\hfil$}\cr
+          #1\crcr}}
+
+\def \eqalign #1{%                                      {row...}
+  \vcenter{%
+    \ialign{&\mathstrut \hfil $\displaystyle ##{}$&
+            $\displaystyle {}##$\hfil\cr
+            #1\crcr}}}
+
+\def \equalfill {%
+  $\mathord =\mkern -6mu
+   \cleaders \hbox{$\mkern -2mu \mathord =\mkern -2mu$}\hfill
+   \mkern -6mu \mathord =$}
+
+% All other fraction macros should use \frac.
+
+\def \frac #1#2{%                               {numerator}{denominator}
+  {{\mskip\fracbarhang #1\mskip\fracbarhang} \over
+   {\mskip\fracbarhang #2\mskip\fracbarhang}}}
+
+\def \fromunder #1{%                                    {math}
+  \mathrel{\mathop{\longleftarrow}\limits^{#1}}}
+
+\def \hphantom {%
+  \setflag \zhphant = \true
+  \setflag \zvphant = \false
+  \zphanta}
+
+\def \joinrel {\mathrel{\mkern -3mu}}
+
+\def \largefrac #1#2{%                          {numerator}{denominator}
+  {\mathchoice{\mathdisplaystyle{\frac{#1}{#2}}}
+              {\mathdisplaystyle{\frac{#1}{#2}}}
+              {\mathtextstyle{\frac{#1}{#2}}}
+              {\mathscriptstyle{\frac{#1}{#2}}}}}
+
+\def \ldots {\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}}
+
+\def \leftarrowfill      {\zleftarrowfill{\textstyle}}
+\def \leftrightarrowfill {\zleftrightarrowfill{\textstyle}}
+\def \rightarrowfill     {\zrightarrowfill{\textstyle}}
+\def \Rightarrowfill     {\zRightarrowfill{\textstyle}}
+
+\def \zleftarrowfill #1{%                               {style}
+  \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{$#1-$}%
+  \ht\zboxa = 0pt
+  $#1\mathord\leftarrow \mkern -6mu
+   \cleaders \hbox{$#1\mkern -2mu \copy\zboxa \mkern -2mu$}\hfill
+   \mkern -6mu \box\zboxa$}
+
+\def \zleftrightarrowfill #1{%                          {style}
+  \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{$#1-$}%
+  \ht\zboxa = 0pt
+  $#1\mathord\leftarrow \mkern -6mu
+   \cleaders \hbox{$#1\mkern -2mu \box\zboxa \mkern -2mu$}\hfill
+   \mkern -6mu \mathord\rightarrow$}
+
+\def \zRightarrowfill #1{%                              {style}
+  \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{$#1=$}%
+  \ht\zboxa = 0pt
+  $#1\copy\zboxa \mkern -6mu
+   \cleaders \hbox{$#1\mkern -2mu \box\zboxa \mkern -2mu$}\hfill
+   \mkern -6mu \mathord\Rightarrow$}
+
+\def \zrightarrowfill #1{%                              {style}
+  \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{$#1-$}%
+  \ht\zboxa = 0pt
+  $#1\copy\zboxa \mkern -6mu
+   \cleaders \hbox{$#1\mkern -2mu \box\zboxa \mkern -2mu$}\hfill
+   \mkern -6mu \mathord\rightarrow$}
+
+\let \leqalignno = \eqalignno
+
+\def \mathstrut {\vphantom(}
+
+\def \matrix #1{%                                               {row...}
+  \null\nonscript\,%
+  \vcenter{\matrixbaselines
+    \ialign{\hfil $##$\hfil&& \quad \hfil $##$\hfil \crcr
+            \mathstrut\crcr
+            \noalign{\kern -\baselineskip}%
+            #1\crcr
+            \mathstrut\crcr
+            \noalign{\kern -\baselineskip}}}%
+  \nonscript\,}
+
+\let \adjustmatrix = \noalign
+
+\def \matrixfl #1{%                                             {row...}
+  \null\nonscript\,%
+  \vcenter{\matrixbaselines
+    \ialign{$##$\hfil && \quad $##$\hfil \crcr
+            \mathstrut\crcr
+            \noalign{\kern -\baselineskip}%
+            #1\crcr
+            \mathstrut\crcr
+            \noalign{\kern -\baselineskip}}}%
+  \nonscript\,}
+
+\def \matrixfr #1{%                                             {row...}
+  \null\nonscript\,%
+  \vcenter{\matrixbaselines
+    \ialign{\hfil $##$&& \quad \hfil $##$\crcr
+            \mathstrut\crcr
+            \noalign{\kern -\baselineskip}%
+            #1\crcr
+            \mathstrut\crcr
+            \noalign{\kern -\baselineskip}}}%
+  \nonscript\,}
+
+\def \matrixbaselines {%
+  \baselineskip = \the\matrixspread\normalbaselineskip
+  \lineskiplimit = \normallineskiplimit
+  \lineskip = \normallineskip}
+
+\def \ontopof #1#2{{{#1} \atop {#2}}}%          {numerator}{denominator}
+
+\def \openup {\afterassignment\zopenup \tdimena=}
+
+\def \zopenup {%
+  \advance \baselineskip by \tdimena
+  \advance \lineskiplimit by \tdimena
+  \advance \lineskip by \tdimena}
+
+\def \overbrace #1{%
+  \mathop{%
+    \vbox{\ialign{##\cr
+                  \noalign{\kern 3pt}%
+                  \downbracefill\cr
+                  \noalign{\kern 3pt \nointerlineskip}%
+                  $\hfil \displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\cr}}}\limits}
+
+\def \overleftarrow      {\mathpalette\zoverleftarrow}
+\def \overleftrightarrow {\mathpalette\zoverleftrightarrow}
+\def \overRightarrow     {\mathpalette\zoverRightarrow}
+\def \overrightarrow     {\mathpalette\zoverrightarrow}
+
+\def \zoverleftarrow #1#2{%                             {style}{math}
+  \vbox{\ialign{##\cr
+                \zleftarrowfill{\scriptscriptstyle}\cr
+                \noalign{\nointerlineskip}%
+                $\hfil #1#2\hfil$\crcr}}}
+
+\def \zoverleftrightarrow #1#2{%                             {style}{math}
+  \vbox{\ialign{##\cr
+                \zleftrightarrowfill{\scriptscriptstyle}\cr
+                \noalign{\nointerlineskip}%
+                $\hfil #1#2\hfil$\crcr}}}
+
+\def \zoverRightarrow #1#2{%                             {style}{math}
+  \vbox{\ialign{##\cr
+                \zRightarrowfill{\scriptscriptstyle}\cr
+                \noalign{\nointerlineskip}%
+                $\hfil #1#2\hfil$\crcr}}}
+
+\def \zoverrightarrow #1#2{%                             {style}{math}
+  \vbox{\ialign{##\cr
+                \zrightarrowfill{\scriptscriptstyle}\cr
+                \noalign{\nointerlineskip}%
+                $\hfil #1#2\hfil$\crcr}}}
+
+\def \overset #1#2{
+  \mathbin{\mathop{#2}\limits^{#1}}}
+
+\def \parenmatrix #1{%                                          {row...}
+  \left( \matrix{#1} \right)}
+
+\let \pmatrix = \parenmatrix
+
+\def \parenmatrixfl #1{%                                        {row...}
+  \left( \matrixfl{#1} \right)}
+
+\def \parenmatrixfr #1{%                                        {row...}
+  \left( \matrixfr{#1} \right)}
+
+\def \phantom {%
+  \setflag \zhphant = \true
+  \setflag \zvphant = \true
+  \zphanta}
+
+\def \zphanta {%
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \def \znext {\mathpalette\zphantb}%
+  \else
+    \let \znext = \zphantc
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+\def \zphantb #1#2{%
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{$#1{#2}$}%
+  \zphantd}
+\def \zphantc #1{%
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{#1}%
+  \zphantd}
+\def \zphantd {%
+  \setbox \zboxb = \hbox{}%
+  \if \zhphant \wd\zboxb = \wd\zboxa \fi
+  \if \zvphant \ht\zboxb = \ht\zboxa \dp\zboxb = \dp\zboxa \fi
+  \box \zboxb}
+
+\def \plainTeXmathdisplay {%
+  \global\everydisplay = {}}
+
+\def \pmod #1{\allowbreak \,({\rm mod}\,#1)}
+
+\def \Relbar {\mathrel =}
+\def \relbar {\mathrel{\smash -}}
+
+\definebox{\zrootbox}
+
+\def \nthroot #1{%                                      {n}
+  \setbox\zrootbox = \hbox{$\scriptscriptstyle{#1}$}%
+  \mathpalette\zroot}
+
+\def \zroot #1#2{%                                      {\style}{radicand}
+  \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{$#1\sqrt{#2}$}%
+  \tdimena = \ht\zboxa
+  \advance \tdimena by -\dp\zboxa
+  \mkern 5mu \raise .6\tdimena \copy\zrootbox \mkern -10mu \box\zboxa}
+
+\def \skew #1#2#3{%                             {amount}{accent}{char}
+  {\zmuskipa = #1mu
+   \divide \zmuskipa by 2
+   \mkern \zmuskipa
+   #2{\mkern -\zmuskipa{#3}\mkern \zmuskipa}%
+   \mkern -\zmuskipa}{}}
+
+\def \smallfrac #1#2{%                          {numerator}{denominator}
+  {\mathchoice{\mathtextstyle{\frac{#1}{#2}}}
+              {\mathscriptstyle{\frac{#1}{#2}}}
+              {\mathscriptscriptstyle{\frac{#1}{#2}}}
+              {\mathscriptscriptstyle{\frac{#1}{#2}}}}}
+
+\def \smash {%
+  \relax
+  \if \mathmodep
+    \def \znext {\mathpalette\zsmasha}%
+  \else
+    \let \znext = \zsmashb
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zsmasha #1#2{%
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{$#1{#2}$}%
+  \zsmashc}
+\def \zsmashb #1{%
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{#1}%
+  \zsmashc}
+\def \zsmashc {%
+  \ht\zboxa = 0pt
+  \dp\zboxa = 0pt
+  \box \zboxa}
+
+\def \sqrt {\radical"270370 }
+
+\let \sub = _
+\let \super = ^
+
+\def \Tounder #1{%                                              {math}
+  \mathrel{\mathop{\Longrightarrow}\limits^{#1}}}
+
+\def \tounder #1{%                                              {math}
+  \mathrel{\mathop{\longrightarrow}\limits^{#1}}}
+
+\def \underbrace #1{%                                           {text}
+  \mathop{%
+    \vtop{\ialign{##\cr
+                  $\hfil \displaystyle{#1}\hfil$\cr
+                  \noalign{\kern 3pt \nointerlineskip}%
+                  \upbracefill\cr
+                  \noalign{\kern 3pt}}}}\limits}
+
+\def \underset #1#2{
+  \mathbin{\mathop{#2}\limits_{#1}}}
+
+\def \unit #1{%                                         {text}
+  \if \mathmodep
+    {\nonscript\,\mtext{#1}}%
+  \else
+    \,#1%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \vdots {%
+  \if \newdots
+    \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+          \hbox{.}
+          \hbox{.}
+          \hbox{.}}%
+  \else
+    \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+          \kern 6pt
+          \hbox{.}
+          \hbox{.}
+          \hbox{.}}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \vphantom {%
+  \setflag \zhphant = \false
+  \setflag \zvphant = \true
+  \zphanta}
+
+%                       Block Matrices
+%                       ----- --------
+
+
+\def \blockmatrix #1{%                                  {rows}
+  \zblockmatrix{\false}{#1}}
+
+\def \blockmatrixvr #1{%                                {rows}
+  \zblockmatrix{\true}{#1}}
+
+\def \zblockmatrix #1#2{%                               {verticals?}{rows}
+  \left[
+  \vcenter{%
+    \defineatsigncommand @R{\colrule}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @N{\nocolrule}%
+    \offinterlineskip
+    \tdimena = \ht\strutbox \advance \tdimena by .2ex
+    \tdimenb = \dp\strutbox \advance \tdimenb by .4ex
+    \setbox \strutbox \hbox{\vrule width 0pt height \tdimena depth \tdimenb}%
+    \ialign{\hfil \strut \thirdspace $##$\thirdspace \hfil&&
+              \hspace{.35em}%
+              \vrule \if #1\colrule \else \nocolrule \fi
+              ##\relax
+              \hspace{.35em}&
+            \hfil \strut \thirdspace $##$\thirdspace \hfil\crcr
+            #2\crcr}}%
+  \right]}
+
+\def \rowrule {%
+  \noalign{%
+    \vskip .5ex
+    \hrule height .1ex\relax
+    \vskip .7ex}}
+
+\def \colrule {%
+  width .1ex }
+
+%                       Math Displays
+%                       ---- --------
+
+
+\defineblock{\mathdisplay}{\endmathdisplay}{\true}{}
+
+%~block mathdisplay
+% \abovepenalty = integer       % Penalty above display.
+% \aboveskip = glue             % Visual space above display.
+% \belowpenalty = integer       % Penalty below display.
+% \belowskip = glue             % Visual space below display.
+% \bodyfont = {...}             % Font for display.
+% \def \comptextformat {...}    % Composite number text formatter.
+% \diagramdiagarrowstyle = {...} % Style for diagonal arrows in diagrams.
+% \diagramgutter = dimen        % Gutter between diagram columns.
+% \diagraminterrowskip = glue   % Interrowskip for diagrams.
+% \diagramminarrow = dimen      % Minimum length of arrow in diagram.
+% \hfuzz = dimen                % Overhang allowed at end of line.
+% \interrowskip = glue          % Extra visual space between equations.
+% \leftindent = dimen           % Left indentation for \alignleft.
+% \matrixspread = {decimal}     % Spread factor for matrices.
+% \def \numberformat {...}      % Equation number formatter.
+% \position = {...}             % Positioning options.
+% \rightindent = dimen          % Right indentation for \alignright.
+% \textcolor = {...}            % Color of text.
+%~end
+
+\definetoks{\diagramdiagarrowstyle}
+\definedimen{\diagramgutter}{0pt}
+\defineskip{\diagraminterrowskip}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\diagramminarrow}{0pt}
+
+% Positioning options are:
+%   \alignleft          Left aligned, with \leftindent.
+%   \alignright         Right aligned, with \rightindent.
+%   \center             Centered.
+%   \numberleft         Equation number on left.
+%   \numberright        Equation number on right.
+
+% These parameters are calculated:
+
+\definetoks{\mathdisplayeqno}           % Text following \eqno marker.
+\definecount{\mathdisplayprevgraf}{-1}  % Previous display's ending \prevgraf.
+\definecount{\mathdisplayprevpenalty}{0}% Previous display's \belowpenalty.
+\defineskip{\mathdisplayprevskip}{0pt}  % Previous display's \belowskip.
+
+\declareeverypar{\global\mathdisplayprevgraf=-1}
+\zdeclareeveryvcontext{\zsavevcontext{\mathdisplayprevgraf=-1}}
+
+%~ This marker specifies that the following text is the equation number
+%~ for the math display.
+
+\definemarker{\eqno}
+
+
+\everydisplay = {\mathdisplay}
+
+\def \mathdisplay #1$${%                                equation $$
+  \advance \displayindent by \leftskip
+  \advance \displaywidth by -\leftskip
+  \advance \displaywidth by -\rightskip
+  % \beginblockscope is unnecessary.
+  \global\increment \mathdisplaydepth
+  \abovepenalty = 5000                          %~default hard
+  \belowpenalty = \breakallowed                 %~default hard
+  \hfuzz = 1pt                                  %~default hard
+  \leftindent = 0pt                             %~default soft
+  \matrixspread = {1.0}                         %~default soft
+  \rightindent = 0pt                            %~default soft
+  \textcolor = {}%                              %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\mathdisplay}{}%
+  % \mathdisplaynumber is incremented by \eqno, if appropriate.
+  \if \eqlp{\prevgraf}{\mathdisplayprevgraf}%
+    \aboveskip = -\belowskip
+    \advance \aboveskip by \interrowskip
+  \fi
+  \let \text = \mtext
+  \zmdparams
+  \settaginfo{}{}%                              % No tag info so far.
+  \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\textcolor}}\color{\the\textcolor}\fi
+  \mathdisplayformat{#1}%
+  \endmathdisplay}
+
+\def \endmathdisplay {%
+  \global\mathdisplayprevgraf = \prevgraf
+  \global\advance \mathdisplayprevgraf by 3
+  \global\mathdisplayprevpenalty = \belowpenalty
+  \global\mathdisplayprevskip = \belowskip
+  \global\decrement \mathdisplaydepth
+  \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\textcolor}}\endcolor \fi%
+  % \endblockscope is unnecessary.
+  $$}
+
+\definecount{\zmdhpos}{0}
+
+\def \zmdparams {%
+  \abovedisplayskip = \aboveskip
+  \abovedisplayshortskip = \aboveskip
+  \belowdisplayskip = \belowskip
+  \belowdisplayshortskip = \belowskip
+  \predisplaypenalty = \abovepenalty
+  \postdisplaypenalty = \belowpenalty
+  \zmdhpos = 0
+  \let \center = \relax
+  \def \alignleft {\zmdhpos = 1}%
+  \def \alignright {\zmdhpos = 2}%
+  \setflag \zmdnumleft = \false
+  \def \numberleft {\setflag \zmdnumleft = \true}%
+  \let \numberright = \relax
+  \the\position}
+
+\def \mathdisplayformat #1{%                            {display}
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \zmdparse#1\eqno\eqno\zmark
+  {\lineskiplimit = \maxdimen           % Force \interrowskip between
+   \lineskip = \interrowskip            % each row of multi-line display.
+   \ifcase \zmdhpos
+     \if \zmdnumleft                    % Centered display.
+       \hbox to \displaywidth {%
+         \rlap{\hspace{-1\leftskip}\zmdeqno}%
+         \hfil $\displaystyle \zmdeq$\hfil}%
+     \else
+       \hbox to \displaywidth {%
+         \hfil $\displaystyle \zmdeq$\hfil
+         \llap{\zmdeqno\hspace{-1\rightskip}}}%
+     \fi
+   \or
+     \if \zmdnumleft                    % Left-aligned display.
+       \hbox to \displaywidth {%
+         \hbox to \leftindent{\hspace{-1\leftskip}\zmdeqno\hss}%
+         $\displaystyle \zmdeq$\hfil}%
+     \else
+       \hbox to \displaywidth{%
+         \kern \leftindent $\displaystyle \zmdeq$\hfil
+         \llap{\zmdeqno\hspace{-1\rightskip}}}%
+     \fi
+   \or
+     \if \zmdnumleft                    % Right-aligned display.
+       \hbox to \displaywidth {%
+         \rlap{\hspace{-1\leftskip}\zmdeqno}%
+         \hfil $\displaystyle \zmdeq$\kern \rightindent}%
+     \else
+       \hbox to \displaywidth{%
+         \hfil $\displaystyle \zmdeq$%
+         \hbox to \rightindent{\hss\zmdeqno\hspace{-1\rightskip}}}%
+     \fi
+   \fi}}
+
+\def \zmdparse #1\eqno#2\eqno#3\zmark{% equation\eqno number\eqno ???\zmark
+  \def \zmdeq {#1}%
+  \if \andp{\emptyargp{#2}}{\emptyargp{#3}}%
+    \let \zmdeqno = \relax
+  \else
+    \def \zmdeqno {\zmdformeqno#2\tag\tag\zmark}%
+  \fi}
+
+% This macro is invoked to format equation numbers in both positions:
+% at the end of the display and at the end of \eqaligned rows.
+
+\def \zmdformeqno #1\tag#2\tag#3\zmark{%        number\tag{xxx}\tag ???\zmark
+  \if \emptyargp{#1}%
+    \global\increment \mathdisplaynumber
+    \mathdisplayeqno = \expandafter{\number\mathdisplaynumber}%
+    \setcomptext{\mathdisplaycomptext}%
+  \else
+    \zmdexpliciteqno #1 \zmark
+  \fi
+  \settaginfo{\the\mathdisplaycomptext}{???}%
+  \hbox{\numberformat}%
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#3}}\zmdtageqno#2\zmark \fi}
+
+\def \zmdexpliciteqno #1#2 #3\zmark{%
+  \if \codeeqlp{#1}{!}%
+    \mathdisplayeqno = {#2}%
+    \mathdisplaycomptext = {#2}%
+  \else\if \codeeqlp{#1}{+}%
+    \global\increment \mathdisplaynumber
+    \mathdisplayeqno = \expandafter{\number\mathdisplaynumber #2}%
+    \setcomptext{\mathdisplaycomptext}%
+  \else\if \codeeqlp{#1}{,}%
+    \mathdisplayeqno = \expandafter{\number\mathdisplaynumber #2}%
+    \setcomptext{\mathdisplaycomptext}%
+  \else\if \codeeqlp{#1}{:}%
+    \global\increment \mathdisplaynumber
+    \mathdisplayeqno = {#2}%
+    \setcomptext{\mathdisplaycomptext}%
+  \else\if \codeeqlp{#1}{=}%
+    \zmdseteqno #2\zmark
+    \setcomptext{\mathdisplaycomptext}%
+  \else\if \codeeqlp{#1}{>}%
+    \zmdrefeqno #2;;\zmark
+%%%    \mathdisplayeqno = {\ref{#2}}%
+%%%    \mathdisplaycomptext = {\ref{#2}}%
+  \else
+    \mathdisplayeqno = {#1#2}%
+    \setcomptext{\mathdisplaycomptext}%
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def \zmdseteqno #1;#2\zmark{%
+  \global\mathdisplaynumber = #1\relax
+  \mathdisplayeqno = \expandafter{\number\mathdisplaynumber #2}}
+
+\def \zmdrefeqno #1;#2;#3\zmark{%
+  \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+    \mathdisplayeqno = {\ref{#1}}%
+    \mathdisplaycomptext = {\ref{#1}}%
+  \else
+    \mathdisplayeqno = {\ref{#1}\,#2}%
+    \mathdisplaycomptext = {\ref{#1}\,#2}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zmdtageqno #1#2\zmark{%
+  \def \znext { }%
+  \if \znext#2\tag{#1}\else \tag{#1#2}\fi}
+
+\def \setmathdisplaynumber #1{%
+  \global\mathdisplaynumber = #1\relax
+  \global\decrement \mathdisplaynumber}
+
+%~ This modifier for |$$| is used when the display is the first thing
+%~ after a head, the first thing in a list item, the first thing in
+%~ a float, etc. It eliminates the vertical space above the display.
+
+\def \immediatemathdisplay {%                           %^modifier
+  \with{\abovepenalty = \breaknever
+        \aboveskip = 0pt}}
+
+%                       Aligned Equations
+%                       ------- ---------
+
+
+% This tool can only be used inside a math display.
+
+
+\defineskip{\zeqaltabskip}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zeqnoshift}{0pt}
+
+\def \eqaligned #1{%                                    {rows...}
+  \vcenter{%
+    \zeqalinit
+    \halign to \tdimena {%
+      \hfil $\displaystyle ##{}$\tabskip = 0pt&
+      $\displaystyle {}##$\hfil \tabskip = \zeqaltabskip&
+      \relax \zeqaleqno ##\zmark% \relax prevents expansion of \zeqaleqno.
+        \tabskip = \if \zmdnumleft \displaywidth \else 0pt \fi \cr
+      #1\crcr}}}
+
+\def \eqalignedpairs #1{%                               {rows...}
+  \vcenter{%
+    \zeqalinit
+    \halign to \tdimena {%
+      \hfil $\displaystyle ##{}$\tabskip = 0pt&
+      $\displaystyle {}##$\hfil&
+      \hfil $\displaystyle ##{}$&
+      $\displaystyle {}##$\hfil \tabskip = \zeqaltabskip&
+      \relax \zeqaleqno ##\zmark% \relax prevents expansion of \zeqaleqno.
+        \tabskip = \if \zmdnumleft \displaywidth \else 0pt \fi \cr
+      #1\crcr}}}
+
+\def \eqalignedtriples #1{%                             {rows...}
+  \vcenter{%
+    \zeqalinit
+    \halign to \tdimena {%
+      \hfil $\displaystyle ##{}$\tabskip = 0pt&
+      $\displaystyle {}##$\hfil&
+      \hfil $\displaystyle ##{}$&
+      $\displaystyle {}##$\hfil&
+      \hfil $\displaystyle ##{}$&
+      $\displaystyle {}##$\hfil \tabskip = \zeqaltabskip&
+      \relax \zeqaleqno ##\zmark% \relax prevents expansion of \zeqaleqno.
+        \tabskip = \if \zmdnumleft \displaywidth \else 0pt \fi \cr
+      #1\crcr}}}
+
+\def \eqalignedquadruples #1{%                             {rows...}
+  \vcenter{%
+    \zeqalinit
+    \halign to \tdimena {%
+      \hfil $\displaystyle ##{}$\tabskip = 0pt&
+      $\displaystyle {}##$\hfil&
+      \hfil $\displaystyle ##{}$&
+      $\displaystyle {}##$\hfil&
+      \hfil $\displaystyle ##{}$&
+      $\displaystyle {}##$\hfil&
+      \hfil $\displaystyle ##{}$&
+      $\displaystyle {}##$\hfil \tabskip = \zeqaltabskip&
+      \relax \zeqaleqno ##\zmark% \relax prevents expansion of \zeqaleqno.
+        \tabskip = \if \zmdnumleft \displaywidth \else 0pt \fi \cr
+      #1\crcr}}}
+
+\def \zeqalinit {%
+  \def \eqno {&\relax}% \relax prevents expansion of stuff after \eqno.
+  \tdimena = \displaywidth
+  \advance \tdimena by -\leftindent
+  \advance \tdimena by -\rightindent
+  \zeqaltabskip = \if \eqlp{\zmdhpos}{2}0pt \else \centerindent \fi
+  \if \zmdnumleft
+    \zeqnoshift = \leftskip \advance \zeqnoshift by \leftindent
+  \else
+    \zeqnoshift = \rightskip \advance \zeqnoshift by \rightindent
+  \fi
+  \tabskip = \if \eqlp{\zmdhpos}{1}0pt \else \centerindent \fi}
+
+\def \zeqaleqno \relax#1\zmark{%        \relax [\eqno [text]][\tag]\zmark
+  \if \zmdnumleft
+    \kern -\displaywidth
+    \rlap{\zmdformeqno#1\tag\tag\zmark}%
+  \else
+    \llap{\zmdformeqno#1\tag\tag\zmark \hspace{-\zeqnoshift}}%
+  \fi}
+
+\let \adjustmathdisplay = \noalign
+
+%                       Diagrams
+%                       --------
+
+
+% This tool can only be used inside a math display.
+
+
+\def \diagram #1{%                                      {rows...}
+  \zdiagcmds
+  \null\,%
+  \vcenter{%
+    \lineskip = \diagraminterrowskip
+    \lineskiplimit = \lineskip
+    \tabskip = -\diagramgutter
+    \halign{%
+      &\kern \diagramgutter \hfil $\displaystyle ##$\hfil \tabskip = 0pt \cr
+      #1\crcr}}%
+  \,}
+
+\def \zdiagcmds {%
+  \defineatsigncommand @>##1>##2>{\zdiagra{##1}{##2}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @<##1<##2<{\zdiagla{##1}{##2}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @X##1X##2X{\zdiaglra{##1}{##2}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @=##1=##2={\zdiaghb{##1}{##2}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @V##1V##2V{%
+    \zdiagva{c}{}{\hbox}{\big\downarrow}{##1}{##2}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @A##1A##2A{%
+    \zdiagva{c}{}{\hbox}{\big\uparrow}{##1}{##2}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @|##1|##2|{%
+    \zdiagva{c}{}{\hbox}{\big|}{##1}{##2}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @H##1|##2|{%
+    \zdiagva{c}{}{\hbox}{\big\Vert}{##1}{##2}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @1##11##21##31{%
+    \zdiagva{##1}{l}{r}{\the\diagramdiagarrowstyle \mathchar "7025}{##2}{##3}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @3##13##23##33{%
+    \zdiagva{##1}{l}{r}{\the\diagramdiagarrowstyle \mathchar "7026}{##2}{##3}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @5##15##25##35{%
+    \zdiagva{##1}{r}{l}{\the\diagramdiagarrowstyle \mathchar "702E}{##2}{##3}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @7##17##27##37{%
+    \zdiagva{##1}{r}{l}{\the\diagramdiagarrowstyle \mathchar "702D}{##2}{##3}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @"##1"##2"{\zdiagwd{##1}{##2}}}
+
+\def \zdiagra #1#2{%
+  {\setbox \zboxa = \hbox{$\scriptstyle \;{#1}\;\;\;$}%
+   \setbox \zboxb = \hbox{$\scriptstyle \;{#2}\;\;\;$}%
+   \setbox \zboxc = \hbox{$#2$}%
+   \tdimena = \diagramminarrow
+   \if \dimgtrp{\wd\zboxa}{\tdimena}\tdimena = \wd\zboxa \fi
+   \if \dimgtrp{\wd\zboxb}{\tdimena}\tdimena = \wd\zboxb \fi
+   \mathrel{\mathop{\hbox to \tdimena {\rightarrowfill}}%
+              \limits^{#1}\if \dimposp{\wd\zboxc}_{#2}\fi}}}
+
+\def \zdiagla #1#2{%
+  {\setbox \zboxa = \hbox{$\scriptstyle \;\;\;{#1}\;$}%
+   \setbox \zboxb = \hbox{$\scriptstyle \;\;\;{#2}\;$}%
+   \setbox \zboxc = \hbox{$#2$}%
+   \tdimena = \diagramminarrow
+   \if \dimgtrp{\wd\zboxa}{\tdimena}\tdimena = \wd\zboxa \fi
+   \if \dimgtrp{\wd\zboxb}{\tdimena}\tdimena = \wd\zboxb \fi
+   \mathrel{\mathop{\hbox to \tdimena {\leftarrowfill}}%
+              \limits^{#1}\if \dimposp{\wd\zboxc}_{#2}\fi}}}
+
+\def \zdiaglra #1#2{%
+  {\setbox \zboxa = \hbox{$\scriptstyle \;\;\;{#1}\;\;\;$}%
+   \setbox \zboxb = \hbox{$\scriptstyle \;\;\;{#2}\;\;\;$}%
+   \setbox \zboxc = \hbox{$#2$}%
+   \tdimena = \diagramminarrow
+   \if \dimgtrp{\wd\zboxa}{\tdimena}\tdimena = \wd\zboxa \fi
+   \if \dimgtrp{\wd\zboxb}{\tdimena}\tdimena = \wd\zboxb \fi
+   \mathrel{\mathop{\hbox to \tdimena {\leftrightarrowfill}}%
+              \limits^{#1}\if \dimposp{\wd\zboxc}_{#2}\fi}}}
+
+\def \zdiaghb #1#2{%
+  {\setbox \zboxa = \hbox{$\scriptstyle \;{#1}\;$}%
+   \setbox \zboxb = \hbox{$\scriptstyle \;{#2}\;$}%
+   \setbox \zboxc = \hbox{$#2$}%
+   \tdimena = \diagramminarrow
+   \if \dimgtrp{\wd\zboxa}{\tdimena}\tdimena = \wd\zboxa \fi
+   \if \dimgtrp{\wd\zboxb}{\tdimena}\tdimena = \wd\zboxb \fi
+   \mathrel{\mathop{\hbox to \tdimena {\equalfill}}%
+              \limits^{#1}\if \dimposp{\wd\zboxc}_{#2}\fi}}}
+
+\def \zdiagva #1#2#3#4#5#6{%            {centering}{h-overlap}{t-overlap}
+                           %            {arrow}{left-label}{right-label}
+  \if \codeeqlp{#1}{h}%
+    \if \codeeqlp{#2}{l}%
+      \llap{$\scriptstyle{#5}\mkern 2mu{#4}$}%
+      \rlap{$\mkern 2mu \scriptstyle #6$}%
+    \else
+      \llap{$\scriptstyle{#5}\mkern 2mu$}%
+      \rlap{${#4}\mkern 2mu \scriptstyle{#6}$}%
+    \fi
+  \else\if \codeeqlp{#1}{t}%
+    \if \codeeqlp{#3}{l}%
+      \llap{$\scriptstyle{#5}\mkern 2mu{#4}$}
+      \rlap{$\mkern 2mu \scriptstyle #6$}%
+    \else
+      \llap{$\scriptstyle{#5}\mkern 2mu$}
+      \rlap{${#4}\mkern 2mu \scriptstyle #6$}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \llap{$\scriptstyle{#5}\mkern 2mu$}{#4}%
+    \rlap{$\mkern 2mu \scriptstyle #6$}%
+  \fi\fi}
+
+\def \zdiagwd #1#2{%
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{$\scriptstyle #2$}%
+  \hbox to \wd\zboxa {\hfil $\scriptstyle #1$\hfil}}
+
+%                       Enunciation Definition
+%                       ----------- ----------
+
+
+\setlist \zenuntypelist = {}
+
+
+\def \defineenunciationtype #1#2{%                      {type}{association}  
+  \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+    \if \withname\undefinedp{\enunciation#1number}%
+      \withname\definecount{\enunciation#1number}{0}%
+      \withname\declaresnapitem{\enunciation#1number}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \defineenunciationtype{#2}{}%
+    \edef \znext {%
+      \global\withname\let{\enunciation#1number}=\name{\enunciation#2number}}%
+    \znext
+  \fi
+  \append{#1}{\zenuntypelist}}
+
+%~ Use this command to define a new type of enunciation.
+
+\def \defineenunciation #1#2#3{%                {type}{association}{design}
+  \defineenunciationtype{#1}{#2}%
+  \withname\def {\enunciation#1design}{#3}}
+
+
+% This is deprecated in favor of \defineenunciation.
+
+\def \defineenunciationtypedesign #1#2#3{%      {type}{assocation}{design}
+  \defineenunciationtype{#1}{#2}%
+  \withname\def {\enunciation#1design}{#3}}
+
+\def \resetenunciationnumbers {%
+  \maplist{\global\name{\enunciation##1number}=0\relax}{\zenuntypelist}}
+
+%                       Enunciation Block
+%                       ----------- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\enunciation}{\endenunciation}{\false}{}
+
+%~block enunciation Type
+% \abovepenalty = integer               % Penalty above block
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above block.
+% \setflag \allowclubline = flag        % True if club allowed below.
+% \setflag \allownesting = flag         % True if blocks can be nested.
+% \attribution = {...}                  % Attribution text (no longer used).
+% \setflag \attributionarg = flag       % True if \enunciation takes attribution argument.
+% \autoqed = {,,,}                      % Automatic QED at end.
+% \belowpenalty = integer               % Penalty below block.
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Space b/b below block.
+% \bodyfont = {...}                     % Font for text.
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \continue = integer                   % Continued or continuation.
+% \difficulty = integer                 % Level of difficulty.
+% \def \endformat {...}                 % End of enunciation formatter.
+% \def \labelformat ##1{...}            % Enunciation label formatter.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \parindent = dimen                    % Paragraph indent.
+% \parrag = dimen                       % Paragraph raggedness.
+% \parskip = glue                       % Paragraph skip.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+% \width = dimen                        % Width of text.
+%~end
+
+\definetoks{\attribution}
+\definecount{\attributiontype}{0}       % 0: none; 1: attribution; 2: new title
+\definetoks{\autoqed}
+
+\setflag \zautoqeddone = \false
+
+
+\def \enunciation #1{%                                  {type}{optional-attribution}
+  \beginblockscope{enunciation}%
+  \global\increment \enunciationdepth
+  \abovepenalty = \breakgood                    %~default hard
+  \setflag \allowclubline = \false              %~default soft
+  \setflag \allownesting = \false               %~default soft
+  \attribution = {}%                            %~default with
+  \setflag \attributionarg = \false             %~default soft
+  \autoqed = {}%                                %~default soft
+  \belowpenalty = \breakgood                    %~default hard
+  \continue = 0                                 %~default with
+  \setflag \continuation = \false               % Deprecated
+  \difficulty = 0                               %~default with
+  \def \endformat {}%                           %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\enunciation}{#1}%
+  \zsetcontinue                                 % Handle old \continuation.
+  \if \andp{\notp{\allownesting}}{\gtrp{\enunciationdepth}{1}}%
+    \error{blkcantnest}
+          {An enunciation cannot be nested inside itself}%
+  \fi
+  \if \attributionarg
+    \let \znext = \enunciationarg
+  \else
+    \let \znext = \enunciationb
+  \fi
+  \znext{#1}}
+
+\def \enunciationarg #1#2{%                             {type}{attribution}
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}\attribution = {#2}\fi
+  \enunciationb{#1}}
+
+\def \enunciationb #1{%                                 {type}
+  \attributiontype = 0\relax
+  \global\setflag \zautoqeddone = \false
+  \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\attribution}}%
+    \expandafter\zparseenunattr \the\attribution \zmark
+  \fi
+  \if \notp{\continuationp}%
+    \global\withname\increment{\enunciation#1number}%
+  \fi
+  \global\withname\enunciationnumber{\enunciation#1number}%
+  \setcomptext{\enunciationcomptext}%
+  \enunciationformat
+  \settaginfo{\the\enunciationcomptext}{???}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \endenunciation {%
+  \futurelet\nexttoken \zendenunciation}
+
+\def \zendenunciation {%
+  \endenunciationformat
+  \global\decrement \enunciationdepth
+  \endblockscope{enunciation}%
+  \parnext}
+
+\def \enunciationformat {%
+  \endgraf
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}%
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+  \settextwidth{\width}%
+  \setparrag{\parrag}%
+  \expandafter\labelformat\expandafter{\the\attribution}%
+  \if \notp{\allowclubline}\overrideclubpenalty{\breaknever}\fi}
+
+\def \endenunciationformat{%
+  \if \notp{\zautoqeddone}\the\autoqed \fi
+  \endgraf
+  \endformat
+  \bbskipbelowblockpar{\nexttoken}{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}}
+
+%~ This marker indicates that the enunciation title completely
+%~ replaces the default title.
+
+\definemarker{\title}
+
+\def \zparseenunattr #1#2\zmark{%
+  \def \znext {#1}%
+  \def \ztitle {\title}%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{\ztitle}%
+    \attribution = {#2}%
+    \attributiontype = 2\relax
+  \else
+    \attributiontype = 1\relax
+  \fi}
+
+%~ This command is used in enunciation design macros to select the
+%~ title format based on the |\enunciation| *attribution* argument.
+
+\long\def \attributiontypecase #1#2#3{%         {format1}{format2}{format3}
+  \ifcase \attributiontype
+    #1% no attribution
+  \or
+    #2% normal attribution
+  \or
+    #3% title override
+  \fi}%
+
+%                       QED Definition
+%                       --- ----------
+
+
+%~ This command defines an end-of-enunciation dingbat for use
+%~ with enunciations. 
+
+\def \defineeoedingbat #1#2#3{%                         {name}{text}{space}
+  \withname\gdef {#1dingbat}{#2}%
+  \gdef #1{\zformateoe{#2}#3\zmark}%
+  \withname\gdef {\no\expandafter\discardtok\string#1}{%
+    \global\setflag \zautoqeddone = \true}}
+
+\def \zformateoe #1#2#3\zmark{%
+  {\def \znext {#2}%
+   \def \zfr {\flushright}%
+   \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{\zfr}%
+     \if \vmodep
+       \rightline{#1}%
+     \else\if \mathmodep
+       \hskip #3{#1}%
+     \else
+       \hskip #3\retain \nobreak \hfill {#1}%
+     \fi\fi
+   \else
+     \if \vmodep
+       \rightline{#1}%
+     \else\if \mathmodep
+       \hskip #2#3{#1}%
+     \else
+       \unskip \hskip #2#3\hskip 0pt plus -1fill \retain \nobreak \hfill {#1}%
+     \fi\fi
+   \fi
+   \global\setflag \zautoqeddone = \true}}
+
+
+%~ This command is deprecated in favor of |\defineeoedingbat|.
+
+\def \defineqed #1#2#3#4{%                      {\name}{text}{space}{min-space}
+  \withname\gdef {#1dingbat}{#2}%
+  \gdef #1{\zformatqed{#2}{#3}{#4}}%
+  \withname\gdef{\no\expandafter\discardtok\string#1}{%
+    \global\setflag \zautoqeddone = \true}}
+
+\def \zformatqed #1#2#3{%                       {text}{space}{min-space}
+  {\def \znext {#2}%
+   \def \zfr {\flushright}%
+   \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{\zfr}%
+     \hspace{#3}\retain \nobreak \hfill {#1}%
+   \else
+     \if \vmodep
+       \noindent #1\par
+     \else
+       \hspace{#2}{#1}%
+     \fi
+   \fi
+   \global\setflag \zautoqeddone = \true}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a30a797bc2e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,123 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX New Mathematics Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This file provides the mathematics facilities for "new math"
+%            version 3, which supercedes version 2.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   7 June 2003
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Math Spaces
+%                       ---- ------
+
+
+\setmathspaces{4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}
+              {4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}
+              {4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}%
+
+%                       Math Font Selections
+%                       ---- ---- ----------
+
+
+\outer\def \ComputerModernmathfonts {%
+  \input zzcmmath\relax
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}}
+
+\outer\def \Lucidamathfonts #1{%                        {arrows?}
+  \setflag \zusemar = #1\relax
+  \input zzlucida\relax
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}}
+
+\outer\def \MathTimefonts #1{%                          {text face is Times?}
+  \input zzmtime\relax
+  \if #1%
+    \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}%
+  \else
+    \setmathpunctuationstyle{\rm}{\rm}%
+  \fi}
+
+\outer\def \Stonemathfonts {%
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\rm}{\rm}}
+
+%                       Punctuation Style
+%                       ----------- -----
+
+
+% Here we deal with the style for comma, period, semicolon, and colon.
+% The default punctuation style for all four is \rm.
+
+
+% This macro defines the math characters \zmperiod, \zmcomma,
+% colon, and semicolon to use the specified style.
+% If the style is \mit, then it's different.
+
+\def \setmathpunctuationstyle #1#2{%                    {\style1}{\style2}
+  {\zmstyfam = \name{#1fam}%
+   \if \eqlp{\zmstyfam}{\mitfam}%
+     \definemathchar {`.} \classord  \mitfam {3A}
+     \definemathchar {`,} \classpunc \mitfam {3B}
+   \else
+     \definemathchar {`.} \classactive \rmfam {00}
+     \definemathchar {`,} \classactive \rmfam {00}
+     \definemathchar {\zmperiod} \classord  \zmstyfam {2E}
+     \definemathchar {\zmcomma}  \classpunc \zmstyfam {2C}
+   \fi
+   \zmstyfam = \name{#2fam}%
+   \definemathchar {`;} \classpunc \zmstyfam {3B}
+   \definemathchar {`:} \classrel  \zmstyfam {3A}}}
+
+% When period and comma are active in math, this is what they do.
+
+{
+\catcode `\. = \catactive
+\gdef .{\mathpalette\zmactperiod{}}
+
+\catcode `\, = \catactive
+\gdef ,{\mathpalette\zmactcomma{}}
+}
+
+\def \zmactperiod #1#2{%
+  \mathord{\hbox to .275em{\hfil $#1\zmperiod$\kern .06em\hfil}}}
+
+\def \zmactcomma #1#2{%
+  \mathpunct{\hbox to .331em{\kern .045em $#1\zmcomma$\hfil}}}
+
+%                       Dot-Related Commands
+%                       ----------- --------
+
+
+\def \cdotp {\mathpunct{\vcenter{\hbox{$.$}}}}
+
+\def \ldotp {\mathpunct{.}}
+
+\def \cdots {\mathinner{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}}
+
+\def \ddots {%
+  \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{\kern .4em .}%
+        \hbox{\kern .8em .}%
+        \vskip -.25ex}}
+
+\def \ldots {\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}}
+
+\def \vdots {%
+  \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \vskip -.25ex}}
+
+%                       Colon Commands
+%                       ----- --------
+
+
+\def \maps {\mathpunct{:}}
+
+\let \colon = \maps
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv4.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv4.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a5c5a0c411e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv4.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX New Mathematics Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This file provides the mathematics facilities for "new math"
+%            version 4.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   24 September 2003
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Document Parameters
+%                       -------- ----------
+
+
+\delimitershortfall = 2pt
+
+%                       Math Spaces
+%                       ---- ------
+
+
+\setmathspaces{4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}
+              {4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}
+              {4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}%
+
+%                       Math Font Selections
+%                       ---- ---- ----------
+
+
+\outer\def \ComputerModernmathfonts {%
+  \input zzcmmath\relax
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}}
+
+\outer\def \Lucidamathfonts #1{%                        {arrows?}
+  \setflag \zusemar = #1\relax
+  \input zzlucida\relax
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}}
+
+\outer\def \MathTimefonts #1{%                          {text face is Times?}
+  \input zzmtime\relax
+  \if #1%
+    \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}%
+  \else
+    \setmathpunctuationstyle{\rm}{\rm}%
+  \fi}
+
+\outer\def \Stonemathfonts {%
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\rm}{\rm}}
+
+%                       Punctuation Style
+%                       ----------- -----
+
+
+% Here we deal with the style for comma, period, semicolon, and colon.
+% The default punctuation style for all four is \rm.
+
+
+% This macro defines the math characters \zmperiod, \zmcomma,
+% colon, and semicolon to use the specified style.
+% If the style is \mit, then it's different.
+
+\def \setmathpunctuationstyle #1#2{%                    {\style1}{\style2}
+  {\zmstyfam = \name{#1fam}%
+   \if \eqlp{\zmstyfam}{\mitfam}%
+     \definemathchar {`.} \classord  \mitfam {3A}
+     \definemathchar {`,} \classpunc \mitfam {3B}
+   \else
+     \definemathchar {`.} \classactive \rmfam {00}
+     \definemathchar {`,} \classactive \rmfam {00}
+     \definemathchar {\zmperiod} \classord  \zmstyfam {2E}
+     \definemathchar {\zmcomma}  \classpunc \zmstyfam {2C}
+   \fi
+   \zmstyfam = \name{#2fam}%
+   \definemathchar {`;} \classpunc \zmstyfam {3B}
+   \definemathchar {`:} \classrel  \zmstyfam {3A}}}
+
+% When period and comma are active in math, this is what they do.
+
+{
+\catcode `\. = \catactive
+\gdef .{\mathpalette\zmactperiod{}}
+
+\catcode `\, = \catactive
+\gdef ,{\mathpalette\zmactcomma{}}
+}
+
+\def \zmactperiod #1#2{%
+  \mathord{\hbox to .275em{\hfil $#1\zmperiod$\kern .06em\hfil}}}
+
+\def \zmactcomma #1#2{%
+  \mathpunct{\hbox to .331em{\kern .045em $#1\zmcomma$\hfil}}}
+
+%                       Dot-Related Commands
+%                       ----------- --------
+
+
+\def \cdotp {\mathpunct{\vcenter{\hbox{$.$}}}}
+
+\def \ldotp {\mathpunct{.}}
+
+\def \cdots {\mathinner{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}}
+
+\def \ddots {%
+  \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{\kern .4em .}%
+        \hbox{\kern .8em .}%
+        \vskip -.25ex}}
+
+\def \ldots {\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}}
+
+\def \vdots {%
+  \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \vskip -.25ex}}
+
+%                       Colon Commands
+%                       ----- --------
+
+
+\def \maps {\mathpunct{:}}
+
+\let \colon = \maps
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv5.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv5.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e7a8f90b2d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv5.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX New Mathematics Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This file provides the mathematics facilities for "new math"
+%            version 5.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   24 September 2003
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Document Parameters
+%                       -------- ----------
+
+
+\delimitershortfall = 2pt
+
+%                       Math Spaces
+%                       ---- ------
+
+
+\setmathspaces{4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}
+              {4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}
+              {4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}%
+
+%                       Math Font Selections
+%                       ---- ---- ----------
+
+
+\outer\def \ComputerModernmathfonts {%
+  \input zzcmmath\relax
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}}
+
+\outer\def \Lucidamathfonts #1{%                        {arrows?}
+  \setflag \zusemar = #1\relax
+  \input zzlucida\relax
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}}
+
+\outer\def \MathTimefonts #1{%                          {text face is Times?}
+  \input zzmtime\relax
+  \if #1%
+    \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}%
+  \else
+    \setmathpunctuationstyle{\rm}{\rm}%
+  \fi}
+
+\outer\def \Stonemathfonts {%
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\rm}{\rm}}
+
+%                       Punctuation Style
+%                       ----------- -----
+
+
+% Here we deal with the style for comma, period, semicolon, and colon.
+% The default punctuation style for all four is \rm.
+
+
+% This macro defines the math characters \zmperiod, \zmcomma,
+% colon, and semicolon to use the specified style.
+% If the style is \mit, then it's different.
+
+\def \setmathpunctuationstyle #1#2{%                    {\style1}{\style2}
+  {\zmstyfam = \name{#1fam}%
+   \if \eqlp{\zmstyfam}{\mitfam}%
+     \definemathchar {`.} \classord  \mitfam {3A}
+     \definemathchar {`,} \classpunc \mitfam {3B}
+   \else
+     \definemathchar {`.} \classactive \rmfam {00}
+     \definemathchar {`,} \classactive \rmfam {00}
+     \definemathchar {\zmperiod} \classord  \zmstyfam {2E}
+     \definemathchar {\zmcomma}  \classpunc \zmstyfam {2C}
+   \fi
+   \zmstyfam = \name{#2fam}%
+   \definemathchar {`;} \classpunc \zmstyfam {3B}
+   \definemathchar {`:} \classrel  \zmstyfam {3A}}}
+
+% When period and comma are active in math, this is what they do.
+
+{
+\catcode `\. = \catactive
+\gdef .{\mathpalette\zmactperiod{}}
+
+\catcode `\, = \catactive
+\gdef ,{\mathpalette\zmactcomma{}}
+}
+
+\def \zmactperiod #1#2{%
+  \mathord{\hbox to .275em{\hfil $#1\zmperiod$\hfil}}}
+
+\def \zmactcomma #1#2{%
+  \mathpunct{\hbox to .331em{\kern .045em $#1\zmcomma$\hfil}}}
+
+%                       Dot-Related Commands
+%                       ----------- --------
+
+
+\def \cdotp {\mathpunct{\vcenter{\hbox{$.$}}}}
+
+\def \ldotp {\mathpunct{.}}
+
+\def \cdots {\mathinner{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}}
+
+\def \ddots {%
+  \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{\kern .4em .}%
+        \hbox{\kern .8em .}%
+        \vskip -.25ex}}
+
+\def \ldots {\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}}
+
+\def \vdots {%
+  \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \vskip -.25ex}}
+
+%                       Colon Commands
+%                       ----- --------
+
+
+\def \maps {\mathpunct{:}}
+
+\let \colon = \maps
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv6.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv6.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c47f22ae2dd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmathv6.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX New Mathematics Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This file provides the mathematics facilities for "new math"
+%            version 5.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   24 September 2003
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Document Parameters
+%                       -------- ----------
+
+
+\delimitershortfall = 2pt
+
+%                       Math Spaces
+%                       ---- ------
+
+
+\setmathspaces{4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}
+              {4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}
+              {4mu plus .25mu minus .5mu}%
+
+%                       Math Font Selections
+%                       ---- ---- ----------
+
+
+\outer\def \ComputerModernmathfonts {%
+  \input zzcmmath\relax
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}}
+
+\outer\def \Lucidamathfonts #1{%                        {arrows?}
+  \setflag \zusemar = #1\relax
+  \input zzlucida\relax
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}}
+
+\outer\def \MathTimefonts #1{%                          {text face is Times?}
+  \input zzmtime\relax
+  \setmathucgreekstyles{\mit}{\boldgreekunavailable}%
+  \if #1%
+    \setmathpunctuationstyle{\mit}{\rm}%
+  \else
+    \setmathpunctuationstyle{\rm}{\rm}%
+  \fi}
+
+\outer\def \Stonemathfonts {%
+  \setmathpunctuationstyle{\rm}{\rm}}
+
+%                       Greek Letter Style
+%                       ----- ------ -----
+
+
+\def \zmucgreekstyler {}
+\def \zmucgreekstyleb {}
+
+
+% Note the "s" at the end of the name, versus \setmathucgreekstyle.
+
+\def \setmathucgreekstyles #1#2{%               {regular-style}{bold-style}
+  \gdef \zmucgreekstyler {#1}%
+  \gdef \zmucgreekstyleb {#2}%
+\definemathchar  \Alpha   \classvarfam \rmfam {41}%
+\definemathchar  \Beta    \classvarfam \rmfam {42}%
+\zdefucgreekchar \Gamma                       {30}%
+\zdefucgreekchar \Delta                       {31}%
+\definemathchar  \Epsilon \classvarfam \rmfam {45}%
+\definemathchar  \Zeta    \classvarfam \rmfam {5A}%
+\definemathchar  \Eta     \classvarfam \rmfam {48}%
+\zdefucgreekchar \Theta                       {32}%
+\definemathchar  \Iota    \classvarfam \rmfam {49}%
+\definemathchar  \Kappa   \classvarfam \rmfam {4B}%
+\zdefucgreekchar \Lambda                      {33}%
+\definemathchar  \Mu      \classvarfam \rmfam {4D}%
+\definemathchar  \Nu      \classvarfam \rmfam {4E}%
+\zdefucgreekchar \Xi                          {34}%
+\definemathchar  \Omicron \classvarfam \rmfam {4F}%
+\zdefucgreekchar \Pi                          {35}%
+\definemathchar  \Rho     \classvarfam \rmfam {50}%
+\zdefucgreekchar \Sigma                       {36}%
+\definemathchar  \Tau     \classvarfam \rmfam {54}%
+\zdefucgreekchar \Upsilon                     {37}%
+\zdefucgreekchar \Phi                         {38}%
+\definemathchar  \Chi     \classvarfam \rmfam {58}%
+\zdefucgreekchar \Psi                         {39}%
+\zdefucgreekchar \Omega                       {7F}}
+
+\def \zdefucgreekchar #1#2{%                            {\name}{code}
+  \gdef #1{%
+    \if \eqlp{\fam}{-1}%
+      {\zmucgreekstyler \mathchar "70#2}%
+    \else\if \eqlp{\fam}{\bffam}%
+      {\zmucgreekstyleb \mathchar "70#2}%
+    \else
+      \error{invgrkstyle}{The current math family precludes using bold Greek}%
+    \fi\fi}}
+
+%                       Punctuation Style
+%                       ----------- -----
+
+
+% Here we deal with the style for comma, period, semicolon, and colon.
+% The default punctuation style for all four is \rm.
+
+
+% This macro defines the math characters \zmperiod, \zmcomma,
+% colon, and semicolon to use the specified style.
+% If the style is \mit, then it's different.
+
+\def \setmathpunctuationstyle #1#2{%                    {\style1}{\style2}
+  {\zmstyfam = \name{#1fam}%
+   \if \eqlp{\zmstyfam}{\mitfam}%
+     \definemathchar {`.} \classord  \mitfam {3A}%
+     \definemathchar {`,} \classpunc \mitfam {3B}%
+   \else
+     \definemathchar {`.} \classactive \rmfam {00}%
+     \definemathchar {`,} \classactive \rmfam {00}%
+     \definemathchar {\zmperiod} \classord  \zmstyfam {2E}%
+     \definemathchar {\zmcomma}  \classpunc \zmstyfam {2C}%
+   \fi
+   \zmstyfam = \name{#2fam}%
+   \definemathchar {`;} \classpunc \zmstyfam {3B}%
+   \definemathchar {`:} \classrel  \zmstyfam {3A}}}
+
+% When period and comma are active in math, this is what they do.
+
+{
+\catcode `\. = \catactive
+\gdef .{\mathpalette\zmactperiod{}}
+
+\catcode `\, = \catactive
+\gdef ,{\mathpalette\zmactcomma{}}
+}
+
+\def \zmactperiod #1#2{%
+  \mathord{\hbox to .275em{\hfil $#1\zmperiod$\hfil}}}
+
+\def \zmactcomma #1#2{%
+  \mathpunct{\hbox to .331em{\kern .045em $#1\zmcomma$\hfil}}}
+
+%                       Dot-Related Commands
+%                       ----------- --------
+
+
+\def \cdot {\mathbin{\vcenter{\hbox{$.$}}}}
+
+\def \cdotp {\mathpunct{\vcenter{\hbox{$.$}}}}
+
+\def \ldotp {\mathpunct{.}}
+
+\def \cdots {\mathinner{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}}
+
+\def \ddots {%
+  \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{\kern .4em .}%
+        \hbox{\kern .8em .}%
+        \vskip -.25ex}}
+
+\def \ldots {\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}}
+
+\def \vdots {%
+  \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \vskip -.25ex}}
+
+%                       Colon Commands
+%                       ----- --------
+
+
+\def \maps {\mathpunct{:}}
+
+\let \colon = \maps
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmerge.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmerge.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..05ef863971b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmerge.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Merge Print
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides a simple merge print facility for ZzTeX.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   17 October 2000
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Merge Fields
+%                       ----- ------
+
+
+\setlist \zmrgfields = {}
+\definecount{\zmrgcount}{0}
+
+\def \mergefields #1{%
+  \commalist{\zmrgfields}{#1}%
+  \zmrgcount = 0
+  \maplist{\increment \zmrgcount
+           \withname\edef {\zmrgfmap:##1}{\the\zmrgcount}}
+          {\zmrgfields}}
+
+%                       Merge Text
+%                       ----- ----
+
+
+\definetoks{\zmrgtoks}
+
+\long\def \mergetext #1\endmergetext{%
+  \zmrgtoks = {#1}}
+
+%                       Merge Print
+%                       ----- -----
+
+
+\definecount{\zmrgi}{0}
+
+
+\def \mergeprint {%
+  \zmrgi = 0
+  \zmrgprinta}
+
+\def \zmrgprinta #1{%
+  \if \lssp{\zmrgi}{\zmrgcount}%
+    \increment \zmrgi
+    \withname\def {\zmrgvmap:\the\zmrgi}{#1}%
+    \let \znext = \zmrgprinta
+  \else
+    \let \znext = \zmrgprintb
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zmrgprintb {%
+  \freshpage{\short\floats\any}%
+  \the\zmrgtoks}
+
+%                       Merge a Field
+%                       ----- - -----
+
+
+\def \merge #1{%
+  \edef \tcounta {\name{\zmrgfmap:#1}}%
+  \edef \znext {\name{\zmrgvmap:\the\tcounta}}%
+  \znext}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmisc.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmisc.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1813a3f5725
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmisc.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Miscellaneous Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains miscellaneous facilities that do not
+%            seem to belong in any other file.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   26 August 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Character Categories
+%                       --------- ----------
+
+
+% The following list contains characters with category codes other
+% than endofline, ignored, space, letter, other, and invalid:
+
+\setlist \zcatlist = {}
+
+
+\def \establishcatcode #1#2{%                           {`\c}{\catname}
+  \zdelcat{#1}%
+  \catcode #1 = #2%
+  {\setflag \znext = \true
+   \if \eqlp{#2}{\catendofline}\setflag \znext = \false \fi
+   \if \eqlp{#2}{\catignored}\setflag \znext = \false \fi
+   \if \eqlp{#2}{\catspace}\setflag \znext = \false \fi
+   \if \eqlp{#2}{\catletter}\setflag \znext = \false \fi
+   \if \eqlp{#2}{\catother}\setflag \znext = \false \fi
+   \if \eqlp{#2}{\catinvalid}\setflag \znext = \false \fi
+   \if \znext \append{#1}{\zcatlist}\fi}}
+
+\def \zdelcat #1{%
+  {\setlist \znewcatlist = {}%
+   \maplist{\def \zcata {##1}\def \zcatb{#1}%
+            \if \notp{\tokeqlp{\zcata}{\zcatb}}\append{##1}{\znewcatlist}\fi}%
+           {\zcatlist}%
+   \setlist \zcatlist = \znewcatlist}}
+
+% Initialize the character list:
+
+\establishcatcode{`\^^L}{\catactive}
+\establishcatcode{`\#}{\catparameter}
+\establishcatcode{`\$}{\catmath}
+\establishcatcode{`\&}{\catalign}
+\establishcatcode{`\%}{\catcomment}
+\establishcatcode{`\@}{\catactive}
+\establishcatcode{`\\}{\catescape}
+\establishcatcode{`\^}{\catsuperscript}
+\establishcatcode{`\_}{\catsubscript}
+\establishcatcode{`\{}{\catbegin}
+\establishcatcode{`\}}{\catend}
+\establishcatcode{`\~}{\catactive}
+
+\def \uncatcode #1#2#3{%      {allow-commands}{allow-at-commands}{allow-math}
+  \maplist{\catcode##1=\catother}{\zcatlist}%
+  \if #1%
+    \catcode`\\ = \catescape
+    \catcode`\{ = \catbegin
+    \catcode`\} = \catend
+  \fi
+  \if #2%
+    \catcode`\@ = \catactive
+  \fi
+  \if #3%
+    \catcode`\$ = \catmath
+    \catcode`\^ = \catsuperscript
+    \catcode`\_ = \catsubscript
+  \fi}
+
+\def \catcodemath {%
+  \catcode `\  = \catspace
+  \catcode `\$ = \catmath
+  \catcode `\^ = \catsuperscript
+  \catcode `\_ = \catsubscript}
+
+\def \catcoderange #1#2#3{%                     {first}{last}{\catname}
+  \tcounta = #1\relax
+  \tcountb = #2\relax \increment \tcountb
+  \loop
+    \ifnum \tcounta < \tcountb
+      \catcode \tcounta = #3%
+      \increment \tcounta
+  \repeat}
+
+% Make the upper half of the ASCII characters invalid.
+
+\catcoderange{"80}{"FF}{\catinvalid}
+
+%                       Conditional Text
+%                       ----------- ----
+
+
+\let \setif = \if
+\let \endsetif = \fi
+
+\def \ignore {%
+  \if \notp{\zemptyblockstackp}\todo{$\ignore command.}\fi
+  \setif \false}
+
+\let \endignore = \endsetif
+
+%                       Date & Time
+%                       ---- - ----
+
+
+% \year, \month, and \day are TeX parameters.
+
+\definecount{\weekday}{0}
+
+% \time is a TeX parameter, the number of minutes since midnight.
+
+\definecount{\hour}{0}
+\definecount{\minute}{0}
+
+
+\def \zdtinit {%
+  \zwdinit
+  \hour = \time
+  \divide \hour by 60
+  \minute = \time
+  \divide \minute by 60
+  \multiply \minute by -60
+  \advance \minute by \time}
+
+\def \zwdinit {%
+  \tcounta = \year
+  \if \lssp{\month}{3}\advance \tcounta by -1 \fi
+  \tcountb = \tcounta
+  \divide \tcountb by 100
+  \tcountc = \tcountb
+  \multiply \tcountc by -100
+  \advance \tcountc by \tcounta
+  \tcounta = \month
+  \if \lssp{\month}{3}\advance \tcounta by 9 \else \advance \tcounta by -3 \fi
+  \multiply \tcountb by 146097
+  \divide \tcountb by 4
+  \multiply \tcountc by 1461
+  \divide \tcountc by 4
+  \advance \tcountb by \tcountc
+  \multiply \tcounta by 153
+  \advance \tcounta by 2
+  \divide \tcounta by 5
+  \advance \tcountb by \tcounta
+  \advance \tcountb by \day
+  \advance \tcountb by -693902
+  \weekday = \tcountb
+  \divide \weekday by 7
+  \multiply \weekday by -7
+  \advance \weekday by \tcountb}
+
+
+\def \formattime {%
+  \number\hour:%
+  \if \lssp{\minute}{10}0\fi
+  \number\minute}
+
+%                       Fancy Names
+%                       ----- -----
+
+
+\def \AMSTeX {AMS\TeX}
+
+\def \BibTeX {Bib\TeX}
+
+\def \LaTeX {L\kern-.3em \raise .4ex \hbox{a}\kern-.05em \TeX}
+
+%                       Hiding Writes
+%                       ------ ------
+
+
+% These macros help to hide the \write's that are performed by commands
+% like \tag and \xpage.
+
+\definedimen{\zhidewriteskip}{0pt}
+
+\def \zbeginhidewrite {%
+  \zhidewriteskip = \lastskip
+  \begingroup
+    \if \hmodep \edef \zsf {\spacefactor=\the\spacefactor}\fi}
+
+\def \zendhidewrite {%
+    \if \hmodep \zsf \fi
+  \endgroup
+  \if \andp{\hmodep}{\dimposp{\zhidewriteskip}}\ignorespaces \fi}
+
+%                       Initialization File
+%                       -------------- ----
+
+
+\def \zloadinifile {%
+  \gdef \inicompositor {???}%
+  \gdef \iniinitials {???}%
+  \gdef \ininame {???}
+  \gdef \iniorganization {(none)}%
+  \checkfile{\zini}{zztex.ini}%
+  \if \zini
+    \writelog{(loading ini file)}%
+    \zloadinifilea
+  \else
+    \writelog{(no ini file)}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zloadinifilea {%
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode \endlinechar = \catcomment
+    \catcode `\; = \catcomment
+    \openin \zreada zztex.ini\relax
+    \setflag \zinireg = \false
+    \loop
+      \read \zreada to \zline
+      \if \notp{\emptydefp{\zline}}\expandafter\zloadinifileb \zline\zmark \fi
+    \if \notp{\eofp{\zreada}}\repeat
+    \closein \zreada
+  \endgroup}
+
+\def \zloadinifileb #1#2\zmark {%
+  \if \codeeqlp{#1}{[}%
+    \zloadinifilec #2\zmark
+  \else\if \zinireg
+    \zloadinifiled #1#2\zmark
+  \fi\fi}
+
+\def \zloadinifilec #1]#2\zmark {%
+  \stringeql{\zinireg}{#1}{registration}}
+
+\def \zloadinifiled #1=#2\zmark {%
+  \withname\gdef {\ini#1}{#2}}
+
+%                       Penalties
+%                       ---------
+
+
+% The following symbolic penalties should be used everywhere so they
+% can be adjusted without any recoding.  The trailing spaces are
+% like \relax but don't screw up \ifnum.
+
+\def \breaknever   {10000 }     %~ Never break here. %^penalty
+\def \breakworst   {500 }       %~ Worst place to break. %^penalty
+\def \breakworse   {300 }       %~ Worse place to break. %^penalty
+\def \breakbad     {100 }       %~ Bad place to break. %^penalty
+\def \breakallowed {0 }         %~ Break allowed here. %^penalty
+\def \breakgood    {-100 }      %~ Good place to break. %^penalty
+\def \breakbetter  {-300 }      %~ Better place to break. %^penalty
+\def \breakbest    {-500 }      %~ Best place to break. %^penalty
+\def \breakalways  {-10000 }    %~ Always break here. %^penalty
+
+
+\def \allowbreak {\penalty \breakallowed}       %~ Allow page break here.
+\def \break      {\penalty \breakalways}        %~ Force page break here.
+\def \nobreak    {\penalty \breaknever}         %~ Disallow page break here.
+\let \unbreakable = \nobreak
+
+%                       Versions
+%                       --------
+
+
+% I have no idea what my intention was here.
+
+
+\def \defineversion #1#2{%                              {\name}{status}
+  \if #2%
+    \let \znext = \zletiftrue
+  \else
+    \let \znext = \zletiffalse
+  \fi
+  \withname\let {\end \expandafter\discardtok\string#1} = \fi
+  \znext{#1}}
+
+\def \zletiftrue #1{%
+  \let #1 = \iftrue}
+
+\def \zletiffalse #1{%
+  \let #1 = \iffalse}
+
+
+\defineversion{\ignore}{\false}
+
+%                       Translator Flags
+%                       ---------- -----
+
+
+\def \XTran<#1>{%
+  \error{xtran}{XTran flag: #1}}
+
+\def \ZzTran[#1]{%
+  \error{zztran}{ZzTran flag: #1}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmtime.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmtime.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..fd198712576
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzmtime.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX MathTime Font Support
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains various definitions and redefinitions
+%            necessary to use the MathTime fonts by The TeXplorators Corp.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   24 March 1993
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Type Styles
+%                       ---- ------
+
+\setstyleskewchar{\mit}{"2D}
+
+%                       Redefine Text Accents
+%                       -------- ---- -------
+
+
+\def \t #1{%                                    %~ Tie-after accent. %^accent
+  {\edef \znext {\the\font}\the\textfont2 \accent "41 \znext #1}}
+
+%                       Redefine Math Characters
+%                       -------- ---- ----------
+
+
+\zmchar \Gamma                  \classord \mitfam {30}
+\zmchar \Delta                  \classord \mitfam {31}
+\zmchar \Theta                  \classord \mitfam {32}
+\zmchar \Lambda                 \classord \mitfam {33}
+\zmchar \Xi                     \classord \mitfam {34}
+\zmchar \Pi                     \classord \mitfam {35}
+\zmchar \Sigma                  \classord \mitfam {36}
+\zmchar \Upsilon                \classord \mitfam {37}
+\zmchar \Phi                    \classord \mitfam {38}
+\zmchar \Psi                    \classord \mitfam {39}
+\zmchar \Omega                  \classord \mitfam {7F}
+
+\zmchar \varkappa               \classord \mitfam {7E}
+
+\zmchar {`+}                    \classbinop \msyfam {43}
+\zmchar \compose                \classbinop \msyfam {42}
+\zmchar \capprod                \classbinop \msyfam {5A}
+\zmchar \cupprod                \classbinop \msyfam {59}
+% Do not define \zmdagger and \zmddagger.
+\zmchar \setdiff                \classbinop \msyfam {58}
+
+\zmchar \triangleleft           \classbinop \msyfam {47}
+\zmchar \triangleright          \classbinop \msyfam {46}
+
+\zmchar {`=}                    \classrel \msyfam {44}
+
+\zmchar {`(}                    \classopen \mitfam {2E}
+\definemathdelimiter {`(}       \classord \mitfam {2E} \mexfam {00}
+
+\zmchar {`)}                    \classclose \mitfam {2F}
+\definemathdelimiter {`)}       \classord \mitfam {2F} \mexfam {01}
+
+\def \hbar {\mathord{h \llap{$\mathchar"024E \mkern 3.5mu$}}}
+
+\def \acute   {\zmtaccent{024B}{7013}}          %~ Acute accent. %^math_accent
+\def \bar     {\zmtaccent{024E}{7016}}          %~ Bar accent. %^math_accent
+\def \breve   {\zmtaccent{024D}{7015}}          %~ Breve accent. %^math_accent
+\def \check   {\zmtaccent{024C}{7014}}          %~ Check accent. %^math_accent
+\def \ddot    {\zmtaccent{0252}{????}}          %~ Double dot accent. %^math_accent
+\def \dot     {\zmtaccent{0250}{700B}}          %~ Dot accent. %^math_accent
+\def \grave   {\zmtaccent{024A}{7012}}          %~ Grave accent. %^math_accent
+\def \zmhat   {\zmtaccent{024F}{7007}}          %~ Hat accent. %^math_accent
+\def \zmtilde {\zmtaccent{0251}{700F}}          %~ Tilde accent. %^math_accent
+\def \vec     {\mathaccent "0245\relax}         %~ Vector accent. %^math_accent
+\def \widebar {\mathaccent "0253\relax}         %~ Wide bar accent. %^math_accent
+
+\def \zmtaccent #1#2{%
+  \if \eqlp{\fam}{-1}%
+    \mathaccent "#1\relax
+  \else
+    \mathaccent "#2\relax
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Redefine General Tools
+%                       -------- ------- -----
+
+
+\zmchar \Relbar \classrel \msyfam {48}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zznewmath.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zznewmath.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..583bb3d63af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zznewmath.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX New Mathematics Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This file provides the mathematics facilities for "new math"
+%            modes 1 and 2. It is loaded after the design file.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   16 October 2002
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Punctuation
+%                       -----------
+
+
+\if \eqlp{\newmath}{1}%
+
+\def \ldotp {\hbox to .42em{\hfil.\hfil}}
+
+\else\if \gtrp{\newmath}{1}%
+
+% This macro defines the math characters \zmperiod, \zmcomma,
+% colon, and semicolon to use the specified style.
+% If the style is \mit, then it's different.
+
+\def \setmathpunctuationstyle #1{%                              {style}
+  {\zmstyfam = \name{#1fam}%
+   \definemathchar {\zmperiod} \classord  \zmstyfam {2E}
+   \definemathchar {\zmcomma}  \classpunc \zmstyfam {2C}
+   \definemathchar {`;}        \classpunc \zmstyfam {3B}
+   \definemathchar {`:}        \classrel  \zmstyfam {3A}}}
+
+% Now establish \rm as the default punctuation style.
+
+\setmathpunctuationstyle{\rm}
+
+% Period and comma must be active in math.
+
+\definemathchar {`.} \classactive \rmfam {00}
+
+\definemathchar {`,} \classactive \rmfam {00}
+
+% When period and comma are active in math, this is what they do.
+
+{
+\catcode `\. = \catactive
+\gdef .{\mathpalette\zmactperiod{}}
+
+\catcode `\, = \catactive
+\gdef ,{\mathpalette\zmactcomma{}}
+}
+
+\def \zmactperiod #1#2{%
+  \mathord{\hbox to .28em{\hfil $#1\zmperiod$\hfil}}}
+
+\def \zmactcomma #1#2{%
+  \mathpunct{\hbox to .33em{\hfil $#1\zmcomma$\kern .03em\hfil}}}
+
+% Now we can define all the dot-oriented math commands.
+
+\def \cdotp {\mathpunct{\vcenter{\hbox{$.$}}}}
+
+\def \ldotp {\mathpunct{.}}
+
+\def \cdots {\mathinner{\cdotp\cdotp\cdotp}}
+
+\def \ddots {%
+  \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{\kern .4em .}%
+        \hbox{\kern .8em .}%
+        \vskip -.25ex}}
+
+\def \ldots {\mathinner{\ldotp\ldotp\ldotp}}
+
+\def \vdots {%
+  \vbox{\baselineskip = 4pt \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \hbox{.}%
+        \vskip -.25ex}}
+
+% Make \maps and \colon do the right thing.
+
+\def \maps {\mathpunct{:}}
+
+\let \colon = \maps
+
+\fi\fi
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zznote.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zznote.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..412d46c98a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zznote.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Notes Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module defines various blocks that produce "notes", such
+%            as footnotes.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   28 September 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Footnotes
+%                       ---------
+
+
+\defineblock{\footnote}{\endfootnote}{\true}{}
+
+% The footnote parameters are used at two different times: when the 
+% \footnote macro appears, and when the page is output.
+
+% The \referencing parameter takes the following values:
+%   0:  Produce neither a reference nor an intro number.
+%   1:  Produce an intro number, but no reference.
+%   2:  Produce both a reference and an intro number.
+
+%~block footnote
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above first footnote line.
+% \setflag \abutting = flag             % True if note abutts previous one.
+% \bodyfont = {...}                     % Font for footnote text.
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \internoteskip = glue                 % Extra space between footnotes.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \height = dimen                       % Maximum height on page.
+% \interlinepenalty = penalty           % Penalty between footnote lines.
+% \def \noteintroformat {...}           % Footnote intro formatter.
+% \def \noterefformat {...}             % Footnote reference formatter.
+% \parindent = dimen                    % Paragraph indent.
+% \parrag = dimen                       % Paragraph raggedness.
+% \parskip = glue                       % Paragraph skip.
+% \referencing = integer                % How the footnote is referenced.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+% \rulecolor = {...}                    % Color of rule.
+% \rulewidth = dimen                    % Width of rule.
+% \ruleheight = dimen                   % Height of rule.
+% \ruleshift = dimen                    % Horizontal shift of rule.
+% \ruleskip = dimen                     % Space b/b below rule.
+% \def \spilloverride {...}             % Override parameters on spillover.
+% \textcolor = {...}                    % Color of text.
+%~end
+
+\defineskip{\internoteskip}{0pt}
+\definecount{\referencing}{0}
+
+\defineinsert{\zfninsert}
+
+
+\def \footnote {%                                       {text}
+  \blockcantbein{\footnote}{\footnote}%
+  \beginblockscope{footnote}%
+  \global\increment \footnotedepth
+  \setflag \abutting = \false                           %~default with
+  \referencing = 2                                      %~default with
+  \interlinepenalty = \breakworse                       %~default hard
+  \rulecolor = {black}%                                 %~default soft
+  \ruleshift = 0pt                                      %~default soft
+  \def \spilloverride {}%                               %~default soft
+  \textcolor = {black}%                                 %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\footnote}{}%
+  \if \posp{\referencing}%
+    \global\increment \footnotenumber
+    \setcomptext{\footnotecomptext}%
+  \else
+    \footnotecomptext = {???}%
+  \fi
+  \settaginfo{\the\footnotecomptext}{???}%
+  \if \andp{\hmodep}{\eqlp{\referencing}{2}}%
+    {\edef \zsf {\spacefactor=\the\spacefactor}%
+     \/%
+     \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color push rgb 1 0 1}\fi
+     \noterefformat
+     \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color pop}\fi
+     \zsf}%
+  \fi
+  \footnoteinsert}
+
+\def \footnoteinsert {%
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \global\count\zfninsert = 1000
+  \global\dimen\zfninsert = \height
+  \global\skip\zfninsert = \aboveskip
+  \global\advance \skip\zfninsert by -\internoteskip
+  \global\advance \skip\zfninsert by -\ht\strutbox      % of footnote text.
+  \insert \zfninsert \bgroup
+    \zpushvcontext
+    \color{\the\textcolor}%
+    \setindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+    \setparrag{\parrag}%
+    \parfillskip = \normalparfillskip
+    \spaceskip = 0pt \xspaceskip = 0pt
+    \splittopskip = \ht\strutbox
+    \advance \splittopskip by \internoteskip
+    \splitmaxdepth = \dp\strutbox
+    \floatingpenalty = 20000\relax      % Reference on same page as note.
+    \if \posp{\referencing}%
+      \noteintroformat
+    \else
+      \indent
+    \fi
+    \vbox to \splittopskip{}%           % Strut in first line.
+    \bgroup
+      \aftergroup\endfootnote
+      \let \znext}                      % Eat open brace of footnote text.
+                                        % Absorb footnote text.
+                                        % \bgroup matches close brace.
+
+\def \endfootnote {%
+    \if \hmodep \strut \fi              % Strut in last line.
+    \endgraf
+    \unskip
+    \endcolor
+    \zpopvcontext
+  \egroup % \insert
+  \global\decrement \footnotedepth
+  \endblockscope{footnote}}
+
+% This macro is invoked by the output routine to format footnotes.
+
+\def \zfootnoteformat #1{%                              {body-depth}
+  \beginblockscope{footnote}%
+  \ruleshift = 0pt
+  \def \spilloverride {}%
+  % We used to do the \processdesign here, but that does a \processwith
+  % that can end up processing some other block's pending \with. Oops.
+  \footnotedesign \relax                % \processdesign{\footnote}{}
+  \if \notp{\emptydefp{\spilloverride}}%
+    \setbox \zboxa = \vtop{\unvcopy \zfninsert}%
+    \if \dimzerop{\ht\zboxa}\spilloverride \fi
+  \fi
+  \vskip \skip\zfninsert
+  \vskip -#1\relax
+  \if \andp{\dimposp{\ruleheight}}{\dimposp{\rulewidth}}%
+    \the\bodyfont
+    \tdimena = \ruleskip
+    \advance \tdimena by -\ht\strutbox
+    \advance \tdimena by -\internoteskip
+    \vskip -\tdimena
+    \vskip -\ruleheight
+    \nointerlineskip
+    \noindent \hspace{\ruleshift}%
+    \color{\the\rulecolor}\rule{height \ruleheight depth 0pt width \rulewidth}%
+    \endcolor\par
+    \vskip \tdimena
+  \fi
+  \unvbox \zfninsert
+  \endblockscope{footnote}}
+
+%                       Endnote
+%                       -------
+
+
+\defineblock{\endnote}{\endendnote}{\true}{}
+
+% The endnote parameters are used at two different times: when the 
+% \endnote command appears, and when the \endnotes command is used
+% to typeset the notes.
+
+%~block endnote
+% \setflag \abutting = flag             % True if note abutts previous one.
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \endnoteclass = integer               % Class of endnote.
+% \def \noterefformat {...}             % Footnote reference formatter.
+% \referencing = integer                % How the endnote is referenced.
+%~end
+
+\definecount{\endnoteclass}{0}
+\definetoks{\zendtoks}
+
+
+\def \endnote {%                                        {text}
+  \blockcantbein{\endnote}{\endnote}%
+  \beginblockscope{endnote}%
+  \global\increment \endnotedepth
+  \setflag \abutting = \false                           %~default with
+  \endnoteclass = 0                                     %~default with
+  \referencing = 2                                      %~default with
+  \processdesign{\endnote}{}%
+  \global\increment \endnotenumber
+  \setcomptext{\endnotecomptext}%
+  \if \andp{\hmodep}{\eqlp{\referencing}{2}}%
+    {\edef \zsf {\spacefactor = \the\spacefactor}%
+     \/%
+     \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color push rgb 1 0 1}\fi
+     \noterefformat
+     \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color pop}\fi
+     \zsf}%
+  \fi
+  \afterassignment \endendnote
+  \zendtoks =}
+
+\def \endendnote {%
+  \edef \zendtext {\the\zendtoks}%
+  \edef \znext {\noexpand\xref{end}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\endnotecomptext}
+                              {\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\zendtext\zmark}
+                              {\the\divisionname,\the\endnoteclass}}%
+  \znext
+  \global\decrement \endnotedepth
+  \endblockscope{endnote}}
+
+%                       Endnotes
+%                       --------
+
+
+\defineblock{\endnotes}{\endendnotes}{\false}{}
+
+%~block endnotes
+% \setflag \abutting = flag             % True if note abutts previous one.
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \endnoteclass = integer               % Class of endnote.
+% \def \noterefformat {...}             % Footnote reference formatter.
+% \referencing = integer                % How the endnote is referenced.
+%~end
+
+\definecount{\endnotepage}{0}
+\definetoks{\zenddivlist}
+\definetoks{\zenddiv}
+\definecount{\zendclass}{0}
+
+\def \endnotes #1{%                             {division-list}
+  \blockcantbein{\endnotes}{\endnotes}%
+  \blockmustbein{\endnotes}{\list}%
+  \beginblockscope{endnotes}%
+  \global\increment \endnotesdepth
+  \endnoteclass = 0                                     %~default with
+  \processdesign{\endnote}{}%                           % Use endnote block's design.
+  \global\increment \endnotesnumber
+  \zenddivlist = {#1}%
+  \zxloadcomp{\xrefloadendmode}%
+  \endendnotes}
+
+\def \endendnotes {%
+  \endgraf
+  \fakepar
+  \setlist \zendadjlist = {}%
+  \global\decrement \endnotesdepth
+  \endblockscope{endnotes}}
+
+% This macro is called for each endnote entry in the cross-reference file.
+
+\long\def \xrefend #1#2#3#4{%
+  \ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefloadendmode
+    \xrefendb{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}%
+  \fi}
+
+\long\def \xrefendb #1#2#3#4{%          {page}{number}{text}{division,class}
+  \def \znext ##1,##2,##3\zmark{%
+    \zenddiv={##1}\zendclass=##2}%
+  \znext #4,0,\zmark \relax
+  \if \eqlp{\zendclass}{\endnoteclass}%
+    \edef \znext {\noexpand\inclusionlist\noexpand\zendtest
+                                         {\the\zenddiv}{\the\zenddivlist}}%
+    \znext
+    \if \zendtest
+      \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{\zendclass=0#1}%
+      \endnotepage = \if \dimzerop{\wd\zboxa}#1\else 0 \fi
+      \let \xrefmode = \xrefrunmode
+      \zchkendadj{#2}%
+      \item{#2}#3\par
+      \let \xrefmode = \xrefloadendmode
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+% This macro allows the compositor to noninvasively adjust pages between
+% endnotes.
+
+\setlist \zendadjlist = {}
+
+\long\def \endnotesadjustment #1#2{%                    {division.number}{commands}
+  \append{{#1}{#2}}{\zendadjlist}}
+
+\long\def \zchkendadj #1{%                              {number}
+  \maplist{\zchkendadjb{#1}##1}{\zendadjlist}}
+
+\long\def \zchkendadjb #1#2#3{%                 {number}{division.number}{commands}
+  \stringeql{\znext}{\the\zenddiv.#1}{#2}%
+  \if \znext #3\relax \fi}
+
+%                       Margin Notes
+%                       ------ -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\marginnote}{\endmarginnote}{\true}{}
+
+%~block marginnote Type
+% \def \beginformat {...}               % Beginning of text formatter.
+% \bodyfont = {...}                     % Font for note text.
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \def \endformat {...}                 % End of text formatter.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \margingutter = dimen                 % Gutter for note in right margin.
+% \def \noteintroformat {...}           % Note intro formatter.
+% \def \noterefformat {...}             % Note reference formatter.
+% \parindent = dimen                    % Paragraph indent.
+% \parrag = dimen                       % Paragraph raggedness.
+% \parskip = glue                       % Paragraph skip.
+% \position = {...}                     % Position (see below).
+% \referencing = integer                % How the margin note is referenced.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+% \textcolor = {...}                    % Color of text.
+% \vshift = dimen                       % Vertical shift for note.
+% \width = dimen                        % Width of text in box.
+%~end
+
+\definedimen{\margingutter}{0pt}
+\definecount{\marginnotepage}{0}
+
+\definecount{\zdivmncounter}{0}
+\definedimen{\zmnshift}{0pt}
+\definetoks{\zmntoks}
+\definebox{\zmnbox}
+\definedimen{\zmnprevdepth}{0pt}
+
+
+\def \marginnote #1{%                                   {type}
+  \blockcantbein{\marginnote}{\marginnote}%
+  \beginblockscope{marginnote}%
+  \global\increment \marginnotedepth
+  \global\increment \zdivmncounter
+  \whichpage{\marginnotepage}{zM:\the\divisionname-\the\zdivmncounter}%
+  \def \beginformat {}%                                 %~default soft
+  \def \endformat {}%                                   %~default soft
+  \leftindent = 0pt                                     %~default soft
+  \referencing = 0                                      %~default soft
+  \rightindent = 0pt                                    %~default soft
+  \textcolor = {black}%                                 %~default soft
+  \vshift = 0pt                                         %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\marginnote}{#1}%
+  \zparsemnpos{\the\position}%
+  \if \posp{\referencing}%
+    \global\increment \marginnotenumber
+    \setcomptext{\marginnotecomptext}%
+  \else
+    \marginnotecomptext = {???}%
+  \fi
+  \settaginfo{\the\marginnotecomptext}{???}%
+  \if \andp{\hmodep}{\eqlp{\referencing}{2}}%
+    {\edef \zsf {\spacefactor=\the\spacefactor}%
+     \/%
+     \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color push rgb 1 0 1}\fi
+     \noterefformat
+     \if \DVIWindoinuse \colorspecial{ifview color pop}\fi
+     \zsf}%
+  \fi
+  \afterassignment \endmarginnote
+  \zmntoks =}
+
+\def \endmarginnote {%
+  \setbox \zmnbox = \vtop{%
+    \zpushvcontext
+    \color{\the\textcolor}%
+    \the\bodyfont
+    \setindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+    \settextwidth{\width}
+    \setparrag{\parrag}%
+    \beginformat
+    \if \posp{\referencing}\noteintroformat \fi
+    \the\zmntoks
+    \endgraf
+    \endformat
+    \endcolor
+    \zpopvcontext}%
+  \marginnoteformat
+  \global\decrement \marginnotedepth
+  \endblockscope{marginnote}}
+
+\def \marginnoteformat {%
+  \if \vmodep
+    \zmnprevdepth = \prevdepth
+    \nointerlineskip
+  \else
+    \vadjust
+  \fi
+  \bgroup
+    \moveright \zmnshift \vtop to 0pt{%
+      \vskip \vshift
+      \box \zmnbox
+      \vss
+      \tagpageonly{\uniquetag{zM}{\the\zdivmncounter}}}%
+  \egroup
+  \if \vmodep \prevdepth = \zmnprevdepth \fi}
+
+% This macro sets up variables that specify the position of a margin note
+% according to the \position design parameter:
+%
+%   \ifevenpage         Use next position only on even page.
+%   \ifoddpage          Use next position only on odd page.
+%   \leftmargin         Shift note to left margin.
+%   \outsidemargin      Shift note to outside margin.
+%   \rightmargin        Shift note to right margin.
+
+\definecount{\zmnhpos}{0}
+
+\def \zparsemnpos #1{%                                 {options...}
+  \global\zmnhpos = 0
+  {\def \ifevenpage   ##1{\if \evenp{\marginnotepage}##1\fi}%
+   \def \ifoddpage    ##1{\if \oddp{\marginnotepage}##1\fi}%
+   \def \leftmargin   {\global\zmnhpos=1\relax}%
+   \def \outsidemargin{\ifevenpage{\leftmargin}\ifoddpage{\rightmargin}}%
+   \def \rightmargin  {\global\zmnhpos=2\relax}%
+   #1\relax}%
+  \ifcase \zmnhpos
+    \error{nomnpos}
+          {No horizontal position has been specified for a margin note}%
+  \or
+    \if \evenp{\marginnotepage}%
+      \zmnshift = -\evenlefttextmargin
+    \else
+      \zmnshift = -\oddlefttextmargin
+    \fi
+  \or
+    \calculate \zmnshift = {\textmeasure,+,\margingutter}%
+  \fi}
+
+% This macro is invoked at the beginning of each division.
+
+\def \zmndivinit {%
+  \global\zdivmncounter = 0\relax}
+
+%                       Proof Notes
+%                       ----- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\proofnote}{\endproofnote}{\true}{}
+
+%~block proofnote
+% \bodyfont = {...}                     % Font for note text.
+% \evenshift = dimen                    % Horizontal shift for even pages.
+% \oddshift = dimen                     % Horizontal shift for odd pages.
+% \textcolor = {...}                    % Color of note.
+% \vshift = dimen                       % Vertical shift for note.
+% \width = dimen                        % Width of note.
+%~end
+
+\definedimen{\evenshift}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\oddshift}{0pt}
+
+\definecount{\zdivpncounter}{0}
+\definecount{\zpnpage}{0}
+
+
+\def \proofnote {%                                      {text}
+  \blockcantbein{\proofnote}{\proofnote}%
+  \beginblockscope{proofnote}%
+  \global\increment \proofnotedepth
+  \global\increment \zdivpncounter
+  \whichpage{\zpnpage}{zP:\the\divisionname-\the\zdivpncounter}%
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \parskip = 2pt
+  \textcolor = {black}%                                 %~default soft
+  \vshift = 0pt                                         %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\proofnote}{}%
+  \afterassignment \endproofnote
+  \zmntoks =}
+
+\def \endproofnote {%
+  \zcalcpnshift
+  \setbox \zmnbox = \vtop{%
+    \zpushvcontext
+    \color{\the\textcolor}%
+    \the\bodyfont
+    \settextwidth{\width}
+    \setparrag{.4\width}%
+    \def \endpartext {}%                % Prevent end-of-paragraph text.
+    \the\zmntoks
+    \endgraf
+    \endcolor
+    \zpopvcontext}%
+  \proofnoteformat
+  \long\edef \znext {\noexpand\todo{.Proof note: \the\zmntoks}}%
+  \znext
+  \global\decrement \proofnotedepth
+  \endblockscope{proofnote}}
+
+\def \proofnoteformat {%
+  \if \vmodep
+    \zmnprevdepth = \prevdepth
+    \nointerlineskip
+  \else
+    \vadjust
+  \fi
+  \bgroup
+    \moveright \zmnshift \vtop to 0pt{%
+      \vskip -\parskip
+      \vskip \vshift
+      \box \zmnbox
+      \vss
+      \tagpageonly{\uniquetag{zP}{\the\zdivpncounter}}}%
+  \egroup
+  \if \vmodep \prevdepth = \zmnprevdepth \fi}
+
+\def \zcalcpnshift {%
+  \if \evenp{\zpnpage}%
+    \if \negp{\evenshift}%
+      \zmnshift = \evenshift
+    \else
+      \calculate \zmnshift = {\textmeasure,+,\evenshift}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \if \negp{\oddshift}%
+      \zmnshift = \oddshift
+    \else
+      \calculate \zmnshift = {\textmeasure,+,\oddshift}%
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+% This macro is invoked at the beginning of each division.
+
+\def \zpndivinit {%
+  \global\zdivpncounter = 0\relax}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzoverlay.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzoverlay.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e957ebd35e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzoverlay.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Page Overlay Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This file provides the ability to overlay text and rules
+%            on each page.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   29 March 2006
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Overlay & Proof Identification
+%                       ------- - ----- --------------
+
+
+\setflag \zoverlayset = \false
+\definetoks{\zoverlay}
+\zoverlay = {blind}
+\definetoks{\zproofid}
+\zproofid = {}
+
+\def \setpageoverlay #1{%                                       {name}
+  \global\setflag \zoverlayset = \true
+  \global\zoverlay = {#1}}
+
+\def \proofidentification #1{%                                  {text}
+  \zproofid = {#1}}
+
+\def \zproofidfile {%
+  \immediate\openout \zwritea = \jobname.zzq\relax
+  \immediate\write \zwritea {\the\zproofid}%
+  \immediate\closeout \zwritea}
+
+%                       Builtin Overlays
+%                       ------- --------
+
+
+\definedimen{\zoverlaythickness}{.4pt}
+
+
+\def \pageoverlayblind {}
+
+\def \pageoverlaytrimbox {%
+  \smashbox{%
+    \vbox to \trimheight{%
+      \topcornermarks{\trimwidth}{.5\trimheight}{\zoverlaythickness}%
+      \vss
+      \bottomcornermarks{\trimwidth}{.5\trimheight}{\zoverlaythickness}}}%
+  \zpagelengthmarks
+  \zslugline}
+
+\def \pageoverlaytrimmarks {%
+  \smashbox{%
+    \vbox to \trimheight{%
+      \topcornermarks{\trimwidth}{.75pc}{\zoverlaythickness}%
+      \vss
+      \bottomcornermarks{\trimwidth}{.75pc}{\zoverlaythickness}}}%
+  \zpagelengthmarks
+  \zslugline}
+
+%                       Page Length Marks
+%                       ---- ------ -----
+
+
+\def \zpagelengthmarks {%
+  \smashbox{%
+    \calculate \tdimena = {\headmargin,+,\typeareaheight,-,\footerheight}%
+    \vskip \tdimena
+    \hbox to \trimwidth{%
+      \llap{\vrule height \zoverlaythickness width .75pc}\hfil
+      \rlap{\vrule height \zoverlaythickness width .75pc}}}}
+
+%                       Slug Line
+%                       ---- ----
+
+
+\definedimen{\zslugindent}{.25in}
+
+
+\def \zslugline {%
+  \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\zproofid}}%
+    \kern \trimheight
+    \if \dimgtrp{\trimheight}{10.75in}\kern -.25in \fi
+    \kern -8pt
+    \hbox to \trimwidth{%
+      \hspace{\zslugindent}%
+      \zannofont
+      \the\zproofid \quad
+      \number\year/\number\month/\number\day\space \formattime \quad
+      p. \folio \hspace{5pt}%
+      \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\divisionname}}(\the\divisionname)\fi
+      \hfill
+      \inicompositor, \iniinitials \quad
+      \ZzTeX\ \ZzTeXversion
+      \hspace{\zslugindent}}%
+  \fi}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzpage.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzpage.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a666c18094d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzpage.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,908 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Page Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains all the user facilities for
+%            specifying things about the page layout.  It also
+%            contains the output routines.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   7 March 1990
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Tracing Page Makeup
+%                       ------- ---- ------
+
+
+\def \tracepagemakeup #1{%
+  \if \posp{\tracingpagemakeup}%
+    \writelog{ZzTeX page \the\pagenumber: #1}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Initialize Page Parameters
+%                       ---------- ---- ----------
+
+
+% Here we assume that the type area width is the same on both pages.
+
+\def \zpageinit {%
+  \gcalculate \trimplusbleedheight = {\standardbleed,+,\trimheight,+,%
+                                      \standardbleed}%
+  \gcalculate \trimplusbleedwidth = {\standardbleed,+,\trimwidth,+,%
+                                     \standardbleed}%
+  \gcalculate \typeareawidth = {\oddlefttextmargin,+,\textmeasure,+,%
+                                \oddrighttextmargin}%
+  \gcalculate \evenoutermargin = {\trimwidth,-,\typeareawidth,-,%
+                                  \eveninnermargin}%
+  \gcalculate \evenbleedshift = {-\evenlefttextmargin,-,\evenoutermargin,-,%
+                                 \standardbleed}%
+  \gcalculate \oddoutermargin = {\trimwidth,-,\typeareawidth,-,%
+                                 \oddinnermargin}%
+  \gcalculate \oddbleedshift = {-\oddlefttextmargin,-,\oddinnermargin,-,%
+                                 \standardbleed}}
+
+%                       Page Number
+%                       ---- ------
+
+
+\countdef \pagenumber = 0
+
+\declaresnapitem{\pagenumber}
+
+\def \setpagenumber #1{%                                {number}
+  \global\pagenumber = #1\relax
+  \setcolumnnumber{1}}
+
+\def \evenpagep {\evenp{\pagenumber}}
+\def \oddpagep {\oddp{\pagenumber}}
+
+\def \folio {}
+
+\def \setfoliostyle #1{%                                {\style}
+  \ztoksa = \expandaftertwice{\name{#1folio}}%
+  \xdef \folio {\the\ztoksa}}
+
+\def \chapterpagefolio {\the\chaptercomptext-\number\pagenumber}
+\def \arabicfolio {\number\pagenumber}
+\let \decimalfolio = \arabicfolio
+\def \letterfolio {\ucletter\pagenumber}
+\def \partpagefolio {\the\partcomptext-\number\pagenumber}
+\def \romanfolio {\romannumeral\pagenumber}
+
+%                       Marks
+%                       -----
+
+
+% These macros hold the five parts of the current mark, each part having
+% three subparts.  When a part is saved, the first subpart is expanded and
+% the second and third subparts are not.
+
+\definetoks{\zmarki}   \zmarki = {{???}{???}{???}}
+\definetoks{\zmarkii}  \zmarkii = {{???}{???}{???}}
+\definetoks{\zmarkiii} \zmarkiii = {{???}{???}{???}}
+\definetoks{\zmarkiv}  \zmarkiv = {{???}{???}{???}}
+\definetoks{\zmarkv}   \zmarkv = {{???}{???}{???}}
+
+
+\def \setmarkinfothree #1#2#3#4{%       {part}{text1}{text2}{text3}
+  {\tcounta = #1\relax
+   \edef \znext {{#2}}%
+   \global\name{\zmark\romannumeral\tcounta} = \expandafter{\znext{#3}{#4}}%
+   \mark{\noexpand\or \the\zmarki \noexpand\or \the\zmarkii
+         \noexpand\or \the\zmarkiii \noexpand\or \the\zmarkiv
+         \noexpand\or \the\zmarkv}}%
+  \if \vmodep \repeatpenalty \fi} % In case glue follows the mark.
+
+\def \setmarkinfo #1#2#3{%                      {part}{text1}{text2}
+  \setmarkinfothree{#1}{#2}{#3}{???}}
+
+
+\let \firstnewmark = \firstmark
+\let \bottommark = \botmark
+
+\def \markinfo #1#2#3{%                         {mark}{part}{subpart}
+  \ifcase #3%
+    \relax
+  \or
+    \expandafter\zoneofthree
+      \ifcase #2\expandafter\relax #1\else {???}{???}{???}\fi
+  \or
+    \expandafter\ztwoofthree
+      \ifcase #2\expandafter\relax #1\else {???}{???}{???}\fi
+  \or
+    \expandafter\zthreeofthree
+      \ifcase #2\expandafter\relax #1\else {???}{???}{???}\fi
+  \else
+    \error{invsubpart}{The subpart `#3' is invalid}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Page Screen
+%                       ---- ------
+
+
+\def \fullpagescreen #1{%                               {color}
+  \if \inbackground
+    \vskip -\standardbleed
+    \moveleft \standardbleed \vbox{%
+      \colorrule{#1}{width \trimplusbleedwidth height \trimplusbleedheight}}%
+  \else
+    \hrule width 0pt
+    \vsinkfromtrim{-\standardbleed}
+    \smashbox{%
+      \colorparrule{#1}
+        {\if \evenp{\pagenumber}\evenbleedshift \else \oddbleedshift \fi}
+        {width \trimplusbleedwidth height 0pt depth \trimplusbleedheight}}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       New Headers & Footers Scheme
+%                       --- ------- - ------- ------
+
+
+% Most of the definitions are in zzrunner.tex, but these need to be in
+% here so they can be used in design files.
+
+
+\def \headerblindformat {}
+
+\def \footerblindformat {}
+
+\def \headercornermarkformat {%
+  \line{\vrule height .5pt depth 0pt width 6pt \hfil
+        \vrule height .5pt depth 0pt width 6pt}%
+  \nointerlineskip
+  \line{\vrule height 6pt depth 0pt width .5pt \hfil
+        \vrule height 6pt depth 0pt width .5pt}%
+  \vfil}
+
+\def \footercornermarkformat {%
+  \vfil
+  \line{\vrule height 6pt depth 0pt width .5pt \hfil
+        \vrule height 6pt depth 0pt width .5pt}%
+  \nointerlineskip
+  \line{\vrule height .5pt width 6pt \hfil
+        \vrule height .5pt width 6pt}}
+
+%                       Old Headers & Footers Scheme
+%                       --- ------- - ------- ------
+
+
+\def \zcurheader{\normalheader}
+\def \zcurfooter{\normalfooter}
+
+\setflag \zoverrunners = \false
+\let \zsaveheader = \relax
+\let \zsavefooter = \relax
+
+
+\def \setrunners #1#2{%                                 {header}{footer}
+  \if \zoverrunners
+    \gdef \zsaveheader {#1}%
+    \gdef \zsavefooter {#2}%
+  \else
+    \gdef \zcurheader {#1}%
+    \gdef \zcurfooter {#2}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \overriderunners #1#2{%                            {header}{footer}
+  \if \notp{\zoverrunners}%
+    \global\let \zsaveheader = \zcurheader
+    \global\let \zsavefooter = \zcurfooter
+    \global\setflag \zoverrunners = \true
+  \fi
+  \gdef \zcurheader {#1}%
+  \gdef \zcurfooter {#2}}
+
+\def \blindrunners {%
+  \overriderunners{\blindheader}{\blindfooter}}
+
+\def \zsetrunnerstoks #1{%                              {tokens}
+  \expandafter\overriderunners \the#1}
+
+\def \zoverriderunnerstoks #1{%                              {tokens}
+  \expandafter\overriderunners \the#1}
+
+% The following macro is used to initialize the \runners parameter.
+
+\def \zoldrunners #1{%
+  \runners = {#1}}
+
+% The following macro is called from the output routine.
+
+\def \znextpagerunners {%
+  \if \zoverrunners
+    \global\let \zcurheader = \zsaveheader
+    \global\let \zcurfooter = \zsavefooter
+    \global\setflag \zoverrunners = \false
+  \fi}
+
+
+% The following macros provide some standard, simple header and footer
+% formats.
+
+\def \blindheader {}
+
+\def \blindfooter {}
+
+\def \cornermarkheader {\headercornermarkformat}
+
+\def \cornermarkfooter {\footercornermarkformat}
+
+% The following header and footer formats are provided by the design.
+% Just in case they are forgotten:
+
+\def \normalheader {%
+  \warning{noheadfoot}{No normal header format has been specified}}
+\def \normalfooter {%
+  \warning{noheadfoot}{No normal footer format has been specified}}
+\def \chapterheader {%
+  \warning{noheadfoot}{No chapter header format has been specified}}
+\def \chapterfooter {%
+  \warning{noheadfoot}{No chapter footer format has been specified}}
+
+%                       Multiple Columns
+%                       -------- -------
+
+
+% The following parameters are calculated by the \setpagecolumns command:
+
+\setflag \zdofullbreak = \false         % True if doing a full break.
+\setflag \zusetypewidth = \false        % True if using type area width.
+
+\definecount{\columncount}{0}           % Number of columns on page.
+\definecount{\columnnumber}{0}          % Current column number.
+% \hsize
+% \vsize
+
+
+% The \setpagecolumns command accepts the following options:
+%
+%   \fullbreak
+%   \shortbreak
+%   \usetextmeasure
+%   \usetextwidth
+%   \usetypewidth
+
+\def \setpagecolumns #1#2#3{%           {options}{columns}{gutter-width}
+  \endgraf
+  {\def \fullbreak {\global\setflag \zdofullbreak = \true}%
+   \def \shortbreak {\global\setflag \zdofullbreak = \false}%
+   \def \usetextmeasure {\global\setflag \zutw = \false}%
+   \def \usetextwidth {\global\setflag \zutw = \false}%
+   \def \usetypewidth {\global\setflag \zutw = \true}%
+   \global\setflag \zdofullbreak = \false
+   \global\setflag \zutw = \false
+   #1}%
+  \if \andp{\zusetypewidth}{\notp{\zutw}}%
+    \zejectcolpage
+  \else\if \onep{\columncount}%
+    \if \orp{\gtrp{#2}{1}}{\zutw}\penalty \zpenoneton \fi
+  \else\if \neqlp{#2}{\columncount}%
+    \zejectcolpage
+  \fi\fi\fi
+  \global\columncount = #2\relax
+  \global\setflag \zusetypewidth = \zutw
+  \tdimena = \if \zusetypewidth \typeareawidth \else \textmeasure \fi
+  \calculate \tdimenb = {-#3,*,\columncount,+,#3,+,\tdimena,/,\columncount}%
+  \settextwidth{\tdimenb}%
+  \global\hsize = \hsize                % Make these two parameters global.
+  \global\parfillskip = \parfillskip
+  \setcolumnnumber{1}%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Columns: \the\columncount; width: \the\hsize; gutter: #3.}}
+
+\def \zejectcolpage {%
+  \if \zdofullbreak
+    \freshpage{\full\floats\any}%
+  \else
+    \freshpage{\short\floats\any}%
+  \fi
+  \global\vsize = \textareaheight}      % Needed even if no page eject.
+
+
+\def \setcolumnnumber #1{%                              {number}
+  \global\columnnumber = #1\relax
+  \if \andp{\oddpagep}{\lastcolumnp}%
+    \global\brokenpenalty = \oddbrokenpenalty
+  \else
+    \global\brokenpenalty = \evenbrokenpenalty
+  \fi}
+
+\def \firstcolumnp {\eqlp{\columnnumber}{1}}
+\def \lastcolumnp  {\eqlp{\columnnumber}{\columncount}}
+
+
+%-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% This old command is deprecated, although it will work forever.
+
+
+\def \setcolumns #1#2#3{%               {count}{gutter-width}{use-type-area}
+  \endgraf
+  \if \andp{\zusetypewidth}{\notp{#3}}%
+    \freshpage{\short\floats\any}%
+    \global\vsize = \textareaheight % Needed even if no page eject.
+  \else \if \eqlp{\columncount}{1}%
+    \if \orp{\gtrp{#1}{1}}{#3}%
+      \penalty \zpenoneton
+    \fi
+  \else \if \neqlp{#1}{\columncount}%
+    \freshpage{\short\floats\any}%
+    \global\vsize = \textareaheight % Needed even if no page eject.
+  \fi\fi\fi
+  \global\columncount = #1\relax
+  \global\setflag \zusetypewidth = #3\relax
+  {\zpageinit
+   \tdimena = #2\relax
+   \multiply \tdimena by \columncount
+   \advance \tdimena by -#2\relax
+   \if \zusetypewidth
+     \advance \tdimena by -\typeareawidth
+   \else
+     \advance \tdimena by -\textmeasure
+   \fi
+   \divide \tdimena by -\columncount
+   \settextwidth{\tdimena}%
+   \global\hsize = \hsize               % Make these two parameters global.
+   \global\parfillskip = \parfillskip}%
+  \setcolumnnumber{1}%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Columns: \the\columncount; width: \the\hsize; gutter: #2.}}
+
+%                       Column Breaks
+%                       ------ ------
+
+
+\def \columnbreak #1{%                          {penalty}
+  \penalty #1\relax}
+
+\def \freshcolumn #1{%                          {options}
+  {\let \zfill = \relax
+   \let \full = \relax \def \short {\def \zfill {\vfill}}%
+   #1\relax%
+   \if \notp{\dimzerop{\lastskip}}\vskip -\lastskip \fi
+   \zfill
+   \penalty \zpenfreshcol}}
+
+\def \fullcolumnbreak {\freshcolumn{\full}}
+\def \shortcolumnbreak {\freshcolumn{\short}}
+
+\def \blankcolumn {%
+  \line{}%
+  \shortcolumnbreak}
+
+%                       Page Breaks
+%                       ---- ------
+
+
+%~ This command starts a new page. The options specify the
+%~ exact behavior:
+%~ & |\any|& Start an even or odd page.
+%~ & |\even|&  Start an even page.
+%~ & |\floats|& Place all floats before new page.
+%~ & |\full|& Current page is bottomed out.
+%~ & |\nofloats|& No need to place all floats.
+%~ & |\odd|& Start an odd page.
+%~ & |\short|& Run current page short.
+%~ &.
+
+\def \freshpage #1{%                            {options} %^page_makeup
+  \if \vmodep
+    {\let \zfill = \vfill
+     \let \short = \relax \def \full {\let \zfill = \relax}%
+     \let \zflush = \zpenfreshpage
+     \let \nofloats = \relax \def \floats {\let \zflush = \zpenflushpage}%
+     \let \zpage = \relax
+     \let \any = \relax
+     \def \odd {\def \zpage {\if \evenpagep \blankpage \fi}}%
+     \def \even {\def \zpage {\if \oddpagep \blankpage \fi}}%
+     #1\relax%
+     \if \notp{\dimzerop{\lastskip}}\vskip -\lastskip \fi
+     \zfill
+     \if \notp{\lastcolumnp}%
+       \penalty \zpenfreshcol
+       \if \notp{\lastcolumnp}%
+         \loop
+           \blankcolumn
+         \if \notp{\lastcolumnp}\repeat
+       \fi
+       \line{}%
+       \vfill
+     \fi
+     \penalty \zflush
+     \zpage}%
+  \else
+    \error{pagepar}{Page break requested in the middle of a paragraph}%
+  \fi}
+
+%~ This command starts a new page, bottoming out the current page.
+
+\def \fullpagebreak {\freshpage{\full\nofloats\any}}    %^page_makeup
+
+%~ This command starts a new page, leaving the current page short.
+%~ The argument specifies the number of lines short, or, if 
+%~ specified as |\asap|, runs the page as short as possible.
+
+\def \shortpagebreak #1{%                               {lines} %^page_makeup
+  {\def \zarg {#1}\def \zasap {\asap}%
+   \if \tokeqlp{\zarg}{\zasap}%
+     \freshpage{\short\nofloats\any}%
+   \else
+     \kern -\dp\strutbox
+     \kern #1\baselineskip
+     \fullpagebreak
+   \fi}}
+
+\def \blankpage {%
+  \blindrunners
+  \pagehint{(blank)}%
+  \hrule width 0pt
+  \freshpage{\short\nofloats\any}}
+
+\def \blankleaf {%
+  \freshpage{\short\floats\odd}
+  \blankpage
+  \freshpage{\short\even}
+  \blankpage}
+
+%                       Overriding Text Area Height
+%                       ---------- ---- ---- ------
+
+
+\definedimen{\zortahsave}{0pt}          % Saved normal text area height.
+\definecount{\zortahcount}{0}           % Number of overridden pages.
+
+
+%~ This command changes the number of lines on the specified number
+%~ of pages, beginning with the current page. The nominal line count
+%~ is increased or decreased by the specified number of lines,
+%~ which should be coded with a plus or minus sign. A fractional
+%~ number of lines is allowed. It is best to change two pages (a spread)
+%~ with each command.
+
+\def \overridetextareaheight #1#2{%             {pages}{lines} %^page_makeup
+  \if \posp{\zortahcount}%
+    \warning{overortah}{Text area height overridden during previous override}%
+    \zresetortah
+  \fi
+  {\global\zortahsave = \textareaheight
+   \global\zortahcount = #1\relax
+   \global\advance \textareaheight by #2\baselineskip
+   \global\vsize = \textareaheight
+   \if \dimneqlp{\pagegoal}{\maxdimen}%
+     \tdimena = \textareaheight
+     \advance \tdimena by -\zortahsave
+     \advance \tdimena by \pagegoal
+     \global\pagegoal = \tdimena
+   \fi}%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Overriding text area height: pages: #1, vsize: \the\vsize, 
+                   goal: \the\pagegoal.}}
+
+\def \zresetortah {%
+  \global\zortahcount = 0
+  \global\textareaheight = \zortahsave
+  \global\vsize = \textareaheight
+%%%  \global\pagegoal = \vsize
+  \tracepagemakeup{Un-overriding text area height: vsize: \the\vsize.}}
+
+\def \zortahdivfinal {%
+  \if \posp{\zortahcount}%
+    \warning{divortah}{Text area height overridden across a division}%
+    \zresetortah
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Text Margins
+%                       ---- -------
+
+
+% The following two macros are really bogus, because TeX doesn't
+% always know what page it's on, except in the output routine.
+
+\def \thislefttextmargin {%
+  \if \evenpagep \evenlefttextmargin \else \oddlefttextmargin \fi}
+
+\def \thisrighttextmargin {%
+  \if \evenpagep \evenrighttextmargin \else \oddrighttextmargin \fi}
+
+\definedimen{\typeareashift}{0pt}
+\definecount{\ztaspage}{0}
+
+\def \determinetypeareashift #1{%                               {page}
+  \global\typeareashift = \if \evenp{#1}-\evenlefttextmargin \else
+                                        -\oddlefttextmargin \fi}
+
+%                       Layout Summary
+%                       ------ -------
+
+
+{\catcode`\_ = \catactive
+
+\gdef \zlayoutsummary {%
+  {\def _{\space}%
+   \writelog{}%
+   \writelog{Layout:}%
+   \writelog{}%
+   \tdimena = .013837\trimwidth
+   \tdimenb = .013837\trimheight
+   \writelog{Trim: \thefactor\tdimena"_x_\thefactor\tdimenb"}%
+   \tdimena = .013837\headmargin
+   \writelog{Head margin: \thefactor\tdimena"}%
+   \tdimena = .083333\typeareawidth
+   \tdimenb = .083333\typeareaheight
+   \writelog{Type area: \thefactor\tdimena pc_x_\thefactor\tdimenb pc}%
+   \tdimena = .013837\eveninnermargin
+   \tdimenb = .013837\oddinnermargin
+   \writelog{Inside margins: even \thefactor\tdimena", odd \thefactor\tdimenb"}%
+   \tdimena = .013837\evenoutermargin
+   \tdimenb = .013837\oddoutermargin
+   \writelog{Outside margins: even \thefactor\tdimena", odd \thefactor\tdimenb"}%
+   \tdimena = .083333\evenlefttextmargin
+   \tdimenb = .083333\oddlefttextmargin
+   \writelog{Left text margins: even \thefactor\tdimena pc,
+                                odd \thefactor \tdimenb pc}%
+   \tdimena = .083333\evenrighttextmargin
+   \tdimenb = .083333\oddrighttextmargin
+   \writelog{Right text margins: even \thefactor\tdimena pc,
+                                 odd \thefactor\tdimenb pc}%
+   \tdimena = .083333\textmeasure
+   \tdimenb = .083333\textareaheight
+   \writelog{Text area: \thefactor\tdimena pc_x_\thefactor\tdimenb pc}%
+   \writelog{Top skip: \the\topskip, delta: \the\topdelta}%
+   \writelog{}}}
+
+}% \catcode
+
+%                       Debugging
+%                       ---------
+
+
+\def \zlogoutf {-1}                     % First page to log.
+\def \zlogoutl {-1}                     % Last page to log.
+
+
+\def \logoutput #1#2{%                  {first-page}{last-page}
+  \global\def \zlogoutf {#1}%
+  \global\def \zlogoutl {#2}}
+
+%                       Output Routine
+%                       ------ -------
+
+
+% The following definitions are for special penalties that control
+% page makeup:
+
+\def \zpennormal    {-10000\relax}      % Normal page break.
+\def \zpenoneton    {-10001\relax}      % Switch from 1 to n columns.
+\def \zpenfreshcol  {-10002\relax}      % Fresh column.
+\def \zpenfreshpage {-10003\relax}      % Fresh page.
+\def \zpenflushpage {-10004\relax}      % Fresh page, and flush floats.
+\def \zpenfloatpage {-10005\relax}      % Page of floats scheduled.
+
+% We need to put the depth of box 255 in a convenient place.
+
+\definedimen{\zoutputcoldepth}{0pt}
+
+% We must save \mathdisplayprevgraf across the output routine.
+
+\definecount{\zsavemdpg}{0}
+
+% The following boxes hold parts of the page:
+
+\definebox{\zcolbox}            % One column's worth.
+\definebox{\zbodybox}           % The body, multiple columns' worth.
+\definebox{\zonetonbox}         % Stuff preceding 1- to n-column switch.
+\setflag \zonetontype = \false  % True if 1-to-n text uses type area width.
+
+% This toks register is invoked at the beginning of every column, so that
+% things like index carryovers can be performed.
+
+\definetoks{\everycolumn}
+\everycolumn = {\relax}
+
+
+\output = {\zoutput}
+
+\def \zoutput {%
+  \if \andp{\notp{\lssp{\pagenumber}{\zlogoutf}}}%
+           {\notp{\gtrp{\pagenumber}{\zlogoutl}}}%
+    \tracingoutput = 1
+    \showboxdepth = 1000 \showboxbreadth = 1000\relax
+  \fi
+  \tracepagemakeup{[Output routine invoked for column \the\columnnumber;
+                    penalty: \the\outputpenalty.}%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Vsize: \the\vsize;
+                   Box 255: \the\ht255+\the\dp255 \space x \the\wd255.}%
+  \zoutputcoldepth = \dp255\relax
+  \let \zsavewith = \zwith              % Save these items across the
+  \let \zsavevariant = \zvariant        % output routine in case they
+  \zsavemdpg = \mathdisplayprevgraf     % are altered within it.
+  \normalbaselines
+  \let \par = \endgraf
+  \everyparagraph = {}%
+  \spaceskip = 0pt
+  \tcounta = \outputpenalty
+  \if \eqlp{\tcounta}{-'10000000000}\tcounta = \zpenflushpage \fi
+  \if \gtrp{\tcounta}{-10000}\tcounta = -10000\relax \fi
+  \negate \tcounta
+  \advance \tcounta by -10000\relax
+  \ifcase \tcounta
+    \zpagenormal \or
+    \zpageoneton \or
+    \zpagefreshcol \or
+    \zpagefreshpage \or
+    \zpageflushpage \or
+    \zpagefloatpage \else
+    \zzerror{Invalid page break penalty: \the\outputpenalty}%
+  \fi
+  \global\let \zvariant = \zsavevariant
+  \global\let \zwith = \zsavewith
+  \global\mathdisplayprevgraf = \zsavemdpg
+  \tracepagemakeup{Output routine complete.]}}
+
+\def \zpagenormal {%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Process normal column.}%
+  \zcolumnsave
+  \if \lastcolumnp
+    \zpagecontents
+    \setcolumnnumber{1}%
+  \else
+    \tcounta = \columnnumber \increment \tcounta
+    \setcolumnnumber{\tcounta}%
+  \fi
+  \zfloatinit
+  \zschedulefloats{\zfloatcount}{\true}{\false}%
+  \if \gtrp{\zfloatcount}{99}%
+    \zfltpage{\zpenfloatpage}%
+  \else
+    \zeverycol
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zpageoneton {%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Process 1- to n-column transition.}%
+  \zonetoncolumnbody
+  \global\setflag \zonetontype = \zusetypewidth
+  \global\advance \vsize by -\ht\zonetonbox
+  \global\advance \vsize by -\dp\zonetonbox
+  \tracepagemakeup{Space remaining on page: \the\vsize.}}
+
+\def \zpagefreshcol {%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Process `fresh column' request.}%
+  \zpagenormal}
+
+\def \zpagefreshpage {%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Process `fresh page' request.}%
+  \zpagenormal}
+
+\def \zpageflushpage {%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Process `fresh page, flush floats' request.}%
+  \zcolumnsave
+  \if \lastcolumnp
+    \zpagecontents
+    \setcolumnnumber{1}%
+  \else
+    \tcounta = \columnnumber \increment \tcounta
+    \setcolumnnumber{\tcounta}%
+  \fi
+  \zfloatinit
+  \zschedulefloats{\zfloatcount}{\true}{\true}%
+  \if \posp{\zfloatcount}%
+    \zfltpage{\zpenflushpage}%
+  \else
+    \zeverycol
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zpagefloatpage {%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Process page of floats.}%
+  \zcolumnsave
+  \if \lastcolumnp
+    \zpagecontents
+    \setcolumnnumber{1}%
+  \else
+    \tcounta = \columnnumber \increment \tcounta
+    \setcolumnnumber{\tcounta}%
+  \fi
+  \zfloatinit
+  \zschedulefloats{\zfloatcount}{\true}{\false}%
+  \if \gtrp{\zfloatcount}{99}%
+    \zfltpage{\zpenfloatpage}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zfltpage #1{%                                     {penalty}
+  \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\zfltrunners}}%
+    \zoverriderunnerstoks{\zfltrunners}%
+  \fi
+  {\leftskip = 0pt \rightskip = 0pt
+   \line{}}%
+  \kern -\topskip               % Why bother to do this?
+  \nobreak \vfill
+  \penalty #1}
+
+\def \zeverycol {%
+  {\zadjtitle = \zadjtitlemark          % \adjusttitle should adjust mark.
+   \def \zadjloc {\mark}%
+   \the\everycolumn}}
+
+%                       Page Makeup: Column
+%                       ---- ------- ------
+
+
+\def \zcolumnsave {%
+  \zcolumnbody
+  \if \firstcolumnp
+    \global\setbox \zbodybox = \hbox to \zbodyboxwidth {\box\zcolbox \hss}%
+    \ztoksa = \expandafter{\topmark}%
+    \xdef \topmarki {\the\ztoksa}%
+    \ztoksa = \expandafter{\firstnewmark}%
+    \xdef \firstnewmarki {\the\ztoksa}%
+    \ztoksa = \expandafter{\bottommark}%
+    \xdef \bottommarki {\the\ztoksa}%
+  \else
+    \global\setbox \zbodybox = \hbox to \zbodyboxwidth {%
+      \unhbox\zbodybox \hfill \box\zcolbox}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zbodyboxwidth {%
+  \if \zusetypewidth \typeareawidth \else \textmeasure \fi}
+
+\def \zcolumnbody {%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Wrapping up the column; hsize: \the\hsize.}%
+  {\vbadness = 10000\relax
+   \global\setbox \zcolbox = \vbox to \vsize {%
+     \setindentation{0pt}{0pt}%
+     \boxmaxdepth = \maxdepth
+     \if \notp{\voidboxp{\ztopcolinsert}}\unvbox \ztopcolinsert \fi
+     \unvbox 255 % Page built by TeX.
+     \if \risingfootnotes
+       \if \notp{\voidboxp{\zfninsert}}\zfootnoteformat{\zoutputcoldepth}\fi
+     \fi
+     \if \risingbottomfloats
+       \if \notp{\voidboxp{\zbotcolinsert}}\unvbox \zbotcolinsert \fi
+     \fi
+     \if \raggedbottom
+       \kern -\zoutputcoldepth \vfill
+     \fi
+     \if \notp{\risingfootnotes}%
+       \if \notp{\voidboxp{\zfninsert}}\zfootnoteformat{\zoutputcoldepth}\fi
+     \fi
+     \if \notp{\risingbottomfloats}%
+       \if \notp{\voidboxp{\zbotcolinsert}}\unvbox \zbotcolinsert \fi
+     \fi}}}
+
+% This is a special version of \zcolumnbody for the 1- to n-column
+% transition.
+
+\def \zonetoncolumnbody {%
+  \global\setbox \zonetonbox = \vbox{%
+    \setindentation{0pt}{0pt}%
+    \boxmaxdepth = \maxdepth
+    \if \notp{\voidboxp{\ztopcolinsert}}\unvbox \ztopcolinsert \fi
+    \unvbox 255 % Page built by TeX.
+    \vskip \baselineskip
+    \vskip -\topskip
+    % Ignore footnotes.
+    % Ignore bottom style.
+    % Ignore bottom floats.
+    % Don't produce text area bottom rule.
+    }}
+
+%                       Page Makeup: Page
+%                       ---- ------- ----
+
+
+\def \zpagecontents {%
+  \tracepagemakeup{Shipping out the final page.}%
+  \shipout \vbox to \trimheight {%
+    \parskip = 0pt \parindent = 0pt
+    \setindentation{0pt}{0pt}%
+    \zpageheadmargin
+    \nointerlineskip
+    \zpagetypearea
+    \vfil
+    \nointerlineskip
+    \zpageoverlay}%
+  \if \posp{\zortahcount}%             % If overriding text area height:
+    \global\decrement \zortahcount
+    \if \zerop{\zortahcount}\zresetortah \fi
+  \fi
+  \tcounta = \pagenumber \increment \tcounta
+  \setpagenumber{\tcounta}%
+  \global\vsize = \textareaheight % In case it was reset for this page.
+  \znextpagerunners}
+
+\def \zpagelengthmarks {%
+  \tdimena = \headmargin
+  \advance \tdimena by \typeareaheight
+  \advance \tdimena by -\footerheight
+  \vskip \tdimena
+  \vbox to 0pt{%
+    \hbox to \trimwidth{%
+      \llap{\vrule height .5pt width .75pc}\hfil
+      \rlap{\vrule height .5pt width .75pc}}%
+    \vss}
+  \vskip -\tdimena
+  \nointerlineskip}
+
+\setflag \inbackground = \false
+
+\def \zpageheadmargin {%
+  \vbox to \headmargin {%
+    \hrule height 0pt width \trimwidth
+    \nointerlineskip
+    \smashbox{%
+      \setflag \inbackground = \true
+      \zcurback}%
+    \nointerlineskip
+    \vfil
+    \zmakeuprule{\trimwidth}{.5pt}}}
+
+\def \zpagetypearea {%
+  \if \evenpagep
+    \negate \eveninnermargin
+    \advance \eveninnermargin by \trimwidth
+    \advance \eveninnermargin by -\evenlefttextmargin
+    \advance \eveninnermargin by -\textmeasure
+    \advance \eveninnermargin by -\evenrighttextmargin
+  \fi
+  \moveright \if \oddpagep \oddinnermargin \else \eveninnermargin \fi
+  \vbox to \typeareaheight {%
+    \zadjtitle = \zadjtitlemark         % \adjusttitle should adjust mark.
+    \def \zadjloc {\mark}%
+    \zpageheader
+    \nointerlineskip
+    \ztextandmargins
+    \zmakeuprule{\typeareawidth}{.5pt}%
+    \vss                                % Allows text area height to vary.
+    \vbox to \footerheight{%
+      \vss
+      \zpagefooter}}}
+
+\def \zpageheader {%
+  \vbox to \headerheight {%
+    \hsize = \typeareawidth
+    \zoutputbeginblack
+    \zcurheader
+    \zoutputendblack
+    \vfil
+    \zmakeuprule{\typeareawidth}{.5pt}}}
+
+\def \ztextandmargins {%
+  \hbox to \typeareawidth {%
+    \if \notp{\zusetypewidth}%
+      \hbox to \thislefttextmargin{\hss}%
+    \fi
+    \vbox{%
+      \boxmaxdepth = \maxdepth
+      \if \andp{\zusetypewidth}{\notp{\zonetontype}}%
+        \moveright \thislefttextmargin
+      \fi
+      \box\zonetonbox
+      \nointerlineskip
+      \vbox{\box\zbodybox}}%
+    \hss}}
+
+\def \zpagefooter {%
+  \hsize = \typeareawidth
+  \zoutputbeginblack
+  \zcurfooter
+  \zoutputendblack
+  \if \PDFhyperlinks \PDFmark{P:\folio}\fi}
+
+% This macro invokes the page overlay after positioning to the
+% upper-left corner of the trim.
+
+\def \zpageoverlay {%
+  \vbox to 0pt{%
+    \offinterlineskip
+    \kern -\trimheight
+    \name{\pageoverlay\the\zoverlay}%
+    \vss}}
+
+\def \zmakeuprule #1#2{%                                {width}{height}
+  \if \DVIWindoinuse
+    \colorspecial{ifview color push rgb 0 1 0}%
+    \tdimena = #1\tcounta = \tdimena
+    \tdimena = #2\tcountb = \tdimena
+    \special{viewrule: \the\tcounta\space \the\tcountb}%
+    \colorspecial{ifview color pop}%
+  \fi}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzplain.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzplain.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a24aa80139b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzplain.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Plain TeX Compatibility
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains definitions necessary for
+%            compatibility with Plain TeX.  The only goal is to
+%            allow ZzTeX to run on top of Plain TeX.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   24 July 1991
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\if \definedp{\dospecials}
+  \let \znext = \relax
+\else
+  \let \znext = \endinput
+\fi
+\znext
+
+\def \zplainerror {%
+  \error{plaintex}{Cannot use this Plain TeX feature in ZzTeX}}
+
+%                       Definitions
+%                       -----------
+
+
+\catcode`\@ = \catletter
+\zremovePlaindef \p@
+\definedimen{\p@}{1pt}
+\zremovePlaindef \z@
+\definedimen{\z@}{0pt}
+\zremovePlaindef \z@skip
+\defineskip{\z@skip}{0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt}
+\catcode`\@ = \catactive
+
+\let \beginsection = \zplainerror
+
+\let \bye = \zplainerror
+
+\let \eject = \zplainerror
+
+\let \leavevmode = \ensurepar
+
+\let \normalbottom = \zplainerror
+
+\let \raggedright = \zplainerror
+
+\let \supereject = \zplainerror
+
+\let \ttraggedright = \zplainerror
+
+%                       Eliminate Fonts
+%                       --------- -----
+
+  \tcounta = 0
+  \loop
+    \zclearfam{\tcounta}%
+    \increment \tcounta
+  \if \lssp{\tcounta}{16}\repeat
+
+  \let \rm  = \relax
+  \let \mit = \relax
+  \let \it  = \relax
+  \let \sl  = \undefined  \let \slfam = \undefined
+  \let \bf  = \relax
+  \let \tt  = \relax
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzprog.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzprog.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..10b655bf0c9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzprog.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZZTeX Programming Constructs
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains definitions for ZZTeX's programming
+%            constructs.  These constructs provide various extensions
+%            to TeX's sometimes meager repertoire of programming
+%            features.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   27 March 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Token Hackery
+%                       ----- -------
+
+
+% We need a name for a space token.
+
+\def \\{\let \zspacetoken = } \\ % Now \zspacetoken is a space token.
+
+% This macro discards the next token.
+
+\def \discardtok #1{}%                                  token
+
+% This macro removes the `pt' following a dimension.
+
+{\catcode `\p = \catother \catcode `\t = \catother
+
+\gdef \zremovedu #1pt{#1}
+
+} % \catcode
+
+% Using that macro, we can define a macro that "converts" a dimen register
+% into a factor.
+
+\def \thefactor #1{\expandafter\zremovedu \the#1}
+
+% This macro extracts the contents of a macro and returns it as plain text.
+% Usage: \expandafter\zdefof \meaning\macro\zmark
+
+\def \zdefof #1:->#2\zmark{#2}
+
+%                       Control Sequence Names
+%                       ------- -------- -----
+
+
+\def \name #1{%                                         {\tokens}
+  \csname \expandafter\discardtok \string#1\endcsname}
+
+\def \withname #1#2{%                                   {\command}{\tokens}
+  \expandafter#1\csname \expandafter\discardtok \string#2\endcsname}
+
+%                       Macro Expansion
+%                       ----- ---------
+
+
+\def \expandaftertwice {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}
+\def \expandafterthrice {\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+                         \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter}
+
+\def \zoneoftwo #1#2{#1}%               {first}{second}
+\def \ztwooftwo #1#2{#2}%               {first}{second}
+
+\def \zoneofthree   #1#2#3{#1}%         {first}{second}{third}
+\def \ztwoofthree   #1#2#3{#2}%         {first}{second}{third}
+\def \zthreeofthree #1#2#3{#3}%         {first}{second}{third}
+
+\def \zoneoffour   #1#2#3#4{#1}%         {first}{second}{third}{fourth}
+\def \ztwooffour   #1#2#3#4{#2}%         {first}{second}{third}{fourth}
+\def \zthreeoffour #1#2#3#4{#3}%         {first}{second}{third}{fourth}
+\def \zfouroffour  #1#2#3#4{#4}%         {first}{second}{third}{fourth}
+
+%                       Flags (Booleans)
+%                       ----- ----------
+
+% The boolean literals \true and \false are appropriate for use with
+% the \if command, which tests the codes of the next two characters.
+
+\def \true {TT}
+\def \false {FL}
+
+\def \setflag #1=#2{\edef #1{#2}}%              \flag = boolean
+
+%                       IF and Predicates
+%                       -- --- ----------
+
+% A "predicate" is a macro that returns \true or \false as its value.
+% Such values are suitable for use with the \if conditional.  For example:
+%
+%   \if \oddp{\x} <then-clause> \else <else-clause> \fi
+
+% A predicate can be used with \setflag as follows:
+%
+%   \setflag \flag = {<predicate>}
+
+% Here are the predicates for TeX's repertoire of conditional
+% commands.  These might be more appropriately interspersed with
+% other definitions in this module, but what the heck.
+% Some additional "obvious" predicates are defined.
+
+
+\def \eqlp   #1#2{\ifnum #1 = #2\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \neqlp  #1#2{\ifnum #1 = #2\false \else \true \fi}
+\def \lssp   #1#2{\ifnum #1 < #2\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \gtrp   #1#2{\ifnum #1 > #2\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \zerop  #1{\ifnum #1 = 0\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \onep   #1{\ifnum #1 = 1\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \posp   #1{\ifnum #1 > 0\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \negp   #1{\ifnum #1 < 0\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \oddp   #1{\ifodd #1\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \evenp  #1{\ifodd #1\false \else \true \fi}
+\def \rangep #1#2#3{\if \orp{\lssp{#1}{#2}}{\gtrp{#1}{#3}}\false \else
+                                                          \true \fi}
+\def \tensp  #1{\rangep{#1}{10}{19}}
+
+\def \dimeqlp   #1#2{\ifdim #1 = #2\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \dimneqlp  #1#2{\ifdim #1 = #2\false \else \true \fi}
+\def \dimlssp   #1#2{\ifdim #1 < #2\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \dimgtrp   #1#2{\ifdim #1 > #2\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \dimzerop  #1{\ifdim #1 = 0pt\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \dimposp   #1{\ifdim #1 > 0pt\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \dimnegp   #1{\ifdim #1 < 0pt\true \else \false \fi}
+
+\def \vmodep     {\ifvmode \true \else \false \fi}
+\def \hmodep     {\ifhmode \true \else \false \fi}
+\def \mathmodep  {\ifmmode \true \else \false \fi}
+\def \textmodep  {\ifmmode \false \else \true \fi}
+\def \innermodep {\ifinner \true \else \false \fi}
+
+\long\def \codeeqlp #1#2{\if #1#2\true \else \false \fi}
+
+\long\def \cateqlp #1#2{\ifcat #1#2\true \else \false \fi}
+
+\long\def \tokeqlp  #1#2{\ifx #1#2\true \else \false \fi}
+\long\def \xtokeqlp #1#2{\expandafter\ifx #1#2\true \else \false \fi}
+
+\long\def \definedp #1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx \csname \expandafter\discardtok \string#1\endcsname
+                   \relax \false \else \true \fi}
+
+\long\def \undefinedp #1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx \csname \expandafter\discardtok \string#1\endcsname
+                   \relax \true \else \false \fi}
+\def \zempty {}
+\def \emptydefp #1{\ifx #1\zempty \true \else \false \fi}%       {\name}
+
+\let \emptylistp = \emptydefp
+
+\long\def \emptyargp #1{%                               {#n}
+  \zempargp #1\zempargq\zmark}
+\long\def \zempargp #1#2\zmark{%
+  \ifx #1\zempargq \true \else \false \fi}
+\def \zempargq {\zempargq}
+
+\def \emptytoksp #1{%                                   {\tokenreg}
+  \expandafter\zemptoksp \the#1\zmark}
+
+\long\def \zemptoksp #1\zmark{\emptyargp{#1}}
+
+\def \voidboxp #1{\ifvoid #1\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \hboxp #1{\ifhbox #1\true \else \false \fi}
+\def \vboxp #1{\ifvbox #1\true \else \false \fi}
+
+\def \eofp #1{\ifeof #1\true \else \false \fi}
+
+
+% Flags can also be used as predicates, as in:
+%
+%   \if \flaga <then-clause> \else <else-clause> \fi
+
+
+% Now here we have predicates for the common logical operators.
+
+\def \notp #1{\if #1\false \else \true \fi}
+
+\def \andp #1#2{\if #1#2\else \false \fi}%              {boolean1}{boolean2}
+
+\def \orp  #1#2{\if #1\true \else #2\fi}%               {boolean1}{boolean2}
+
+%                       Pseudo-Predicates
+%                       -----------------
+
+
+\def \stringeql #1#2#3{%                {\return-flag}{string1}{string2}
+  \edef \zstra {#2}%
+  \edef \zstrb {#3}%
+  \edef #1{\ifx \zstra\zstrb \true \else \false \fi}}
+
+
+\def \gluevaries #1#2{%                 {\return-flag}{glue}
+  \zskipa = #2\relax
+  \tdimena = \zskipa
+  \stringeql{#1}{\the\zskipa}{\the\tdimena}%
+  \edef #1{\if #1\false \else \true \fi}}
+
+%                       Arithmetic
+%                       ----------
+
+
+\def \negate #1{\multiply #1 by -1\relax}%              {\register}
+
+\def \increment #1{\advance #1 by 1\relax}%             {\count}
+
+\def \decrement #1{\advance #1 by -1\relax}%            {\count}
+
+%                       Looping
+%                       -------
+
+
+\def \loop #1\repeat{%          body [actions] \if condition [actions] \repeat
+  \def \zloopbody {#1}%
+  \zloop}
+
+\def \zloop {%
+  \zloopbody
+  %\if condition
+    \let \zloopnext = \zloop
+  \else
+    \let \zloopnext = \relax
+  \fi
+  \zloopnext}
+
+\let \repeat = \fi
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzps.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzps.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f90d6e7ab98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzps.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX PostScript Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains any and all facilities that rely on
+%            PostScript output.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   21 January 1994
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Extra Encoded Characters
+%                       ----- ------- ----------
+
+
+\def \PSbackslash       {\char 134\relax}
+\def \PSbar             {\char 138\relax}
+\def \PSbullet          {\char 142\relax}
+\def \PSbraceleft       {\char 137\relax}
+\def \PSbraceright      {\char 139\relax}
+\def \PScent            {\char 148\relax}
+\def \PScopyright       {\char 145\relax}
+\def \PScurrency        {\char 149\relax}
+\def \PSdagger          {\char 140\relax}
+\def \PSddagger         {\char 141\relax}
+\def \PSdollar          {\char 131\relax}
+\def \PSgreater         {\char 133\relax}
+\def \PSless            {\char 132\relax}
+\def \PSordfeminine     {\char 155\relax}
+\def \PSordmasculine    {\char 156\relax}
+\def \PSparagraph       {\char 143\relax}
+\def \PSperthousand     {\char 157\relax}
+\def \PSpolishL         {\char "A1\relax}
+\def \PSpolishl         {\char "A2\relax}
+\def \PSregistered      {\char 146\relax}
+\def \PSsection         {\char 144\relax}
+\def \PSsterling        {\char 158\relax}
+\def \PStrademark       {\char 147\relax}
+\def \PSunderscore      {\char 136\relax}
+\def \PSudquote         {\char 135\relax}
+\def \PSusquote         {\char 160\relax}
+\def \PSyen             {\char 159\relax}
+
+%                       Import EPS File
+%                       ------ --- ----
+
+
+% The illustration \special is compatible with DVIPSONE, and with TeXtures
+% if clip? is false.
+% The scale is interpreted as follows:
+%   <= 33.333: normal scale, 1.0 = 100%
+%    > 33.333: TeX scale factor, 1000 = 100%
+
+\def \specialimportartfile #1#2#3{%             {name}{scale}{clip?}
+  \special{illustration #1 scaled #2
+           \if #3clip\fi}}
+
+% This macro is a better variant of the preceding one. The scale
+% argument is a true scale specified in points.
+
+\def \specialplaceepsfile #1#2#3{%              {name}{scale}{clip?}
+  {\tdimena = #2%
+   \if \dimgtrp{\tdimena}{33.333pt}%            % Compensate for bizarre
+     \multiply \tdimena by 1000\relax           % design of scaled option.
+   \fi
+   \special{illustration #1 scaled \thefactor\tdimena
+            \if #3\space clip\fi}}}
+
+% This macro is used to import an EPS file for a glyph. The scale
+% is specified as a percentage IN POINTS.
+
+\def \specialplaceglyph #1#2#3{%                {name}{percentage}{clip?}
+  {\tdimena = #2%
+   \divide \tdimena by 100
+   \special{illustration #1 scaled \thefactor\tdimena
+            \if #3\space clip\fi}}}
+
+%                       Read EPS Bounding Box
+%                       ---- --- -------- ---
+
+
+\definedimen{\zbbxorigin}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\zbbyorigin}{0pt}
+
+
+{\catcode`\%=\catother
+\gdef \zpercent {%}
+} % \catcode
+
+\edef \zboundingbox {\zpercent\zpercent BoundingBox}
+\def \zatend {atend}
+\definecount{\zbbstate}{0}
+
+
+\def \zreadepsbb #1#2#3{%                       {\width}{\height}{file}
+  \def \zbbinfo {}%
+  \begingroup
+    \zsetepscatcodes
+    \openin \zreada #3\relax
+    \zbbstate = 0
+    \loop
+      \read \zreada to \zline
+      \ifeof \zreada
+        \zbbstate = 2
+      \else
+        \expandafter\zcheckbb \zline:.\zmark
+      \fi
+    \ifnum \zbbstate < 2 \repeat
+    \closein \zreada
+  \endgroup
+  \zsetbbsizes{#1}{#2}{#3}}
+
+\def \zsetepscatcodes {%
+  \catcoderange{0}{"1F}{\catcomment}%
+  \catcode `\^^I = \catspace
+  \catcode \endlinechar = \catendofline
+  \uncatcode{\false}{\false}{\false}%
+  \catcode `\: = \catother
+  \catcoderange{"7E}{"FF}{\catcomment}}
+
+\long \def \zcheckbb #1:#2#3\zmark{%
+  \def \znext {#1}%
+  \ifx \znext \zboundingbox
+    \zcheckatend #2#3()\zmark
+  \fi}
+
+\long \def \zcheckatend #1(#2)#3\zmark{%
+  \def \znext {#2}%
+  \ifx \znext \zatend
+    \zbbstate = 1
+  \else
+    \gdef \zbbinfo {#1}%
+    \ifnum \zbbstate = 0 \zbbstate = 2\fi
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zsetbbsizes #1#2#3{%
+  \if \emptydefp{\zbbinfo}%
+    \warning{missbb}{Art file `#3' has no bounding box}%
+    #1 = 20pc #2 = 10pc
+  \else
+    \expandafter \zcalcbb \zbbinfo \zmark{#1}{#2}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zcalcbb #1 #2 #3 #4 #5\zmark#6#7{%
+  \calculate #6= {#3pt,-,#1pt,+,1pt}%
+  \calculate #7= {#4pt,-,#2pt,+,1pt}%
+  \global\zbbxorigin = #1pt
+  \global\zbbyorigin = #2pt\relax}
+
+%                       Rotate Boxes
+%                       ------ -----
+
+
+\def \rotatebox #1#2{%                                  {\box}{degrees}
+  \special{CTM: push rotate #2}%
+  \box #1%
+  \special{CTM: pop}}
+
+\def \rotatetext #1#2{%                                 {text}{degrees}
+  \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{#1}%
+  \rotatebox{\zboxa}{#2}}
+
+%                       Colors
+%                       ------
+
+
+\def \colorspecial #1{%
+  \if \allowcolor
+    \special{#1}%
+  \fi}
+
+% These commands are called in the output routine to make sure that
+% everything added in the output routine is black.
+
+\def \zoutputbeginblack {%
+  \colorspecial{color push gray 0}}
+
+\def \zoutputendblack {%
+  \colorspecial{color pop}}
+
+%                       Color Block
+%                       ---- ------
+
+
+\defineblock{\color}{\endcolor}{\false}{}
+
+%~block color Type
+% \colorspec = {...}                    % Color specifier.
+%~end
+
+\definetoks{\colorspec}
+
+
+\def \color #1{%                                        {type}
+  \beginblockscope{color}%
+  \global\increment \colordepth
+  \processdesign{\color}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \colornumber
+  \colorspecial{color push}%
+  \the\colorspec\zmark
+  \if \vmodep \vpenalty{\breaknever}\fi}
+
+\def \endcolor {%
+  \global\decrement \colordepth
+  \endblockscope{color}%
+  \colorspecial{color pop}}
+
+
+\def \setcolor #1{%
+  \begingroup
+  \processdesign{\color}{#1}%
+  \the\colorspec\zmark
+  \endgroup}
+
+% Color specifiers:
+
+\def \cmykcolor #1 #2 #3 #4\zmark{%                     c m y k\zmark
+  \colorspecial{color cmyk #1 #2 #3 #4}}
+
+\def \graycolor #1\zmark{%                              gray\zmark
+  \colorspecial{color gray #1}}
+
+\def \rgbcolor #1 #2 #3\zmark{%                         r g b\zmark
+  \colorspecial{color rgb #1 #2 #3}}
+
+% Built-in colors:
+
+\def \colorblackdesign {%
+  \colorspec = {\graycolor 0}}
+
+\def \colorwhitedesign {%
+  \colorspec = {\graycolor 1}}
+
+\def \colorproofnotereddesign {%
+  \colorspec = {\rgbcolor .5 0 0}}
+
+% A useful shorthand:
+
+\def \colortext #1#2{%                                  {color}{text}
+  \color{#1}#2\endcolor}
+
+%                       TeXtures
+%                       --------
+
+
+\def \TeXtures {%
+  \input zztures\relax}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzreg.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzreg.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c50f9e74d8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzreg.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Register Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides facilities for defining and manipulating
+%            TeX registers.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   13 August 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Register Definition
+%                       -------- ----------
+
+
+% The following constant specifies the number of the first insert register
+% set.  Such a set is composed of a count, dimen, skip, and box.
+
+\chardef \zfirstinsert = 245
+
+% Establish counters to keep track of the most recently allocated
+% registers.  The registers are initialized to the first available
+% register.
+
+\count10 =  20            % Count registers.
+\count11 =   0            % Dimen registers.
+\count12 =   0            % Skip registers.
+\count13 =   0            % Muskip registers.
+\count14 =   1            % Box registers (Plain TeX uses box 0).
+\count15 =   0            % Toks registers.
+\count16 =   0            % Read streams.
+\count17 =   0            % Write streams.
+\count18 =   0            % Math families.
+\count19 = \zfirstinsert  % Insertion register sets.
+
+
+% There is one macro for each type of register, used to allocate one.
+
+\def \definecount #1#2{%                                {\name}{initial}
+  \zalloc{\count}{10}{\zfirstinsert}{\countdef}{#1}%
+  #1 = #2}
+
+\def \definedimen #1#2{%                                {\name}{initial}
+  \zalloc{\dimen}{11}{\zfirstinsert}{\dimendef}{#1}%
+  #1 = #2}
+
+\def \defineskip #1#2{%                                 {\name}{initial}
+  \zalloc{\skip}{12}{\zfirstinsert}{\skipdef}{#1}%
+  #1 = #2}
+
+\def \definemuskip #1#2{%                               {\name}{initial}
+  \zalloc{\muskip}{13}{255}{\muskipdef}{#1}%  Muskip 255 is scratch.
+  #1 = #2}
+
+\def \definebox #1{%                                    {\name}
+  \zalloc{\box}{14}{\zfirstinsert}{\chardef}{#1}}
+
+\def \definetoks #1{%                                   {\name}
+  \zalloc{\toks}{15}{256}{\toksdef}{#1}%
+  #1 = {}}
+
+\def \defineread #1{%                                   {\name}
+  \zalloc{\read}{16}{16}{\chardef}{#1}}
+
+\def \definewrite #1{%                                  {\name}
+  \zalloc{\write}{17}{16}{\chardef}{#1}}
+
+% Families are not defined directly by the user, but via \definetypestyle.
+
+\def \zdeffam #1{%                                      {\name}
+  \if \lssp{\count18}{15}%
+    \zalloc{\fam}{18}{16}{\chardef}{#1}%
+  \else
+    \global\chardef #1=\count18
+  \fi}
+
+\def \defineinsert #1{%                                 {\name}
+  \zalloc{\insert}{19}{255}{\chardef}{#1}}  % Registers 255 are scratch.
+
+
+\def \zalloc #1#2#3#4#5{%       {type}{counter}{limit}{\def-er}{\name}
+  \if \eqlp{\count#2}{#3}%
+    \error{noregsleft}{All `\string#1' registers have been allocated}%
+  \fi
+  \if \definedp{#5}%
+    \error{dupreg}{The register `\string#5' is already defined}%
+  \fi
+  \global#4 #5=\count#2
+  \global\increment {\count#2}}
+
+%                       Register Statistics
+%                       -------- ----------
+
+
+{\catcode`\_ = \catactive
+
+\gdef \zregstats {%
+  {\def _{\space}%
+   \writelog{}%
+   \writelog{Register Statistics:}%
+   \writelog{}%
+   \writelog{Type_____Used / Total}%
+   \writelog{----_____------------}%
+   \zrsone{Count_}{10}{\zfirstinsert}{}%
+   \zrsone{Dimen_}{11}{\zfirstinsert}{}%
+   \zrsone{Skip__}{12}{\zfirstinsert}{}%
+   \zrsone{Muskip}{13}{255}{}%
+   \zrsone{Box___}{14}{\zfirstinsert}{}%
+   \zrsone{Toks__}{15}{256}{}%
+   \zrsone{Read__}{16}{16}{}%
+   \zrsone{Write_}{17}{16}{}%
+   \zrsone{Family}{18}{256}{(15 for math)}%
+   \zrsone{Insert}{19}{255}{(starts at \the\zfirstinsert)}%
+   \writelog{}}}
+
+\gdef \zrsone #1#2#3#4{%                {name}{counter}{ex-limit}{comment}
+  \tcounta = #3
+  \advance \tcounta by -1
+  \writelog{#1___\the\count#2 _/_\the\tcounta_#4}}
+
+} % \catcode
+
+%                       Constant Registers
+%                       -------- ---------
+
+
+\definecount{\maxcount}{2147483647}
+\definecount{\mincount}{-\maxcount}
+\zremovePlaindef \maxdimen
+\definedimen{\maxdimen}{16383.99999pt}
+\definedimen{\mindimen}{-\maxdimen}
+\definedimen{\naturalwidth}{\mindimen}
+
+\defineskip{\centerindent}{0pt plus 10000pt}
+\let \centering = \centerindent
+
+\defineskip{\normalparfillskip}{0pt plus 1fil}
+
+\definebox{\voidbox}    % Permanently void box register.
+
+%                       Temporary Internal Registers
+%                       --------- -------- ---------
+
+
+\definecount{\tcounta}{0}
+\definecount{\tcountb}{0}
+\definecount{\tcountc}{0}
+
+\definedimen{\tdimena}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\tdimenb}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\tdimenc}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\tdimend}{0pt}
+
+\defineskip{\zskipa}{0pt}
+\defineskip{\zskipb}{0pt}
+\defineskip{\zskipc}{0pt}
+
+\definemuskip{\zmuskipa}{0mu}
+\definemuskip{\zmuskipb}{0mu}
+\definemuskip{\zmuskipc}{0mu}
+
+\definebox{\zboxa}
+\definebox{\zboxb}
+\definebox{\zboxc}
+
+\definetoks{\ztoksa}
+\definetoks{\ztoksb}
+\definetoks{\ztoksc}
+
+\defineread{\zreada}
+
+\definewrite{\zwritea}
+
+%                       Manipulating Boxes
+%                       ------------ -----
+
+
+\def \shiftboxbaseline #1#2{%                           {\box}{amount}
+  {\tdimena = #2%
+   \tdimenb = \ht#1%
+   \advance \tdimenb by \tdimena
+   \ht#1= \tdimenb
+   \tdimenb = \dp#1%
+   \advance \tdimenb by -\tdimena
+   \dp#1= \tdimenb}}
+
+%                       Lists
+%                       -----
+
+
+% These macros support the manipulation of lists in the following format:
+%
+%   \:{<element-0>}\:{<element-1>}\: ...
+%
+% All lists are global!
+
+% We need two toks registers, which will be used just for lists.
+
+\definetoks{\zlta}
+\definetoks{\zltb}
+
+
+\def \setlist #1=#2{%                           \listname = {value}
+  \zlta = \expandafter{#2}%
+  \xdef #1{\the\zlta}}
+
+\long\def \append #1#2{%                        {item}{\list-name}
+  {\zlta = {\:{#1}}%
+   \zltb = \expandafter{#2}%
+   \xdef #2{\the\zltb\the\zlta}}}
+
+\long\def \appendlf #1#2{%                      {\list-name}{item}
+  {\zlta = {\:{#2}}%
+   \zltb = \expandafter{#1}%
+   \xdef #1{\the\zltb\the\zlta}}}
+
+\long\def \prepend #1#2{%                       {item}{\list-name}
+  {\zlta = {\:{#1}}%
+   \zltb = \expandafter{#2}%
+   \xdef #2{\the\zlta\the\zltb}}}
+
+\let \push = \prepend
+
+\def \pop #1#2{%                                {\return-macro}{\list-name}
+  \expandafter\zpop #2\zmark#1#2}
+
+\long\def \zpop \:#1#2\zmark#3#4{%
+  \def #3{#1}%
+  \gdef #4{#2}}
+
+\def \listtop #1#2{%                            {\return-macro}{\list-name}
+  \expandafter\zlisttop #2\zmark#1}
+
+\long\def \zlisttop \:#1#2\zmark#3{%
+  \def #3{#1}}
+
+\definecount{\zmapldepth}{0}
+
+\def \maplist #1#2{%                            {body}{\listname}
+  \increment \zmapldepth
+  \withname\let{\zmapl\romannumeral\zmapldepth}=\:%
+  \long\def \:##1{#1}%
+  #2%
+  \expandafter\let
+    \expandafter\:\csname zmapl\romannumeral\zmapldepth\endcsname
+  \decrement \zmapldepth}
+
+\def \maplistlf #1#2{%                          {\listname}{body}
+  \increment \zmapldepth
+  \withname\let{\zmapl\romannumeral\zmapldepth}=\:%
+  \long\def \:##1{#2}%
+  #1%
+  \expandafter\let
+    \expandafter\:\csname zmapl\romannumeral\zmapldepth\endcsname
+  \decrement \zmapldepth}
+
+\def \exitmaplist {\def \:##1{}}
+
+\def \listlength #1#2{%                         {\result-count}{\list}
+  #1= 0
+  \maplist{\increment #1}{#2}}
+
+\def \member #1#2#3{%                           {\result-flag}{item}{\list}
+  \setflag #1= \false
+  \maplist{\stringeql{#1}{##1}{#2}\if #1\exitmaplist \fi}
+          {#3}}
+
+\def \commalist #1#2{%                          {\result-name}{comma-list}
+  \setlist #1={}%
+  \expandafter\zcomma #2,\zmark#1}
+
+\def \zcomma #1,#2\zmark#3{%
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#1}}\append{#1}{#3}\fi
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}%
+    \def \znext {\zcomma #2\zmark#3}%
+  \else
+    \let \znext = \relax
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+\def \inclusionlist #1#2#3{%            {\result}{item}{inclusion-list}
+  \zincla {#1}{#2}#3\zmark}
+
+\let \all = \relax
+\let \allbut = \relax
+\def \zallname {\all}
+\def \zallbutname {\allbut}
+
+\def \zincla #1#2#3#4\zmark{%           {\result}{item}{token1}{tokens...}
+  \def \znext {#3}%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{\zallname}%
+    \setflag #1= \true
+  \else \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{\zallbutname}%
+    \commalist{\zincllist}{#4}%
+    \member{#1}{#2}{\zincllist}%
+    \setflag #1= {\notp{#1}}%
+  \else
+    \commalist{\zincllist}{#3#4}%
+    \member{#1}{#2}{\zincllist}%
+  \fi\fi}
+
+%                       New Expression Evaluation
+%                       --- ---------- ----------
+
+
+% These macros provide a rudimentary expression evaluation facility.
+% The accumulator can be a count, dimen, or skip register. The expression
+% is in the form {operand0,op1,operand1,op2,operand2,...}.
+%
+% WARNING: The \register cannot be used in the expression except possibly
+%          as the first operand.
+
+
+\definedimen{\zcalct}{0pt}
+
+
+\def \calculate #1=#2{%                         \register = {expression}
+  \let \zaccum = #1%
+  \zcalca =,#2,;,,\zmark}
+
+\def \gcalculate #1=#2{%                        \register = {expression}
+  \let \zaccum = #1%
+  \zcalca =,#2,;,,\zmark
+  \global \zaccum = \zaccum}
+
+\def \zcalca #1,#2,#3\zmark{%
+  \def \znext{\zcalca #3\zmark}%
+       \if #1=\zaccum = #2%                             % Assignment
+  \else\if #1+\advance \zaccum #2%                      % Addition
+  \else\if #1-\advance \zaccum -#2%                     % Subtraction
+  \else\if #1*\multiply \zaccum #2%                     % Multiplication
+  \else\if #1/\divide \zaccum #2%                       % Division
+  \else\if #1N\if \dimlssp{#2}{\zaccum}\zaccum = #2\fi  % Minimum
+  \else\if #1P\divide \zaccum 100                       % Percentage
+              \expandafter\zaccum #2\zaccum
+  \else\if #1R\zcalct = #2%                             % Ratio
+              \divide \zcalct by 4096
+              \divide \zaccum by \zcalct
+              \multiply \zaccum by 16\relax
+  \else\if #1S\zaccum = \thefactor#2\zaccum             % Scale
+  \else\if #1X\if \dimgtrp{#2}{\zaccum}\zaccum = #2\fi  % Maximum
+  \else\if #1;\let \znext = \relax                      % Done
+  \else
+    \error{invoper}{Invalid operator `#1' in expression}%
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \znext}
+
+%                       Calculating Values
+%                       ----------- ------
+
+%%%\defineskip{\zcaccum}{0pt}
+%%%\setflag \zexprpos = \true
+%%%
+%%%\def \calculate #1=#2{%                         {\reg} = {expression}
+%%%  \commalist{\zexprlist}{#2}%
+%%%  \zcaccum = 0pt
+%%%  \def \zoper {+}%
+%%%  \setflag \zexprpos = \true
+%%%  \maplist{\zcalc{##1}}{\zexprlist}%
+%%%  #1=\zcaccum}
+%%%
+%%%\def \gcalculate #1=#2{%                        {\reg} = {expression}
+%%%  \commalist{\zexprlist}{#2}%
+%%%  \zcaccum = 0pt
+%%%  \def \zoper {+}%
+%%%  \setflag \zexprpos = \true
+%%%          \maplist{\zcalc{##1}}{\zexprlist}%
+%%%  \global #1=\zcaccum}
+%%%
+%%%\def \zcalc #1{%                                {token}
+%%%  \if \zexprpos
+%%%    \zcalcb{#1}%
+%%%    \setflag \zexprpos = \false
+%%%  \else
+%%%    \def \zoper {#1}%
+%%%    \setflag \zexprpos = \true
+%%%  \fi}
+%%%
+%%%\def \zcalcb #1{%                               {operand}
+%%%  \if \codeeqlp{\zoper}{+}%                     % Add.
+%%%    \advance \zcaccum by #1%
+%%%  \else\if \codeeqlp{\zoper}{-}%                % Subtract.
+%%%    \advance \zcaccum by -#1%
+%%%  \else\if \codeeqlp{\zoper}{*}%                % Multiply.
+%%%    \multiply \zcaccum by #1%
+%%%  \else\if \codeeqlp{\zoper}{/}%                % Divide.
+%%%    \divide \zcaccum by #1%
+%%%  \else\if \codeeqlp{\zoper}{P}%
+%%%     \divide \zcaccum by 100
+%%%     \expandafter \zcaccum #1\zcaccum
+%%%  \else\if \codeeqlp{\zoper}{R}%                % Compute ratio (in points).
+%%%    \zcalct = #1%
+%%%    \divide \zcalct by 4096
+%%%    \divide \zcaccum by \zcalct
+%%%    \multiply \zcaccum by 16\relax
+%%%  \else\if \codeeqlp{\zoper}{S}%                % Scale (in points).
+%%%    \zcaccum = \thefactor#1\zcaccum
+%%%  \else
+%%%    \error{invoper}{Invalid operator `\zoper' in expression}%
+%%%  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+%                       The Vertical Context
+%                       --- -------- -------
+
+
+% This is in here because we need registers.  Otherwise it would be
+% in ZZTEX.TEX
+
+
+\definecount{\zvcontextdepth}{0}
+
+\definetoks{\zeveryvcontext}
+\global\zeveryvcontext = {}
+
+
+\def \zdeclareeveryvcontext #1{%
+  \global\zeveryvcontext = \expandafter{\the\zeveryvcontext #1}}
+
+\def \zpushvcontext {%
+  \global\increment \zvcontextdepth
+  \withname\gdef{\zvcontextstack\romannumeral\zvcontextdepth}{}%
+  \the\zeveryvcontext}
+
+\def \zpopvcontext {%
+  {\globaldefs = 1\relax
+   \name{\zvcontextstack\romannumeral\zvcontextdepth}}%
+  \global\decrement \zvcontextdepth}
+
+\def \zsavevcontext #1{%
+  {\ztoksa = \expandafterthrice{%
+               \name{\zvcontextstack\romannumeral\zvcontextdepth}}%
+   \withname\xdef{\zvcontextstack\romannumeral\zvcontextdepth}%
+     {\the\ztoksa #1}}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzrunner.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzrunner.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c0427cbddcf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzrunner.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX New Running Head/Foot Scheme
+%
+% Synopsis:  The new running head/foot scheme is an improvement over the
+%            original scheme.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   26 November 1997
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Data Structures
+%                       ---- ----------
+
+
+\def \zdefrun {normal}
+
+\setlist \zrunlist = {}
+
+\setflag \zoverrun = \false
+
+\def \zcurback   {%
+  \if \definedp \backgroundnormalformat \backgroundnormalformat \fi}
+\def \zcurheader {\headernormalformat}
+\def \zcurfooter {\footernormalformat}
+
+%                       Specify Runners
+%                       ------- -------
+
+
+%~ This command discards any current runner styles and sets up to use style
+%~ *style1* on the current page, *style2* on the next, *style3* on the one after
+%~ that, and so forth. The last style specified is used as the style for all
+%~ subsequent pages (it becomes the default style). No spaces are allowed in the
+%~ list.
+
+\def \setrunners #1{%                                   {style1,style2,style3,...} %^runners
+  {\if \zoverrun \pop{\zoverstyle}{\zrunlist}\fi
+   \commalist{\zrunlist}{#1}%
+   \maplist{\gdef \zdefrun {##1}}{\zrunlist}%
+   \if \zoverrun \expandafter\overriderunners\expandafter{\zoverstyle}\fi
+   \zsetcurrun}}
+
+%~ This command overrides the style for the current page, using style *style*
+%~ instead. After the current page, runner styles revert to those established
+%~ by the last |\setrunners| command.
+
+\def \overriderunners #1{%                              {style} %^runners
+  \if \notp{\emptylistp{\zrunlist}}%
+    \pop{\znext}{\zrunlist}%
+  \fi
+  \push{#1}{\zrunlist}%
+  \global\setflag \zoverrun = \true
+  \zsetcurrun}
+
+%~ This command is simply a shorthand for |\overriderunners{blind}|.
+
+\def \blindrunners {%                                   %^runners
+  \overriderunners{blind}}
+
+%                       Internal Common Macros
+%                       -------- ------ ------
+
+
+\def \zsetrunnerstoks #1{%                              {\token-reg}
+  \expandafter\setrunners\expandafter{\the#1}}
+
+\def \zoverriderunnerstoks #1{%                         {\token-reg}
+  \expandafter\overriderunners\expandafter{\the#1}}
+
+\def \zoldrunners #1{}
+
+%                       Output Routine Interface
+%                       ------ ------- ---------
+
+
+\def \zsetcurrun {%
+  \if \emptylistp{\zrunlist}%
+    \edef \znext {\zdefrun}%
+  \else
+    \listtop{\znext}{\zrunlist}%
+  \fi
+  \ztoksa = \expandaftertwice{\name{\background\znext format}}%
+  \xdef \zcurback {%
+    \noexpand\if \noexpand\definedp\the\ztoksa \the\ztoksa \noexpand\fi}%
+  \ztoksa = \expandaftertwice{\name{\header\znext format}}%
+  \xdef \zcurheader {\the\ztoksa}%
+  \ztoksa = \expandaftertwice{\name{\footer\znext format}}%
+  \xdef \zcurfooter {\the\ztoksa}}
+
+\def \znextpagerunners {%
+   \if \notp{\emptylistp{\zrunlist}}\pop{\znext}{\zrunlist}\fi
+   \zsetcurrun
+   \global\setflag \zoverrun = \false}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzsect.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzsect.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..280d2ecc5b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzsect.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,806 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Sectioning Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   25 August 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Part and Chapter Texts
+%                       ---- --- ------- -----
+
+
+\long\def \setauthortext #1{%                                   {text} %^modifier
+  \with{\authortext = {#1}}}
+
+\long\def \setopenertext #1{%                                   {text} %^modifier
+  \with{\openertext = {#1}}}
+
+%                       Part
+%                       ----
+
+
+\defineblock{\part}{\endpart}{\true}{}
+
+%~block part
+% \setflag \allowintoc = flag           % Allow in ToC?
+% \authortext = {...}                   % Author needed for opener.
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \def \paging {...}                    % Paging before part opener.
+% \def \partformat ##1{...}             % Part page formatter.
+% \openertext = {...}                   % Special text needed for opener.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \resetnumber = {...}                  % List of numbers to reset.
+% \runners = {style,...}                % Running head/foot styles.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+%~end
+
+\def \part #1{%                                         {title}
+  \closeanychapter
+  \beginblockscope{part}%
+  \global\increment \partdepth
+  \authortext = {}%                             %~default hard
+  \openertext = {}%                             %~default hard
+  \runners = {blind,normal}%                    %~default soft
+  \zoldrunners{\blindheader\blindfooter}%
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}          %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\part}{}%
+  \global\increment \partnumber
+  \setcomptext{\partcomptext}%
+  \paging
+  \remark{Starting PART \number\partnumber.}%
+  % Next three things are done first, in case opener is more than one page.
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \zpartchaptoc{\the\partcomptext}{#1}{80}%
+  \settaginfo{\the\partcomptext}{#1}
+  \zsetrunnerstoks{\runners}%
+  {\partformat{#1}}%
+  \endgraf}
+
+\def \endpart {%
+  \global\decrement \partdepth
+  \endblockscope{part}}
+
+\def \setpartnumber #1{%                                        {number}
+  \global\partnumber = #1\relax
+  \global\decrement \partnumber}
+
+%                       Quasi-Part
+%                       ----------
+
+
+\defineblock{\quasipart}{\endquasipart}{\true}{}
+
+%~block quasipart
+% \setflag \allowintoc = flag           % Allow in ToC?
+% \openertext = {...}                   % Special text needed for opener.
+% \def \paging {...}                    % Paging before part opener.
+% \def \quasipartformat ##1{...}        % Part page formatter.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \resetnumber = {...}                  % List of numbers to reset.
+% \runners = {style,...}                % Running head/foot styles.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+%~end
+
+\def \quasipart #1{%                                            {title}
+  \closeanychapter
+  \beginblockscope{quasipart}%
+  \global\increment \quasipartdepth
+  \openertext = {}%                             %~default hard
+  \runners = {blind,normal}%                    %~default soft
+  \zoldrunners{\blindheader\blindfooter}%
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}%         %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\quasipart}{}%
+  \global\increment \quasipartnumber
+  \paging
+  \def \znext {#1}%
+  \remark{Starting QUASIPART `\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\znext\zmark'.}%
+  % Next three things are done first, in case opener is more than one page.
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \zpartchaptoc{}{#1}{85}%
+  \settaginfo{}{#1}%
+  \zsetrunnerstoks{\runners}%
+  {\quasipartformat{#1}}%
+  \endgraf}
+%%%  \endquasipart}
+
+\def \endquasipart {%
+  \global\decrement \quasipartdepth
+  \endblockscope{quasipart}}
+
+%                       Chapter
+%                       -------
+
+\defineblock{\chapter}{\endchapter}{\true}{}
+
+%~block chapter
+% \setflag \allowintoc = boolean        % Allow in ToC?
+% \authorlevel = integer                % Author ToC entry level.
+% \authortext = {...}                   % Author text needed for opener.
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \difficulty = integer                 % Level of difficulty.
+% \numberfont = {...}                   % Font for number.
+% \numberwordfont = {...}               % Font for word like "chapter".
+% \def \numberformat {...}              % Number format.
+% \numbersink = glue                    % Sinkage to number, or
+% \numberskip = glue                    % Space b/b to number.
+% \openertext = {...}                   % Special text needed for opener.
+% \def \paging {...}                    % Initial paging.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \resetnumber = {...}                  % List of numbers to reset.
+% \setflag \resetsection = boolean      % Reset section number?
+% \runners = {style,...}                % Running head/foot styles.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+% \textsink = sinkage                   % Sinkage to text, or
+% \textskip = skip                      % Space b/b from rule to text.
+% \titlefont = {...}                    % Title font.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}            % Title format.
+% \titlesink = glue                     % Sinkage to title, or
+% \titleskip = glue                     % Space b/b from number to title.
+%~end
+
+\def \chapter #1{%                              {title}
+  \closeanychapter
+  \beginblockscope{chapter}%
+  \global\increment \chapterdepth
+  \authorlevel = 0                              %~default hard
+  \authortext = {}%                             %~default hard
+  \difficulty = 0                               %~default with
+  \openertext = {}%                             %~default hard
+  \setflag \resetsection = \true                %~default hard
+  \runners = {chapter,normal}%                  %~default soft
+  \zoldrunners{\chapterheader\chapterfooter}%
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}%         %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\chapter}{}%
+  \if \resetsection
+    \global\sectionnumber = 0
+    \global\quasisectionnumber = 0
+    \global\chapterappendixnumber = 0
+  \fi
+  \global\simpleheadnumber = 0
+  \global\increment \chapternumber
+  \setcomptext{\chaptercomptext}%
+  \paging
+  \remark{Starting chapter \if \emptytoksp{\chaptercomptext}'#1'\else
+                           \the\chaptercomptext \fi.}%
+  \zsetrunnerstoks{\runners}%
+  \chapterformat{#1}%
+  \deferfloats{\true}%
+  \settaginfo{\the\chaptercomptext}{#1}}
+
+\def \endchapter {%
+  \closeanysection
+  \global\decrement \chapterdepth
+  \endblockscope{chapter}}
+
+\def \chapterformat #1{%
+  {\the\numberfont
+   \zsinkskip{\numbersink}{\breakbest}{\numberskip}%
+   \numberformat\par}%
+  {\the\titlefont
+   \zsinkskip{\titlesink}{\breaknever}{\titleskip}%
+   \titleformat{#1}\par}%
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \zpartchaptoc{\the\chaptercomptext}{#1}{70}%
+  \zsinkskip{\textsink}{\breaknever}{\textskip}}
+
+\def \setchapternumber #1{%                                     {number}
+  \global\chapternumber = #1\relax
+  \global\decrement \chapternumber}
+
+\def \setappendixnumber #1{%                                     {number}
+  \global\appendixnumber = #1\relax
+  \global\decrement \appendixnumber}
+
+\def \setsectionnumber #1{%                                     {number}
+  \global\sectionnumber = #1\relax
+  \global\decrement \sectionnumber}
+
+%                       Quasi-Chapter
+%                       -------------
+
+
+\defineblock{\quasichapter}{\endquasichapter}{\true}{}
+
+%~block quasichapter
+% \setflag \allowintoc = boolean        % Allow in ToC?
+% \authorlevel = integer                % Author ToC entry level.
+% \authortext = {...}                   % Author text needed for opener.
+% \openertext = {...}                   % Special text needed for opener.
+% \def \paging {...}                    % Initial paging.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \resetnumber = {...}                  % List of numbers to reset.
+% \runners = {style,...}                % Running head/foot styles.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+% \textsink = sinkage                   % Sinkage to text, or
+% \textskip = skip                      % Skip from rule to text.
+% \titlefont = {...}                    % Title font.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}            % Title format.
+% \titlesink = glue                     % Sinkage to title, or
+% \titleskip = glue                     % Space b/b to title.
+%~end
+
+\def \quasichapter #1{%                                 {title}
+  \closeanychapter
+  \beginblockscope{quasichapter}%
+  \global\increment \quasichapterdepth
+  \authorlevel = 0                              %~default hard
+  \authortext = {}%                             %~default hard
+  \openertext = {}%                             %~default hard
+  \runners = {chapter,normal}%                  %~default soft
+  \zoldrunners{\chapterheader\chapterfooter}%
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}%         %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\quasichapter}{}%
+  \global\increment \quasichapternumber
+  \chaptercomptext = {}%
+  \paging
+  \def \znext {#1}%
+  \remark{Starting quasichapter `\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\znext\zmark'.}%
+  \zsetrunnerstoks{\runners}%
+  \quasichapterformat{#1}%
+  \deferfloats{\true}%
+  \settaginfo{}{#1}}
+
+\def \endquasichapter {%
+  \closeanysection
+  \global\decrement \quasichapterdepth
+  \endblockscope{quasichapter}}
+
+\def \quasichapterformat #1{%
+  {\the\titlefont
+   \zsinkskip{\titlesink}{\breaknever}{\titleskip}%
+   \titleformat{#1}\par}
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \zpartchaptoc{}{#1}{75}%
+  \zsinkskip{\textsink}{\breaknever}{\textskip}}
+
+%                       Appendix
+%                       --------
+
+
+\defineblock{\appendix}{\endappendix}{\true}{}
+
+%~block appendix
+% \setflag \allowintoc = boolean        % Allow in ToC?
+% \authortext = {...}                   % Author text needed for opener.
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \numberfont = {...}                   % Font for number.
+% \numberwordfont = {...}               % Font for word like "appendix".
+% \def \numberformat {...}              % Number format.
+% \numbersink = glue                    % Sinkage to number, or
+% \numberskip = glue                    % Space b/b to number.
+% \openertext = {...}                   % Special text needed for opener.
+% \def \paging {...}                    % Initial paging.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \resetnumber = {...}                  % List of numbers to reset.
+% \setflag \resetsection = boolean      % Reset section number?
+% \runners = {style,...}                % Running head/foot styles.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+% \textsink = sinkage                   % Sinkage to text, or
+% \textskip = skip                      % Space b/b from rule to text.
+% \titlefont = {...}                    % Title font.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}            % Title format.
+% \titlesink = glue                     % Sinkage to title, or
+% \titleskip = glue                     % Space b/b from number to title.
+%~end
+
+\def \appendix #1{%                             {title}
+  \closeanychapter
+  \beginblockscope{appendix}%
+  \global\increment \appendixdepth
+  \authortext = {}%                             %~default hard
+  \openertext = {}%                             %~default hard
+  \setflag \resetsection = \true                %~default hard
+  \runners = {chapter,normal}%                  %~default soft
+  \zoldrunners{\chapterheader\chapterfooter}%
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}%         %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\appendix}{}%
+  \if \resetsection
+    \global\sectionnumber = 0
+    \global\quasisectionnumber = 0
+    \global\chapterappendixnumber = 0
+  \fi
+  \global\increment \appendixnumber
+  \setcomptext{\chaptercomptext}%               % Not \appendixcomptext!
+  \paging
+  \remark{Starting appendix \the\chaptercomptext.}%
+  \zsetrunnerstoks{\runners}%
+  \appendixformat{#1}%
+  \deferfloats{\true}%
+  \settaginfo{\the\chaptercomptext}{#1}}
+
+\def \endappendix {%
+  \closeanysection
+  \global\decrement \appendixdepth
+  \endblockscope{appendix}}
+
+\def \appendixformat #1{%
+  {\the\numberfont
+   \zsinkskip{\numbersink}{\breakbest}{\numberskip}%
+   \numberformat\par}%
+  {\the\titlefont
+   \zsinkskip{\titlesink}{\breaknever}{\titleskip}%
+   \titleformat{#1}\par}%
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \zpartchaptoc{\the\chaptercomptext}{#1}{71}%
+  \zsinkskip{\textsink}{\breaknever}{\textskip}}
+
+%                       Section
+%                       -------
+
+
+\defineblock{\section}{\endsection}{\true}{}
+
+%~block section
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above title.
+% \setflag \allowintoc = boolean        % Allow in ToC?
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \difficulty = integer                 % Level of difficulty.
+% \numberfont = {...}                   % Number font.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \resetnumber = {...}                  % List of numbers to reset.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+% \textskip = skip                      % Skip from title to text.
+% \titlefont = {...}                    % Title font.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}            % Title format.
+% \topadjust = dimen                    % Adjust if at top of page.
+%~end
+
+\def \section #1{%                                      {title}
+  \closeanysection
+  \beginblockscope{section}%
+  \global\increment \sectiondepth
+  \difficulty = 0                       %~default with
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}% %~default soft
+  \topadjust = \mindimen                %~default hard
+  \processdesign{\section}{}%
+  \global\subsectionnumber = 0
+  \global\subsubsectionnumber = 0
+  \global\subsubsubsectionnumber = 0
+  \global\increment \sectionnumber
+  \setcomptext{\sectioncomptext}%
+  \sectionformat{#1}%
+  \settaginfo{\the\sectioncomptext}{#1}}
+
+\def \endsection {%
+  \closeanysubsection
+  \global\decrement \sectiondepth
+  \endblockscope{section}}
+
+\def \sectionformat #1{%
+  {\if \emptytoksp{\numberfont}\the\titlefont \else \the\numberfont \fi
+   \zskipabovehead{\breakbest}{\aboveskip}%
+   \titleformat{#1}\par}%
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \ztocentry{\the\sectioncomptext}{#1}{60}{\allowintoc}%
+  \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{\textskip}%
+  \overrideclubpenalty{\breaknever}}
+
+%                       Quasi-Section
+%                       -------------
+
+
+\defineblock{\quasisection}{\endquasisection}{\true}{}
+
+%~block quasisection
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above title.
+% \setflag \allowintoc = boolean        % Allow in ToC?
+% \difficulty = integer                 % Level of difficulty.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \resetnumber = {...}                  % List of numbers to reset.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+% \textskip = skip                      % Skip from title to text.
+% \titlefont = {...}                    % Title font.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}            % Title format.
+% \topadjust = dimen                    % Adjust if at top of page.
+%~end
+
+\def \quasisection #1{%                                 {tile}
+  \closeanysection
+  \beginblockscope{quasisection}%
+  \global\increment \quasisectiondepth
+  \difficulty = 0                       %~default with
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}% %~default soft
+  \topadjust = \mindimen                %~default hard
+  \processdesign{\quasisection}{}%
+  \global\increment \quasisectionnumber % In case needed for \tagpageonly.
+  \quasisectionformat{#1}%
+  \settaginfo{}{#1}}
+
+\def \endquasisection {%
+  \closeanysubsection
+  \global\decrement \quasisectiondepth
+  \endblockscope{quasisection}}
+
+\def \quasisectionformat #1{%
+  {\the\titlefont
+   \zskipabovehead{\breakbest}{\aboveskip}%
+   \titleformat{#1}\par}
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \ztocentry{}{#1}{65}{\allowintoc}%
+  \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{\textskip}%
+  \overrideclubpenalty{\breaknever}}
+
+%                       Chapter Appendix
+%                       ------- --------
+
+
+\defineblock{\chapterappendix}{\endchapterappendix}{\true}{}
+
+%~block chapterappendix
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above title.
+% \setflag \allowintoc = boolean        % Allow in ToC?
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \difficulty = integer                 % Level of difficulty.
+% \numberfont = {...}                   % Number font.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \resetnumber = {...}                  % List of numbers to reset.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+% \textskip = skip                      % Skip from title to text.
+% \titlefont = {...}                    % Title font.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}            % Title format.
+% \topadjust = dimen                    % Adjust if at top of page.
+%~end
+
+\def \chapterappendix #1{%                              {title}
+  \closeanysection
+  \beginblockscope{chapterappendix}%
+  \global\increment \chapterappendixdepth
+  \difficulty = 0                       %~default with
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}% %~default soft
+  \topadjust = \mindimen                %~default hard
+  \processdesign{\chapterappendix}{}%
+  \global\subsectionnumber = 0
+  \global\subsubsectionnumber = 0
+  \global\subsubsubsectionnumber = 0
+  \global\increment \chapterappendixnumber
+  \setcomptext{\sectioncomptext}%       % Not \chapterappendixcomptext!
+  \chapterappendixformat{#1}%
+  \settaginfo{\the\sectioncomptext}{#1}}
+
+\def \endchapterappendix {%
+  \closeanysubsection
+  \global\decrement \chapterappendixdepth
+  \endblockscope{chapterappendix}}
+
+\def \chapterappendixformat #1{%
+  {\if \emptytoksp{\numberfont}\the\titlefont \else \the\numberfont \fi
+   \zskipabovehead{\breakbest}{\aboveskip}%
+   \titleformat{#1}\par}%
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \ztocentry{\the\sectioncomptext}{#1}{61}{\allowintoc}%
+  \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{\textskip}%
+  \overrideclubpenalty{\breaknever}}
+
+%                       Subsection
+%                       ----------
+
+
+\defineblock{\subsection}{\endsubsection}{\false}{}
+
+%~block subsection
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above title.
+% \setflag \allowintoc = flag           % Allow in ToC?
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \difficulty = integer                 % Level of difficulty.
+% \numberfont = {...}                   % Font for number.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+% \textskip = skip                      % Skip from title to text.
+% \titlefont = {...}                    % Title font.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}            % Title format.
+% \topadjust = dimen                    % Adjust if at top of page.
+%~end
+
+\def \subsection #1{%                                   {title}
+  \closeanysubsection
+  \beginblockscope{subsection}%
+  \global\increment \subsectiondepth
+  \difficulty = 0                       %~default with
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}% %~default soft
+  \topadjust = \mindimen                %~default hard
+  \processdesign{\subsection}{}%
+  \global\subsubsectionnumber = 0
+  \global\subsubsubsectionnumber = 0
+  \global\increment \subsectionnumber
+  \setcomptext{\subsectioncomptext}%
+  \subsectionformat{#1}%
+  \settaginfo{\the\subsectioncomptext}{#1}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \endsubsection {%
+  \closeanysubsubsection
+  \global\decrement \subsectiondepth
+  \endblockscope{subsection}}
+
+\def \subsectionformat #1{%
+  {\if \emptytoksp{\numberfont}\the\titlefont \else \the\numberfont \fi
+   \zskipabovehead{\breakbetter}{\aboveskip}%
+   \titleformat{#1}}%
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \ztocentry{\the\subsectioncomptext}{#1}{50}{\allowintoc}%
+  \if \dimposp{\textskip}%
+    \par
+    \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{\textskip}%
+  \fi
+  \overrideclubpenalty{\breaknever}}
+
+%                       Quasi-Subsection
+%                       ----------------
+
+
+\defineblock{\quasisubsection}{\endquasisubsection}{\false}{}
+
+%~block quasisubsection
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above title.
+% \setflag \allowintoc = boolean        % Allow in ToC?
+% \difficulty = integer                 % Level of difficulty.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+% \textskip = skip                      % Skip from title to text.
+% \titlefont = {...}                    % Title font.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}            % Title format.
+% \topadjust = dimen                    % Adjust if at top of page.
+%~end
+
+\def \quasisubsection #1{%                              {title}
+  \closeanysubsection
+  \beginblockscope{quasisubsection}%
+  \global\increment \quasisubsectiondepth
+  \difficulty = 0                       %~default with
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}% %~default soft
+  \topadjust = \mindimen                %~default hard
+  \processdesign{\quasisubsection}{}%
+  \quasisubsectionformat{#1}%
+  \settaginfo{}{#1}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \endquasisubsection {%
+  \closeanysubsubsection
+  \global\decrement \quasisubsectiondepth
+  \endblockscope{quasisubsection}}
+
+\def \quasisubsectionformat #1{%
+  {\the\titlefont
+   \zskipabovehead{\breakbetter}{\aboveskip}%
+   \titleformat{#1}}
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \ztocentry{}{#1}{55}{\allowintoc}%
+  \if \dimposp{\textskip}%
+    \par
+    \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{\textskip}%
+  \fi
+  \overrideclubpenalty{\breaknever}}
+
+%                       Subsubsection
+%                       -------------
+
+
+\defineblock{\subsubsection}{\endsubsubsection}{\false}{}
+
+%~block subsubsection
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above title.
+% \setflag \allowintoc = flag           % Allow in ToC?
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \difficulty = integer                 % Level of difficulty.
+% \numberfont = {...}                   % Font for number.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+% \textskip = skip                      % Skip from title to text.
+% \titlefont = {...}                    % Title font.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}            % Title format.
+% \topadjust = dimen                    % Adjust if at top of page.
+%~end
+
+\def \subsubsection #1{%                                {title}
+  \closeanysubsubsection
+  \beginblockscope{subsubsection}%
+  \global\increment \subsubsectiondepth
+  \difficulty = 0                       %~default with
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}% %~default soft
+  \topadjust = \mindimen                %~default hard
+  \processdesign{\subsubsection}{}%
+  \global\subsubsubsectionnumber = 0
+  \global\increment \subsubsectionnumber
+  \setcomptext{\subsubsectioncomptext}%
+  \subsubsectionformat{#1}%
+  \settaginfo{\the\subsubsectioncomptext}{#1}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \endsubsubsection {%
+  \closeanysubsubsubsection
+  \global\decrement \subsubsectiondepth
+  \endblockscope{subsubsection}}
+
+\def \subsubsectionformat #1{%
+  {\if \emptytoksp{\numberfont}\the\titlefont \else \the\numberfont \fi
+   \zskipabovehead{\breakgood}{\aboveskip}%
+   \titleformat{#1}}%
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \ztocentry{\the\subsubsectioncomptext}{#1}{40}{\allowintoc}%
+  \if \dimposp{\textskip}%
+    \par
+    \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{\textskip}%
+  \fi
+  \overrideclubpenalty{\breaknever}}
+
+%                       Subsubsubsection
+%                       ----------------
+
+
+\defineblock{\subsubsubsection}{\endsubsubsubsection}{\false}{}
+
+%~block subsubsubsection
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above title.
+% \setflag \allowintoc = flag           % Allow in ToC?
+% \def \comptextformat {...}            % Composite number text formatter.
+% \difficulty = integer                 % Level of difficulty.
+% \numberfont = {...}                   % Font for number.
+% \def \providemark ##1{...}            % Mark provider.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+% \textskip = skip                      % Skip from title to text.
+% \titlefont = {...}                    % Title font.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}            % Title format.
+% \topadjust = dimen                    % Adjust if at top of page.
+%~end
+
+\def \subsubsubsection #1{%                             {title}
+  \closeanysubsubsubsection
+  \beginblockscope{subsubsubsection}%
+  \global\increment \subsubsubsectiondepth
+  \difficulty = 0                       %~default with
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}% %~default soft
+  \topadjust = \mindimen                %~default hard
+  \processdesign{\subsubsubsection}{}%
+  \global\increment \subsubsubsectionnumber
+  \setcomptext{\subsubsubsectioncomptext}%
+  \subsubsubsectionformat{#1}%
+  \settaginfo{\the\subsubsubsectioncomptext}{#1}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \endsubsubsubsection {%
+  \global\decrement \subsubsubsectiondepth
+  \endblockscope{subsubsubsection}}
+
+\def \subsubsubsectionformat #1{%
+  {\if \emptytoksp{\numberfont}\the\titlefont \else \the\numberfont \fi
+   \zskipabovehead{\breakgood}{\aboveskip}%
+   \titleformat{#1}}%
+  \providemark{#1}%
+  \ztocentry{\the\subsubsubsectioncomptext}{#1}{30}{\allowintoc}%
+  \if \dimposp{\textskip}%
+    \par
+    \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{\textskip}%
+  \fi
+  \overrideclubpenalty{\breaknever}}
+
+%                       Simple Head
+%                       ------ ----
+
+
+\defineblock{\simplehead}{\endsimplehead}{\false}{}
+
+%~block simplehead Type
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above title.
+% \setflag \allowclubline = flag        % True if club allowed below.
+% \setflag \allowintoc = boolean        % Allow in ToC?
+% \difficulty = integer                 % Level of difficulty.
+% \style = {...}                        % Heading style.
+% \textskip = skip                      % Skip from title to text.
+% \titlefont = {...}                    % Title font.
+% \def \titleformat ##1{...}            % Title format.
+% \tocentrylevel = integer              % ToC entry level number (optional).
+% \topadjust = dimen                    % Adjust if at top of page.
+%~end
+
+\definecount{\tocentrylevel}{0}
+
+
+\def \simplehead #1#2{%                                 {type}{title}
+  \endgraf
+  \beginblockscope{simplehead}%
+  \global\increment \simpleheaddepth
+  \setflag \allowclubline = \false      %~default soft
+  \setflag \allowintoc = \true          %~default with
+  \difficulty = 0                       %~default with
+  \style = {Caps/lowercase, \noindent}% %~default soft
+  \tocentrylevel = 0                    %~default soft
+  \topadjust = \mindimen                %~default hard
+  \processdesign{\simplehead}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \simpleheadnumber
+  \simpleheadformat{#2}%
+  \endsimplehead}
+
+\def \endsimplehead {%
+  \global\decrement \simpleheaddepth
+  \endblockscope{simplehead}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \simpleheadformat #1{%
+  {\the\titlefont
+   \zskipabovehead{\breakgood}{\aboveskip}%
+   \titleformat{#1}}%
+  \if \dimzerop{\textskip}%
+    \nobreak
+  \else
+    \endgraf
+    \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{\textskip}%
+  \fi
+  \if \posp{\tocentrylevel}%
+    \ztocentry{}{#1}{\tocentrylevel}{\allowintoc}%
+  \fi
+  \if \notp{\allowclubline}\overrideclubpenalty{\breaknever}\fi}
+
+%                       Useful Utilities
+%                       ------ ---------
+
+
+\def \chapterorchapterappendixcomptext {%
+  \if \inblockp{\chapterappendix}%
+    \the\sectioncomptext
+  \else
+    \the\chaptercomptext
+  \fi}
+
+\def \textonlyhead {%                                   %^modifier
+  \with{\setflag\allowintoc=\false
+        \def\providemark##1{}}}
+
+\def \closeanychapter {%
+  \closeifinblock{\part}{\endpart}%
+  \closeifinblock{\quasipart}{\endquasipart}%
+  \closeifinblock{\quasichapter}{\endquasichapter}%
+  \closeifinblock{\chapter}{\endchapter}%
+  \closeifinblock{\appendix}{\endappendix}}
+
+\def \closeanysection {%
+  \closeifinblock{\quasisection}{\endquasisection}%
+  \closeifinblock{\section}{\endsection}%
+  \closeifinblock{\chapterappendix}{\endchapterappendix}}
+
+\def \closeanysubsection {%
+  \closeifinblock{\quasisubsection}{\endquasisubsection}%
+  \closeifinblock{\subsection}{\endsubsection}}
+
+\def \closeanysubsubsection {%
+  \closeifinblock{\subsubsection}{\endsubsubsection}}
+
+\def \closeanysubsubsubsection {%
+  \closeifinblock{\subsubsubsection}{\endsubsubsubsection}}
+
+\def \zsinkskip #1#2#3{%                        {sink}{penalty}{skip}
+  \if \dimposp{#3}%
+    \bbskipabove{#2}{#3}%
+  \else
+    \vsinkfromtypearea{#1}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zskipabovehead #1#2{%                     {penalty}{skip}
+  \bbskipabove{#1}{#2}%
+  \if \dimneqlp{\topadjust}{\mindimen}%
+    \vskip -\topadjust
+    \tdimena = \prevdepth
+    \rule{height 0pt depth 0pt width 0pt}%
+    \prevdepth = \tdimena
+    \penalty \breaknever
+    \vskip \topadjust
+  \fi}
+
+% If the author level is negative, the ToC entry goes before the chapter's
+% entry. Otherwise it goes after the chapter's entry.
+
+\def \zpartchaptoc #1#2#3{%
+  \edef \znext {\noexpand\tocentry{}{\the\authortext}}%
+  \if \andp{\notp{\emptytoksp{\authortext}}}{\negp{\authorlevel}}%
+    \znext{-\authorlevel}%
+  \fi
+  \ztocentry{#1}{#2}{#3}{\allowintoc}%
+  \if \andp{\notp{\emptytoksp{\authortext}}}{\posp{\authorlevel}}%
+    \znext{\authorlevel}%
+  \fi}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabbing.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabbing.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..08257a45f41
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabbing.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Tabbing Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains the definition of the block that is
+%            used to format text with tab stops.
+%
+% Authors:   Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   27 May 2016
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Tabbing Block
+%                       ------- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\tabbing}{\endtabbing}{\false}{}
+\resetinvcontext{\tabbing}
+
+%~block tabbing Type
+% \abovepenalty = integer               % Penalty above text.
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above text.
+% \setflag \autocallout = boolean       % Automatically number lines?
+% \def \beginformat {...}               % Beginning of text formatter.
+% \belowpenalty = integer               % Penalty below text.
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Space b/b below text.
+% \bodyfont = {font}                    % Body font.
+% \def \calloutformat ##1{...}          % Callout formatter.
+% \calloutnumber = integer              % Number of first callout.
+% \def \callouttext {...}               % Callout text or \arg.
+% \defaulttabwidth = dimen              % Default repeating tab width.
+% \def \endformat {...}                 % End of text formatter.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+% \tabbinggapskip = glue                % Standard tabbing gap.
+% \textcolor = {...}                    % Color of text.
+% \width = dimen                        % Line width.
+%~end
+
+\defineskip{\tabbinggapskip}{0pt}
+
+\def \tabbing #1{%                                         {type}
+  \blockcantbein{\tabbing}{\tabbing}%
+  \beginblockscope{tabbing}%
+  \global\increment \tabbingdepth
+  \abovepenalty = \breakgood                            %~default hard
+  \setflag \autocallout = \false                        %~default soft
+  \def \beginformat {}%                                 %~default soft
+  \belowpenalty = \breakgood                            %~default hard
+  \calloutnumber = 1                                    %~default with
+  \def \callouttext {\number\calloutnumber}%            %~default soft
+  \defaulttabwidth = \mindimen                          %~default soft
+  \def \endformat {}%                                   %~default soft
+  \tabbinggapskip = \enclosingbaselineskip              %~default soft
+  \textcolor = {}%                                      %~default soft
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \parrag = 0pt
+  \parskip = 0pt
+  \processdesign{\tabbing}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \tabbingnumber
+  \tabbingformat
+  \def \zarg {\arg}%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\callouttext}{\zarg}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @##{\ztbngatcallout}%
+  \else
+    \defineatsigncommand @##{\ztbngatcallout{\callouttext}}%
+  \fi
+  \if \emptytoksp{\textcolor}%          % Must have a group around \ztbnginit.
+    \bgroup
+  \else
+    \color{\the\textcolor}%
+  \fi
+    \ztbnginit
+    \ztbngstartline}
+
+\def \endtabbing {%
+    \ztbngfinal
+  \if \emptytoksp{\textcolor}%
+    \egroup % \tabbing group
+  \else
+    \endcolor
+  \fi
+  \futurelet\nexttoken \zendtabbing}
+
+\def \zendtabbing {%
+  \endtabbingformat
+  \global\decrement \tabbingdepth
+  \endblockscope{tabbing}%
+  \parnext}
+
+\def \tabbingformat {%
+  \endgraf
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}%
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+  \settextwidth{\width}%
+  \beginformat}
+
+\def \endtabbingformat {%
+  \endformat
+  \bbskipbelowblockpar{\nexttoken}{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}}
+
+%~ Use this command in between lines in a |\tabbing| block to
+%~ perform a vertical adjustment between those two lines. For example,
+%~
+%~   \adjusttabbing{\fullpagebreak}
+
+\long\def \adjusttabbing #1{%                           {commands}
+  \ztbngadjust{#1}}
+
+%                       Initialize and Finalize
+%                       ---------- --- --------
+
+
+\definecount{\ztbngstopcount}{0}
+\definecount{\ztbngstopindex}{0}
+
+\definebox{\ztbngline}
+\definebox{\ztbngfragment}
+
+
+\def \ztbnginit {%
+  \let \par = \ztbngshouldntbepar
+  \def \nl {\ztbngfinishline{\false}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @.{\ztbngatsetstop}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @>{\ztbngattab}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @C{\ztbngatclear}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @D{\ztbngatdiscard}%
+  \ztbngsetdefaultstops{\defaulttabwidth}}
+
+\def \ztbngsetdefaultstops #1{%                         {width}
+  \global\ztbngstopcount = 0
+  \def \ztbngstop {0pt}%
+  \if \dimgtrp{#1}{0pt}%
+    \tdimena = 0pt
+    \loop
+      \global\increment \ztbngstopcount
+      \advance \tdimena by #1\relax
+      \withname\edef {\ztbngstop\romannumeral\ztbngstopcount}{\the\tdimena}%
+    \if \dimlssp{\tdimena}{\hsize}%
+    \repeat
+  \fi}
+
+\def \ztbngfinal {%
+  \ztbngfinishline{\true}}
+
+%                       Build Lines
+%                       ----- -----
+
+
+\def \ztbngstartline {%
+  \ztbngstopindex = 0
+  \setbox\ztbngline = \hbox{}%
+  \global\setflag \ztbngdiscardp = \false
+  \settaginfo{\number\calloutnumber}{???title???}%
+  \ztbngstartfragment}
+
+\def \ztbngstartfragment {%
+  \setbox \ztbngfragment = \hbox\bgroup
+    \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \ztbngfinishfragment {%
+  \egroup % \ztbngfragment box
+  \setbox\ztbngline = \hbox{%
+    \unhbox\ztbngline
+    \tdimena = \name{\ztbngstop\romannumeral\ztbngstopindex}%
+    \hskip \tdimena
+    \tdimenb = \hsize
+    \advance \tdimenb by -\tdimena
+    \hbox to \tdimenb{\copy\ztbngfragment \hfil}%
+    \hskip -\tdimenb
+    \hskip -\tdimena}}
+
+\def \ztbngfinishline #1{%                              {end-of-block?}
+  \ztbngfinishfragment
+  \if \notp{\ztbngdiscardp}%
+    \if \orp{\posp{\ztbngstopindex}}{\dimposp{\wd\ztbngfragment}}%
+      \noindent
+        \if \autocallout
+          \llap{\calloutformat{\the\calloutnumber}}%
+          \increment \calloutnumber
+        \fi
+        \box\ztbngline
+      \endgraf
+    \else\if \notp{#1}%
+      \vspace{\tabbinggapskip}%
+    \fi\fi
+  \fi
+  \if #1\let \znext = \relax \else \let \znext = \ztbngstartline \fi
+  \znext}
+
+%                       At-sign Commands
+%                       ------- --------
+
+
+% @#{callout}text...
+
+\def \ztbngatcallout #1{%                               {callout}
+  \ztbngfinishfragment
+  \if \andp{\zerop{\ztbngstopindex}}{\dimzerop{\wd\ztbngfragment}}
+    \setbox\ztbngfragment = \hbox\bgroup
+      \llap{\calloutformat{#1}}%
+    \ztbngfinishfragment
+  \else
+    \error{badtabcallout}{Callout command (\noexpand@##) must appear
+                          at the beginning of the line}%
+  \fi
+  \increment \calloutnumber
+  \ztbngstartfragment}
+
+% text@.more text...
+
+\def \ztbngatsetstop {%
+  \ztbngfinishfragment
+  \tdimena = \name{\ztbngstop\romannumeral\ztbngstopindex}%
+  \advance \tdimena by \wd\ztbngfragment
+  \increment \ztbngstopindex
+  \if \gtrp{\ztbngstopindex}{\ztbngstopcount}%
+    \withname\edef {\ztbngstop\romannumeral\ztbngstopindex}{\the\tdimena}%
+    \increment \ztbngstopcount
+  \else
+    \error{badtabstop}{There is already a tab stop}%
+  \fi
+  \ztbngstartfragment}
+
+% text@>more text...
+
+\def \ztbngattab {%
+  \ztbngfinishfragment
+  \if \lssp{\ztbngstopindex}{\ztbngstopcount}%
+    \increment \ztbngstopindex
+  \else
+    \warning{toomanytabs}{Too many tabs on line; extra tabs ignored}%
+  \fi
+  \ztbngstartfragment}
+
+% @Ctext...\nl
+
+\def \ztbngatclear {%
+  \if \zerop{\ztbngstopindex}%
+    \global\ztbngstopcount = 0\relax
+  \else
+    \error{badtabclear}{Tabs must be cleared at the beginning of the line}%
+  \fi}
+
+% text@D\nl
+
+\def \ztbngatdiscard {%
+  \global\setflag \ztbngdiscardp = \true \relax}
+
+%                       Adjustment
+%                       ----------
+
+
+\long\def \ztbngadjust #1{%                             {commands}
+  \ztbngfinishfragment
+  \if \andp{\zerop{\ztbngstopindex}}{\dimzerop{\wd\ztbngfragment}}
+    #1%
+  \else
+    \error{badtabadjust}{The \noexpand\adjusttabbing command must appear
+                         in between lines}%
+  \fi
+  \ztbngstartfragment}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabularv1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabularv1.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..13fb536ab8e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabularv1.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,465 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Tabular Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains all the facilities for producing
+%            tabular material.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   1990
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Tabular Block
+%                       ------- -----
+
+
+\let \tabularcomptext = \relax
+\let \tabulardepth = \relax
+\let \tabularnumber = \relax
+
+
+\defineblock{\tabular}{\endtabular}{\false}{}
+
+%~obsolete-block tabular Type
+% \abovepenalty = integer
+% \aboveskip = glue
+% \setflag \allowbreaks = boolean
+% \belowpenalty = integer
+% \belowskip = glue
+% \bodyfont = {...}
+% \colheadaboveskip = glue
+% \colheadbelowskip = glue
+% \colheadfont = {...}
+% \colsubheadfont = {...}
+% \columngutter = glue
+% \cutinheadaboveskip = glue
+% \cutinheadbelowskip = glue
+% \cutinheadfont = {...}
+% \interrowskip = glue
+% \leftindent = glue
+% \parhang = dimen
+% \parrag = dimen
+% \rightindent = glue
+% \rulecolwidth = dimen
+% \spannerheadfont = {...}
+% \spannerruleaboveskip = dimen
+% \spannerrulebelowskip = dimen
+% \spannerruleheight = dimen
+% \def \tabnoteformat ##1{...}
+% \tabrulecolor = {color}%
+% \tabruleheight = dimen
+% \width = dimen
+%~end
+
+\defineskip{\colheadaboveskip}{0pt}
+\let \headaboveskip = \colheadaboveskip
+\let \headbelowskip = \colheadbelowskip
+\definetoks{\colsubheadfont}
+\defineskip{\cutinheadaboveskip}{0pt}
+\defineskip{\cutinheadbelowskip}{0pt}
+\definetoks{\cutinheadfont}
+
+
+\definecount{\tabularcolcount}{0}               % Number of columns in table.
+\definebox{\rowstrutbox}                        % Strut for table rows.
+
+
+\def \tabular #1#2{%                            {type}{template}
+  \endgraf
+  \beginblockscope{tabular}%
+  \global\increment \tabulardepth
+  \abovepenalty = \breakgood                    %~default hard
+  \belowpenalty = \breakbetter                  %~default hard
+  \tabrulecolor = {black}%                      %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\tabular}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \tabularnumber
+  \iffalse{\fi                                  % Must be done with master
+    \tabularcolcount = 0                        % counter > 0, to hide inner
+    \ztabcols #2&\zmark                         % \set and &.
+    \let \set = \span
+  \iffalse}\fi
+  \tabularformat
+  \fakepar
+  \nointerlineskip                              % We assume this below.
+  \if \notp{\allowbreaks}\vtop \fi \bgroup
+    \offinterlineskip
+    \everycr = {}%
+    \tabskip = \leftskip
+    \halign \if \dimneqlp{\width}{\naturalwidth}to \width \fi \bgroup
+      #2\tabskip = \rightskip \cr}
+
+\def \endtabular {%
+      \crcr
+    \egroup % \halign
+    \if \posp{\prevdepth}\kern -\interrowskip \fi % If last line has strut.
+  \egroup % \vtop
+  \prevdepth = \dp\strutbox             % So row strut depth won't shine thru.
+  \futurelet\nexttoken \zendtabular}
+
+\def \zendtabular {%
+  \endtabularformat
+  \global\decrement \tabulardepth
+  \endblockscope{tabular}%
+  \parnext}
+
+\def \tabularformat {%
+  \endgraf
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \tdimena = \dp\strutbox
+  \advance \tdimena by \interrowskip
+  \setbox \rowstrutbox = \hbox{\vrule height \ht\strutbox depth \tdimena
+                                      width 0pt}%
+  \advance \aboveskip by \baselineskip          % Compensate for absence
+  \advance \aboveskip by -\prevdepth            % of interlineskip above
+  \advance \aboveskip by -\ht\rowstrutbox       % first row of tabular.
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}%
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}}
+
+\def \endtabularformat{%
+  \bbskipbelowblockpar{\nexttoken}{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}}
+
+\def \ztabcols #1&#2\zmark{%
+  \increment \tabularcolcount
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}\ztabcols #2\zmark \fi}
+
+%                       Template Facilities
+%                       -------- ----------
+
+
+% The following macros are used to construct the tabular template.
+% They are all used with the \set macro.
+
+\def \centercol {%
+  \hfil ##\rowstrut \hfil \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \centernumbercol #1{%                                      {template}
+  \hfil \znumcell{#1}{##}\rowstrut \hfil \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\let \colgutter = \tabskip
+
+\def \customcol #1#2{%                                          {left}{right}
+  #1\relax##\rowstrut #2\relax \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \customrulecol #1{%                                        {width}
+  \color{\the\tabrulecolor}%
+  \vrule width #1 ##%
+  \endcolor \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \emptycol #1{%                                             {width}
+  ##\rowstrut \hspace{#1}\tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \leftcol {%
+  ##\rowstrut \hfil \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \leftnumbercol #1{%                                        {template}
+  \znumcell{#1}{##}\rowstrut \hfil \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \parcol #1{%                                               {width}
+  \vtop{\zpushvcontext
+        \zinitparcell{#1}{\parhang}%
+        \strut ##%
+        \if \hmodep \rowstrut \par \fi
+        \zpopvcontext}%
+  \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \rightcol {%
+  \hfil ##\rowstrut \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \rightnumbercol #1{%                                       {template}
+  \hfil \znumcell{#1}{##}\rowstrut \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \rulecol {%
+  \color{\the\tabrulecolor}%
+  \vrule width \rulecolwidth ##%
+  \endcolor \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+%                       Cell Facilities
+%                       ---- ----------
+
+
+% The following macros help with tabular entries (cells).
+
+\def \0{\phantom{0}}
+
+\def \centercell #1{%                                   {text}
+  \omit
+  \hfil #1\rowstrut \hfil}
+
+\def \centerhead #1{%                                   {heading}
+  \centercell{\the\colheadfont #1}}
+
+\def \centernumbercell #1#2{%                           {template}{text}
+  \omit
+  \hfil \znumcell{#1}{#2}\rowstrut \hfil}
+
+\def \centersubhead #1{%                                {heading}
+  \centercell{\the\colsubheadfont #1}}
+
+\def \customspannerrule #1#2{%                          {columns}{height}
+  \multispan{#1}%
+  \rowstrut
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height #2 depth 0pt}}
+
+\def \customspannerruleabut #1#2{%                      {columns}{height}
+  \multispan{#1}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height #2 depth 0pt}}
+
+\def \cutinhead #1{%                                    {heading}
+  \multispan{\tabularcolcount}%
+  \leftcell{\the\cutinheadfont #1}}
+
+\def \cutinpar #1#2{%                                   {width}{text}
+  \multispan{\tabularcolcount}%
+  \parhang = 0pt \parcell{#1}{#2}}
+
+\zremovePlaindef \hideskip
+\defineskip{\hideskip}{-1000pt plus 1fill}
+
+\def \hidewidth {\hskip \hideskip}
+
+\def \leftcell #1{%                                    {text}
+  \omit
+  #1\rowstrut \hfil}
+
+\def \lefthead #1{%                                     {heading}
+  \leftcell{\the\colheadfont #1}}
+
+\def \leftnumbercell #1#2{%                             {template}{text}
+  \omit
+  \znumcell{#1}{#2}\rowstrut \hfil}
+
+\def \leftsubhead #1{%                                  {heading}
+  \leftcell{\the\colsubheadfont #1}}
+
+\def \multispan #1{%                                    {columns}
+  \omit
+  \tcounta =#1\relax
+  \loop \ifnum \tcounta > 1 \zspan \repeat
+  \let \omit = \relax % In case the next thing is a \leftcell or whatever.
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \zspan{\span\omit \decrement \tcounta}
+
+\def \nocolrule {%
+  width 0pt }
+
+\def \parcell #1#2{%                                    {width}{text}
+  \omit
+  \vtop{\zpushvcontext
+        \zinitparcell{#1}{\parhang}%
+        \strut #2%
+        \if \hmodep \rowstrut \par \fi
+        \zpopvcontext}}
+
+\def \rightcell #1{%                                    {text}
+  \omit
+  \hfil #1\rowstrut}
+
+\def \righthead #1{%                                    {heading}
+  \rightcell{\the\colheadfont #1}}
+
+\def \rightnumbercell #1#2{%                            {template}{text}
+  \omit
+  \hfil \znumcell{#1}{#2}\rowstrut}
+
+\def \rightsubhead #1{%                                 {heading}
+  \rightcell{\the\colsubheadfont #1}}
+
+\def \rowstrut {\unhcopy \rowstrutbox}
+
+\def \spannerhead #1#2{%                                {columns}{heading}
+  \multispan{#1}%
+  \centercell{\the\spannerheadfont #2}}
+
+\def \spannerrule #1{%                                  {columns}
+  \multispan{#1}%
+  \rowstrut
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height \spannerruleheight depth 0pt}}
+
+\def \spannerruleabut #1{%                               {columns}
+  \multispan{#1}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height \spannerruleheight depth 0pt}}
+
+\def \spannerruleabutbelow #1{%                          {columns}
+  \multispan{#1}%
+  \vrule height \ht\rowstrutbox depth 0pt width 0pt\relax
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height \spannerruleheight depth 0pt}}
+
+\def \tabnote #1{%                                      {note-mark}
+  {\tabnoteformat{#1}}}
+
+\def \znumcell #1#2{%                                   {template}{text}
+  \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+    \relax
+  \else
+    \znumcella{#1}{#2}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \znumcella #1#2{%                                  {template}{text}
+  {\ztoksa = {}\ztoksb = {}%
+   \setflag \znumpt = \false
+   \znumcellb #1\zmark
+   \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{\the\ztoksa}%
+   \tdimena = \wd\zboxa
+   \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{\the\ztoksb}%
+   \tdimenb = \wd\zboxa
+   \setflag \ztempt = \znumpt
+   \ztoksa = {}\ztoksb = {}%
+   \setflag \znumpt = \false
+   \znumcellb #2\zmark
+   \if \ztempt % Template had a decimal point.
+     \if \znumpt
+       \hbox to \tdimena{\hss \the\ztoksa}%
+       \the\decimalpoint
+       \hbox to \tdimenb{\the\ztoksb \hss}%
+     \else
+       \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{\the\decimalpoint}%
+       \hbox to \tdimena{\hss \the\ztoksa}%
+       \kern \wd\zboxa \kern \tdimenb
+     \fi
+   \else % Template had no decimal point.
+     \if \znumpt
+       \error{celldecpt}{Tabular template did not specify a decimal point}%
+     \else
+       \hbox to \tdimena{\hss \the\ztoksa}%
+     \fi
+   \fi}}
+
+\def \znumcellb #1#2\zmark{%                            t1 trest \zmark
+  \if \codeeqlp{\noexpand#1}{\the\decimalpoint}%
+    \setflag \znumpt = \true
+  \else
+    \if \znumpt
+      \ztoksb = \expandafter{\the\ztoksb #1}%
+    \else
+      \ztoksa = \expandafter{\the\ztoksa #1}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+    \let \znext = \relax
+  \else
+    \def \znext {\znumcellb #2\zmark}%
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+%                       Inter-Row Facilities
+%                       --------- ----------
+
+
+% The following macros perform various actions in between rows.
+
+\def \adjusttab #1{%
+  \if \notp{\vmodep}%
+    \error{badrowcmd}{The \string\adjusttab command cannot be used in a table row}%
+  \fi
+  \noalign{#1}}
+
+\def \customtabrule #1{%                                {height}
+  \multispan{\tabularcolcount}%
+  \rowstrut 
+  \color{\the\tabrulecolor}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height #1 depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor
+  \cr}
+
+\def \customtabruleabut #1{%
+  \multispan{\tabularcolcount}%
+  \color{\the\tabrulecolor}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height #1 depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor
+  \cr}
+
+\def \customtabruleabutbelow #1{%
+  \multispan{\tabularcolcount}%
+  \vrule height \ht\rowstrutbox depth 0pt width 0pt\relax
+  \color{\the\tabrulecolor}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height #1 depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor
+  \cr}
+
+\def \nointerrowskip {\tabvspace{-\interrowskip}}
+
+\def \skipabovecolhead {%
+  \tabbbskip{\colheadaboveskip}}
+
+\def \skipbelowcolhead {%
+  \tabbbskip{\colheadbelowskip}}
+
+\def \skipabovespannerrule {%
+  \tabbbskip{\spannerruleaboveskip}}
+
+\def \skipbelowspannerrule {%
+  \tabbbskip{\spannerrulebelowskip}}
+
+\def \skipabovecutinhead {%
+  \tabbbskip{\cutinheadaboveskip}}
+
+\def \skipbelowcutinhead {%
+  \tabbbskip{\cutinheadbelowskip}}
+
+\def \tabbbskip #1{%                                    {glue}
+  \adjusttab{\zskipa = #1\relax
+             \advance \zskipa by -\ht\rowstrutbox
+             \advance \zskipa by -\dp\rowstrutbox
+             \vskip \zskipa}}
+
+\def \tabrule {%
+  \multispan{\tabularcolcount}%
+  \rowstrut
+  \color{\the\tabrulecolor}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height \tabruleheight depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor
+  \cr}
+
+\def \tabruleabut {%
+  \multispan{\tabularcolcount}%
+  \color{\the\tabrulecolor}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height \tabruleheight depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor
+  \cr}
+
+\def \tabruleabutbelow {%
+  \multispan{\tabularcolcount}%
+  \vrule height \ht\rowstrutbox depth 0pt width 0pt\relax
+  \color{\the\tabrulecolor}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height \tabruleheight depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor
+  \cr}
+
+\def \tabvspace #1{\adjusttab{\vskip #1}}%              {glue}
+
+%                       Alignment Utilities
+%                       --------- ---------
+
+
+\let \completerow = \cr
+
+\def \ialign {\everycr = {}\tabskip = 0pt \halign}
+
+\def \oalign #1{%                                       {row...}
+  \ensurepar
+  \vtop{\baselineskip = 0pt
+        \lineskip = .25ex
+        \ialign{##\cr #1\crcr}}}
+
+\def \ooalign {%
+  \lineskiplimit = -\maxdimen
+  \oalign}
+
+\def \ozalign {%
+  \lineskiplimit = 0pt\relax
+  \oalign}
+
+\def \zinitparcell #1#2{%                               {width}{hang}
+  \baselineskip = \normalbaselineskip
+  \lineskiplimit = 0pt \lineskip = 0pt
+  \setindentation{0pt}{0pt}%
+  \settextwidth{#1}%
+  \setparrag{\parrag}%
+  \leftskip = #2
+  \parindent = -#2
+  \parfillskip = \normalparfillskip}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabularv2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabularv2.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..932a42f5d46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabularv2.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,512 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX New Tabular Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains all the facilities for producing
+%            tabular material. This is the second major version.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   30 April 2001
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Tabular Block
+%                       ------- -----
+
+
+\let \tabularcomptext = \relax
+\let \tabulardepth = \relax
+\let \tabularnumber = \relax
+
+
+\defineblock{\tabular}{\endtabular}{\false}{}
+
+%~obsolete-block tabular Type
+% \abovepenalty = integer
+% \aboveskip = glue
+% \belowpenalty = integer
+% \belowskip = glue
+% \bodyfont = {...}
+% \columngutter = glue
+% \colheadaboveskip = glue
+% \colheadbelowskip = glue
+% \colheadfont = {...}
+% \cutinheadfont = {...}
+% \setflag \hastoprule = \false
+% \interrowskip = glue
+% \leftindent = glue
+% \parhang = dimen
+% \parrag = dimen
+% \rightindent = glue
+% \rulecolwidth = dimen
+% \sectionheadaboveskip = glue
+% \sectionheadbelowskip = glue
+% \sideheadfont = {...}
+% \spannerheadfont = {...}
+% \spannerruleaboveskip = dimen
+% \spannerrulebelowskip = dimen
+% \spannerrulecolor = {color}
+% \spannerruleheight = dimen
+% \style = {...}
+% \tabbottomruleaboveskip = dimen
+% \tabheadrulebelowskip = dimen
+% \def \tabnoteformat ##1{...}
+% \tabrulecolor = {color}
+% \tabruleheight = dimen
+% \width = dimen
+%~end
+
+\defineskip{\colheadaboveskip}{0pt}
+%%%\defineskip{\colheadbelowskip}{0pt}
+%%%\definetoks{\colheadfont}
+\definetoks{\cutinheadfont}
+%%%\definedimen{\rulecolwidth}{0pt}
+\defineskip{\sectionheadaboveskip}{0pt}
+\defineskip{\sectionheadbelowskip}{0pt}
+%%%\definetoks{\sideheadfont}
+%%%\definetoks{\spannerheadfont}
+%%%\defineskip{\spannerruleaboveskip}{0pt}
+%%%\defineskip{\spannerrulebelowskip}{0pt}
+%%%\definetoks{\spannerrulecolor}
+%%%\definedimen{\spannerruleheight}{0pt}
+%%%\definedimen{\tabbottomruleaboveskip}{0pt}
+%%%\definedimen{\tabheadrulebelowskip}{0pt}
+%%%\definetoks{\tabrulecolor}
+%%%\definedimen{\tabruleheight}{0pt}
+
+
+%%%\definecount{\tabcolcount}{0}           % Number of columns in table.
+
+\definetoks{\ztabspacetoks}             % Special row for vertical spacing.
+%%%\definebox{\zrowstrut}                  % Strut for table rows.
+%%%\definebox{\zparcelltopstrut}           % Strut for first line of par cell.
+%%%\definebox{\zparcellbotstrut}           % Strut for last line of par cell.
+
+
+\def \tabular #1#2{%                            {type}{template}
+  \endgraf
+  \beginblockscope{tabular}%
+  \global\increment \tabulardepth
+  \abovepenalty = \breakgood                    %~default hard
+  \belowpenalty = \breakbetter                  %~default hard
+  \setflag \hastoprule = \false                 %~default soft
+  \parhang = 0pt                                %~default soft
+  \spannerrulecolor = {black}%                  %~default soft
+  \style = {top/head/bottom rules}%             %~default soft
+  \tabrulecolor = {black}%                      %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\tabular}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \tabularnumber
+  \iffalse{\fi                                  % Analyze the template with
+    \tabcolcount = 0                            % master counter > 0 to hide
+    \ztabspacetoks = {}%                        % \set and &.
+    \zchecktabcols #2&\zmark
+    \let \set = \span
+  \iffalse}\fi
+  \tabularformat
+  \offinterlineskip
+  \everycr = {}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @A{\adjustcolrule}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @C{\nointerrowskip}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @N{\nocolrule}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @S{\skipabovespannerrule}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @T{\skipbelowspannerrule}%
+  \tabskip = \leftskip
+  \halign \if \dimneqlp{\width}{\naturalwidth}to \width \fi \bgroup
+    #2\tabskip = \rightskip\cr}
+
+\def \endtabular {%
+  \egroup % \halign
+  \if \posp{\prevdepth}%                % Does the last line have a strut?
+    \kern -.5\interrowskip              % To eliminate row strut depth.
+    \prevdepth = \dp\strutbox
+  \else
+    \prevdepth = \tabruleheight
+  \fi
+  \futurelet\nexttoken \zendtabular}
+
+\def \zendtabular {%
+  \endtabularformat
+  \global\decrement \tabulardepth
+  \endblockscope{tabular}%
+  \parnext}
+
+\def \tabularformat {%
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \calculate \tdimena = {\interrowskip,/,2,+,\ht\strutbox}%
+  \calculate \tdimenb = {\interrowskip,/,2,+,\dp\strutbox}%
+  \setbox \zrowstrut = \hbox{\vrule width 0pt
+                                    height \tdimena depth \tdimenb}%
+  \setbox \zparcelltopstrut = \hbox{\vrule width 0pt
+                                           height \tdimena depth 0pt}%
+  \setbox \zparcellbotstrut = \hbox{\vrule width 0pt
+                                           height 0pt depth \tdimenb}%
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}%
+  \fakepar                              % This fakes an empty paragraph
+  \hbox{}%                              % so the \bbskipabove works.
+  \nobreak
+  \vskip \if \hastoprule -\tabruleheight \else -\ht\zrowstrut \fi
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}}
+
+\def \endtabularformat{%
+  \bbskipbelowblockpar{\nexttoken}{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}}
+
+\def \zchecktabcols #1#2#3&#4\zmark{%
+  \if \notp{\tokeqlp{#1}{\set}}%
+    \error{misset}{A tabular column template must begin with \string\set}%
+  \fi
+  \if \posp{\tabcolcount}%
+    \ztabspacetoks = \expandafter{\the\ztabspacetoks &}%
+  \fi
+  \if \notp{\tokeqlp{#2}{\rulecol}}%
+    \ztabspacetoks = \expandafter{\the\ztabspacetoks \omit \ztabspacestrut}%
+  \fi
+  \increment \tabcolcount
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#4}}\zchecktabcols #4\zmark \fi}
+
+%                       Template Facilities
+%                       -------- ----------
+
+
+% The following macros are used to construct the tabular template.
+% They are all used with the \set macro.
+
+\def \centercol {%
+  \hfil ##\rowstrut \hfil \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \centernumbercol #1{%                                      {template}
+  \hfil \znumcell{#1}{##}\rowstrut \hfil \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\let \gutter = \tabskip
+
+\def \customcol #1{%                                            {template}
+  #1\rowstrut \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \customrulecol #1#2{%                                      {color}{width}
+  \color{#1}%
+  \vrule width #2 ##%
+  \endcolor \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \emptycol #1{%                                             {width}
+  ##\rowstrut \hspace{#1}\tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \leftcol {%
+  ##\rowstrut \hfil \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \leftnumbercol #1{%                                        {template}
+  \znumcell{#1}{##}\rowstrut \hfil \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \parcol #1{%                                               {width}
+  \vtop{\zpushvcontext
+        \zinitparcell{#1}{\parhang}%
+        \unhcopy \zparcelltopstrut ##%
+        \if \hmodep \unhcopy \zparcellbotstrut \par \fi
+        \zpopvcontext}%
+  \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \rightcol {%
+  \hfil ##\rowstrut \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \rightnumbercol #1{%                                       {template}
+  \hfil \znumcell{#1}{##}\rowstrut \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+\def \rulecol {%
+  \color{\the\tabrulecolor}%
+  \vrule width \rulecolwidth ##%
+  \endcolor \tabskip=\columngutter}
+
+%                       Cell Facilities
+%                       ---- ----------
+
+
+% The following macros help with tabular entries (cells).
+
+\def \0{\phantom{0}}
+
+\def \centercell #1{%                                   {text}
+  \omit
+  \hfil #1\rowstrut \hfil}
+
+\def \centerhead #1{%                                   {heading}
+  \centercell{\the\colheadfont #1}}
+
+\def \centernumbercell #1#2{%                           {template}{text}
+  \omit
+  \hfil \znumcell{#1}{#2}\rowstrut \hfil}
+
+\def \cutinhead #1{%                                    {heading}
+  \skipabovetabsection
+  \multispan{\tabcolcount}%
+  \leftcell{\the\cutinheadfont #1}\cr
+  \skipbelowtabsection}
+
+\zremovePlaindef \hideskip
+\defineskip{\hideskip}{-1000pt plus 1fill}
+
+\def \hidewidth {\hskip \hideskip}
+
+\def \leftcell #1{%                                    {text}
+  \omit
+  #1\rowstrut \hfil}
+
+\def \lefthead #1{%                                     {heading}
+  \leftcell{\the\colheadfont #1}}
+
+\def \leftnumbercell #1#2{%                             {template}{text}
+  \omit
+  \znumcell{#1}{#2}\rowstrut \hfil}
+
+\def \multispan #1{%                                    {columns}
+  \omit
+  \tcounta = #1%
+  \loop \ifnum \tcounta > 1 \zspan \repeat
+  \let \omit = \relax % In case the next thing is a \leftcell or whatever.
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \zspan {\span\omit \decrement \tcounta}
+
+\def \parcell #1#2{%                                    {width}{text}
+  \omit
+  \vtop{\zpushvcontext
+        \zinitparcell{#1}{\parhang}%
+        \unhcopy \zparcelltopstrut #2%
+        \if \hmodep \unhcopy \zparcellbotstrut \par \fi
+        \zpopvcontext}}
+
+\def \rightcell #1{%                                    {text}
+  \omit
+  \hfil #1\rowstrut}
+
+\def \righthead #1{%                                    {heading}
+  \rightcell{\the\colheadfont #1}}
+
+\def \rightnumbercell #1#2{%                            {template}{text}
+  \omit
+  \hfil \znumcell{#1}{#2}\rowstrut}
+
+\def \rowstrut {%
+  \unhcopy \zrowstrut}
+
+\def \sidehead #1{%                                     {heading}
+  \leftcell{\the\sideheadfont #1}}
+
+\def \spannerhead #1#2{%                                {columns}{heading}
+  \multispan{#1}%
+  \centercell{\the\spannerheadfont #2}}
+
+\def \tabnote #1{%                                      {note-mark}
+  {\tabnoteformat{#1}}}
+
+\def \znumcell #1#2{%                                   {template}{text}
+  \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+    \relax
+  \else
+    \znumcella{#1}{#2}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \znumcella #1#2{%                                  {template}{text}
+  {\ztoksa = {}\ztoksb = {}%
+   \setflag \znumpt = \false
+   \znumcellb #1\zmark
+   \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{\the\ztoksa}%
+   \tdimena = \wd\zboxa
+   \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{\the\ztoksb}%
+   \tdimenb = \wd\zboxa
+   \setflag \ztempt = \znumpt
+   \ztoksa = {}\ztoksb = {}%
+   \setflag \znumpt = \false
+   \znumcellb #2\zmark
+   \if \ztempt % Template had a decimal point.
+     \if \znumpt
+       \hbox to \tdimena{\hss \the\ztoksa}%
+       \the\decimalpoint
+       \hbox to \tdimenb{\the\ztoksb \hss}%
+     \else
+       \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{\the\decimalpoint}%
+       \hbox to \tdimena{\hss \the\ztoksa}%
+       \kern \wd\zboxa \kern \tdimenb
+     \fi
+   \else % Template had no decimal point.
+     \if \znumpt
+       \error{celldecpt}{Tabular template did not specify a decimal point}%
+     \else
+       \hbox to \tdimena{\hss \the\ztoksa}%
+     \fi
+   \fi}}
+
+\def \znumcellb #1#2\zmark{%                            t1 trest \zmark
+  \if \codeeqlp{\noexpand#1}{\the\decimalpoint}%
+    \setflag \znumpt = \true
+  \else
+    \if \znumpt
+      \ztoksb = \expandafter{\the\ztoksb #1}%
+    \else
+      \ztoksa = \expandafter{\the\ztoksa #1}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+    \let \znext = \relax
+  \else
+    \def \znext {\znumcellb #2\zmark}%
+  \fi
+  \znext}
+
+%                       Rule Facilities
+%                       ---- ----------
+
+
+\def \adjustcolrule #1,#2,#3;{%                         width,height,depth;
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#1}}width #1pt\fi
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}height #2pt\fi
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#3}}depth #3pt\fi\relax}
+
+\def \custompartialtabrule #1#2#3{%             {color}{thickness}{columns}
+  \multispan{#3}%
+  \color{#1}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height #2 depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor}
+
+\def \customspannerrule #1#2#3{%                {color}{thickness}{columns}
+  \multispan{#3}%
+  \rowstrut
+  \color{#1}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height #2 depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor}
+
+\def \customtabrule #1#2{%                              {color}{thickness}
+  \multispan{\tabcolcount}%
+  \color{#1}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height #2 depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor\cr}
+
+\def \nocolrule {%
+  width 0pt }
+
+\def \partialtabrule #1{%                                       {columns}
+  \custompartialtabrule{\the\tabrulecolor}{\tabruleheight}{#1}}
+
+\def \spannerrule #1{%                                          {columns}
+  \customspannerrule{\the\spannerrulecolor}{\spannerruleheight}{#1}}
+
+\def \tabbottomrule {%
+  \tabbbskipaboverule{\tabbottomruleaboveskip}%
+  \tabrule}
+
+\def \tabheadrule {%
+  \tabbbskipaboverule{\colheadbelowskip}%
+  \tabrule
+  \tabbbskipbelowrule{\tabheadrulebelowskip}}
+
+\def \tabrule {%
+  \customtabrule{\the\tabrulecolor}{\tabruleheight}}
+
+\def \tabtoprule {%
+  \tabrule
+  \tabbbskipbelowrule{\colheadaboveskip}}
+
+%                       Spacing Facilities
+%                       ------- ----------
+
+
+\definedimen{\zskipamount}{0pt}
+
+
+\def \nointerrowskip {%
+  \tabvspace{-\interrowskip}}
+
+\def \skipabovecolhead {%
+  \tabbbskip{\colheadaboveskip}}
+
+\def \skipbelowcolhead {%
+  \tabbbskip{\colheadbelowskip}}
+
+\def \skipabovespannerrule {%
+  \tabbbskip{\spannerruleaboveskip}}
+
+\def \skipbelowspannerrule {%
+  \tabbbskip{\spannerrulebelowskip}}
+
+\def \skipabovetabsection {%
+  \tabbbskip{\sectionheadaboveskip}}
+
+\def \skipbelowtabsection {%
+  \tabbbskip{\sectionheadbelowskip}}
+
+\def \tabbbskip #1{%
+  \noalign{%
+    \calculate \zskipamount = {#1,-,\dp\zrowstrut,-,\ht\zrowstrut}%
+    \ztabvspace{\zskipamount}}%
+  \the\ztabspacetoks\cr}
+
+\def \tabbbskipaboverule #1{%
+  \noalign{%
+    \calculate \zskipamount = {#1,-,\dp\zrowstrut,-,\tabruleheight}%
+    \ztabvspace{\zskipamount}}%
+  \the\ztabspacetoks\cr}
+
+\def \tabbbskipbelowrule #1{%
+  \noalign{%
+    \calculate \zskipamount = {#1,-,\ht\zrowstrut,-,\tabruleheight}%
+    \ztabvspace{\zskipamount}}%
+  \the\ztabspacetoks\cr}
+
+\def \tabvspace #1{%
+  \noalign{\ztabvspace{#1}}%
+  \the\ztabspacetoks\cr}
+
+\def \ztabvspace #1{%
+  \if \dimnegp{#1}%
+    \vskip #1\relax
+    \global\zskipamount = 0pt
+  \else
+    \global\zskipamount = #1%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \ztabspacestrut {%
+  \vrule width 0pt height 0pt depth \zskipamount\relax}
+
+%                       Inter-Row Facilities
+%                       --------- ----------
+
+
+\def \adjusttab #1{%
+  \if \notp{\vmodep}%
+    \error{badrowcmd}{The \string\adjusttab command cannot be used
+                      in a table row}%
+  \fi
+  \noalign{#1}}
+
+
+%                       Utilities
+%                       ---------
+
+
+\let \completerow = \cr
+
+\def \ialign {\everycr = {}\tabskip = 0pt \halign}
+
+\def \oalign #1{%                                       {row...}
+  \ensurepar
+  \vtop{\baselineskip = 0pt
+        \lineskip = .25ex
+        \ialign{##\cr #1\crcr}}}
+
+\def \ooalign {%
+  \lineskiplimit = -\maxdimen
+  \oalign}
+
+\def \ozalign {%
+  \lineskiplimit = 0pt\relax
+  \oalign}
+
+\def \zinitparcell #1#2{%                               {width}{hang}
+  \baselineskip = \normalbaselineskip
+  \lineskiplimit = 0pt \lineskip = 0pt
+  \setindentation{0pt}{0pt}%
+  \settextwidth{#1}%
+  \setparrag{\parrag}%
+  \leftskip = #2
+  \parindent = -#2
+  \parfillskip = \normalparfillskip}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabularv3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabularv3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..c7035daa73c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztabularv3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,771 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Tabular Facilities, version 3
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains all the facilities for producing
+%            tabular material. This is the third major version.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   4 June 2004
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Tabular Block
+%                       ------- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\tabular}{\endtabular}{\false}{}
+
+%~block tabular Type
+% \abovepenalty = integer               % Penalty above text.
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above text.
+% \belowpenalty = integer               % Penalty below text.
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Space b/b below text.
+% \bodyfont = {font}                    % Body font.
+% \columngutter = glue                  % Width of column gutter.
+% \colheadbelowskip = dimen             % Space b/b below column heads.
+% \colheadcolor = {color}               % Color of Column heads.
+% \colheadfont = {font}                 % Column head font.
+% \interrowskip = dimen                 % Extra space between rows.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \parhang = dimen                      % Paragraph column hang.
+% \parrag = dimen                       % Paragraph raggedness.
+% \parskip = skip                       % Paragraph skip.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+% \rulecolcolor = {color}               % Color of table rules.
+% \rulecolwidth = dimen                 % Width of column rules.
+% \sideheadaboveskip = dimen            % Space b/b above side heads.
+% \sideheadbelowskip = dimen            % Space b/b below side heads.
+% \sideheadcolor = {color}              % Color of side heads.
+% \sideheadfont = {font}                % Side head font.
+% \spannerheadcolor = {color}           % Color of spanner heads.
+% \spannerheadfont = {font}             % Spanner head font.
+% \spannerruleaboveskip = dimen         % Space b/b above spanner rules.
+% \spannerrulebelowskip = dimen         % Space b/b below spanner rules.
+% \spannerrulecolor = {color}           % Color of spanner rules.
+% \spannerruleheight = dimen            % Spanner rule thickness.
+% \style = {...}                        % Style description.
+% \tabbottomruleaboveskip = dimen       % Space b/b above bottom rules.
+% \tabheadrulebelowskip = dimen         % Space b/b below head rules.
+% \def \tabnoteformat ##1{...}          % Format of table note references.
+% \tabrulecolor = {color}               % Color of table rules.
+% \tabruleheight = dimen                % Table rule thickness.
+% \tabtoprulebelowskip = dimen          % Space b/b below top rules.
+% \width = dimen                        % Width of tabular material.
+%~end
+
+\defineskip{\colheadbelowskip}{0pt}
+\definetoks{\colheadcolor}
+\definetoks{\colheadfont}
+\definetoks{\rulecolcolor}
+\definedimen{\rulecolwidth}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\sideheadaboveskip}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\sideheadbelowskip}{0pt}
+\definetoks{\sideheadcolor}
+\definetoks{\sideheadfont}
+\definetoks{\spannerheadcolor}
+\definetoks{\spannerheadfont}
+\definedimen{\spannerruleaboveskip}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\spannerrulebelowskip}{0pt}
+\definetoks{\spannerrulecolor}
+\definedimen{\spannerruleheight}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\tabbottomruleaboveskip}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\tabheadrulebelowskip}{0pt}
+\definetoks{\tabrulecolor}
+\definedimen{\tabruleheight}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\tabtoprulebelowskip}{0pt}
+
+
+\def \tabular #1#2{%                            {type}{template}
+  \endgraf
+  \beginblockscope{tabular}%
+  \global\increment \tabulardepth
+  \abovepenalty = \breakgood                    %~default hard
+  \belowpenalty = \breakbetter                  %~default hard
+  \processdesign{\tabular}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \tabularnumber
+  \zsetuptabular{#2}%
+  \tabularformat
+  \defineatsigncommand @A{\adjustcolrule}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @C{\closeuprows}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @N{\nocolrule}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @S{\skipabovespannerrule}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @T{\skipbelowspannerrule}%
+  \offinterlineskip
+  \nobreak
+  \tabskip=\leftskip
+  \halign \if \dimneqlp{\width}{\naturalwidth}to \width \fi \bgroup
+    \span\the\zpreamble \tabskip=\rightskip \cr}
+
+\def \endtabular {%
+    \crcr
+  \egroup % \halign
+  \if \posp{\prevdepth}%                % Does the last line have a strut?
+    \kern -.5\interrowskip              % Yes, eliminate extra depth from
+    \prevdepth = \dp\strutbox           % \interrowskip.
+  \else
+    \prevdepth = \tabruleheight         % No, compensate for bottom rule.
+  \fi
+  \futurelet\nexttoken \zendtabular}
+
+\def \zendtabular {%
+  \endtabularformat
+  \global\decrement \tabulardepth
+  \endblockscope{tabular}%
+  \parnext}
+
+\def \tabularformat {%
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}%
+  \fakepar                                      % This empty paragraph allows
+  \hbox{}%                                      % the \bbskipabove to work.
+  \kern
+    \if \dimzerop{\tabtoprulebelowskip}-\ht\zrowstrut \else -\tabruleheight \fi
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}}
+
+\def \endtabularformat{%
+  \bbskipbelowblockpar{\nexttoken}{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}}
+
+\def \adjustcolumngutter #1{%                   {amount} %^tabular
+  \with{\advance\columngutter by #1}}
+
+\def \adjustinterrowskip #1{%                   {amount} %^tabular
+  \with{\advance\interrowskip by #1}}
+
+%                       Set Up Tabular
+%                       --- -- -------
+
+
+\definecount{\tabcolcount}{0}           % Number of columns in table.
+\definetoks{\zpreamble}                 % Preamble for \halign.
+\definetoks{\ztabspacerow}              % Special row for vertical spacing.
+\definebox{\zrowstrut}                  % Strut for table rows.
+\definebox{\zparcelltopstrut}           % Strut for first line of par cell.
+\definebox{\zparcellbotstrut}           % Strut for last line of par cell.
+
+\def \zsetuptabular #1{%                                {template}
+  \zanaltemplate{#1}%
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \calculate \tdimena = {\interrowskip,/,2,+,\ht\strutbox}%
+  \calculate \tdimenb = {\interrowskip,/,2,+,\dp\strutbox}%
+  \setbox \zrowstrut = \hbox{\vrule width 0pt
+                                    height \tdimena depth \tdimenb}%
+  \setbox \zparcelltopstrut = \hbox{\vrule width 0pt
+                                           height \tdimena depth 0pt}%
+  \setbox \zparcellbotstrut = \hbox{\vrule width 0pt
+                                           height 0pt depth \tdimenb}%
+  \global\zprevrowclass = \zrcpream
+  \global\zcurrowclass = \zrcpream
+  \gdef \zcolrulegate {}%
+  \global\setflag \zcolrulesenabled = \false
+  \everycr = {\noalign{\ztabcr}}}
+
+%                       Analyze Template
+%                       ------- --------
+
+
+\defineskip{\zpendgutter}{0pt}
+
+
+\def \zanaltemplate #1{%                                {template}
+  \setbox\zboxa = \hbox{%
+    \defineatsigncommand @!{\zcustomrulecol}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @>{\zgutterspec}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @c{\zcentercol}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @C{\zcenternumbercol}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @e{\zemptycol}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @l{\zleftcol}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @L{\zleftnumbercol}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @p{\zparcol}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @r{\zrightcol}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @R{\zrightnumbercol}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @s{\zspecialcol}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @|{\zrulecol}%
+    \global\tabcolcount = 0
+    \global\zpreamble = {}%
+    \global\ztabspacerow = {}%
+    #1}%
+  \tabcolcount = \tabcolcount
+  \zpreamble = \zpreamble
+  \ztabspacerow = \ztabspacerow}
+
+\def \zcentercol {%
+  \zstartcol{\false}%
+  \zappendpreamble{\hfil ##\rowstrut \hfil}}
+
+\def \zcenternumbercol #1{%
+  \zstartcol{\false}%
+  \zmeasuredanumber #1..\zmark
+  \edef \znext {%
+    \noexpand\zappendpreamble{%
+      \hfil \noexpand\zsetnumbercell{\the\tdimena}{\the\tdimenb}{####}\hfil}}%
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zcustomrulecol #1#2{%                             {color}{width}
+  \if \dimeqlp{\zpendgutter}{\mindimen}\zpendgutter = .5\columngutter \fi
+  \zstartcol{\true}%
+  \zappendpreamble{\zsetcolrule{#1}{#2}{##}}%
+  \zpendgutter = .5\columngutter}
+
+\def \zemptycol #1{%                                    {width}
+  \zstartcol{\false}%
+  \zappendpreamble{##\rowstrut \hspace{#1}}}
+
+\def \zgutterspec #1{%                                  {width}
+  \zparsegutterspec #1*\zmark}
+
+\def \zparsegutterspec #1*#2\zmark{%
+  \zpendgutter = #1\relax
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}%
+    \advance \zpendgutter by \columngutter
+    \advance \zpendgutter by -1\columngutter
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zleftcol {%
+  \zstartcol{\false}%
+  \zappendpreamble{##\rowstrut \hfil}}
+
+\def \zleftnumbercol #1{%
+  \zstartcol{\false}%
+  \zmeasuredanumber #1..\zmark
+  \edef \znext {%
+    \noexpand\zappendpreamble{%
+      \noexpand\zsetnumbercell{\the\tdimena}{\the\tdimenb}{####}\hfil}}%
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zparcol #1{%                                      {width}
+  \zstartcol{\false}%
+  \zappendpreamble{\zsetparcol{#1}{##}}}
+
+\def \zrightcol {%
+  \zstartcol{\false}%
+  \zappendpreamble{\hfil ##\rowstrut}}
+
+\def \zrightnumbercol #1{%
+  \zstartcol{\false}%
+  \zmeasuredanumber #1..\zmark
+  \edef \znext {%
+    \noexpand\zappendpreamble{%
+      \hfil \noexpand\zsetnumbercell{\the\tdimena}{\the\tdimenb}{####}}}%
+  \znext}
+
+\def \zrulecol {%
+  \if \dimeqlp{\zpendgutter}{\mindimen}\zpendgutter = .5\columngutter\relax \fi
+  \zstartcol{\true}%
+  \zappendpreamble{\zsetcolrule{}{}{##}}%
+  \zpendgutter = .5\columngutter\relax}
+
+\def \zspecialcol #1{%                                  {template}
+  \zstartcol{\false}%
+  \zappendpreamble{#1\rowstrut}}
+
+\def \zstartcol #1{%                                    {rule-column?}
+  \if \posp{\tabcolcount}%
+    \if \dimeqlp{\zpendgutter}{\mindimen}\zpendgutter = \columngutter \fi
+    \edef \znext {\noexpand\zappendpreamble{\tabskip=\the\zpendgutter &}}%
+    \znext
+    \global\ztabspacerow = \expandafter{\the\ztabspacerow &}%
+  \fi
+  \global\increment \tabcolcount
+  \if \notp{#1}%
+    \global\ztabspacerow = \expandafter{\the\ztabspacerow
+                                        \omit \copy \ztabvspacebox}%
+  \fi
+  \zpendgutter = \mindimen}
+
+\def \zappendpreamble #1{%                                 {preamble stuff}
+  \global\zpreamble = \expandafter{\the\zpreamble #1}}
+
+%                       Preamble Helpers
+%                       -------- -------
+
+
+\def \zmeasuredanumber #1.#2.#3\zmark{%
+  \measuretextwidth{\tdimena}{#1}%
+  \measuretextwidth{\tdimenb}{.#2}%
+  \if \andp{\emptyargp{#2}}{\emptyargp{#3}}\tdimenb = 0pt\fi}
+
+\def \zsetcolrule #1#2#3{%                      {color}{width}{adjustment}
+  \if \emptyargp{#1}\color{\the\tabrulecolor}\else \color{#1}\fi
+  \vrule width \if \emptyargp{#2}\rulecolwidth \else #2\fi
+         \zcolrulegate #3%
+  \endcolor}
+
+\def \zsetnumbercell #1#2#3{%                   {pre-width}{post-width}{text}
+  \gdef \zcellstyle {}%
+  \zsplitdanumber #3..\zmark
+  \if \dimzerop{#2}%
+    \if \emptytoksp{\ztoksb}%
+      \hbox to #1{\hfil \the\ztoksa}%
+    \else
+      \error{celldecpt}{Template picture did not include a decimal point}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \hbox to #1{\hfil \the\ztoksa}%
+    \hbox to #2{\zcellstyle \the\ztoksb \hfil}%
+  \fi
+  \rowstrut}
+
+\long\def \zsetparcol #1#2{%                    {width}{text}
+  \vtop{%
+    \zpushvcontext
+    \baselineskip = \normalbaselineskip
+    \lineskiplimit = 0pt \lineskip = 0pt
+%%%    \setindentation{0pt}{0pt}%
+    \settextwidth{#1}%
+    \setparrag{\parrag}%
+    \leftskip = \parhang
+    \parindent = -\parhang
+    \parfillskip = \normalparfillskip
+    \unhcopy \zparcelltopstrut
+    #2%
+    \if \hmodep \unhcopy \zparcellbotstrut \par \fi
+    \zpopvcontext}}
+
+\def \zsplitdanumber #1.#2.#3\zmark{%
+  \ztoksa = {#1}%
+  \ztoksb = {.#2}%
+  \if \andp{\emptyargp{#2}}{\emptyargp{#3}}\ztoksb = {}\fi}
+
+%                       Row Class
+%                       --- -----
+
+
+\definecount{\zprevrowclass}{0}
+\definecount{\zcurrowclass}{0}
+
+\chardef \zrcpream  = 0
+\chardef \zrcdata   = 1
+\chardef \zrchead   = 2
+\chardef \zrcrule   = 3
+\chardef \zrcvspace = 4
+\chardef \zrcbbskip = 5
+
+\def \zsetrowclass #1{%
+  \if \gtrp{#1}{\zcurrowclass}\global\zcurrowclass = #1\relax \fi}
+
+\def \ztabcr {%
+  \global\zprevrowclass = \zcurrowclass
+  \global\zcurrowclass = \zrcdata
+  \global\setflag \zcolrulesenabled = \false}
+
+%                       Cell Facilities
+%                       ---- ----------
+
+
+%~ This command produces a phantom zero, which is useful for aligning
+%~ numbers when decimal-aligned columns are not being used.
+
+\def \0{\phantom{0}}                                    %^tabular
+
+\zremovePlaindef \hideskip
+\defineskip{\hideskip}{-1000pt plus 1fill}
+
+%~ This command "hides" the width of the cell from the column width calculation
+%~ process. The cell does not participate in determining the widest cell of
+%~ the column. If the cell is wider than the calculated column width, it will
+%~ stick into the left or right column gutter, depending on the position of the
+%~ |\hidewidth| command.
+
+\def \hidewidth {\hskip \hideskip}                      %^tabular
+
+%~ This command discards the templates for the specified number of columns and
+%~ creates one cell that spans them all. The content of the cell is specified
+%~ immediately following the command. This spanning cell has no template, so
+%~ you must include all the required commands in the cell text. This is usually done
+%~ using one of the cell override commands such as |\leftcell|.
+
+\def \multispan #1{%                                    {columns} %^tabular
+  \omit
+  \tcounta = #1%
+  \loop \ifnum \tcounta > 1 \zspan \repeat
+  \let \omit = \relax % In case the next thing is a \leftcell or whatever.
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \zspan {\span\omit \decrement \tcounta}
+
+\def \rowstrut {%
+  \unhcopy \zrowstrut}
+
+\def \zcellstyle {}
+
+\def \setcellstyle #1{%
+  #1%
+  \gdef \zcellstyle {#1}%
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+%~ This command sets a table note reference, usually a lowercase
+%~ letter. The format of the reference is determined by the design.
+
+\def \tabnote #1{%                                      {note-mark} %^tabular
+  {\tabnoteformat{#1}}}
+
+%                       Cell Overrides
+%                       ---- ---------
+
+
+%~ This command overrides the template for the column and sets
+%~ a centered cell. It must appear immediately after the
+%~ ampersand (|&&|) that begins the cell.
+
+\def \centercell #1{%                                   {text} %^tabular
+  \omit
+  \hfil #1\rowstrut \hfil}
+
+%~ This command overrides the template for the column and sets
+%~ a flush left cell. It must appear immediately after the
+%~ ampersand (|&&|) that begins the cell.
+
+\def \leftcell #1{%                                     {text} %^tabular
+  \omit
+  #1\rowstrut \hfil}
+
+%~ This command overrides the template for the column and sets
+%~ a paragraph cell. It must appear immediately after the
+%~ ampersand (|&&|) that begins the cell.
+
+\def \parcell #1#2{%                                    {width}{text} %^tabular
+  \omit
+  \zsetparcol{#1}{#2}}
+
+%~ This command overrides the template for the column and sets
+%~ a flush right cell. It must appear immediately after the
+%~ ampersand (|&&|) that begins the cell.
+
+\def \rightcell #1{%                                    {text} %^tabular
+  \omit
+  \hfil #1\rowstrut}
+
+%                       Column Heads
+%                       ------ -----
+
+
+%~ This column head command produces a centered head.
+
+\def \centerhead #1{%                                   {heading} %^tabular
+  \centercell{%
+    \the\colheadfont \colortext{\the\colheadcolor}{#1}%
+    \zchkadjheads}}
+
+%~ This column head command produces a flush left head.
+
+\def \lefthead #1{%                                     {heading} %^tabular
+  \leftcell{%
+    \the\colheadfont \colortext{\the\colheadcolor}{#1}%
+    \zchkadjheads}}
+
+%~ This column head command produces a flush right head.
+
+\def \righthead #1{%                                    {heading} %^tabular
+  \rightcell{%
+    \the\colheadfont \colortext{\the\colheadcolor}{#1}%
+    \zchkadjheads}}
+
+%~ This command produces a spanner head that spans the specified
+%~ number of columns.
+
+\def \spannerhead #1#2{%                                {columns}{heading} %^tabular
+  \multispan{#1}%
+  \centercell{\the\spannerheadfont \colortext{\the\spannerheadcolor}{#2}}%
+  \zsetrowclass{\zrchead}}
+
+\def \zchkadjheads {%
+  \if \andp{\eqlp{\zprevrowclass}{\zrchead}}{\posp{\interrowskip}}%
+    \warning{adjheads}{Two adjacent rows of heads need to be closed up}%
+    \global\zprevrowclass = \zrcdata
+  \fi
+  \zsetrowclass{\zrchead}}
+
+%                       Side Heads
+%                       ---- -----
+
+%~ This command is a shorthand for producing a cut-in head that spans the
+%~ entire width of the table. It is equivalent to:
+%~
+%~ | \skipabovesidehead
+%~ | \sidehead{*all-columns*}{*heading*}\cr
+%~ | \skipbelowsidehead
+
+\def \cutinhead #1{%                                    {heading} %^tabular
+  \skipabovesidehead
+  \sidehead{\tabcolcount}{#1}\cr
+  \skipbelowsidehead}
+
+%~ This command produces a side head that spans the specified number of
+%~ columns. It is similar to |\spannerhead|. It is almost always the case that a
+%~ |\sidehead| row should be preceded by a |\skipabovesidehead| and followed by a
+%~ |\skipbelowsidehead|.
+
+\def \sidehead #1#2{%                                   {columns}{heading} %^tabular
+  \multispan{#1}%
+  \leftcell{\the\sideheadfont \colortext{\the\sideheadcolor}{#2}}}
+
+%                       Vertical Spacing
+%                       -------- -------
+
+
+%~ This command eliminates the inter-row space between two rows. It must be
+%~ used between two consective rows of table heads. Shorthand: |@C|.
+
+\def \closeuprows {%                                    %^tabular
+  \tabvspace{-\interrowskip}}
+
+%~ This command adds extra space between column heads and the first data row.
+%~ It must be used in tables that do not have head rules.
+
+\def \skipbelowcolhead {%                               %^tabular
+  \zchkbelowhead
+  \tabbbskip{\colheadbelowskip}}
+
+%~ This command produces the appropriate vertical space above
+%~ a spanner rule. Shorthand: |@S|. See also |\skipbelowspannerrule|.
+
+\def \skipabovespannerrule {%                           %^tabular
+  \tabbbskip{\spannerruleaboveskip}}
+
+%~ This command produces the appropriate vertical space below
+%~ a spanner rule. Shorthand: |@T|. See also |\skipabovespannerrule|.
+
+\def \skipbelowspannerrule {%                           %^tabular
+  \tabbbskip{\spannerrulebelowskip}}
+
+%~ This command produces the appropriate vertical space above
+%~ a side head. See also |\skipbelowsidehead|.
+
+\def \skipabovesidehead {%                              %^tabular
+  \tabbbskip{\sideheadaboveskip}}
+
+%~ This command produces the appropriate vertical space below
+%~ a side head. See also |\skiabovewsidehead|.
+
+\def \skipbelowsidehead {%                              %^tabular
+  \tabbbskip{\sideheadbelowskip}}
+
+%~ This command produces extra vertical space so that the base-to-base space
+%~ between the preceding and following rows is as specified.
+
+\def \tabbbskip #1{%                                    {amount} %^tabular
+  \ztabbbskip{#1,-,\dp\zrowstrut,-,\ht\zrowstrut}%
+  \the\ztabspacerow\cr}
+
+%~ This command produces extra vertical space between a row and a rule.
+%~ It must be used instead of |\tabbbskip| to obtain the desired results when
+%~ spacing above horizontal rules. See also |\tabbbskipbelowrule|.
+
+\def \tabbbskipaboverule #1{%                           {amount} %^tabular
+  \noalign{\nobreak}%
+  \ztabbbskip{#1,-,\dp\zrowstrut,-,\tabruleheight}%
+  \noalign{\if \zcolrulesenabled \zsuppresscolrules \fi}%
+  \the\ztabspacerow \if \zcolrulesenabled \zallowcolrules \fi\cr
+  \noalign{\nobreak}}
+
+%~ This command produces extra vertical space between a rule and a row.
+%~ It must be used instead of |\tabbbskip| to obtain the desired results when
+%~ spacing below horizontal rules. See also |\tabbbskipaboverule|.
+
+\def \tabbbskipbelowrule #1{%                           {amount} %^tabular
+  \ztabbbskip{#1,-,\ht\zrowstrut}%
+  \the\ztabspacerow\cr}
+
+%~ This command produces the specified amount of extra vertical space
+%~ between two rows of the table.
+
+\def \tabvspace #1{%                                    {amount} %^tabular
+  \noalign{%
+    \zsetrowclass{\zrcvspace}%
+    \zsetvspacebox{#1}}%
+  \the\ztabspacerow\cr}
+
+\def \ztabbbskip #1{%
+  \noalign{%
+    \zsetrowclass{\zrcbbskip}%
+    \if \eqlp{\zprevrowclass}{\zrcbbskip}%
+      \tdimena = 0pt\relax
+    \else
+      \calculate \tdimena = {#1}%
+    \fi
+    \zsetvspacebox{\tdimena}}}
+
+\definebox{\ztabvspacebox}
+\setbox \ztabvspacebox = \hbox{}%
+
+\def \zsetvspacebox #1{%
+  \if \dimnegp{#1}%
+    \vskip #1\relax
+    \dp\ztabvspacebox = 0pt
+  \else
+    \dp\ztabvspacebox = #1\relax
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zchkbelowhead {%
+  \noalign{%
+    \if \neqlp{\zprevrowclass}{\zrchead}%
+      \warning{needheads}{The previous row should be a row of column heads}%
+    \fi}}
+
+%                       Horizontal Rules
+%                       ---------- -----
+
+
+%~ This command produces a custom version of the partial table rule
+%~ (|\partialtabrule|). The color and thickness of the rules is specified
+%~ explicitly.
+
+\def \custompartialtabrule #1#2#3{%             {color}{thickness}{columns} %^tabular
+  \multispan{#3}%
+  \color{#1}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height #2 depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor}
+
+%~ This command produces a custom version of the table spanner rule
+%~ (|\spannerrule|). The color and thickness of the rules is specified
+%~ explicitly.
+
+\def \customspannerrule #1#2#3{%                {color}{thickness}{columns} %^tabular
+  \multispan{#3}%
+  \rowstrut
+  \color{#1}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height #2 depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor}
+
+%~ This command produces a custom version of the table rule
+%~ (|\tabrule|). The color and thickness of the rules is specified
+%~ explicitly.
+
+\def \customtabrule #1#2{%                              {color}{thickness} %^tabular
+  \multispan{\tabcolcount}%
+  \color{#1}%
+  \ruleleaders{\hrule height #2 depth 0pt}%
+  \endcolor\cr}
+
+%~ This command produces a table rule across the specified number of columns.
+%~ It is similar to |\spannerrule| but sets a rule of the same thickness
+%~ as |\tabrule|.
+
+\def \partialtabrule #1{%                                       {columns} %^tabular
+  \custompartialtabrule{\the\tabrulecolor}{\tabruleheight}{#1}}
+
+%~ This command produces a spanner rule across the specified number of columns.
+%~ The color and thickness of the rule are determined by the design. A row with
+%~ spanner rules is usually preceded and followed by |\skipabovespannerrule| and
+%~ |\skipbelowspannerrule|.
+
+\def \spannerrule #1{%                                          {columns} %^tabular
+  \customspannerrule{\the\spannerrulecolor}{\spannerruleheight}{#1}}
+
+%~ This command produces the standard bottom rule in a table. Which rules are
+%~ required is specified in the |\style| parameter of the |\tabular| design.
+%~ This command is not followed by |\cr|.
+
+\def \tabbottomrule {%                                          %^tabular
+  \tabbbskipaboverule{\tabbottomruleaboveskip}%
+  \tabrule}
+
+%~ This command produces the standard head rule in a table. Which rules are
+%~ required is specified in the |\style| parameter of the |\tabular| design.
+%~ This command is not followed by |\cr|.
+
+\def \tabheadrule {%                                            %^tabular
+  \zchkbelowhead
+  \tabbbskipaboverule{\colheadbelowskip}%
+  \tabrule
+  \tabbbskipbelowrule{\tabheadrulebelowskip}}
+
+%~ This command produces a table rule across the entire width of the table. The
+%~ color and thickness of the rule are determined by the design. This command
+%~ is not followed by |\cr|.
+
+\def \tabrule {%                                                %^tabular
+  \customtabrule{\the\tabrulecolor}{\tabruleheight}}
+
+%~ This command produces the standard top rule in a table. Which rules are
+%~ required is specified in the |\style| parameter of the |\tabular| design.
+%~ This command is not followed by |\cr|.
+
+\def \tabtoprule {%                                             %^tabular
+  \tabrule
+  \noalign{\nobreak}%
+  \tabbbskipbelowrule{\tabtoprulebelowskip}}
+
+%                       Vertical Rules
+%                       -------- -----
+
+
+%~ This command is used in the normally empty cell corresponding to a vertical
+%~ rule column. It adjusts the width, height, and/or depth of the rule in that
+%~ cell. To adjust one of those dimensions, specify the new dimension in
+%~ points, without the usual |pt|, in the appropriate argument position.
+%~ Omitted dimensions will have their standard values. You must specify both
+%~ commas and the semicolon. Shorthand: |@A*width*,*height*,*depth*;|
+
+\def \adjustcolrule #1,#2,#3;{%                         width,height,depth; %^tabular
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#1}}width #1pt\fi
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}height #2pt\fi
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#3}}depth #3pt\fi\relax}
+
+%~ This command can be used between rows of a table to allow all vertical
+%~ rules. This is typically done after the column head portion of a table. If
+%~ |\allowcolrules| appears just before |\tabheadrule|, it is deferred until
+%~ after the vertical space above the horizontal rule, so that the vertical
+%~ rules recommence precisely at the horizontal rule. See also
+%~ |\suppresscolrules|.
+
+\def \allowcolrules {%                                  %^tabular
+  \noalign{%
+    \zallowcolrules
+    \global\setflag \zcolrulesenabled = \true}}
+
+\def \zallowcolrules {%
+  \gdef \zcolrulegate {}}
+
+%~ This command can be used between rows of a table to suppress all vertical
+%~ rules. This is typically done for the column head portion of a table.
+%~ See also |\allowcolrules|.
+
+\def \suppresscolrules {%                               %^tabular
+  \noalign{\zsuppresscolrules}}
+
+\def \zsuppresscolrules {%
+  \gdef \zcolrulegate {\nocolrule}}
+
+%~ This command is used in the normally empty cell corresponding to a vertical
+%~ rule column. It suppresses the vertical rule in that cell. Shorthand: |@N|.
+
+\def \nocolrule {%                                      %^tabular
+  width 0pt }
+
+%                       Inter-Row Facilities
+%                       --------- ----------
+
+
+%~ This command can be used between rows of a table to insert vertical material
+%~ that is independent of the rows themselves. It is rarely needed.
+
+\def \adjusttabular #1{%                                {commands} %^tabular
+  \noalign{#1}}
+
+\let \adjusttab = \adjusttabular
+
+%                       Low-Level Alignment Facilities
+%                       --------- --------- ----------
+
+
+\let \completerow = \cr
+
+\def \ialign {\everycr = {}\tabskip=0pt \halign}
+
+\def \oalign #1{%                                       {row...}
+  \ensurepar
+  \vtop{\baselineskip = 0pt
+        \lineskip = .25ex
+        \ialign{##\cr #1\crcr}}}
+
+\def \ooalign {%
+  \lineskiplimit = -\maxdimen
+  \oalign}
+
+\def \ozalign {%
+  \lineskiplimit = 0pt\relax
+  \oalign}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztag.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztag.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..32154dd8c4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztag.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Tag Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains the definitions necessary to implement
+%            tags and references to them.
+%
+% Note:      Tag names beginning with `zX:' are reserved for ZzTeX:
+%
+%            zA:  design alternative choices (obsolete)
+%            zB:  bibliographic tags
+%            zE:  frame page numbers
+%            zF:  float page numbers
+%            zH:  help text
+%            zM:  margin note page numbers
+%            zP:  proof note page numbers
+%            zR:  margin rule page numbers
+%            zS:  snapshot information
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   19 September 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Tag Definition
+%                       --- ----------
+
+
+\definetoks{\taginfonumber}
+\taginfonumber = {???}
+\definetoks{\taginfotitle}
+\taginfotitle = {???}
+\definecount{\zmistags}{0}
+
+
+% The number is fully expanded, while the title is not expanded.
+% Then we make sure they are never expanded again.
+
+\def \settaginfo #1#2{%                                 {number}{title}
+  \edef \znext {\taginfonumber = {#1}}%
+  \znext
+  \taginfotitle = {#2}}
+
+\def \tag #1{%                                          {name}
+  \if \emptytoksp{\taginfonumber}%
+    \warning{notaginfo}{ZzTeX reference: Misplaced tag '#1'}%
+    \global\increment \zmistags
+  \fi
+  \zbeginhidewrite
+    \edef \znext {\noexpand\xref{tag}{\noexpand\folio}%
+                                     {\the\taginfonumber}%
+                                     {\the\taginfotitle}
+                                     {#1}}%
+    \znext
+    \if \PDFhyperlinks \PDFmark{T:#1}\fi
+  \zendhidewrite}
+
+\def \tagwith #1#2{%                                    {name}{reference-text}
+  \zbeginhidewrite
+    \edef \znext {\noexpand\xref{tag}{\noexpand\folio}%
+                                     {#2}%
+                                     {???notitle???}
+                                     {#1}}%
+    \znext
+    \if \PDFhyperlinks \PDFmark{T:#1}\fi
+  \zendhidewrite}
+
+% This is a special command when you just want to know the page number.
+
+\def \tagpageonly #1{%                                  {name}
+  \zbeginhidewrite
+    \edef \znext {\noexpand\xref{tag}{\noexpand\folio}%
+                                     {???nonumber???}%
+                                     {???notitle???}
+                                     {#1}}%
+    \znext
+    \if \PDFhyperlinks \PDFmark{T:#1}\fi
+  \zendhidewrite}
+
+\def \uniquetag #1#2{%                                  {prefix}{counter}
+  #1:\the\divisionname-#2}
+
+%                       Subtag Definition
+%                       ------ ----------
+
+
+\definecount{\subtagnumber}{0}
+
+
+\def \setsubtagnumber #1{%                              {integer}
+  \subtagnumber = #1\relax}
+
+\def \subtag #1#2{%                                     {name}{subnumber}
+  \zparsesubnumber #2???\zmark
+  \tagwith{#1}{\zsubtagtext}}
+
+\def \zparsesubnumber #1?#2?#3?#4\zmark{%
+  \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+    \edef \zsubtagtext {\the\taginfonumber #1}%
+  \else
+    \increment \subtagnumber
+    \edef \zsubtagtext {\the\taginfonumber #1#2\subtagnumber#3}%
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Tag Reference
+%                       --- ---------
+
+
+% This counter keeps track of the number of undefined tag references.
+
+\definecount{\zuntagrefs}{0}
+
+
+\def \refnumber #1{%                    {tag-name}
+  \zbeginrefhilight
+  \if \definedp{\=#1}%
+    \zreftext{#1}{\expandafterthrice\ztagdata \name{\=#1}\zmark1}%
+  \else
+    \zuntag{#1}{???}%
+  \fi
+  \zendrefhilight}
+
+\let \ref = \refnumber                  % Because it's so common.
+
+\def \refpage #1{%                      {tag-name}
+  \zbeginrefhilight
+  \if \definedp{\=#1}%
+    \zreftext{#1}{\expandafterthrice\ztagdata \name{\=#1}\zmark0}%
+  \else
+    \zuntag{#1}{???}%
+  \fi
+  \zendrefhilight}
+
+\def \reftitle #1{%                     {tag-name}
+  \zbeginrefhilight
+  \if \notp{\allowreftitle}%
+    \warning{noreftitle}{Use of \string\reftitle is not allowed}%
+    ???not allowed???%
+  \else \if \definedp{\=#1}%
+    {\zadjtitle = \zadjtitlenone
+     \zreftext{#1}{\expandafterthrice\ztagdata \name{\=#1}\zmark2}}%
+  \else
+    \zuntag{#1}{???title???}%
+  \fi\fi
+  \zendrefhilight}
+
+\def \zbeginrefhilight {%
+  \if \DVIWindoinuse
+    \colorspecial{ifview color push rgb 1 0 .25}%       % Color the reference.
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zendrefhilight {%
+  \if \DVIWindoinuse
+    \colorspecial{ifview color pop}%                    % Done with color.
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zreftext #1#2{%                                   {tag}{text}
+  \if \PDFhyperlinks
+    \tagbutton{#1}{#2}%
+  \else
+    #2%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \ztagdata #1\zmark#2\zmark#3\zmark#4{%
+  \ifcase #4 #1\or #2\or #3\fi}                 % Space after #4 is critical!
+
+\def \zuntag #1#2{%                                     {tag}{what-to-set}
+  \writelog{ZzTeX reference: Undefined tag `#1'.}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\false}{undef-tag}{#1}{}%
+  \global\increment \zuntagrefs
+  #2}
+
+%                       Determining the Page
+%                       ----------- --- ----
+
+
+% This command allows us to use the tag facility to determine which page
+% a particular element is on, in case the design of the element depends
+% on whether it is on a recto or verso.
+
+\def \whichpage #1#2{%                          {\count-reg}{tag-name}
+  \def \zreg {#1}%
+  \if \definedp{\=#2}%
+    \edef \zpg {\expandafterthrice\ztagdata \name{\=#2}\zmark0}%
+    \expandafter\zwhichpagea \zpg--\zmark
+  \else
+    \zuntag{#2}{\relax}%
+    #1=\pagenumber
+  \fi\relax}
+
+\def \zwhichpagea #1-#2-#3\zmark{%
+  \if \emptyargp{#2}%
+    \zwhichpageb #1\zmark
+  \else
+    \zwhichpageb #2\zmark
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zwhichpageb #1\zmark{%
+  \setbox \zboxa=\hbox{\zreg=0#1}%
+  \if \dimzerop{\wd\zboxa}%
+    \zreg=#1%
+  \else
+    \zreg=\pagenumber
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Tag Cross-Reference
+%                       --- ---------------
+
+
+% These counters keep track of the number of duplicate tags, and the
+% number of tags that have changed since the previous run.
+
+\definecount{\zduptags}{0}
+\definecount{\zchangedtags}{0}
+
+
+% Define the macro \=tag to contain the page, number, and title.
+% However, use of the title is controlled by \allowreftitle.
+
+\def \xreftag #1#2#3#4{%                        {page}{number}{title}{tag}
+  \ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefloadtagmode
+    \if \definedp{\=#4}\zduptag{#4}\fi
+    \xreftagdef{#1}{#2}{#3}{\=#4}%
+  \else\ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefcopymode
+    \xreftagchk{#1}{#2}{#3}{\=#4}%
+  \fi\fi}
+
+\def \xreftagdef #1#2#3#4{%                     {page}{number}{title}{\name}
+  \if \allowreftitle
+    \withname\gdef{#4}{#1\zmark#2\zmark#3}%
+  \else
+    \withname\gdef{#4}{#1\zmark#2\zmark}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \xreftagchk #1#2#3#4{%                     {page}{number}{title}{\name}
+  \xreftagdef{#1}{#2}{#3}{\zxrefchk}%
+  \expandaftertwice\ifx \name{#4}\zxrefchk
+  \else
+    \global\increment \zchangedtags
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zduptag #1{%                                      {tag}
+  \writelog{ZzTeX reference: Duplicate tag `#1'.}%
+  \global\increment \zduptags}
+
+%                       Tag Cross-Reference Summary
+%                       --- --------------- -------
+
+
+\def \ztagsummary {%
+  \if \posp{\zuntagrefs}%
+    \remark{Number of undefined tags in this run: \number\zuntagrefs.}%
+  \fi
+  \if \posp{\zduptags}%
+    \remark{Number of duplicate tags in this run: \number\zduptags._%
+            \space\space\space\space\space\space\space Eliminate duplicates %
+            and reprocess the book twice.}%
+  \fi
+  \if \posp{\zmistags}%
+    \remark{Number of misplaced tags in this run: \number\zmistags.}%
+  \fi
+  \if \posp{\zchangedtags}%
+    \remark{Number of tags changed since previous run: \number\zchangedtags._%
+            \space\space\space\space\space\space\space Reprocess the book %
+            to obtain correct cross-references.}%
+  \fi}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztex.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztex.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..203affbfac0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztex.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Main Module
+%
+% Synopsis:  This is the main module of ZzTeX.  It sets up character
+%            categories and loads all the other modules.
+%
+% Note:      ZzTeX assumes the use of DVIPSONE, the PostScript DVI program
+%            from Y&Y.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   27 March 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+% If ZzTeX is already loaded, quit immediately.
+
+\ifx \ZzTeX\zzzundefinedzzz \else \message{... using format}\endinput \fi
+
+%                       Character Categories
+%                       --------- ----------
+
+
+%  Character   INITEX         ZzTeX             Notes
+%
+%  NUL         ignored        invalid           Ignored in Plain TeX.
+%  TAB                        invalid           Space in Plain TeX.
+%  FORMFEED                   active: \par
+%  RETURN      end of line    end of line
+%  space       space          space
+%  #                          parameter
+%  $                          math shift
+%  &                          alignment tab
+%  %           comment        comment
+%  @           other          active: command
+%  letters     letter         letter
+%  \           escape         escape
+%  ^                          superscript
+%  _                          subscript
+%  {                          begin group
+%  }                          end group
+%  ~                          active: tie
+%  DELETE      invalid        invalid
+%  others      other          invalid
+
+
+\chardef \catescape      =  0 %  Escape character (\).          %^catcode
+\chardef \catbegin       =  1 %  Begin group ({).               %^catcode
+\chardef \catend         =  2 %  End group (}).                 %^catcode
+\chardef \catmath        =  3 %  Math mode ($).                 %^catcode
+\chardef \catalign       =  4 %  Alignment tab (&).             %^catcode
+\chardef \catendofline   =  5 %  End of line.                   %^catcode
+\chardef \catparameter   =  6 %  Parameter (#).                 %^catcode
+\chardef \catsuperscript =  7 %  Superscript (^).               %^catcode
+\chardef \catsubscript   =  8 %  Subscript (_).                 %^catcode
+\chardef \catignored     =  9 %  Ignored character.             %^catcode
+\chardef \catspace       = 10 %  Space.                         %^catcode
+\chardef \catletter      = 11 %  Letter.                        %^catcode
+\chardef \catother       = 12 %  Other.                         %^catcode
+\chardef \catactive      = 13 %  Active character (tilde).      %^catcode
+\chardef \catcomment     = 14 %  Comment (percent).             %^catcode
+\chardef \catinvalid     = 15 %  Invalid character.             %^catcode
+\chardef \catcsname      = 16
+
+\catcode`\^   = \catsuperscript
+\catcode`\^^@ = \catinvalid
+\catcode`\^^I = \catinvalid
+\catcode`\^^L = \catactive
+\catcode`\^^M = \catendofline
+\catcode`\    = \catspace
+\catcode`\#   = \catparameter
+\catcode`\$   = \catmath
+\catcode`\&   = \catalign
+\catcode`\%   = \catcomment
+\catcode`\@   = \catactive
+\catcode`\\   = \catescape
+\catcode`\_   = \catsubscript
+\catcode`\{   = \catbegin
+\catcode`\}   = \catend
+\catcode`\~   = \catactive
+\catcode`\^^? = \catinvalid
+
+% Characters "80--"FF are catcoded as invalid in zzmisc.
+
+\outer \def ^^L{\par}
+
+%                       Atsign Commands
+%                       ------ --------
+
+
+% At-sign commands are reserved for extended commands within blocks.
+% \defineatsigncommand makes a local definition!
+
+
+\def \defineatsigncommand @#1{%                         char args {body}
+  \withname\def{\zat#1}}
+
+\def @#1{%                                              char
+  %%%\relax % Stops \omit search in an alignment cell.
+  \if \undefinedp{\zat#1}%
+    \error{undefat}{The atsign command `\string@#1' is not defined
+                    in this block}%
+  \fi
+  \name{\zat#1}}
+
+%                       Markers
+%                       -------
+
+
+% This command does nothing, but it provides a name on which to
+% hang a comment for ZzExplore.
+
+\def \definemarker #1{%                                 {marker-name}
+  }
+
+%                       Paragraph Programs
+%                       --------- --------
+
+
+% We maintain a list of little programs that must be executed
+% at the beginning of every paragraph.  A program is declared
+% with `\declareeverypar'.  The programs are executed with
+% `\requiredeverypar'.
+
+\def \everyparlist {}
+
+\def \declareeverypar #1{%                              {code}
+  \append{#1}{\everyparlist}}
+
+\def \requiredeverypar {%
+  \maplist{##1}{\everyparlist}}
+
+%                       Modules
+%                       -------
+
+
+\def \zremovePlaindef #1{%
+  \let #1= \relax}
+
+\input zzprog           % Must be first.
+\input zzreg            % Must be second. 
+\input zzerror
+\input zzhelp
+\input zzio
+\input zzfont
+\input zzvmode
+\input zzhmode
+\input zzhmodeb
+\input zzhyph
+\input zzltrspc
+\input zzblock
+\input zzxref
+\input zzdoc
+\input zzdiv
+\input zzpage
+\input zzoverlay
+\input zzindexv1        % Must precede body files.
+\input zzsect
+\input zztext
+\input zztabbing
+\input zznote
+\input zzlist
+\input zztabularv3
+\input zzfloat
+\input zzart
+\input zztag
+\input zzmath
+\input zzfront
+\input zzps
+\input zzhyper
+\input zzmisc           % Must be next to last.
+\input zzplain          % Must be last.
+
+%                       Identification
+%                       --------------
+
+
+\def \TeX {T\kern-.1667em \lower .55ex \hbox{E}\kern-.1em X}
+\def \ZzTeX {Z\kern -.02em z\kern -.05em \TeX}
+
+\input zzver\relax
+
+\everyjob = {\messagenl{__Welcome to ZzTeX version \ZzTeXversion__}}
+
+\def  \fmtname    {ZzTeX}
+\edef \fmtversion {\ZzTeXversion}
+
+
+\messagenl{__Welcome to ZzTeX version \ZzTeXversion__}
+
+\if \orp{\hmodep}{\posp{\pagetotal}}
+  \zzerror{Spurious paragraph text appears in the ZzTeX files}% 
+\fi
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztext.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztext.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8e37133039e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztext.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,935 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX General Text Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module contains definitions for blocks that are used to
+%            format text.
+%
+% Notes:     The tabbing facility was implemented by Richard A. Wells and
+%            integrated into ZzTeX on 8/16/94.
+% 
+% Authors:   Paul C. Anagnostopoulos and Richard A. Wells
+% Created:   14 March 1990
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Text Block
+%                       ---- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\text}{\endtext}{\false}{}
+\resetinvcontext{\text}
+
+%~block text Type, Level
+% \abovepenalty = integer               % Penalty above text.
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above text.
+% \def \beginformat {...}               % Beginning of text formatter.
+% \belowpenalty = integer               % Penalty below text.
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Space b/b below text.
+% \bodyfont = {font}                    % Body font.
+% \def \calloutformat ##1{...}          % Callout formatter.
+% \calloutnumber = integer              % Number of first callout.
+% \def \callouttext {...}               % Callout text or \arg.
+% \defaulttabwidth = dimen              % Default repeating tab width.
+% \setflag \enabletabbing = flag        % Enable tabbing commands.
+% \def \endformat {...}                 % End of text formatter.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \parindent = dimen                    % Paragraph indentation.
+% \parrag = dimen                       % Paragraph raggedness.
+% \parskip = glue                       % Paragraph skip.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+% \textcolor = {...}                    % Color of text.
+% \setflag \verbatimlines = flag        % Treat line breaks verbatim.
+% \width = dimen                        % Line width.
+%~end
+
+\definecount{\calloutnumber}{0}
+\setflag \enabletabbing = \false
+\definedimen{\defaulttabwidth}{0pt}
+\setflag \verbatimlines = \false
+
+
+\def \text #1{%                                         {type}
+  \beginblockscope{text}%
+  \global\increment \textdepth
+  \abovepenalty = \breakgood                            %~default hard
+  \def \beginformat {}%                                 %~default soft
+  \belowpenalty = \breakgood                            %~default hard
+  \calloutnumber = 1                                    %~default with
+  \def \callouttext {\number\calloutnumber}%            %~default soft
+  \defaulttabwidth = \mindimen                          %~default soft
+  \setflag \enabletabbing = \false                      %~default soft
+  \def \endformat {}%                                   %~default soft
+  \textcolor = {}%                                      %~default soft
+  \setflag \verbatimlines = \false                      %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\text}{#1\romannumeral\textdepth}%
+  \global\increment \textnumber
+  \textformat
+  \def \zarg {\arg}%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\callouttext}{\zarg}%
+    \defineatsigncommand @##{\ztextcoformat}%
+  \else
+    \defineatsigncommand @##{\ztextcoformat{\callouttext}}%
+  \fi
+  \if \emptytoksp{\textcolor}%
+    \bgroup
+  \else
+    \color{\the\textcolor}%
+  \fi
+    \if \enabletabbing \ztabinittabbing \fi
+    \if \verbatimlines \obeylines \fi
+    \if \enabletabbing \ztabstarttabbing \fi}
+
+\def \endtext {%
+    % Must really be \par, not \endgraf, because might be redefined
+    % for tabbing.
+    \if \notp{\verbatimlines}%
+      % In \verbatimlines the line preceding \endtext{...} will put
+      % out a final \par, but if not we have to do it here.
+      \par
+    \fi
+    \if \enabletabbing \ztabfinaltabbing \fi
+  \if \emptytoksp{\textcolor}%
+    \egroup
+  \else
+    \endcolor
+  \fi
+  \futurelet\nexttoken \zendtext}
+
+\def \zendtext {%
+  \endtextformat
+  \global\decrement \textdepth
+  \endblockscope{text}%
+  \parnext}
+
+\def \textformat {%
+  \endgraf
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}%
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+  \settextwidth{\width}%
+  \setparrag{\parrag}%
+  \beginformat}
+
+\def \endtextformat {%
+  \endformat
+  \bbskipbelowblockpar{\nexttoken}{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}}
+
+\def \ztextcoformat #1{%                                {text}
+  \calloutformat{#1}%
+  \global\increment \calloutnumber}
+
+%                       Tabbing Commands
+%                       ------- --------
+
+% These commands are available in a text block if \enabletabbing is turned on.
+
+
+% \ztabinitalizetabbing
+% - Redefines \par
+% - Defines the @ commands for tabbing.  (The real work is done in the
+%   in the \ztabcmd* macros, defined below.)
+% - Initializes variables
+
+\def \ztabinittabbing {%
+  % Redefine \par to ship out the tabbed line, \endgraf it and start a
+  % new tabbed line
+  \let \par = \ztabpar
+  % Define tabbing commands
+  \def \adjusttabbing ##1{\ztabadjusttabbing{##1}}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @.{\ztabcmdset}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @>{\ztabcmdforwards}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @+{\ztabcmdindent}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @-{\ztabcmdoutdent}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @D{\ztabcmddiscard}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @C{\ztabcmdclear}%
+  \defineatsigncommand @E##1{\ztabcmdevery{##1}}%
+  % Initialize variables
+  \if \verbatimlines
+    % The line with \text{...} will put out the first \par, so we
+    % want to skip it.
+    \ztabdiscardtrue
+  \else
+    \ztabdiscardfalse
+  \fi
+  \global\ztabindentlevel=0\relax
+  % Clear all tab stops
+  \ztabcmdclear}
+
+\def \ztabparfinishpreviousline {%
+          % Set state checked by \ztabendtabcell
+          \ztabatnltrue
+          % End last tab cell with \ztabnltrue
+          \ztabendtabcell
+        \egroup% closes inner group started below in \ztabmaketabbedline
+      \egroup% closes outer group started below in \ztabmaketabbedline
+      % Unless discarding, deposit the line and remove the last box
+      \if \notp{\ztabdiscardp}%
+        \unvbox\zboxa\lastbox
+      \else
+        % Clear discarding flag
+        \ztabdiscardfalse
+      \fi
+    \endgroup% closes outermost group started by \ztabmaketabbedline
+    % We should be back in vertical mode now.
+    %
+    % Reset \ztabsbox.  The new value is the set of tbd boxes
+    % followed by the done boxes.  If not all of the tbd boxes were
+    % used this should result in the same set of boxes as the
+    % previous value of \ztabsbox.  However, if the tbd boxes were used up
+    % then the done boxes may contain additional boxes built on the fly.
+    \setbox\ztabsbox\hbox{\unhbox\ztabstbdbox\unhbox\ztabsdonebox}}
+
+\def \ztabparstartnextline {%
+  \ztabmaketabbedline}
+
+\def \ztabpar {% macro used instead of \par in tabbing
+  \ztabparfinishpreviousline
+  \endgraf
+  \ztabparstartnextline}
+
+\def \ztabstarttabbing {%
+  \ztabparstartnextline}
+
+\def \ztabfinaltabbing {%
+  % Discard and finish last tabbed line started by last \ztabpar
+  \ztabdiscardtrue
+  \ztabparfinishpreviousline}
+
+
+
+% Variables shared by \ztab* macros
+
+% Counts and dimens for building tab boxes
+\definecount{\ztabindentlevel}{0}
+\definecount{\ztabindentcounter}{0}
+\definedimen{\ztabcolwidth}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\ztabtabpos}{0pt}
+\definedimen{\ztabdimenii}{0pt}
+
+% Conditionals
+%   atnlp: are we at a \nl in tab processing?
+\def \ztabatnlfalse {\global\setflag \ztabatnlp=\false}%
+\def \ztabatnltrue {\global\setflag \ztabatnlp=\true}%
+%   discardp: are we discarding this line's output?
+\def \ztabdiscardfalse {\global\setflag \ztabdiscardp=\false}%
+\def \ztabdiscardtrue {\global\setflag \ztabdiscardp=\true}%
+%   settingp: are we setting?
+\def \ztabsettingfalse {\global\setflag \ztabsettingp=\false}%
+\def \ztabsettingtrue {\global\setflag \ztabsettingp=\true}%
+%   tabbingp: are we tabbing?
+\def \ztabtabbingfalse {\global\setflag \ztabtabbingp=\false}%
+\def \ztabtabbingtrue {\global\setflag \ztabtabbingp=\true}%
+
+
+% Boxes to hold the tabs
+\definebox{\ztabsbox}% hbox of hboxes for each tab column
+\definebox{\ztabstbdbox}% hbox of hbox tab columns still "to be done"
+\definebox{\ztabsdonebox}% hbox of hbox tab columns already done
+\definebox{\ztabsindentbox}% hbox of indents
+
+
+% The macros that implement the tabbing commands.  \ztabcmd* are the
+% top-level macros called by the @ commands.  Other \ztab* macros are
+% helpers.
+
+\def \ztabcmdset {%
+  % Set state checked by \ztabendtabcell
+  \ztabsettingtrue
+  % End the current cell with \ztabsettingtrue
+  \ztabendtabcell
+  % Start the next cell
+  \ztabbegintabcell\noindent\ignorespaces}%
+
+\def \ztabcmdforwards {%
+  % Set state checked by \ztabendtabcell
+  \ztabtabbingtrue
+  % End the current cell with \ztabsettingtrue
+  \ztabendtabcell
+  % Start the next cell
+  \ztabbegintabcell\noindent\ignorespaces}%
+
+\def \ztabcmdindent {\global\increment \ztabindentlevel\relax}%
+
+
+\def \ztabcmdoutdent {%
+  \global\decrement \ztabindentlevel\relax
+  \if \negp{\ztabindentlevel}%
+     \zzerror{Attempt to tab dedent (with \string@-) to left of left margin}%
+  \fi}
+
+\def \ztabcmddiscard {%
+  \ztabdiscardtrue}%
+
+\def \ztabcmdclear {%                      {boolean: initialization}
+  % First clear all boxes
+  \ztabcleartabboxes
+  % Surprise!  Clearing tabs might actually set them, if \defaulttabwidth
+  % has been set in the design
+  \if \neqlp{\defaulttabwidth}{\mindimen}%
+    \ztabcmdevery{\defaulttabwidth}%
+  \else
+    % Must clear indent level since we've cleared all tabs (note that
+    % we intentionally leave indent level alone if there is a
+    % \defaulttabwidth!)
+    \global\ztabindentlevel=0\relax
+  \fi\ignorespaces}%
+
+\def \ztabcmdevery #1{%
+  % First clear all tabs
+  \ztabcleartabboxes
+  % Set new tab columns of the specified width into \ztabsbox
+  \ztabsettabs{#1}%
+  % Re-init the boxes used by \ztabmaketabbedline
+  \ztabinittabboxes{\true}% Flag indicates this is a re-init
+  \ignorespaces}
+
+  
+% Implementation of the above commands
+
+  
+\def \ztabinittabboxes #1{% Init the tab boxes            {boolean: re-init}
+  % First copy \ztabsbox into \ztabstbdbox and clear \ztabsdonebox
+  \global\setbox\ztabstbdbox\copy\ztabsbox
+  \global\setbox\ztabsdonebox\null
+  % Put all of the indent boxes that might be built into an hbox
+  % which we will emit later, but just before processing cells
+  \global\setbox\ztabsindentbox\hbox%
+  \bgroup%
+    % Initialize counter for loop
+    \ztabindentcounter=0\relax
+    % Iterate \ztabindentlevel times, moving tabboxes from \ztabstbdbox to
+    % \ztabsdone, maybe emitting hboxes per indent
+    \if \lssp{\ztabindentcounter}{\ztabindentlevel}%
+      \loop
+        \increment \ztabindentcounter\relax% increment loop counter
+        % Pull \lastbox off of \ztabstbdbox
+        \global\setbox\ztabstbdbox\hbox{%
+          \unhbox\ztabstbdbox
+          \global\setbox\zboxb\lastbox}%
+        \ifvoid\zboxb
+          % This is a problem.  Not allowed to indent past set tabs.
+          \zzerror{Attempt to tab indent (with \string@+, [\the\ztabindentlevel]) past set tabs}%
+        \else
+          % Nothing wrong with the box:  push it on \ztabsdonebox
+          % and maybe emit it
+          \global\setbox\ztabsdonebox\hbox{\copy\zboxb\unhbox\ztabsdonebox}%
+          \if \notp{#1}% Not re-initializing
+            \box\zboxb
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        % Loop test
+      \if \lssp{\ztabindentcounter}{\ztabindentlevel}\repeat
+    \fi
+  % End hbox
+  \egroup}
+
+\def \ztabcleartabboxes {% Clear the tab boxes and indent level
+  \setbox\ztabsbox\null
+  \global\setbox\ztabstbdbox\null
+  \global\setbox\ztabsdonebox\null}
+
+\def \ztabsettabs #1{% Deposit tab stops of a specified width in \ztabsbox
+  \ztabcolwidth=#1\relax
+  \ztabtabpos=0pt\relax
+  % Loop while \ztabtabpos is less than \hsize, setting another tab
+  \loop
+    \ztabsetanother
+  \if \dimlssp{\ztabtabpos}{\hsize}\repeat}
+
+\def \ztabsetanother {% Helper for \ztabsettabs, immediately preceding
+  % Advance the counter
+  \advance \ztabtabpos by \ztabcolwidth
+  % Set another tab by "pushing" another hbox into the \ztabsbox hbox
+  % followed by its old set of hboxes
+  \setbox\ztabsbox\hbox{\hbox to\ztabcolwidth{}\unhbox\ztabsbox}}
+
+\def \ztabmaketabbedline {% Build a line of tabbed text
+  % Start outermost group that redefines \nl
+  \begingroup
+    % Inittab boxes (this also builds \ztabsindentbox)
+    \ztabinittabboxes{\false}% Flag indicates NOT a re-init
+    % \nl is a synonym for modified \par
+    \let\nl=\par
+    % \zboxa will contain the entire tabbed line in a vbox.
+    % (It is unvboxed in \nl and may be discarded if a @D is encountered.)
+    \setbox\zboxa\vbox%
+    % start outer group closed by \nl that holds state of \ztabatnlp
+    \bgroup%
+      % don't want to indent a tabbed line
+      \noindent
+      % Init conditionals
+      \ztabatnlfalse
+      \ztabsettingfalse
+      \ztabtabbingfalse
+      % start inner group closed by \nl that surrounds set of tabboxes
+      % and uses \zboxc as an hbox for the current cell.
+      \bgroup%
+        % emit indentation box
+        \box\ztabsindentbox
+        % start the first cell
+        \ztabbegintabcell}
+        % material for a cell will follow here and be ended by
+        % either a @ command or \nl, all of which will deposit
+        % \ztabendtabcell.  The @ commands will begin another tab cell and
+        % \nl will also finish all of the groups started by
+        % \ztabmaketabbedline and put out the line.
+
+\def \ztabbegintabcell {%
+  % \zboxc contains an hbox as the current cell of tabbed material.
+  % (It is deposited at the end of \ztabendtabcell.)
+  \setbox\zboxc\hbox%
+  \bgroup% opens group closed in \ztabendtabcell
+    \ignorespaces}
+
+\def \ztabendtabcell {%
+  \if \ztabatnlp
+    % Processing last cell in this row.  Close group opened in
+    % \ztabbegintabcell w/o bothering to re-set tabboxes.
+    \egroup
+  \else
+    % Close this cell's group (opened in \ztabbegintabcell) with \hss,
+    % since this is not the last cell.
+    \hss\egroup
+    % "Pop" current tabbox from \ztabstbdbox, measure it, deposit tabbed
+    % material into properly sized box and then "push" tabbox onto \ztabsdonebox
+    %   "Pop" from the end of \ztabstbdbox using \lastbox into \zboxb
+    \global\setbox\ztabstbdbox\hbox{%
+      \unhbox\ztabstbdbox
+      \global\setbox\zboxb\lastbox}%
+    %   Process the current tabbox
+    \ifvoid\zboxb
+      \if \ztabtabbingp
+        \zzerror{Attempt to tab (with \string@>) past set tabs}%
+      \else
+        % The current tabbox is void, so we set it to a box that is the
+        % natural width of \zboxc (which contains the cell material).
+        \global\setbox\zboxb\hbox to\wd\zboxc{}%
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \if \ztabsettingp
+        % Re-set previously stored tabbox to natural width of the cell (\zboxc)
+        \global\setbox\zboxb\hbox to\wd\zboxc{}%
+      \fi
+      % Re-deposit the cell material into \zboxc using the width of the
+      % current tabbox.
+      \setbox\zboxc\hbox to\wd\zboxb{\unhbox\zboxc}%
+    \fi
+    %   "Push" the current tabbox measure onto the \ztabsdonebox set of boxes.
+    %   (Note that this might have come from \ztabstbdbox or been measured from
+    %   \zboxc if there were no more tabboxes, so this is where an "on-the-fly"
+    %   tab is added to \ztabsdone, which will later be copied back into
+    %   \ztabsbox for the next line.)
+    \global\setbox\ztabsdonebox\hbox{\box\zboxb\unhbox\ztabsdonebox}%
+  \fi
+  % Clear conditional variables
+  \ztabsettingfalse
+  \ztabtabbingfalse
+  % emit box for this cell
+  \box\zboxc}
+
+\def \ztabadjusttabbing #1{%                    {vertical-mode material}
+  % Close and discard currently open tabbed line (empty, but started
+  % by end of previous line).
+  \ztabcmddiscard
+  \ztabparfinishpreviousline
+  % Insert vertical material
+  #1\relax
+  % If in verbatimlines must set this line to be discarded by
+  % the newline which ends the \adjusttabbing{...} line, which will also
+  % start the next line.
+  \if \verbatimlines
+    \ztabdiscardtrue
+  \fi
+  % Start next tabbed line
+  \ztabparstartnextline}
+
+%                       Builtin Text Blocks
+%                       ------- ---- ------
+
+% The following text block formats text in a completely normal fashion.
+% It can be used with \with to make small changes to the text format.
+
+\def \textnormalidesign {%
+  \calculate \aboveskip = {\enclosingbaselineskip,+,\enclosingparskip}%
+  \belowskip = \aboveskip
+  \bodyfont = {}%
+  \leftindent = \enclosingleftss
+  \parindent = \enclosingparindent
+  \parrag = \enclosingparrag
+  \parskip = \enclosingparskip
+  \rightindent = \enclosingrightss
+  \setflag \verbatimlines = \false
+  \width = \naturalwidth}
+
+\def \textnormaliidesign {%
+  \textnormalidesign}
+\def \textnormaliiidesign {%
+  \textnormalidesign}
+\def \textnormalivdesign {%
+  \textnormalidesign}
+
+\def \setflushingleft {%
+  \leftindent = 0pt
+  \parfillskip = \normalparfillskip
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \rightindent = 0pt
+  \width = \naturalwidth}
+
+
+% This text block centers text relative to the current left and right
+% indentation.
+
+\def \textcenteridesign {%
+  \textnormalidesign
+  \setcentering}
+
+\def \textcenteriidesign {%
+  \textcenteridesign}
+\def \textcenteriiidesign {%
+  \textcenteridesign}
+\def \textcenterivdesign {%
+  \textcenteridesign}
+
+\def \setcentering {%
+  \leftindent = \centerindent
+  \parfillskip = 0pt
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \rightindent = \centerindent
+  \width = \naturalwidth}
+
+
+% This text block positions text flush right.
+
+\def \textflushrightidesign {%
+  \textnormalidesign
+  \setflushingright}
+
+\def \textflushrightiidesign {%
+  \textflushrightidesign}
+\def \textflushrightiiidesign {%
+  \textflushrightidesign}
+\def \textflushrightivdesign {%
+  \textflushrightidesign}
+
+\def \setflushingright {%
+  \leftindent = \centerindent
+  \parfillskip = 0pt
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \rightindent = 0pt
+  \width = \naturalwidth}
+
+% This text block squares off the last line of paragraphs.
+
+\def \textflushendidesign {%
+  \textnormalidesign
+  \parfillskip = 0pt}
+
+\def \textflushendiidesign {%
+  \textflushendidesign}
+\def \textflushendiiidesign {%
+  \textflushendidesign}
+\def \textflushendivdesign {%
+  \textflushendidesign}
+
+\def \flushendpar {%
+  \zskipa = \parfillskip
+  \parfillskip = 0pt
+  \par
+  \parfillskip = \zskipa}
+
+% This text block sets text in the full type width.
+
+\def \texttypeareaidesign {%
+  \textnormalidesign
+  \leftindent = -\oddlefttextmargin
+  \width = \typeareawidth}
+
+\def \texttypeareaiidesign {%
+  \texttypeareaidesign}
+
+% This command centers a single line or sets multiple lines in block format.
+
+\def \centerorblockpar #1#2{%                           {width}{text}
+  \measuretextwidth{\tdimena}{#2}%
+  \if \dimlssp{\tdimena}{#1}%
+    \centerline{#2}%
+  \else
+    \noindent #2\par
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Code Block
+%                       ---- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\code}{\endcode}{\false}{}
+
+%~block code Type
+% \abovepenalty = integer               % Penalty above code.
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Space b/b above code.
+% \setflag \allowbreaks = boolean       % Page breaks allowed?
+% \setflag \allowatsigncommands = boolean       % Allow at-sign commands.
+% \setflag \allowcallouttag = boolean   % Allow \tag for callout numbers.
+% \setflag \allowTeXcommands = boolean  % Allow commands with \ { }
+% \setflag \allowTeXmath = boolean      % Allow math with $ _ ^
+% \setflag \autocallout = boolean       % Automatically number lines?
+% \def \beginformat {...}               % Beginning of code formatter.
+% \belowpenalty = integer               % Penalty below code.
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Space b/b below code.
+% \bodyfont = {...}                     % Font for text.
+% \def \calloutformat ##1{...}          % Callout formatter.
+% \calloutnumber = integer              % Number of first callout.
+% \def \callouttext {...}               % Callout text or \arg.
+% \codegapskip = glue                   % Standard code gap (see \codegap).
+% \def \endformat {...}                 % End of code formatter.
+% \hfuzz = dimen                        % Amount text can exceed \hsize.
+% \indentcolumns = integer              % Standard indentation amount.
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Left indentation.
+% \metafont = {font}                    % Font for metasyntactic names.
+% \rightindent = glue                   % Right indentation.
+% \textcolor = {...}                    % Color of text.
+% \setflag \verbatimchars = flag        % Take all characters verbatim?
+% \setflag \verbatimspaces = flag       % Take all spaces verbatim?
+% \width = dimen                        % Width of code.
+%~end
+
+\defineskip{\codegapskip}{0pt}
+\definecount{\indentcolumns}{0}
+\definetoks{\metafont}
+
+\definecount{\codelinenumber}{0}
+
+\definecount{\zcodehyph}{0}             % To remember hyphen character.
+
+\def \code #1{%                                 {type}
+  \blockcantbein{\code}{\code}%
+  \beginblockscope{code}%
+  \global\increment \codedepth
+  \abovepenalty = \breakgood                    %~default hard
+  \setflag \allowatsigncommands = \false        %~default soft
+  \setflag \allowcallouttag = \false            %~default soft
+  \setflag \allowTeXcommands = \true            %~default soft
+  \setflag \allowTeXmath = \false               %~default soft
+  \setflag \autocallout = \false                %~default soft
+  \def \beginformat {}%                         %~default soft
+  \belowpenalty = \breakbetter                  %~default hard
+  \calloutnumber = 1                            %~default with
+  \def \callouttext {\number\calloutnumber}%    %~default soft
+  \codegapskip = \mindimen                      %~default soft
+  \def \endformat {}%                           %~default soft
+  \indentcolumns = 3                            %~default soft
+  \textcolor = {}%                              %~default soft
+  \setflag \verbatimchars = \true               %~default soft
+  \setflag \verbatimspaces = \true              %~default soft
+  \codelinenumber = 1\relax
+  \processdesign{\code}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \codenumber
+  \codeformat
+  \let \par = \zcodepar
+  \obeylines
+  \if \verbatimspaces \obeyspaces \fi
+  \let \zrealincl = \include
+  \let \include = \zcodeincl
+  \let \zrealfn = \footnote
+  \let \footnote = \zcodefn
+  \def \zarg {\arg}%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\callouttext}{\zarg}%
+    \def \!{\zcodecoformat}%
+  \else
+    \def \!{\zcodecoformat{\callouttext}}%
+  \fi
+  \settaginfo{}{}%                      % No tag information so far.
+  \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\textcolor}}\color{\the\textcolor}\fi
+  \begingroup                           % So we can undo the following things.
+    \if \autocallout \everyparagraph = {\!}\fi
+    \if \verbatimchars
+      \uncatcode{\allowTeXcommands}{\allowatsigncommands}{\allowTeXmath}
+    \fi
+    \zcodeflushline}
+
+{\catcode`\^^M = \catactive
+\gdef \zcodeflushline #1^^M{}%
+
+\gdef \endcode^^M{%
+%%%    \columnbreak{\breakallowed}%        % Allow break after last line.
+  \endgroup                             % Undo the \uncatcode,
+  \if \notp{\emptytoksp{\textcolor}}\endcolor \fi%
+  \futurelet\nexttoken \zendcode}%      % and grab onto the next character.
+} % \catcode
+
+\def \zendcode {%
+  \hyphenchar\font = \zcodehyph
+  \setlist \zcodeadjlist = {}%
+  \endformat
+  \forcenextpenalty
+  \bbskipbelowblockpar{\nexttoken}{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}%
+  \global\decrement \codedepth
+  \endblockscope{code}%
+  \parnext}
+
+\def \codeformat {%
+  \endgraf
+  \alterindentation{\leftindent}{\rightindent}%
+  \settextwidth{\width}%
+  \setparrag{0pt}%
+  \the\bodyfont
+  \zcodehyph = \hyphenchar\font
+  \hyphenchar\font = -1
+  \parskip = 0pt \parindent = 0pt
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}
+  \beginformat}
+
+\def \zcodepar {%
+  \increment \codelinenumber
+  \if \hmodep
+    \endgraf
+    \if \notp{\allowbreaks}\nobreak \relax \fi     
+    \zchkcodeadj
+  \else
+    \if \notp{\allowbreaks}\nobreak \relax \fi
+    \zchkcodeadj
+    \vskip \baselineskip
+  \fi}
+
+% This macro allows the compositor to noninvasively adjust pages between
+% lines of code.
+
+\setlist \zcodeadjlist = {}
+
+\long\def \codeadjustment #1#2{%                {line-number}{commands}
+  \append{{#1}{#2}}{\zcodeadjlist}}
+
+\long\def \zchkcodeadj {%
+  \maplist{\zchkcodeadjb##1}{\zcodeadjlist}}
+
+\long\def \zchkcodeadjb #1#2{%                  {line-number}{commands}
+  \if \eqlp{#1}{\codelinenumber}%
+    #2\relax
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zcodecoformat #1{%                                {text}
+  \ensurepar
+  {\ztoksa = {}%
+   \zcodecocln #1\zmark
+   \calloutformat{\the\ztoksa}}%
+  \if \allowcallouttag \settaginfo{#1}{???}\fi
+  \global\increment \calloutnumber}
+
+\def \zcodecocln #1#2\zmark{%
+  \ifx #1\ \else \ztoksa = \expandafter{\the\ztoksa#1}\fi
+  \if \notp{\emptyargp{#2}}\zcodecocln #2\zmark \fi}
+
+%                       Code Tools
+%                       ---- -----
+
+
+%~ This command is used to place a math expression in a
+%~ code block that doesn't allow dollar signs.
+
+\def \codemath {%                                       $math$ %^code
+  $%
+  \catcodemath
+  \let \znext = }                                       % Discard opening $.
+
+%~ This command produces a vertical ellipsis in code,
+%~ with optional text explaining the omission.
+
+\def \codeellipsis #1{%                                 {text} %^code
+  \ensurepar
+  {\lower .85\baselineskip \hbox{%
+     \vbox{\baselineskip = .5\baselineskip \lineskiplimit = 0pt
+           \kern \baselineskip \hbox{.}\hbox{.}\hbox{.}\kern \baselineskip}}%
+   \unbreakable\quad {\the\metafont #1}}}%
+
+{\catcode`\^^M = \catactive
+
+% The \include macro is redefined to use this version, which eats
+% the newline at the end of the line.
+
+\gdef \zcodeincl #1^^M{\zrealincl{#1}}%
+
+% The \footnote macro is redefined so that it turns off \obeylines.
+
+\gdef \zcodefn {%
+  \bgroup%
+    \let ^^M = \space%
+    \zcodefnb}%
+
+\gdef \zcodefnb #1{%
+    \zrealfn{#1}%
+  \egroup}%
+
+%~ This command allows a vertical adjustment between two lines
+%~ of code. A typical use would be
+%~   \adjustcode{\fullpagebreak}
+
+\gdef \adjustcode #1#2^^M{#1}%                          {command} %^code
+
+%~ Blank lines in code should be produced with this command.
+%~ A regular blank line produces too much space.
+
+\gdef \codegap #1^^M{%                                  %^code
+  \if \dimnegp{\codegapskip}%
+    \vspace{\baselineskip}%
+  \else%
+    \vspace{\codegapskip}%
+  \fi}%
+
+} % \catcode
+
+%                       Code Fragment
+%                       ---- --------
+
+
+%~ A "code fragment" is a short sequence of program code in the running text.
+%~ Most books use |\mono|, which is defined in terms of this command.
+
+\def \codefragment #1#2#3#4{%                   {prefix}{suffix}{font}{text}
+  {#1%
+   \measurespacewidth{\tdimena}%
+   #3%
+   \if \monoencodingp \spaceskip = 1.2\tdimena \fi
+   \relax #4%
+   #2}}
+
+%                       Multicolumn Block
+%                       ----------- -----
+
+
+\defineblock{\multicolumn}{\endmulticolumn}{\false}{}
+
+%~block multicolumn Type
+% \abovepenalty = integer               % Penalty above block.
+% \aboveskip = glue                     % Visual space above block.
+% \belowpenalty = integer               % Penalty below block. 
+% \belowskip = glue                     % Visual space below block.
+% \brokenpenalty = penalty              % For hyphenation at bottom of column.
+% \columngutter = dimen                 % Width of column gutter.
+% \columnrulecolor = {color}            % Color of rule separating columns.
+% \columnrulewidth = dimen              % Width of rule.
+% \columns = integer                    % Number of columns.
+% \setflag \flushbottom = flag          % Should bottoms be flush?
+% \leftindent = glue                    % Indentation for left edge.
+% \margins = {left,right,top,bottom}    % Four margins.
+% \parrag = dimen                       % Paragraph raggedness.
+% \setflag \preservelistdepth = flag    % Preserve list depth?
+% \siderulecolor = {color}              % Color of rules on sides.
+% \siderulewidth = dimen                % Width of rules.
+% \vshift = dimen                       % Vertical shift for entire element.
+% \width = dimen                        % Width of each column.
+%~end
+
+\definetoks{\columnrulecolor}
+\definedimen{\columnrulewidth}{0pt}
+\definecount{\columns}{0}
+\definetoks{\margins}
+\definetoks{\siderulecolor}
+\definedimen{\siderulewidth}{0pt}
+
+\definebox{\zmctext}
+\definecount{\zmccolumn}{0}
+\definecount{\zentrylistdepth}{0}
+\definebox{\zmccoli}
+\definebox{\zmccolii}
+\definebox{\zmccoliii}
+\definebox{\zmccoliv}
+\definebox{\zmccolv}
+\definebox{\zmccolvi}
+\definebox{\zmccolvii}
+\definebox{\zmccolviii}
+\definedimen{\zmcmaxht}{0pt}
+\definebox{\zmcbox}
+
+
+\def \multicolumn #1{%                                  {type}
+  \beginblockscope{multicolumn}%
+  \global\increment \multicolumndepth
+  \abovepenalty = \breakgood                            %~default hard
+  \belowpenalty = \breakgood                            %~default hard
+  \brokenpenalty = \breaknever                          %~default soft
+  \setflag \preservelistdepth = \false                  %~default soft
+  \vshift = 0pt                                         %~default soft
+  \processdesign{\multicolumn}{#1}%
+  \global\increment \multicolumnnumber
+  \expandafter\zmcparse \the\margins\zmark
+  \setbox \zmctext = \vtop\bgroup
+    \zentrylistdepth = \listdepth
+    \zpushvcontext
+    \if \preservelistdepth \global\listdepth = \zentrylistdepth \fi
+    \settextwidth{\width}%
+    \setparrag{\parrag}}
+
+\def \endmulticolumn {%
+    \endgraf
+    \zpopvcontext
+  \egroup % \vtop
+  \zbuildmc
+  \global\decrement \multicolumndepth
+  \endblockscope{multicolumn}}
+
+\def \zbuildmc {%
+  \splitmaxdepth = \dp\strutbox
+  \vbadness = 10000                             % Do we want this?
+  \setbox \zmctext = \vbox{%
+    \vskip \splittopskip
+    \vskip -\ht\zmctext
+    \unvbox \zmctext
+    \unskip \unpenalty \unskip}%
+  \zbuildmca
+  \zbuildmcb
+  \bbskipabove{\abovepenalty}{\aboveskip}%
+  \hfuzz=999pc
+  \hindent{\leftindent} \lower \vshift \box\zmcbox \par
+  \prevdepth = 0pt                              % Nothing better to do.
+  \bbskipbelowblock{\belowpenalty}{\belowskip}}
+
+\def \zbuildmca {%
+  \zmccolumn = \columns
+  \zmcmaxht = 0pt
+  \loop
+    \calculate \tdimena =
+      {\ht\zmctext,-,\splittopskip,/,\zmccolumn,+,\splittopskip}%
+    \setbox \name{\zmccol\romannumeral\zmccolumn} = 
+      \if \onep{\zmccolumn}\box\zmctext \else
+          \vsplit \zmctext to \tdimena \fi
+    \tdimena = \ht\name{\zmccol\romannumeral\zmccolumn}%
+    \if \dimgtrp{\tdimena}{\zmcmaxht}\zmcmaxht = \tdimena \fi
+    \decrement \zmccolumn
+  \if \posp{\zmccolumn}\repeat}
+
+\def \zbuildmcb {%
+  \setbox \zmcbox = \hbox{%
+    \vrule width \siderulewidth
+    \hskip -\siderulewidth
+    \hskip \zmcleft
+    \zmccolumn = \columns
+    \loop
+      \tdimena = \dp\name{\zmccol\romannumeral\zmccolumn}%
+      \setbox \zboxa = \vbox to \zmcmaxht {%
+        \unvbox \name{\zmccol\romannumeral\zmccolumn}%
+        \if \notp{\flushbottom}\vfil \fi
+        \vskip -\tdimena
+        \vskip \zmcbottom}%
+      \calculate \tdimena = {\ht\zboxa,-,\splittopskip}%
+      \lower \tdimena \hbox{\box\zboxa}%
+      \if \gtrp{\zmccolumn}{1}%
+        \hskip .5\columngutter
+        \hskip -.5\columnrulewidth
+        \vrule width \columnrulewidth
+        \hskip -.5\columnrulewidth
+        \hskip .5\columngutter
+      \fi
+      \decrement \zmccolumn
+    \if \posp{\zmccolumn}\repeat
+    \hskip \zmcright
+    \hskip -\siderulewidth
+    \vrule width \siderulewidth}}
+
+\def \zmcparse #1,#2,#3,#4\zmark{%
+  \def \zmcleft {#1\relax}%
+  \def \zmcright {#2\relax}%
+  \splittopskip = #3\relax
+  \def \zmcbottom {#4\relax}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzttladj.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzttladj.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..d23439bfe3a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzttladj.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX New Title Adjustment Scheme
+%
+% Synopsis:  The new title adjustment scheme is an improvement over the
+%            original scheme provided by \adjusttitle.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   9 July 1997
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Title Adjustment Commands
+%                       ----- ---------- --------
+
+
+%~ This command provides an adjustment to the enclosing title
+%~ when it appears in the body of the book. The argument text
+%~ is included only when the title appears in the body.
+
+\def \adjustbodytitle #1{%                              {text} %^title_adj
+  \if \eqlp{\zadjtitle}{\zadjtitlebody}#1\fi}
+
+%~ This command provides an adjustment to the enclosing title
+%~ when it appears in a running head or foot. The argument text
+%~ is included only when the title appears in a runner.
+
+\def \adjustmarktitle #1{%                              {text} %^title_adj
+  \if \eqlp{\zadjtitle}{\zadjtitlemark}#1\fi}
+
+%~ This command provides an adjustment to the enclosing title
+%~ when it appears in the table of contents. The argument text
+%~ is included only when the title appears in the ToC.
+
+\def \adjusttoctitle #1{%                               {text} %^title_adj
+  \if \eqlp{\zadjtitle}{\zadjtitletoc}#1\fi}
+
+%~ This command provides an adjustment to the enclosing title
+%~ when it appears in a mini-Toc. The argument text
+%~ is included only when the title appears in a mini-ToC.
+
+\def \adjustminitoctitle #1{%                           {text} %^title_adj
+  \if \eqlp{\zadjtitle}{\zadjtitleminitoc}#1\fi}
+
+\def \adjusttitle {%
+  \error{obsolete}{The \noexpand\adjusttitle command is obsolete}}
+
+%                       Common Adjustment Commands
+%                       ------ ---------- --------
+
+
+%~ This command is equivalent to |\adjustbodytitle{\nl}|.
+
+\def \titlenl;{\adjustbodytitle{\nl}}                   %^title_adj
+
+%~ This command is equivalent to |\adjustbodytitle{\tl}|.
+
+\def \titletl;{\adjustbodytitle{\tl}}                   %^title_adj
+
+%~ This command is equivalent to |\adjusttoctitle{\nl}|.
+
+\def \tocnl;{\adjusttoctitle{\nl}}                      %^title_adj
+
+%~ This command is equivalent to |\adjusttoctitle{\tl}|.
+
+\def \toctl;{\adjusttoctitle{\tl}}                      %^title_adj
+
+%~ This command is equivalent to |\adjustminitoctitle{\nl}|.
+
+\def \minitocnl;{\adjustminitoctitle{\nl}}              %^title_adj
+
+%~ This command is equivalent to |\adjustminitoctitle{\tl}|.
+
+\def \minitoctl;{\adjustminitoctitle{\tl}}              %^title_adj
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztures.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztures.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..60f86eb3673
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zztures.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX TeXtures Interface
+%
+% Synopsis:  This module provides replacement definitions for things
+%            that are different in TeXtures.
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   17 March 1994
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Unencodable Characters
+%                       ----------- ----------
+
+
+\def \PSbackslash  {$\backslash$}
+\def \PSbar        {$\vert$}
+\def \PSbullet     {$\bullet$}
+\def \PSdollar     {\char "24}
+\def \PSunderscore {\kern .06em \vbox{\hrule width .3em}}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzver.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzver.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..7b3fd2bfa2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzver.tex
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+\def \ZzTeXversion {17.7}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzvmode.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzvmode.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a81b33d2bd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzvmode.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Vertical Mode Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   21 September 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Interline Skip
+%                       --------- ----
+
+
+\def \nointerlineskip {%
+  \prevdepth = -1000pt}
+
+\def \offinterlineskip {%
+  \baselineskip = -1000pt
+  \lineskip = 0pt
+  \lineskiplimit = \maxdimen}
+
+%                       Vertical Skiping Environment
+%                       -------- ------- -----------
+
+
+% The following registers make up the vertical skiping environment.
+
+\definecount{\zvskenvtype}{0}   % Previous vertical skip type.
+\definecount{\zvskenvpen}{0}    % Previous columnbreak penalty.
+\defineskip{\zvskenvreq}{0pt}   % Previous required base-to-base skip.
+\defineskip{\zvskenvskip}{0pt}  % Previous actual skip amount.
+
+\chardef \zvskenvdiscard = 0    % Just initialized the environment.
+\chardef \zvskenvpar     = 1    % Previous element was a paragraph.
+\chardef \zvskenvabove   = 2    % Just finished an above skip.
+\chardef \zvskenvbelow   = 3    % Just finished a below skip.
+\chardef \zvskenvmath    = 4    % Previous element was a paragraph ending
+                                % with a math display.
+
+\definecount{\zvskenvnopen}{20000\relax}
+
+\let \noskip = \mindimen
+
+
+% The vertical skiping environment is maintained in the vertical context.
+
+\zdeclareeveryvcontext{\zvskenvvcontext}
+
+\def \zvskenvvcontext {%
+  \zsavevcontext{\zvskenvtype=\the\zvskenvtype
+                 \zvskenvpen=\the\zvskenvpen
+                 \zvskenvreq=\the\zvskenvreq
+                 \zvskenvskip=\the\zvskenvskip}%
+  \zvskpar
+  \global\zvskenvtype = \zvskenvdiscard}
+
+%                       Base-to-Base Skiping
+%                       ------------ -------
+
+
+\declareeverypar{\zvskpar}
+
+\def \zvskpar {%
+  \global\zvskenvtype = \zvskenvpar
+  \global\zvskenvpen  = \zvskenvnopen
+  \global\zvskenvreq  = \parskip \global\advance \zvskenvreq by \baselineskip
+  \global\zvskenvskip = 0pt}
+
+
+%~ This command produces vertical space so that the base-to-base
+%~ distance above the next element is equal to the *glue*. The
+%~ space is preceded by the specified *penalty*.  If there is a font
+%~ change for the next element, it must be specified before this command.
+
+\def \bbskipabove #1#2{%                                {penalty}{glue} %^vspace
+  \if \neqlp{\zvskenvtype}{\zvskenvdiscard}%
+    {\zvskprevmath{\parskip}{\baselineskip}%
+     \zparseglue #2\zmark
+     \setflag \znosk = {\dimeqlp{\zskipa}{\noskip}}%
+     \vpenalty{#1}%
+     \ifcase \zvskenvtype
+       \relax
+     \or
+       \if \znosk \zskipa = \zvskenvreq \fi
+     \or
+       \zskipa = \zvskenvreq
+     \or
+       \if \dimlssp{\zskipa}{\zvskenvreq}\zskipa = \zvskenvreq \fi
+     \or
+       \if \dimlssp{\zskipa}{\zvskenvreq}\zskipa = \zvskenvreq \fi
+     \fi
+     \if \notp{\dimzerop{\zvskenvskip}}\vskip -\zvskenvskip \fi
+     \zskipb = \zskipa
+     \advance \zskipb by -\parskip
+     \advance \zskipb by -\baselineskip
+     \vskip \zskipb
+     \if \notp{\znosk}%
+       \global\zvskenvtype = \zvskenvabove
+       \global\zvskenvreq = \zskipa
+     \fi
+     \global\zvskenvskip = \zskipb}%
+  \fi}
+
+%~ This command produces vertical space so that the base-to-base
+%~ distance below the current element is equal to the *glue*. The
+%~ space is preceded by the specified *penalty*.
+
+\def \bbskipbelow #1#2{%                      {penalty}{glue} %^vspace
+  \zvskbelow{#1}{#2}{\parskip}{\baselineskip}}
+
+\def \bbskipbelowblock #1#2{%                 {penalty}{glue}
+  \zvskbelow{#1}{#2}{\enclosingparskip}{\enclosingbaselineskip}}
+
+% This macro "returns" a value in \parnext:
+%   \noindent if next token does not start a new paragraph.
+%   empty     if next token starts a new paragraph.
+
+\def \bbskipbelowblockpar #1#2#3{%            {token}{penalty}{glue}
+  {\setflag \znext = \false % Set \true if token starts new paragraph.
+   \ifcat \noexpand#1\relax \setflag \znext = \true \fi
+   \ifcat \noexpand#1\endgraf \setflag \znext = \true \fi
+   \ifcat \noexpand#1\egroup \setflag \znext = \true \fi
+   \ifcat \noexpand#1&\setflag \znext = \true \fi
+   \ifx #1\noindent \setflag \znext = \false \fi
+   \xdef \parnext {\if \znext \else \noindent \fi}%
+   \zskipa = #3\relax
+   \if \andp{\znext}{\dimneqlp{#3}{\noskip}}%
+     \tdimena = \zskipa
+     \advance \zskipa by -\tdimena
+     \advance \zskipa by \enclosingparskip
+     \advance \zskipa by \enclosingbaselineskip
+     \if \dimlssp{\zskipa}{#3}\zskipa = #3\fi
+   \fi
+   \zvskbelow{#2}{\zskipa}{\enclosingparskip}{\enclosingbaselineskip}}} 
+
+\def \zvskbelow #1#2#3#4{%      {penalty}{glue}{parskip}{baselineskip}
+  {\zvskprevmath{#3}{#4}%
+   \zparseglue #2\zmark
+   \setflag \znosk = {\dimeqlp{\zskipa}{\noskip}}%
+   \vpenalty{#1}%
+   \ifcase \zvskenvtype
+     \zzerror{Skiping type is discard}%
+   \or
+     \if \znosk \zskipa = #3 \advance \zskipa by #4\fi
+   \or
+     \error{skipab}{A `skip below' follows a `skip above'}%
+   \or
+     \if \znosk \zskipa = \zvskenvreq \fi
+   \or
+     \if \dimlssp{\zskipa}{\zvskenvreq}\zskipa = \zvskenvreq \fi
+   \fi
+   \if \notp{\dimzerop{\zvskenvskip}}\vskip -\zvskenvskip \fi
+   \zskipb = \zskipa
+   \advance \zskipb by -#3%
+   \advance \zskipb by -#4%
+   \vskip \zskipb
+   \if \notp{\znosk}%
+     \if \neqlp{\zvskenvtype}{\zvskenvmath}%    % Stay as math type so
+       \global\zvskenvtype = \zvskenvbelow      % subsequent below skip
+     \fi                                        % won't override.
+     \global\zvskenvreq = \zskipa
+   \fi
+   \global\zvskenvskip = \zskipb}}
+
+\def \zvskprevmath #1#2{%                       {parskip}{baselineskip}
+  \if \eqlp{\mathdisplayprevgraf}{\prevgraf}%
+    \global\zvskenvtype = \zvskenvmath
+    \global\zvskenvpen = \mathdisplayprevpenalty
+    \global\zvskenvreq = \mathdisplayprevskip
+    \global\advance \zvskenvreq by #1
+    \global\advance \zvskenvreq by #2
+    \global\zvskenvskip = \mathdisplayprevskip
+    \global\mathdisplayprevgraf = -1\relax
+  \fi}
+
+%~ This command forces the next base-to-base skip command
+%~ regardless of the relationship between the previous element
+%~ and the next one. 
+
+\def \forcenextbbskip {%                        %^vspace
+  \global\zvskenvtype = \zvskenvpar
+  \global\mathdisplayprevgraf = -1\relax}
+
+\definecount{\zvpen}{0}
+
+\def \vpenalty #1{%                             {penalty}
+  \zvpen = \if \emptyargp{#1}\breaknever \else #1\fi
+  \if \orp{\eqlp{\zvskenvpen}{\zvskenvnopen}}
+          {\eqlp{\zvpen}{\breaknever}}%
+    \columnbreak{\zvpen}%
+    \global\zvskenvpen = \zvpen\relax
+  \else \if \andp{\posp{\zvskenvpen}}{\gtrp{\zvpen}{\zvskenvpen}}%
+    \columnbreak{\zvpen}%
+    \global\zvskenvpen = \zvpen\relax
+  \fi\fi}
+
+\def \forcenextpenalty {%
+  \global\zvskenvpen = \zvskenvnopen}
+
+\def \repeatpenalty {%
+  \if \neqlp{\zvskenvpen}{\zvskenvnopen}%
+    \columnbreak{\zvskenvpen}%
+  \fi}
+
+%~ This command inserts the specified amount of extra vertical space
+%~ between the previous element and the next one.
+
+\def \vspace #1{%                                       {glue} %^vspace
+  \if \neqlp{\zvskenvtype}{\zvskenvdiscard}%
+    \zparseglue #1\zmark
+    \vskip \zskipa
+  \fi}
+
+%~ This command inserts extra vertical space between the previous element
+%~ and the next one. The space is measured in lines; a fractional number
+%~ is allowed.
+
+\def \linespace #1{\vspace{#1\baselineskip}}%           {lines} %^vspace
+
+\def \zparseglue #1#2\zmark{%                           {token}{tokens...}
+  \def \znext {#1}%
+  \def \zskip {\skip}%
+  \if \tokeqlp{\znext}{\zskip}%
+    \setskip \zskipa = #2\relax
+  \else
+    \zskipa = #1#2\relax
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Top to Text Skipping
+%                       --- -- ---- --------
+
+
+% These commands use \zskipb so as not to screw up \fakepar.
+
+\def \vsinkfromtypearea #1{%                            {sinkage}
+  \endgraf
+  \nobreak                              % So \fakepar can't break.
+  \fakepar                              % So \bbskipabove won't discard.
+  \vbox{}%                              % Force start of page if not already.
+  \kern -\pagetotal
+  \kern -\headerheight
+  \bbskipabove{\breaknever}{#1}}
+
+\let \vsink = \vsinkfromtypearea
+
+\def \vsinkfromtrim #1{%                                {sinkage}
+  \zskipb = #1\relax
+  \advance \zskipb by -\headmargin
+  \vsinkfromtypearea{\zskipb}}
+
+\def \vsinkfromtextarea #1{%                            {sinkage}
+  \zskipb = #1\relax
+  \advance \zskipb by \headerheight
+  \if \topdeltaadjustment
+    \advance \zskipb by \topdelta
+  \fi
+  \vsinkfromtypearea{\zskipb}}
+
+%                       Rules
+%                       -----
+
+
+\def \parrule #1#2{%                            {shift}{dimensions}
+  \endgraf
+  {\if \notp{\baselinetoprules}\zadjrule{#2}\fi
+   \hfuzz = 100pc
+   \noindent \hspace{#1}\vbox{\hrule height 0pt depth 0pt #2}\endgraf}}
+
+\def \colorparrule #1#2#3{%                     {color}{shift}{dimensions}
+  \endgraf
+  {\if \notp{\baselinetoprules}\zadjrule{#3}\fi
+   \hfuzz = 100pc
+   \noindent \hspace{#2}%
+   \color{#1}\vbox{\hrule height 0pt depth 0pt #3}\endcolor \endgraf}}
+
+\def \scotchrule #1#2#3{%                       {shift}{width}{height,gap,...}
+  \endgraf
+  {\hfuzz = 100pc
+   \commalist{\zscotchlist}{#3}%
+   \tcounta = 1\relax
+   \maplist{\zscotchb{#1}{#2}{##1}}{\zscotchlist}}}
+
+\def \zscotchb #1#2#3{%                         {shift}{width}{dimension}
+  \if \andp{\eqlp{\tcounta}{1}}{\notp{\baselinetoprules}}%
+    \zadjrule{height #3 depth 0pt}%
+  \fi
+  \if \oddp{\tcounta}
+    \noindent \hspace{#1}\vbox{\hrule height #3 depth 0pt width #2}\endgraf
+    \parskip = 0pt
+  \else
+    \nobreak
+    \vspace{#3}%
+    \nointerlineskip
+  \fi
+  \increment \tcounta}
+
+\def \zadjrule #1{%                             {dimensions}
+  \if \notp{\innermodep}%
+    \fakepar
+    \tdimena = \baselineskip
+    \advance \tdimena by -\prevdepth
+    \setbox \zboxa = \hbox{\vrule #1}%
+    \advance \tdimena by -\ht\zboxa
+    \vskip \tdimena
+    \vskip \topskip
+    \rule{height 0pt depth 0pt width 0pt}%
+    \penalty \breaknever
+    \vskip -\topskip
+    \parskip = 0pt \baselineskip = \ht\zboxa
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Vertical Alignment
+%                       -------- ---------
+
+
+\def \bottomout {%
+  \hrule width 0pt height 0pt           % Make sure \vskip isn't discarded.
+  \vskip 0pt plus 1filll}
+
+%                       Counting Lines
+%                       -------- -----
+
+
+\definecount{\zlinect}{0}
+
+
+\def \countlines #1#2#3#4{%             {\count}{width}{font}{text}
+  \setbox\zboxa = \vbox{%
+    \hsize = #2%
+    #3%
+    #4\par}%
+  \global\zlinect = 0
+  \setbox\zboxa = \vbox{\unvbox\zboxa \zscanvbox}%
+  #1=\zlinect}
+
+\def \zscanvbox {%
+  \loop
+    \setflag \zscanagain = \false
+    \setbox\zboxa = \lastbox
+    \if \hboxp{\zboxa}%
+      \global\increment \zlinect
+      \setflag \zscanagain = \true
+    \else\if \notp{\dimzerop{\lastskip}}%
+      \unskip
+      \setflag \zscanagain = \true
+    \else\if \notp{\dimzerop{\lastkern}}%
+      \unkern
+      \setflag \zscanagain = \true
+    \else\if \notp{\zerop{\lastpenalty}}%
+      \unpenalty
+      \setflag \zscanagain = \true
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \if \zscanagain \repeat}
+
+%                       Special Boxes
+%                       ------- -----
+
+
+\definedimen{\zibprevdepth}{0pt}
+
+
+\long\def \interjectbox #1#2{%                  {right-shift}{content}
+  {\zibprevdepth = \prevdepth
+   \penalty \breaknever
+   \nointerlineskip
+   \moveright #1 \vbox to 0pt{%
+     \zpushvcontext
+     #1\relax
+     \zpopvcontext}%
+   \prevdepth = \zibprevdepth}}
+
+\long\def \smashbox #1{%
+  \vbox to 0pt{%
+    #1\relax
+    \vss}}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzxref.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzxref.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..a0771f39105
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/plain/zztex/zzxref.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,245 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Module:    ZzTeX Cross-Referencing Facilities
+%
+% Synopsis:
+%
+% Author:    Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% Created:   19 September 1989
+%
+% Copyright 1989--2020 by Paul C. Anagnostopoulos
+% under The MIT License (opensource.org/licenses/MIT)
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+%                       Data Structures
+%                       ---- ----------
+
+
+\definewrite{\zxrootfile}
+
+\definewrite{\zxdivfile}
+\setflag \zxdivopen = \false
+
+\definewrite{\zxcompfile}
+\setflag \zxcompavail = \false
+
+\chardef \xrefbadmode       = 0         % Invalid mode.
+\chardef \xrefrunmode       = 1         % Normal running environment.
+\chardef \xrefsnapmode      = 2         % Taking a division snapshot.
+\chardef \xrefcopymode      = 3         % Copying cross-reference files.
+\chardef \xrefloadmodes     = 4         % Beginning of load modes:
+\chardef \xrefloadtagmode   = 5         % Load tag definitions.
+\chardef \xrefloadtocmode   = 6         % Load table of contents.
+\chardef \xrefloadauxmode   = 7         % Create BibTeX auxiliary file.
+\chardef \xrefloadendmode   = 8         % Load endnotes.
+\chardef \xrefloadcitemode  = 9         % Load citation folios.
+
+\let \xrefmode = \xrefbadmode           % Default mode.
+
+%                       Comment Lines
+%                       ------- -----
+
+
+{\catcode`\%=\catother
+\gdef \zcomment {%\space}
+} % \catcode
+
+
+\def \zxwritecomment #1#2#3{%                   {file}{keyword}{values}
+  \immediate\write #1 {\zcomment #2: #3}}
+
+%                       Initialization
+%                       --------------
+
+
+\def \zxrefinit {%
+  \zxcompinit
+  \zxopenroot
+  \let \xrefmode = \xrefrunmode}
+
+\def \zxcompinit {%
+  \checkfile{\zxcompavail}{\jobname.zzc}%
+  \if \zxcompavail
+    \zxloadcomp{\xrefloadtagmode}%
+  \else
+    \checkfile{\zxcompavail}{\jobname.zzx}%
+    \if \zxcompavail
+      \zxgencomp
+      \zxloadcomp{\xrefloadtagmode}%
+    \else
+      \remark{There is no cross-reference file available for this run.}% 
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zxopenroot {%
+  \immediate\openout \zxrootfile = \jobname.zzx\relax
+  \zxwritecomment{\zxrootfile}{root}{\jobname}}
+
+%                       Division Handling
+%                       -------- --------
+
+
+\def \zxdivinit #1#2{%                          {division-name}{setting-it?}
+  \immediate\write \zxrootfile {\noexpand\zinputzzx{#1}}%
+  \if #2%
+    \immediate\openout \zxdivfile = #1.zzx\relax
+    \global\setflag \zxdivopen = \true
+    \zxwritecomment{\zxdivfile}{division}{#1}%
+    \immediate\write \zxdivfile
+      {\noexpand\xref{div}{}{}{}{\the\divisionname}\zcomment}%
+  \fi}
+
+% There is nothing to do with each entry in the cross-reference file.
+
+\def \xrefdiv #1#2#3#4{}
+
+
+\def \zxdivfinal #1{%
+  \if \zxdivopen
+    \ztakesnap
+    \zxwritecomment{\zxdivfile}{end}{#1}%
+    \immediate\closeout \zxdivfile
+    \global\setflag \zxdivopen = \false
+  \fi}
+
+%                       Finalization
+%                       ------------
+
+
+\def \zxreffinal {%
+  \zxwritecomment{\zxrootfile}{end}{\jobname}%
+  \immediate\closeout \zxrootfile
+  \zxgencomp}
+
+%                       Generate Composite File
+%                       -------- --------- ----
+
+
+\def \zxgencomp {%
+  \remark{Generating composite cross-reference file:}%
+  \immediate\openout \zxcompfile = \jobname.zzc\relax
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{jobname}{\jobname}{}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{time}{\number\year.\number\month.\number\day}{\formattime}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{version}{\ZzTeXversion}{}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{author}{\bookauthor}{}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{title}{\booktitle}{}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{publisher}{\bookpublisher}{}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{ISBN}{\bookISBN}{}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{art-root}{\zartroot}{}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{place-art}{\zplaceart}{}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{PDF-hyperlinks}{\PDFhyperlinks}{}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{proof}{\the\zproofid}{}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{compositor}{\ininame}{\iniorganization}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{trim}{\the\trimwidth}{\the\trimheight}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{head-margin}{\the\headmargin}{}%
+  \zxwriteinfo{\true}{inner-margin}{\the\eveninnermargin}{\the\oddinnermargin}%
+  \let \zxmodesave = \xrefmode
+  \let \xrefmode = \xrefcopymode
+  \input \jobname.zzx\relax
+  \let \xrefmode = \zxmodesave
+  \zxwritecomment{\zxcompfile}{end}{\jobname}%
+  \immediate\closeout \zxcompfile}
+
+% This macro writes an information entry in the composite cross-reference
+% file.
+
+\def \zxwriteinfo #1#2#3#4{%            {composite?}{key}{value1}{value2}
+  \if #1%
+    \immediate\write \zxcompfile {\noexpand\xref{info}{}{#2}{#3}{#4}\zcomment}%
+  \else
+    \zbeginhidewrite
+      \edef \znext {\noexpand\xref{info}{\noexpand\folio}%
+                                        {#2}%
+                                        {#3}
+                                        {#4}}%
+      \znext
+    \zendhidewrite
+  \fi}
+
+%%%  \immediate\write #1{\noexpand\xref{info}{#2}{#3}{#4}{\noexpand\folio}\zcomment}}
+
+% There is nothing to do when info entries are executed.
+
+\def \xrefinfo #1#2#3#4{}
+
+% This macro is used in the root cross-reference file to suck in the
+% division cross-reference files.
+
+\def \zinputzzx #1{%
+  \checkfile{\znext}{#1.zzx}%
+  \if \znext \input #1.zzx \fi}
+
+%                       Load Composite File
+%                       ---- --------- ----
+
+
+\def \zxloadcomp #1{%                                   {xref-mode}
+  \if \zxcompavail
+    \let \zxmodesave = \xrefmode
+    \let \xrefmode =#1%
+    \input \jobname.zzc\relax
+    \let \xrefmode = \zxmodesave
+  \fi}
+
+\def \zxloadothercomp #1#2{%                            {file}{xref-mode}
+  \let \zxmodesave = \xrefmode
+  \let \xrefmode = #2%
+  \input #1\relax
+  \let \xrefmode = \zxmodesave}
+
+\def \loadrelatedxref #1{%                              {file}
+  \zxloadothercomp{#1}{\xrefloadtagmode}}
+
+%                       Cross-Reference Macro
+%                       --------------- -----
+
+
+% Here's how the arguments are treated in each of the modes:
+%
+%   Mode        type        page        arg3        title       arg5
+%
+%   load        expanded    --- passed to appropriate \xrefxxx macro ---
+%   copy        expanded    expanded    expanded    unexpanded  expanded
+%   run         expanded    unexpanded  expanded    unexpanded  expanded
+%   snap        expanded    expanded    expanded    expanded    expanded
+
+% This macro is written for speed.
+
+\long\def \xref #1#2#3#4#5{%           {type}{page-number}{arg3}{title}{arg5}
+  \ifnum \xrefmode>\xrefloadmodes
+    \name{\xref#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}%
+  \else\ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefcopymode
+    {\def \zxtitle {#4}%
+     \immediate\write \zxcompfile {\noexpand\xref{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+               {\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\zxtitle\zmark}{#5}\zcomment}}%
+    \name{\xref#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}% In case they want to do something.
+  \else\ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefrunmode
+    {\def \zxtitle {#4}%
+     \edef \znext {\noexpand\noexpand\noexpand\xref
+                     {#1}{\noexpand#2}{#3}%
+                     {\expandafter\zdefof \meaning\zxtitle\zmark}{#5}}%
+     \expandafter\zxwrite\expandafter{\znext\zcomment}}%
+    \if \vmodep \repeatpenalty \fi % In case glue follows write.
+  \else\ifnum \xrefmode=\xrefsnapmode
+    \immediate\zxwrite{\noexpand\xref{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}\zcomment}%
+  \else
+    \zxnomode
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+\def \zxwrite {%
+  \if \zxdivopen \write \zxdivfile \else \write \zxrootfile \fi}
+
+\def \zxnomode {%
+  \zzerror{No cross-reference mode is set}}
+
+%                       Page Hints
+%                       ---- -----
+
+
+\def \pagehint #1{%
+  \xref{hint}{\noexpand\folio}{}{#1}{}}
+
+% There is nothing to do when hint entries are executed.
+
+\def \xrefhint #1#2#3#4{}